<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<rss xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" version="2.0">
  <channel>
    <atom:link rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1764/index.xml"/>
    <title>Get Your Favorite Full Audiobooks in Health &amp; Wellness, Disorders &amp; Diseases</title>
    <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1764/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1764/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Are you looking for a treasure trove of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks? We are proud to introduce diverse categories such as Business &amp;amp; Career Development, Communication Skills, and Health &amp;amp; Fitness. Especially, you will receive 3 free audiobooks to experience. You can listen to books anytime, anywhere on devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, and more. Don't miss the opportunity to enhance your knowledge and entertainment with us!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </description>
    <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1764/</link>
    <language>en-US</language>
    <copyright>All rights reserved</copyright>
    <pubDate>Fri, 17 Jan 2025 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
    <lastBuildDate>Fri, 17 Jan 2025 04:51:51 GMT</lastBuildDate>
    <generator>Notepad++</generator>
    <docs>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1764/</docs>
    <image>
      <url>https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1764/logo.jpg</url>
      <title>Get Your Favorite Full Audiobooks in Health &amp; Wellness, Disorders &amp; Diseases</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1764/</link>
    </image>
    <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
    <itunes:image href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1764/logo.jpg"/>
    <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
    <itunes:owner>
      <itunes:name>Dr. Jeramy Huel</itunes:name>
      <itunes:email>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com</itunes:email>
    </itunes:owner>
    <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
    <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1764/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1764/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Are you looking for a treasure trove of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks? We are proud to introduce diverse categories such as Business &amp;amp; Career Development, Communication Skills, and Health &amp;amp; Fitness. Especially, you will receive 3 free audiobooks to experience. You can listen to books anytime, anywhere on devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, and more. Don't miss the opportunity to enhance your knowledge and entertainment with us!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </itunes:summary>
    <itunes:category text="Health &amp; Fitness"/>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - HYPNOSE-Hörbuch: Verändern Sie Ihr Gehirn, verändern Sie Ihr Leben!: Das revolutionäre Hypnose-Bundle zur Überwindung von Angstzuständen, Depressionen, Obsessivität, mangelndem Fokus, Wut und Gedächtnisproblemen by Patrick Lynen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511107</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511107">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511107</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - HYPNOSE-Hörbuch: Verändern Sie Ihr Gehirn, verändern Sie Ihr Leben!: Das revolutionäre Hypnose-Bundle zur Überwindung von Angstzuständen, Depressionen, Obsessivität, mangelndem Fokus, Wut und Gedächtnisproblemen
Author: Patrick Lynen
Narrator: Patrick Lynen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 59 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Patrick hat die besondere Gabe, anderen zu helfen, ihre eigene Kraft zu nutzen, um das zu erreichen, was sie wirklich wollen. Wenn Sie in Ihrem Leben schon öfter gegen eine Wand gestoßen sind, dann ist es Zeit, sich an ihn zu wenden, um einen Durchbruch zu erzielen.&amp;#039; - Aino Simon, Bestseller-Autorin, Psychologin &amp;amp; Therapeutin Wer auf der Suche nach neuen Lösungswegen ist oder Hindernisse wie Ängste, Aufregungen und Abhängigkeiten beiseite räumen möchte, der ist hier goldrichtig! Nutzen Sie Selbsthypnose, um Stress abzubauen, schlechte Gewohnheiten zu beenden und mehr Entspannung und Konzentration zu erreichen.  Mit diesem bahnbrechenden Hypnose-Bestseller verfügen Sie über wertvolle und hochwirksame &amp;#039;Gehirnrezepte&amp;#039;, die Ihnen helfen können, Ihr Gehirn zu beruhigen und Ihr Leben zu verändern: ▪ Sie lindern Angstzustände und Panik: Nutzen Sie die bewährten Hypnosen, um die inneren Turbulenzen sofort zu beruhigen. ▪ Um Depressionen zu bekämpfen: Erleben Sie einzigartige Instrumente, die Ihr Denken umpolen. ▪ Um Wut einzudämmen: Gehen Sie in heilsame Trance, um alte Gedanken und Wut beruhigen. ▪ Um Impulsivität zu überwinden und das Fokussieren zu lernen: Entwickeln Sie mit &amp;#039;Konzentration. Fokus. Erfolg&amp;#039; eine nie dagewesene innere Klarheit ▪ Um obsessive Sorgen zu beenden: Befolgen Sie die magischen Worte &amp;#039;Halte inne, warte und wähle!&amp;#039; und erlernen Sie eine tausendfach bewährte Formel. ▪ Sie werden verstehen, wie Ihre Angst, Depression, Wut, Besessenheit oder Impulsivität damit zusammenhängen können, wie bestimmte Strukturen im Gehirn funktionieren. ▪ Sie sind nicht an das Gehirn gebunden, mit dem Sie geboren wurden. Vergessen Sie alles, was Sie über Hypnose zu wissen glauben, und erfahren Sie, wie wertvoll diese &amp;#039;neue&amp;#039; Technik für Ihre persönliche Entwicklung ist. Immer mehr Studien zeigen, dass Hypnose dazu beitragen kann, Alltagsstress und Angstzustände zu lindern und eine kraftvolle Heilung zu fördern, von unseren schlimmsten Gewohnheiten bis zu unseren tiefsten Ängsten. WAS SIE BEKOMMEN: +++ Absolut selbsterklärende Anwendungen, die Sie auf eine sichere und einfache Art nutzen können; +++ Kompakte und effektive Tools, die Dinge bewegen, die mit anderen Methoden häufig nicht möglich sind; +++ Ein Bundle mit 11 bewährten Selbsthypnosen zur Überwindung von Angstzuständen, Depressionen, Obsessivität, mangelndem Fokus, Wut und Gedächtnisproblemen. +++  Bahnbrechende Selbsthypnose-Techniken mit traumhafter Musik, die Patrick Lynen mit großem Erfolg einsetzt, um seinen Klienten tiefe Entspannung und weitreichende Veränderung zu schenken.  +++ Anwendungen, die es Ihnen ermöglichen, auf alte Verhaltensmuster zuzugreifen, um sie ein für alle Mal zu transformieren. +++ Inhalt: 1. Einführung, 2. Gedankliche Obsessionen wandeln, 3. Ängste lösen, 4. Heilende Gedanken für jeden Tag, 5. Stoppe die Spirale der toxischen Gedanken, 6. Selbstbewusstsein stärken, 7. Aufschieberitis besiegen, 8. Stressbewältigung, 9. Panikattacken loswerden, 10. Befreie deine innere Kraft, 11. Konzentration/Fokus/Erfolg, 12. Negativität stoppen. +++ Durch abendliche Nutzung vor dem Einschlafen sind alle Anwendungen leicht in den Alltag integrierbar. Es gibt keinen Grund, nicht die beste Version deiner selbst zu werden. Warten Sie nicht länger auf Ihre Veränderung. Scrollen Sie jetzt nach oben und klicken Sie auf &amp;#039;JETZT KAUFEN&amp;#039;, um sofort loszulegen.</description>
      <author>Patrick Lynen</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 Oct 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4064066736538.mp3" length="895124" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511107</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4064066736538.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511107">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511107</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - HYPNOSE-Hörbuch: Verändern Sie Ihr Gehirn, verändern Sie Ihr Leben!: Das revolutionäre Hypnose-Bundle zur Überwindung von Angstzuständen, Depressionen, Obsessivität, mangelndem Fokus, Wut und Gedächtnisproblemen
Author: Patrick Lynen
Narrator: Patrick Lynen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 59 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Patrick hat die besondere Gabe, anderen zu helfen, ihre eigene Kraft zu nutzen, um das zu erreichen, was sie wirklich wollen. Wenn Sie in Ihrem Leben schon öfter gegen eine Wand gestoßen sind, dann ist es Zeit, sich an ihn zu wenden, um einen Durchbruch zu erzielen.&amp;#039; - Aino Simon, Bestseller-Autorin, Psychologin &amp;amp; Therapeutin Wer auf der Suche nach neuen Lösungswegen ist oder Hindernisse wie Ängste, Aufregungen und Abhängigkeiten beiseite räumen möchte, der ist hier goldrichtig! Nutzen Sie Selbsthypnose, um Stress abzubauen, schlechte Gewohnheiten zu beenden und mehr Entspannung und Konzentration zu erreichen.  Mit diesem bahnbrechenden Hypnose-Bestseller verfügen Sie über wertvolle und hochwirksame &amp;#039;Gehirnrezepte&amp;#039;, die Ihnen helfen können, Ihr Gehirn zu beruhigen und Ihr Leben zu verändern: ▪ Sie lindern Angstzustände und Panik: Nutzen Sie die bewährten Hypnosen, um die inneren Turbulenzen sofort zu beruhigen. ▪ Um Depressionen zu bekämpfen: Erleben Sie einzigartige Instrumente, die Ihr Denken umpolen. ▪ Um Wut einzudämmen: Gehen Sie in heilsame Trance, um alte Gedanken und Wut beruhigen. ▪ Um Impulsivität zu überwinden und das Fokussieren zu lernen: Entwickeln Sie mit &amp;#039;Konzentration. Fokus. Erfolg&amp;#039; eine nie dagewesene innere Klarheit ▪ Um obsessive Sorgen zu beenden: Befolgen Sie die magischen Worte &amp;#039;Halte inne, warte und wähle!&amp;#039; und erlernen Sie eine tausendfach bewährte Formel. ▪ Sie werden verstehen, wie Ihre Angst, Depression, Wut, Besessenheit oder Impulsivität damit zusammenhängen können, wie bestimmte Strukturen im Gehirn funktionieren. ▪ Sie sind nicht an das Gehirn gebunden, mit dem Sie geboren wurden. Vergessen Sie alles, was Sie über Hypnose zu wissen glauben, und erfahren Sie, wie wertvoll diese &amp;#039;neue&amp;#039; Technik für Ihre persönliche Entwicklung ist. Immer mehr Studien zeigen, dass Hypnose dazu beitragen kann, Alltagsstress und Angstzustände zu lindern und eine kraftvolle Heilung zu fördern, von unseren schlimmsten Gewohnheiten bis zu unseren tiefsten Ängsten. WAS SIE BEKOMMEN: +++ Absolut selbsterklärende Anwendungen, die Sie auf eine sichere und einfache Art nutzen können; +++ Kompakte und effektive Tools, die Dinge bewegen, die mit anderen Methoden häufig nicht möglich sind; +++ Ein Bundle mit 11 bewährten Selbsthypnosen zur Überwindung von Angstzuständen, Depressionen, Obsessivität, mangelndem Fokus, Wut und Gedächtnisproblemen. +++  Bahnbrechende Selbsthypnose-Techniken mit traumhafter Musik, die Patrick Lynen mit großem Erfolg einsetzt, um seinen Klienten tiefe Entspannung und weitreichende Veränderung zu schenken.  +++ Anwendungen, die es Ihnen ermöglichen, auf alte Verhaltensmuster zuzugreifen, um sie ein für alle Mal zu transformieren. +++ Inhalt: 1. Einführung, 2. Gedankliche Obsessionen wandeln, 3. Ängste lösen, 4. Heilende Gedanken für jeden Tag, 5. Stoppe die Spirale der toxischen Gedanken, 6. Selbstbewusstsein stärken, 7. Aufschieberitis besiegen, 8. Stressbewältigung, 9. Panikattacken loswerden, 10. Befreie deine innere Kraft, 11. Konzentration/Fokus/Erfolg, 12. Negativität stoppen. +++ Durch abendliche Nutzung vor dem Einschlafen sind alle Anwendungen leicht in den Alltag integrierbar. Es gibt keinen Grund, nicht die beste Version deiner selbst zu werden. Warten Sie nicht länger auf Ihre Veränderung. Scrollen Sie jetzt nach oben und klicken Sie auf &amp;#039;JETZT KAUFEN&amp;#039;, um sofort loszulegen.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511107">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511107</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - HYPNOSE-Hörbuch: Verändern Sie Ihr Gehirn, verändern Sie Ihr Leben!: Das revolutionäre Hypnose-Bundle zur Überwindung von Angstzuständen, Depressionen, Obsessivität, mangelndem Fokus, Wut und Gedächtnisproblemen
Author: Patrick Lynen
Narrator: Patrick Lynen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 59 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Patrick hat die besondere Gabe, anderen zu helfen, ihre eigene Kraft zu nutzen, um das zu erreichen, was sie wirklich wollen. Wenn Sie in Ihrem Leben schon öfter gegen eine Wand gestoßen sind, dann ist es Zeit, sich an ihn zu wenden, um einen Durchbruch zu erzielen.&amp;#039; - Aino Simon, Bestseller-Autorin, Psychologin &amp;amp; Therapeutin Wer auf der Suche nach neuen Lösungswegen ist oder Hindernisse wie Ängste, Aufregungen und Abhängigkeiten beiseite räumen möchte, der ist hier goldrichtig! Nutzen Sie Selbsthypnose, um Stress abzubauen, schlechte Gewohnheiten zu beenden und mehr Entspannung und Konzentration zu erreichen.  Mit diesem bahnbrechenden Hypnose-Bestseller verfügen Sie über wertvolle und hochwirksame &amp;#039;Gehirnrezepte&amp;#039;, die Ihnen helfen können, Ihr Gehirn zu beruhigen und Ihr Leben zu verändern: ▪ Sie lindern Angstzustände und Panik: Nutzen Sie die bewährten Hypnosen, um die inneren Turbulenzen sofort zu beruhigen. ▪ Um Depressionen zu bekämpfen: Erleben Sie einzigartige Instrumente, die Ihr Denken umpolen. ▪ Um Wut einzudämmen: Gehen Sie in heilsame Trance, um alte Gedanken und Wut beruhigen. ▪ Um Impulsivität zu überwinden und das Fokussieren zu lernen: Entwickeln Sie mit &amp;#039;Konzentration. Fokus. Erfolg&amp;#039; eine nie dagewesene innere Klarheit ▪ Um obsessive Sorgen zu beenden: Befolgen Sie die magischen Worte &amp;#039;Halte inne, warte und wähle!&amp;#039; und erlernen Sie eine tausendfach bewährte Formel. ▪ Sie werden verstehen, wie Ihre Angst, Depression, Wut, Besessenheit oder Impulsivität damit zusammenhängen können, wie bestimmte Strukturen im Gehirn funktionieren. ▪ Sie sind nicht an das Gehirn gebunden, mit dem Sie geboren wurden. Vergessen Sie alles, was Sie über Hypnose zu wissen glauben, und erfahren Sie, wie wertvoll diese &amp;#039;neue&amp;#039; Technik für Ihre persönliche Entwicklung ist. Immer mehr Studien zeigen, dass Hypnose dazu beitragen kann, Alltagsstress und Angstzustände zu lindern und eine kraftvolle Heilung zu fördern, von unseren schlimmsten Gewohnheiten bis zu unseren tiefsten Ängsten. WAS SIE BEKOMMEN: +++ Absolut selbsterklärende Anwendungen, die Sie auf eine sichere und einfache Art nutzen können; +++ Kompakte und effektive Tools, die Dinge bewegen, die mit anderen Methoden häufig nicht möglich sind; +++ Ein Bundle mit 11 bewährten Selbsthypnosen zur Überwindung von Angstzuständen, Depressionen, Obsessivität, mangelndem Fokus, Wut und Gedächtnisproblemen. +++  Bahnbrechende Selbsthypnose-Techniken mit traumhafter Musik, die Patrick Lynen mit großem Erfolg einsetzt, um seinen Klienten tiefe Entspannung und weitreichende Veränderung zu schenken.  +++ Anwendungen, die es Ihnen ermöglichen, auf alte Verhaltensmuster zuzugreifen, um sie ein für alle Mal zu transformieren. +++ Inhalt: 1. Einführung, 2. Gedankliche Obsessionen wandeln, 3. Ängste lösen, 4. Heilende Gedanken für jeden Tag, 5. Stoppe die Spirale der toxischen Gedanken, 6. Selbstbewusstsein stärken, 7. Aufschieberitis besiegen, 8. Stressbewältigung, 9. Panikattacken loswerden, 10. Befreie deine innere Kraft, 11. Konzentration/Fokus/Erfolg, 12. Negativität stoppen. +++ Durch abendliche Nutzung vor dem Einschlafen sind alle Anwendungen leicht in den Alltag integrierbar. Es gibt keinen Grund, nicht die beste Version deiner selbst zu werden. Warten Sie nicht länger auf Ihre Veränderung. Scrollen Sie jetzt nach oben und klicken Sie auf &amp;#039;JETZT KAUFEN&amp;#039;, um sofort loszulegen.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Meditation zum Einschlafen: Geführte Premium-Meditationen zum Einschlafen, Durchschlafen, Ausschlafen by Patrick Lynen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511105</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511105">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511105</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Meditation zum Einschlafen: Geführte Premium-Meditationen zum Einschlafen, Durchschlafen, Ausschlafen
Author: Patrick Lynen
Narrator: Stephan Müller, Patrick Lynen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 17 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Lösen Sie Ihre Schlafprobleme mit unseren bewährten Einschlafhilfen und Meditationstechniken! Meditation ist eine bewährte Methode, um die Qualität Ihres Schlafs deutlich zu verbessern, die Produktivität während des Tages zu steigern, Ihren Fokus zu verbessern und Sie zu einer zufriedeneren und glücklicheren Person zu machen. Die Meditationen in diesem Hörbuch werden Ihnen helfen, den Frieden und die Ruhe, die Sie verloren haben, endlich wiederzufinden. Dieses Hörbuch bietet Ihnen: • Bewährte NLP-Techniken, sanfte Hypnose- und Meditationsmethoden um besser ein- und durchzuschlafen; • Eine beruhigende Stimme und hilfreiche Atemtechniken, die Ihr Nervensystem entspannen; • Neurologisch wirksame Hintergrundmusik; • Wirksame Autosuggestionen für mehr Achtsamkeit und Tiefenentspannung im Alltag. Geben Sie Ihren Körper nicht auf - geben Sie ihm die Chance zur tiefen Entspannung mit den bewährte Meditationen in diesem Hörbuch. Sie werden nicht nur gut schlafen und sich erholen, sondern auch Stress und Angst abbauen, tagsüber entspannter agieren und Ihre Stimmung verbessern. Schlaf ist eine grundlegende menschliche Notwendigkeit. Behandeln Sie Ihre Schlaflosigkeit nicht wie ein lästiges Problem. Beginnen Sie jetzt, Ihre Schlafgewohnheiten zu korrigieren. Bestellen Sie dieses Hörbuch noch heute und lassen Sie es sich heute Abend leichter ergehen! WAS SIE BEKOMMEN: 1. Einleitung; 2. Anwendung 1 (mit Rückholung ins Tagesbewusstsein); 3. Anwendung 2 (zum friedvollen Einschlafen am Abend); 4. Anwendung 3 (zum friedvollen Einschlafen am Abend); 5. Anwendung 4 (zum friedvollen Einschlafen am Abend); 6. Anwendung 5 (zum friedvollen Einschlafen am Abend); 7. Neurologisch wirksame Entspannungsmusik. In allen Anwendungen wird Ihr Unterbewusstsein dazu angeleitet, das natürliche Prinzip von Anspannung und Entspannung wieder zu aktivieren. Das Loslassen all jener Dinge, die Sie bisher von einem gesunden Schlaf abgehalten haben, steht dabei im Vordergrund. Für den bestmöglichen Effekt sollten Sie täglich EINE Anwendung aus diesem Programm über einen Zeitraum von ca. 21 Tagen hören. In der Regel reicht das aus, um Ihr Unterbewusstsein auf die einzigartige Schlafmusik zu konditionieren. Wenn Sie dann eine Verbesserung des Schlafverhaltens wahrnehmen, hören Sie in Folge lediglich den Titel Entspannungsmusik an. Patrick Lynen (bekannt aus ARD, RTL, VOX, ORF, SRF) ist einer der bekanntesten Menschenlehrer Deutschlands. Zusammen mit Profi-Sprecher Stephan Müller hat er dieses Premium-Hörbuch entwickelt.</description>
      <author>Patrick Lynen</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Oct 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4064066739553.mp3" length="976941" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511105</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4064066739553.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511105">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511105</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Meditation zum Einschlafen: Geführte Premium-Meditationen zum Einschlafen, Durchschlafen, Ausschlafen
Author: Patrick Lynen
Narrator: Stephan Müller, Patrick Lynen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 17 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Lösen Sie Ihre Schlafprobleme mit unseren bewährten Einschlafhilfen und Meditationstechniken! Meditation ist eine bewährte Methode, um die Qualität Ihres Schlafs deutlich zu verbessern, die Produktivität während des Tages zu steigern, Ihren Fokus zu verbessern und Sie zu einer zufriedeneren und glücklicheren Person zu machen. Die Meditationen in diesem Hörbuch werden Ihnen helfen, den Frieden und die Ruhe, die Sie verloren haben, endlich wiederzufinden. Dieses Hörbuch bietet Ihnen: • Bewährte NLP-Techniken, sanfte Hypnose- und Meditationsmethoden um besser ein- und durchzuschlafen; • Eine beruhigende Stimme und hilfreiche Atemtechniken, die Ihr Nervensystem entspannen; • Neurologisch wirksame Hintergrundmusik; • Wirksame Autosuggestionen für mehr Achtsamkeit und Tiefenentspannung im Alltag. Geben Sie Ihren Körper nicht auf - geben Sie ihm die Chance zur tiefen Entspannung mit den bewährte Meditationen in diesem Hörbuch. Sie werden nicht nur gut schlafen und sich erholen, sondern auch Stress und Angst abbauen, tagsüber entspannter agieren und Ihre Stimmung verbessern. Schlaf ist eine grundlegende menschliche Notwendigkeit. Behandeln Sie Ihre Schlaflosigkeit nicht wie ein lästiges Problem. Beginnen Sie jetzt, Ihre Schlafgewohnheiten zu korrigieren. Bestellen Sie dieses Hörbuch noch heute und lassen Sie es sich heute Abend leichter ergehen! WAS SIE BEKOMMEN: 1. Einleitung; 2. Anwendung 1 (mit Rückholung ins Tagesbewusstsein); 3. Anwendung 2 (zum friedvollen Einschlafen am Abend); 4. Anwendung 3 (zum friedvollen Einschlafen am Abend); 5. Anwendung 4 (zum friedvollen Einschlafen am Abend); 6. Anwendung 5 (zum friedvollen Einschlafen am Abend); 7. Neurologisch wirksame Entspannungsmusik. In allen Anwendungen wird Ihr Unterbewusstsein dazu angeleitet, das natürliche Prinzip von Anspannung und Entspannung wieder zu aktivieren. Das Loslassen all jener Dinge, die Sie bisher von einem gesunden Schlaf abgehalten haben, steht dabei im Vordergrund. Für den bestmöglichen Effekt sollten Sie täglich EINE Anwendung aus diesem Programm über einen Zeitraum von ca. 21 Tagen hören. In der Regel reicht das aus, um Ihr Unterbewusstsein auf die einzigartige Schlafmusik zu konditionieren. Wenn Sie dann eine Verbesserung des Schlafverhaltens wahrnehmen, hören Sie in Folge lediglich den Titel Entspannungsmusik an. Patrick Lynen (bekannt aus ARD, RTL, VOX, ORF, SRF) ist einer der bekanntesten Menschenlehrer Deutschlands. Zusammen mit Profi-Sprecher Stephan Müller hat er dieses Premium-Hörbuch entwickelt.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511105">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511105</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Meditation zum Einschlafen: Geführte Premium-Meditationen zum Einschlafen, Durchschlafen, Ausschlafen
Author: Patrick Lynen
Narrator: Stephan Müller, Patrick Lynen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 17 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Lösen Sie Ihre Schlafprobleme mit unseren bewährten Einschlafhilfen und Meditationstechniken! Meditation ist eine bewährte Methode, um die Qualität Ihres Schlafs deutlich zu verbessern, die Produktivität während des Tages zu steigern, Ihren Fokus zu verbessern und Sie zu einer zufriedeneren und glücklicheren Person zu machen. Die Meditationen in diesem Hörbuch werden Ihnen helfen, den Frieden und die Ruhe, die Sie verloren haben, endlich wiederzufinden. Dieses Hörbuch bietet Ihnen: • Bewährte NLP-Techniken, sanfte Hypnose- und Meditationsmethoden um besser ein- und durchzuschlafen; • Eine beruhigende Stimme und hilfreiche Atemtechniken, die Ihr Nervensystem entspannen; • Neurologisch wirksame Hintergrundmusik; • Wirksame Autosuggestionen für mehr Achtsamkeit und Tiefenentspannung im Alltag. Geben Sie Ihren Körper nicht auf - geben Sie ihm die Chance zur tiefen Entspannung mit den bewährte Meditationen in diesem Hörbuch. Sie werden nicht nur gut schlafen und sich erholen, sondern auch Stress und Angst abbauen, tagsüber entspannter agieren und Ihre Stimmung verbessern. Schlaf ist eine grundlegende menschliche Notwendigkeit. Behandeln Sie Ihre Schlaflosigkeit nicht wie ein lästiges Problem. Beginnen Sie jetzt, Ihre Schlafgewohnheiten zu korrigieren. Bestellen Sie dieses Hörbuch noch heute und lassen Sie es sich heute Abend leichter ergehen! WAS SIE BEKOMMEN: 1. Einleitung; 2. Anwendung 1 (mit Rückholung ins Tagesbewusstsein); 3. Anwendung 2 (zum friedvollen Einschlafen am Abend); 4. Anwendung 3 (zum friedvollen Einschlafen am Abend); 5. Anwendung 4 (zum friedvollen Einschlafen am Abend); 6. Anwendung 5 (zum friedvollen Einschlafen am Abend); 7. Neurologisch wirksame Entspannungsmusik. In allen Anwendungen wird Ihr Unterbewusstsein dazu angeleitet, das natürliche Prinzip von Anspannung und Entspannung wieder zu aktivieren. Das Loslassen all jener Dinge, die Sie bisher von einem gesunden Schlaf abgehalten haben, steht dabei im Vordergrund. Für den bestmöglichen Effekt sollten Sie täglich EINE Anwendung aus diesem Programm über einen Zeitraum von ca. 21 Tagen hören. In der Regel reicht das aus, um Ihr Unterbewusstsein auf die einzigartige Schlafmusik zu konditionieren. Wenn Sie dann eine Verbesserung des Schlafverhaltens wahrnehmen, hören Sie in Folge lediglich den Titel Entspannungsmusik an. Patrick Lynen (bekannt aus ARD, RTL, VOX, ORF, SRF) ist einer der bekanntesten Menschenlehrer Deutschlands. Zusammen mit Profi-Sprecher Stephan Müller hat er dieses Premium-Hörbuch entwickelt.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Gut ein*schlafen: Das ultimative Einschlafhörbuch by Patrick Lynen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511101</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511101">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511101</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Gut ein*schlafen: Das ultimative Einschlafhörbuch
Author: Patrick Lynen
Narrator: Patrick Lynen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 29 minutes
Release date: October 30, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
DAS PREMIUM-BUNDLE: 4 x Ruhe und Entspannung für Deine Nacht Gesunder Schlaf ist wichtig. Denn auf Dauer kann Schlafmangel zu einer starken Minderung der Lebensfreude führen. Schlafstörungen können die unterschiedlichsten Ursachen haben, doch eines haben fast alle Schlafprobleme gemeinsam: sie sind seelisch bedingt und damit psychischer Natur. Die Titel in diesem Hörbuch kombinieren bewährte Techniken aus Selbsthypnose, Tiefenentspannung und Fantasiereisen. Sie haben das Ziel, körperliche Spannungen abzubauen und Dich sanft in eine leichte Form der Trance zu führen. Alle Anwendungen enthalten wirkungsvolle autosuggestive Botschaften, die mit neurologisch wirksamer Musik untermalt sind und deren Ziel es ist, direkt im Unterbewusstsein zu wirken, ohne vorher vom Bewusstsein, vom Verstand gefiltert zu werden. Die bewährten Anwendungen ermöglichen es Dir, auf eine sanfte und angenehme Weise, das für gesunden Schlaf nötige &amp;#039;Mindset&amp;#039; aufzubauen. Das entstehende Wohlgefühl, die entspannte Atmung und Muskulatur, ein gelockerter Körpertonus sowie positive innere Bilder und Projektionen werden in die Schlafphasen übernommen und wirken sich dauerhaft und positiv auf Dein Schlafverhalten aus. Inhalt: 1. Einleitung 2. Geführte hypnotische Tiefenentspannung I zum friedvollen Einschlafen (mit traumhafter Musik, Spieldauer: 80 Minuten); 3. Geführte hypnotische Tiefenentspannung II zum friedvollen Einschlafen (mit traumhafter Musik, Spieldauer: 38 Minuten); 4. Geführte hypnotische Tiefenentspannung III zum friedvollen Einschlafen (mit traumhafter Musik, Spieldauer: 14 Minuten). 5. Geführte hypnotische Tiefenentspannung IV zum friedvollen Einschlafen (mit traumhafter Musik, Spieldauer: 12 Minuten). Genieße die entspannenden Stücke, die zusammen mit Hypnose-Spezialisten entwickelt und vom bekannten Entspannungstrainer Patrick Lynen (bekannt aus WDR, SWR3, ARD, ZDF, ORF, SRF) einfühlsam gesprochen werden. Auf Basis langjähriger Erfahrung ist die Sicherheit dieser Anwendungen gewährleistet. Sie sind daher sowohl für Erwachsene als auch für Kinder bestens geeignet. Wir wünschen Dir, dass Du schon bald eine deutliche Verbesserung in Deinem Schlafverhalten feststellst. Dieses Hörbuch ersetzt keine medizinische oder therapeutische Behandlung und darf nicht bei der Arbeit an Maschinen oder beim Führen eines Kraftfahrzeuges angehört werden. Rezensionen: +++++ Wirkt sehr beruhigend. Ich kann mich dazu sehr gut entspannen und komme endlich zur Ruhe. (Dorothea) +++++ Kann nun besser schlafen Die Stimme des Sprechers spricht mich sehr an. Die Hintergrundgeräusche sind sehr gut eingespielt. Ich schaffe es nicht über das erste Kapitel hinaus, schon schlafe ich ziemlich fest. Wenn man dieses Hörbuch Nacht für Nacht hört verbessert sich die Schlafqualität merklich! Ich bin in der Früh nicht mehr so fertig und niedergeschlagen. Und selbst wenn der Tag stressig war und mich mitgenommen hat, dieses Hörbuch bringt mich runter. Ich kann es wirklich jedem empfehlen, der besser schlafen und am nächsten Tag mehr Energie haben will. (Anonym) +++++ Ganz Toll! Der Sprecher ist einfach klasse. Ich kann super gut entspannen und einschlafen. Auf jeden Fall zu empfehlen (Kathrin) +++++ Entschleunigend Das innere Gleichgewicht ist wiederhergestellt und man kommt zur Ruhe, die natürlichen Zwischentöne wirken entspannend. (Doctheraceman) +++++ Schnellschlaf - Nutze es schon seit fast 2 Jahren Das Hörbuch ist mir zu einem wichtigen Einschlafbegleiter geworden. Guter Sprecher, schöne Musik zum Einschlafen, empfehlenswert. (Sonnenkind)</description>
      <author>Patrick Lynen</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 30 Oct 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4064066739683.mp3" length="895127" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511101</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4064066739683.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511101">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511101</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Gut ein*schlafen: Das ultimative Einschlafhörbuch
Author: Patrick Lynen
Narrator: Patrick Lynen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 29 minutes
Release date: October 30, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
DAS PREMIUM-BUNDLE: 4 x Ruhe und Entspannung für Deine Nacht Gesunder Schlaf ist wichtig. Denn auf Dauer kann Schlafmangel zu einer starken Minderung der Lebensfreude führen. Schlafstörungen können die unterschiedlichsten Ursachen haben, doch eines haben fast alle Schlafprobleme gemeinsam: sie sind seelisch bedingt und damit psychischer Natur. Die Titel in diesem Hörbuch kombinieren bewährte Techniken aus Selbsthypnose, Tiefenentspannung und Fantasiereisen. Sie haben das Ziel, körperliche Spannungen abzubauen und Dich sanft in eine leichte Form der Trance zu führen. Alle Anwendungen enthalten wirkungsvolle autosuggestive Botschaften, die mit neurologisch wirksamer Musik untermalt sind und deren Ziel es ist, direkt im Unterbewusstsein zu wirken, ohne vorher vom Bewusstsein, vom Verstand gefiltert zu werden. Die bewährten Anwendungen ermöglichen es Dir, auf eine sanfte und angenehme Weise, das für gesunden Schlaf nötige &amp;#039;Mindset&amp;#039; aufzubauen. Das entstehende Wohlgefühl, die entspannte Atmung und Muskulatur, ein gelockerter Körpertonus sowie positive innere Bilder und Projektionen werden in die Schlafphasen übernommen und wirken sich dauerhaft und positiv auf Dein Schlafverhalten aus. Inhalt: 1. Einleitung 2. Geführte hypnotische Tiefenentspannung I zum friedvollen Einschlafen (mit traumhafter Musik, Spieldauer: 80 Minuten); 3. Geführte hypnotische Tiefenentspannung II zum friedvollen Einschlafen (mit traumhafter Musik, Spieldauer: 38 Minuten); 4. Geführte hypnotische Tiefenentspannung III zum friedvollen Einschlafen (mit traumhafter Musik, Spieldauer: 14 Minuten). 5. Geführte hypnotische Tiefenentspannung IV zum friedvollen Einschlafen (mit traumhafter Musik, Spieldauer: 12 Minuten). Genieße die entspannenden Stücke, die zusammen mit Hypnose-Spezialisten entwickelt und vom bekannten Entspannungstrainer Patrick Lynen (bekannt aus WDR, SWR3, ARD, ZDF, ORF, SRF) einfühlsam gesprochen werden. Auf Basis langjähriger Erfahrung ist die Sicherheit dieser Anwendungen gewährleistet. Sie sind daher sowohl für Erwachsene als auch für Kinder bestens geeignet. Wir wünschen Dir, dass Du schon bald eine deutliche Verbesserung in Deinem Schlafverhalten feststellst. Dieses Hörbuch ersetzt keine medizinische oder therapeutische Behandlung und darf nicht bei der Arbeit an Maschinen oder beim Führen eines Kraftfahrzeuges angehört werden. Rezensionen: +++++ Wirkt sehr beruhigend. Ich kann mich dazu sehr gut entspannen und komme endlich zur Ruhe. (Dorothea) +++++ Kann nun besser schlafen Die Stimme des Sprechers spricht mich sehr an. Die Hintergrundgeräusche sind sehr gut eingespielt. Ich schaffe es nicht über das erste Kapitel hinaus, schon schlafe ich ziemlich fest. Wenn man dieses Hörbuch Nacht für Nacht hört verbessert sich die Schlafqualität merklich! Ich bin in der Früh nicht mehr so fertig und niedergeschlagen. Und selbst wenn der Tag stressig war und mich mitgenommen hat, dieses Hörbuch bringt mich runter. Ich kann es wirklich jedem empfehlen, der besser schlafen und am nächsten Tag mehr Energie haben will. (Anonym) +++++ Ganz Toll! Der Sprecher ist einfach klasse. Ich kann super gut entspannen und einschlafen. Auf jeden Fall zu empfehlen (Kathrin) +++++ Entschleunigend Das innere Gleichgewicht ist wiederhergestellt und man kommt zur Ruhe, die natürlichen Zwischentöne wirken entspannend. (Doctheraceman) +++++ Schnellschlaf - Nutze es schon seit fast 2 Jahren Das Hörbuch ist mir zu einem wichtigen Einschlafbegleiter geworden. Guter Sprecher, schöne Musik zum Einschlafen, empfehlenswert. (Sonnenkind)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511101">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511101</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Gut ein*schlafen: Das ultimative Einschlafhörbuch
Author: Patrick Lynen
Narrator: Patrick Lynen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 29 minutes
Release date: October 30, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
DAS PREMIUM-BUNDLE: 4 x Ruhe und Entspannung für Deine Nacht Gesunder Schlaf ist wichtig. Denn auf Dauer kann Schlafmangel zu einer starken Minderung der Lebensfreude führen. Schlafstörungen können die unterschiedlichsten Ursachen haben, doch eines haben fast alle Schlafprobleme gemeinsam: sie sind seelisch bedingt und damit psychischer Natur. Die Titel in diesem Hörbuch kombinieren bewährte Techniken aus Selbsthypnose, Tiefenentspannung und Fantasiereisen. Sie haben das Ziel, körperliche Spannungen abzubauen und Dich sanft in eine leichte Form der Trance zu führen. Alle Anwendungen enthalten wirkungsvolle autosuggestive Botschaften, die mit neurologisch wirksamer Musik untermalt sind und deren Ziel es ist, direkt im Unterbewusstsein zu wirken, ohne vorher vom Bewusstsein, vom Verstand gefiltert zu werden. Die bewährten Anwendungen ermöglichen es Dir, auf eine sanfte und angenehme Weise, das für gesunden Schlaf nötige &amp;#039;Mindset&amp;#039; aufzubauen. Das entstehende Wohlgefühl, die entspannte Atmung und Muskulatur, ein gelockerter Körpertonus sowie positive innere Bilder und Projektionen werden in die Schlafphasen übernommen und wirken sich dauerhaft und positiv auf Dein Schlafverhalten aus. Inhalt: 1. Einleitung 2. Geführte hypnotische Tiefenentspannung I zum friedvollen Einschlafen (mit traumhafter Musik, Spieldauer: 80 Minuten); 3. Geführte hypnotische Tiefenentspannung II zum friedvollen Einschlafen (mit traumhafter Musik, Spieldauer: 38 Minuten); 4. Geführte hypnotische Tiefenentspannung III zum friedvollen Einschlafen (mit traumhafter Musik, Spieldauer: 14 Minuten). 5. Geführte hypnotische Tiefenentspannung IV zum friedvollen Einschlafen (mit traumhafter Musik, Spieldauer: 12 Minuten). Genieße die entspannenden Stücke, die zusammen mit Hypnose-Spezialisten entwickelt und vom bekannten Entspannungstrainer Patrick Lynen (bekannt aus WDR, SWR3, ARD, ZDF, ORF, SRF) einfühlsam gesprochen werden. Auf Basis langjähriger Erfahrung ist die Sicherheit dieser Anwendungen gewährleistet. Sie sind daher sowohl für Erwachsene als auch für Kinder bestens geeignet. Wir wünschen Dir, dass Du schon bald eine deutliche Verbesserung in Deinem Schlafverhalten feststellst. Dieses Hörbuch ersetzt keine medizinische oder therapeutische Behandlung und darf nicht bei der Arbeit an Maschinen oder beim Führen eines Kraftfahrzeuges angehört werden. Rezensionen: +++++ Wirkt sehr beruhigend. Ich kann mich dazu sehr gut entspannen und komme endlich zur Ruhe. (Dorothea) +++++ Kann nun besser schlafen Die Stimme des Sprechers spricht mich sehr an. Die Hintergrundgeräusche sind sehr gut eingespielt. Ich schaffe es nicht über das erste Kapitel hinaus, schon schlafe ich ziemlich fest. Wenn man dieses Hörbuch Nacht für Nacht hört verbessert sich die Schlafqualität merklich! Ich bin in der Früh nicht mehr so fertig und niedergeschlagen. Und selbst wenn der Tag stressig war und mich mitgenommen hat, dieses Hörbuch bringt mich runter. Ich kann es wirklich jedem empfehlen, der besser schlafen und am nächsten Tag mehr Energie haben will. (Anonym) +++++ Ganz Toll! Der Sprecher ist einfach klasse. Ich kann super gut entspannen und einschlafen. Auf jeden Fall zu empfehlen (Kathrin) +++++ Entschleunigend Das innere Gleichgewicht ist wiederhergestellt und man kommt zur Ruhe, die natürlichen Zwischentöne wirken entspannend. (Doctheraceman) +++++ Schnellschlaf - Nutze es schon seit fast 2 Jahren Das Hörbuch ist mir zu einem wichtigen Einschlafbegleiter geworden. Guter Sprecher, schöne Musik zum Einschlafen, empfehlenswert. (Sonnenkind)</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Schneller einschlafen, besser durchschlafen: Mehr Ruhe und Gelassenheit durch Hypnose: Hypnose-Hörbuch / Selbsthypnose / Audio-Hypnose / Hypnose-Programm / Hypnose-Download by Patrick Lynen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511097</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511097">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511097</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Schneller einschlafen, besser durchschlafen: Mehr Ruhe und Gelassenheit durch Hypnose: Hypnose-Hörbuch / Selbsthypnose / Audio-Hypnose / Hypnose-Programm / Hypnose-Download
Author: Patrick Lynen
Narrator: Patrick Lynen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 7 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
? Sie können schlecht einschlafen?  ? Ihre Gedanken kreisen unentwegt?  ? Sie kommen schwer zur Ruhe?  ? Sie wälzen sich unentwegt hin und her? Viele Millionen Menschen leiden unter regelmäßigen Schlafproblemen. Hat unser Stress-Level über den Tag einen bestimmten Wert erreicht, behindert das zunehmend auch unser Schlafverhalten. So entsteht auf Dauer eine seelische Blockade, die eine verminderte Schlafqualität nach sich zieht. Das wiederum führt nicht selten zu eingeschränkten Herz-Kreislauf-Funktionen und hohem Blutdruck), sowie einer verminderte Magen-Darm-Funktion etc. Diese bewährte Hypnose-Programm bietet Ihnen eine speziell entwickelte Anwendung, die aus Stress Entspannung macht. Hypnose bietet eine wundervolle Möglichkeit, die dafür notwendigen Impulse in Ihrem Kopf zu verankern und dann stressfrei(er) durchs Leben zu gehen. Das Unterbewusste wird dabei gezielt und nachhaltig auf ein neues, gesundes Denken und Fühlen &amp;#039;programmiert&amp;#039;. Beklemmende Stressgefühle verschwinden; das Denken findet wieder bewusster statt. Die tausendfach bewährte Einschlafhypnose-Anwendung für die abendliche Nutzung zuhause umfasst sämtliche aktuell bekannten Mentaltechniken und Autosuggestionsmöglichkeiten, die für eine erfolgreiche Stressreduktion notwendig sind. Die von Hypnose-Spezialisten zusammen mit Bestseller-Autor Patrick Lynen (&amp;#039;how &amp;#039;to geht GELASSENHEIT) entwickelte Hypnose erzeugt einen langanhaltenden Effekt, da sie unseren kritischen Geist geschickt umgeht. Während der Sitzung erreichen Sie punktgenaue subliminale Informationen, die Ihnen dabei helfen, neue befreiende Gewohnheiten und Glaubenssätze aufzubauen. Die enthaltenen Techniken:  Tiefenhypnose,  Autosuggestion,  Multisensorisches Programmieren,  Neurologisch wirksame Hintergrundmusik,  Deltawellen-Audio-Processing. Für den bestmöglichen Effekt sollten Sie das Programm an mindestens 21 Tagen in Folge einmal täglich vor dem Einschlafen anhören. Wir empfehlen die Verwendung von Kopfhörern, da die Hypnose zahlreiche akustische Ebenen vereint, die den Effekt deutlich verstärken.</description>
      <author>Patrick Lynen</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Jan 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4064066875015.mp3" length="895146" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511097</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4064066875015.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511097">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511097</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Schneller einschlafen, besser durchschlafen: Mehr Ruhe und Gelassenheit durch Hypnose: Hypnose-Hörbuch / Selbsthypnose / Audio-Hypnose / Hypnose-Programm / Hypnose-Download
Author: Patrick Lynen
Narrator: Patrick Lynen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 7 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
? Sie können schlecht einschlafen?  ? Ihre Gedanken kreisen unentwegt?  ? Sie kommen schwer zur Ruhe?  ? Sie wälzen sich unentwegt hin und her? Viele Millionen Menschen leiden unter regelmäßigen Schlafproblemen. Hat unser Stress-Level über den Tag einen bestimmten Wert erreicht, behindert das zunehmend auch unser Schlafverhalten. So entsteht auf Dauer eine seelische Blockade, die eine verminderte Schlafqualität nach sich zieht. Das wiederum führt nicht selten zu eingeschränkten Herz-Kreislauf-Funktionen und hohem Blutdruck), sowie einer verminderte Magen-Darm-Funktion etc. Diese bewährte Hypnose-Programm bietet Ihnen eine speziell entwickelte Anwendung, die aus Stress Entspannung macht. Hypnose bietet eine wundervolle Möglichkeit, die dafür notwendigen Impulse in Ihrem Kopf zu verankern und dann stressfrei(er) durchs Leben zu gehen. Das Unterbewusste wird dabei gezielt und nachhaltig auf ein neues, gesundes Denken und Fühlen &amp;#039;programmiert&amp;#039;. Beklemmende Stressgefühle verschwinden; das Denken findet wieder bewusster statt. Die tausendfach bewährte Einschlafhypnose-Anwendung für die abendliche Nutzung zuhause umfasst sämtliche aktuell bekannten Mentaltechniken und Autosuggestionsmöglichkeiten, die für eine erfolgreiche Stressreduktion notwendig sind. Die von Hypnose-Spezialisten zusammen mit Bestseller-Autor Patrick Lynen (&amp;#039;how &amp;#039;to geht GELASSENHEIT) entwickelte Hypnose erzeugt einen langanhaltenden Effekt, da sie unseren kritischen Geist geschickt umgeht. Während der Sitzung erreichen Sie punktgenaue subliminale Informationen, die Ihnen dabei helfen, neue befreiende Gewohnheiten und Glaubenssätze aufzubauen. Die enthaltenen Techniken:  Tiefenhypnose,  Autosuggestion,  Multisensorisches Programmieren,  Neurologisch wirksame Hintergrundmusik,  Deltawellen-Audio-Processing. Für den bestmöglichen Effekt sollten Sie das Programm an mindestens 21 Tagen in Folge einmal täglich vor dem Einschlafen anhören. Wir empfehlen die Verwendung von Kopfhörern, da die Hypnose zahlreiche akustische Ebenen vereint, die den Effekt deutlich verstärken.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511097">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511097</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Schneller einschlafen, besser durchschlafen: Mehr Ruhe und Gelassenheit durch Hypnose: Hypnose-Hörbuch / Selbsthypnose / Audio-Hypnose / Hypnose-Programm / Hypnose-Download
Author: Patrick Lynen
Narrator: Patrick Lynen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 7 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
? Sie können schlecht einschlafen?  ? Ihre Gedanken kreisen unentwegt?  ? Sie kommen schwer zur Ruhe?  ? Sie wälzen sich unentwegt hin und her? Viele Millionen Menschen leiden unter regelmäßigen Schlafproblemen. Hat unser Stress-Level über den Tag einen bestimmten Wert erreicht, behindert das zunehmend auch unser Schlafverhalten. So entsteht auf Dauer eine seelische Blockade, die eine verminderte Schlafqualität nach sich zieht. Das wiederum führt nicht selten zu eingeschränkten Herz-Kreislauf-Funktionen und hohem Blutdruck), sowie einer verminderte Magen-Darm-Funktion etc. Diese bewährte Hypnose-Programm bietet Ihnen eine speziell entwickelte Anwendung, die aus Stress Entspannung macht. Hypnose bietet eine wundervolle Möglichkeit, die dafür notwendigen Impulse in Ihrem Kopf zu verankern und dann stressfrei(er) durchs Leben zu gehen. Das Unterbewusste wird dabei gezielt und nachhaltig auf ein neues, gesundes Denken und Fühlen &amp;#039;programmiert&amp;#039;. Beklemmende Stressgefühle verschwinden; das Denken findet wieder bewusster statt. Die tausendfach bewährte Einschlafhypnose-Anwendung für die abendliche Nutzung zuhause umfasst sämtliche aktuell bekannten Mentaltechniken und Autosuggestionsmöglichkeiten, die für eine erfolgreiche Stressreduktion notwendig sind. Die von Hypnose-Spezialisten zusammen mit Bestseller-Autor Patrick Lynen (&amp;#039;how &amp;#039;to geht GELASSENHEIT) entwickelte Hypnose erzeugt einen langanhaltenden Effekt, da sie unseren kritischen Geist geschickt umgeht. Während der Sitzung erreichen Sie punktgenaue subliminale Informationen, die Ihnen dabei helfen, neue befreiende Gewohnheiten und Glaubenssätze aufzubauen. Die enthaltenen Techniken:  Tiefenhypnose,  Autosuggestion,  Multisensorisches Programmieren,  Neurologisch wirksame Hintergrundmusik,  Deltawellen-Audio-Processing. Für den bestmöglichen Effekt sollten Sie das Programm an mindestens 21 Tagen in Folge einmal täglich vor dem Einschlafen anhören. Wir empfehlen die Verwendung von Kopfhörern, da die Hypnose zahlreiche akustische Ebenen vereint, die den Effekt deutlich verstärken.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Selbsthypnose zum Einschlafen: Grübeln stoppen - Stress abbauen - negative Zwangsgedanken beenden: Eine hochwirksame Einschlafhilfe auf der Basis tiefer Entspannung by Patrick Lynen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511095</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511095">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511095</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Selbsthypnose zum Einschlafen: Grübeln stoppen - Stress abbauen - negative Zwangsgedanken beenden: Eine hochwirksame Einschlafhilfe auf der Basis tiefer Entspannung
Author: Patrick Lynen
Narrator: Patrick Lynen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 52 minutes
Release date: December  7, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
 Sie haben regelmäßig negative Gedanken und kennen nicht einmal den Grund dafür?  Sie fühlen sich niedergeschlagen, traurig oder ausgebrannt und haben keine Idee, wie sie diesem negativen Zyklus entfliehen können?  Sie wollen Ihre negativen Gedanken endlich loswerden und bewusst dagegen ansteuern?  Sie suchen bewährte Methoden mit denen Sie das schnell und effizient umsetzen können? Alle Coaches auf dieser Welt bringen Ihnen nichts, wenn es im Kopf nicht &amp;#039;klick&amp;#039; macht. Erst mit der richtigen mentalen Einstellung können Sie diese inneren Blockaden lösen. Positives Denken, das richtige &amp;#039;Mindset&amp;#039; und der daraus erwachsende Erfolg haben viel mit unserem Unterbewussten zu tun. Lassen Sie Ihre alten negativen Gedanken und Denkschleifen nicht weiter Ihren Alltag bestimmen. Gewinnen Sie mit sanfter Hypnose den Kampf gegen Ihr alltägliches Gedankenkarussell, werden Sie negative Gedanken für immer los und schöpfen Sie neue Energie. Mit diesen bewährten Hypnose-Anwendungen erkennen Sie in kürzester Zeit... ?wie Sie negative Gedanken einfach stoppen können; ?wie Sie auch an schlechten Tagen positiv bleiben; ?wie Sie ihre Gedanken analysieren und umgestalten können; ?wie Sie eine Routine aufbauen, die Sie dabei unterstützt; ?und vieles mehr! Selbsthypnose bietet eine wundervolle Möglichkeit, die entscheidenden Impulse in Ihren Kopf zu verankern und dann zu neuer Kraft zu finden. Das Unterbewusste wird dabei gezielt und nachhaltig auf freudvolles und positives Denken &amp;#039;programmiert&amp;#039;. Die bewährte Anwendung für zuhause umfasst sämtliche aktuell bekannten Mental-Techniken und Autosuggestions-Möglichkeiten, die für eine erfolgreiche Persönlichkeitsentwicklung hin zu mehr Ausgeglichenheit, innerer Ruhe und positivem Denken notwendig sind. Die von Hypnose-Spezialisten zusammen mit Bestseller-Autor Patrick Lynen (bekannt aus ARD, ZDF, WDR, SWR3, RTL, VOX, ORF, SRF) entwickelten Hypnosen erzeugen einen langanhaltenden Effekt, da sie unseren kritischen Geist geschickt umgehen. Während der Sitzungen erreichen Sie subliminale Informationen, die Ihnen dabei helfen, neue gesunde Denkweisen und Glaubenssätze aufzubauen. DIE ENTHALTENEN TECHNIKEN: +++ Tiefenhypnose; +++ Autosuggestion; +++ Multisensorisches Programmieren; +++ Neurologisch wirksame Hintergrundmusik; +++ Deltawellen-Audio-Processing. Für den bestmöglichen Effekt sollten Sie das Programm an mindestens 21 Tagen in Folge einmal täglich direkt vor dem Einschlafen anhören. Wir empfehlen die Verwendung von Kopfhörern, da die Hypnose zahlreiche akustische Ebenen vereint, die den Effekt verstärken. Bitte hören Sie das Programm nicht beim Autofahren oder bei Tätigkeiten, die Ihre volle Aufmerksamkeit erfordern. Es ersetzt keinen Arztbesuch oder Medikamente, die krankheitsbedingt benötigt werden. Hypnose ist prinzipiell für alle körperlich und geistig gesunden Menschen geeignet. Sollten Sie in therapeutischer Behandlung sein, z.B. aufgrund einer Erkrankung, Depression oder Psychose, und/oder verschreibungspflichtige Medikamente einnehmen, halten Sie bitte vor Anwendung Rücksprache mit Ihrem behandelnden Arzt.</description>
      <author>Patrick Lynen</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Dec 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4064066819569.mp3" length="895124" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511095</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4064066819569.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511095">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511095</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Selbsthypnose zum Einschlafen: Grübeln stoppen - Stress abbauen - negative Zwangsgedanken beenden: Eine hochwirksame Einschlafhilfe auf der Basis tiefer Entspannung
Author: Patrick Lynen
Narrator: Patrick Lynen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 52 minutes
Release date: December  7, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
 Sie haben regelmäßig negative Gedanken und kennen nicht einmal den Grund dafür?  Sie fühlen sich niedergeschlagen, traurig oder ausgebrannt und haben keine Idee, wie sie diesem negativen Zyklus entfliehen können?  Sie wollen Ihre negativen Gedanken endlich loswerden und bewusst dagegen ansteuern?  Sie suchen bewährte Methoden mit denen Sie das schnell und effizient umsetzen können? Alle Coaches auf dieser Welt bringen Ihnen nichts, wenn es im Kopf nicht &amp;#039;klick&amp;#039; macht. Erst mit der richtigen mentalen Einstellung können Sie diese inneren Blockaden lösen. Positives Denken, das richtige &amp;#039;Mindset&amp;#039; und der daraus erwachsende Erfolg haben viel mit unserem Unterbewussten zu tun. Lassen Sie Ihre alten negativen Gedanken und Denkschleifen nicht weiter Ihren Alltag bestimmen. Gewinnen Sie mit sanfter Hypnose den Kampf gegen Ihr alltägliches Gedankenkarussell, werden Sie negative Gedanken für immer los und schöpfen Sie neue Energie. Mit diesen bewährten Hypnose-Anwendungen erkennen Sie in kürzester Zeit... ?wie Sie negative Gedanken einfach stoppen können; ?wie Sie auch an schlechten Tagen positiv bleiben; ?wie Sie ihre Gedanken analysieren und umgestalten können; ?wie Sie eine Routine aufbauen, die Sie dabei unterstützt; ?und vieles mehr! Selbsthypnose bietet eine wundervolle Möglichkeit, die entscheidenden Impulse in Ihren Kopf zu verankern und dann zu neuer Kraft zu finden. Das Unterbewusste wird dabei gezielt und nachhaltig auf freudvolles und positives Denken &amp;#039;programmiert&amp;#039;. Die bewährte Anwendung für zuhause umfasst sämtliche aktuell bekannten Mental-Techniken und Autosuggestions-Möglichkeiten, die für eine erfolgreiche Persönlichkeitsentwicklung hin zu mehr Ausgeglichenheit, innerer Ruhe und positivem Denken notwendig sind. Die von Hypnose-Spezialisten zusammen mit Bestseller-Autor Patrick Lynen (bekannt aus ARD, ZDF, WDR, SWR3, RTL, VOX, ORF, SRF) entwickelten Hypnosen erzeugen einen langanhaltenden Effekt, da sie unseren kritischen Geist geschickt umgehen. Während der Sitzungen erreichen Sie subliminale Informationen, die Ihnen dabei helfen, neue gesunde Denkweisen und Glaubenssätze aufzubauen. DIE ENTHALTENEN TECHNIKEN: +++ Tiefenhypnose; +++ Autosuggestion; +++ Multisensorisches Programmieren; +++ Neurologisch wirksame Hintergrundmusik; +++ Deltawellen-Audio-Processing. Für den bestmöglichen Effekt sollten Sie das Programm an mindestens 21 Tagen in Folge einmal täglich direkt vor dem Einschlafen anhören. Wir empfehlen die Verwendung von Kopfhörern, da die Hypnose zahlreiche akustische Ebenen vereint, die den Effekt verstärken. Bitte hören Sie das Programm nicht beim Autofahren oder bei Tätigkeiten, die Ihre volle Aufmerksamkeit erfordern. Es ersetzt keinen Arztbesuch oder Medikamente, die krankheitsbedingt benötigt werden. Hypnose ist prinzipiell für alle körperlich und geistig gesunden Menschen geeignet. Sollten Sie in therapeutischer Behandlung sein, z.B. aufgrund einer Erkrankung, Depression oder Psychose, und/oder verschreibungspflichtige Medikamente einnehmen, halten Sie bitte vor Anwendung Rücksprache mit Ihrem behandelnden Arzt.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511095">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511095</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Selbsthypnose zum Einschlafen: Grübeln stoppen - Stress abbauen - negative Zwangsgedanken beenden: Eine hochwirksame Einschlafhilfe auf der Basis tiefer Entspannung
Author: Patrick Lynen
Narrator: Patrick Lynen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 52 minutes
Release date: December  7, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
 Sie haben regelmäßig negative Gedanken und kennen nicht einmal den Grund dafür?  Sie fühlen sich niedergeschlagen, traurig oder ausgebrannt und haben keine Idee, wie sie diesem negativen Zyklus entfliehen können?  Sie wollen Ihre negativen Gedanken endlich loswerden und bewusst dagegen ansteuern?  Sie suchen bewährte Methoden mit denen Sie das schnell und effizient umsetzen können? Alle Coaches auf dieser Welt bringen Ihnen nichts, wenn es im Kopf nicht &amp;#039;klick&amp;#039; macht. Erst mit der richtigen mentalen Einstellung können Sie diese inneren Blockaden lösen. Positives Denken, das richtige &amp;#039;Mindset&amp;#039; und der daraus erwachsende Erfolg haben viel mit unserem Unterbewussten zu tun. Lassen Sie Ihre alten negativen Gedanken und Denkschleifen nicht weiter Ihren Alltag bestimmen. Gewinnen Sie mit sanfter Hypnose den Kampf gegen Ihr alltägliches Gedankenkarussell, werden Sie negative Gedanken für immer los und schöpfen Sie neue Energie. Mit diesen bewährten Hypnose-Anwendungen erkennen Sie in kürzester Zeit... ?wie Sie negative Gedanken einfach stoppen können; ?wie Sie auch an schlechten Tagen positiv bleiben; ?wie Sie ihre Gedanken analysieren und umgestalten können; ?wie Sie eine Routine aufbauen, die Sie dabei unterstützt; ?und vieles mehr! Selbsthypnose bietet eine wundervolle Möglichkeit, die entscheidenden Impulse in Ihren Kopf zu verankern und dann zu neuer Kraft zu finden. Das Unterbewusste wird dabei gezielt und nachhaltig auf freudvolles und positives Denken &amp;#039;programmiert&amp;#039;. Die bewährte Anwendung für zuhause umfasst sämtliche aktuell bekannten Mental-Techniken und Autosuggestions-Möglichkeiten, die für eine erfolgreiche Persönlichkeitsentwicklung hin zu mehr Ausgeglichenheit, innerer Ruhe und positivem Denken notwendig sind. Die von Hypnose-Spezialisten zusammen mit Bestseller-Autor Patrick Lynen (bekannt aus ARD, ZDF, WDR, SWR3, RTL, VOX, ORF, SRF) entwickelten Hypnosen erzeugen einen langanhaltenden Effekt, da sie unseren kritischen Geist geschickt umgehen. Während der Sitzungen erreichen Sie subliminale Informationen, die Ihnen dabei helfen, neue gesunde Denkweisen und Glaubenssätze aufzubauen. DIE ENTHALTENEN TECHNIKEN: +++ Tiefenhypnose; +++ Autosuggestion; +++ Multisensorisches Programmieren; +++ Neurologisch wirksame Hintergrundmusik; +++ Deltawellen-Audio-Processing. Für den bestmöglichen Effekt sollten Sie das Programm an mindestens 21 Tagen in Folge einmal täglich direkt vor dem Einschlafen anhören. Wir empfehlen die Verwendung von Kopfhörern, da die Hypnose zahlreiche akustische Ebenen vereint, die den Effekt verstärken. Bitte hören Sie das Programm nicht beim Autofahren oder bei Tätigkeiten, die Ihre volle Aufmerksamkeit erfordern. Es ersetzt keinen Arztbesuch oder Medikamente, die krankheitsbedingt benötigt werden. Hypnose ist prinzipiell für alle körperlich und geistig gesunden Menschen geeignet. Sollten Sie in therapeutischer Behandlung sein, z.B. aufgrund einer Erkrankung, Depression oder Psychose, und/oder verschreibungspflichtige Medikamente einnehmen, halten Sie bitte vor Anwendung Rücksprache mit Ihrem behandelnden Arzt.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Einschlafmeditation: Eine effektive Hilfe bei Schlafstörungen by Joachim Augstein</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511031</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511031">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511031</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Einschlafmeditation: Eine effektive Hilfe bei Schlafstörungen
Author: Joachim Augstein
Narrator: Stephan Müller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 15 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Ich nutze so gerne Ihre Einschlafmeditation. Wenn ich ins Bett gehe, dauert es höchstens 3-5 Minuten bis ich schlafe. Das hätte ich nie gedacht. Danke für Ihre Unterstützung.&amp;#039; (Eduard Brockmann, Trier) Dies ist nur eine von zig zufriedenen Rückmeldungen, die uns jeden Monat erreichen. Das macht uns sehr stolz. Denn innerhalb von nur zehn Jahren haben wir es mit konsequenter Entwicklungsarbeit geschafft, im deutschsprachigen Bereich die Nummer 1 für Einschlafmeditationen zu werden. Alle unsere Anwendungen entwickeln wir mit ganz viel Leidenschaft und großem Forscherdrang - gemeinsam mit einem erfahrenen Team aus Autoren, Schlafforschern, Neurowissenschaftlern und Profisprechern. Auch dieses Programm ist darauf ausgerichtet, das all abendliche Gedankenrasen anzuhalten und störende Faktoren, die das Einschlafen behindern, zu neutralisieren. Die angenehme Stimme von Profisprecher Stephan Müller (bekannt aus Funk und Fernsehen) führt Sie zuverlässig aus dem ständigen Grübeln heraus, hinein in eine angenehme und natürliche Entspannung. Die Einschlafmeditation hat eine Laufzeit von insgesamt 75 Minuten und mündet in eine harmonische, sanfte Klangwelt, die Sie friedvoll ins Land der Träume begleitet. Erleben Sie sanfte, schwebende Kompositionen und punktgenaue Botschaften, die Ihren Körper über das Hören zurück in die Balance zu ziehen.  Probieren Sie es noch heute aus! Erleben Sie künstlerische Inspiration, Sensitivität, modernste Entspannungstechniken und exzellente Soundqualität. Die täglichen Rückmeldungen unserer Kund*innen sprechen Bände. Auch Sie werden begeistert sein.</description>
      <author>Joachim Augstein</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 21 Feb 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4064066908522.mp3" length="932408" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511031</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4064066908522.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511031">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511031</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Einschlafmeditation: Eine effektive Hilfe bei Schlafstörungen
Author: Joachim Augstein
Narrator: Stephan Müller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 15 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Ich nutze so gerne Ihre Einschlafmeditation. Wenn ich ins Bett gehe, dauert es höchstens 3-5 Minuten bis ich schlafe. Das hätte ich nie gedacht. Danke für Ihre Unterstützung.&amp;#039; (Eduard Brockmann, Trier) Dies ist nur eine von zig zufriedenen Rückmeldungen, die uns jeden Monat erreichen. Das macht uns sehr stolz. Denn innerhalb von nur zehn Jahren haben wir es mit konsequenter Entwicklungsarbeit geschafft, im deutschsprachigen Bereich die Nummer 1 für Einschlafmeditationen zu werden. Alle unsere Anwendungen entwickeln wir mit ganz viel Leidenschaft und großem Forscherdrang - gemeinsam mit einem erfahrenen Team aus Autoren, Schlafforschern, Neurowissenschaftlern und Profisprechern. Auch dieses Programm ist darauf ausgerichtet, das all abendliche Gedankenrasen anzuhalten und störende Faktoren, die das Einschlafen behindern, zu neutralisieren. Die angenehme Stimme von Profisprecher Stephan Müller (bekannt aus Funk und Fernsehen) führt Sie zuverlässig aus dem ständigen Grübeln heraus, hinein in eine angenehme und natürliche Entspannung. Die Einschlafmeditation hat eine Laufzeit von insgesamt 75 Minuten und mündet in eine harmonische, sanfte Klangwelt, die Sie friedvoll ins Land der Träume begleitet. Erleben Sie sanfte, schwebende Kompositionen und punktgenaue Botschaften, die Ihren Körper über das Hören zurück in die Balance zu ziehen.  Probieren Sie es noch heute aus! Erleben Sie künstlerische Inspiration, Sensitivität, modernste Entspannungstechniken und exzellente Soundqualität. Die täglichen Rückmeldungen unserer Kund*innen sprechen Bände. Auch Sie werden begeistert sein.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511031">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511031</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Einschlafmeditation: Eine effektive Hilfe bei Schlafstörungen
Author: Joachim Augstein
Narrator: Stephan Müller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 15 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Ich nutze so gerne Ihre Einschlafmeditation. Wenn ich ins Bett gehe, dauert es höchstens 3-5 Minuten bis ich schlafe. Das hätte ich nie gedacht. Danke für Ihre Unterstützung.&amp;#039; (Eduard Brockmann, Trier) Dies ist nur eine von zig zufriedenen Rückmeldungen, die uns jeden Monat erreichen. Das macht uns sehr stolz. Denn innerhalb von nur zehn Jahren haben wir es mit konsequenter Entwicklungsarbeit geschafft, im deutschsprachigen Bereich die Nummer 1 für Einschlafmeditationen zu werden. Alle unsere Anwendungen entwickeln wir mit ganz viel Leidenschaft und großem Forscherdrang - gemeinsam mit einem erfahrenen Team aus Autoren, Schlafforschern, Neurowissenschaftlern und Profisprechern. Auch dieses Programm ist darauf ausgerichtet, das all abendliche Gedankenrasen anzuhalten und störende Faktoren, die das Einschlafen behindern, zu neutralisieren. Die angenehme Stimme von Profisprecher Stephan Müller (bekannt aus Funk und Fernsehen) führt Sie zuverlässig aus dem ständigen Grübeln heraus, hinein in eine angenehme und natürliche Entspannung. Die Einschlafmeditation hat eine Laufzeit von insgesamt 75 Minuten und mündet in eine harmonische, sanfte Klangwelt, die Sie friedvoll ins Land der Träume begleitet. Erleben Sie sanfte, schwebende Kompositionen und punktgenaue Botschaften, die Ihren Körper über das Hören zurück in die Balance zu ziehen.  Probieren Sie es noch heute aus! Erleben Sie künstlerische Inspiration, Sensitivität, modernste Entspannungstechniken und exzellente Soundqualität. Die täglichen Rückmeldungen unserer Kund*innen sprechen Bände. Auch Sie werden begeistert sein.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Beruhigende Stimmen: Eine effektive Hilfe bei Einschlafstörungen und Schlafproblemen: Geführte Meditationen und sanfte Hypnosen zum Einschlafen und Durchschlafen by Institut Für Stressreduktion, Eva Sonnleitner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511028</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511028">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511028</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Beruhigende Stimmen: Eine effektive Hilfe bei Einschlafstörungen und Schlafproblemen: Geführte Meditationen und sanfte Hypnosen zum Einschlafen und Durchschlafen
Author: Institut Für Stressreduktion, Eva Sonnleitner
Narrator: David Hesse, Robert Simoneit
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 37 minutes
Release date: December 18, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
In dieser hochwertigen Hörbuchproduktion erwartet Sie eine umfangreiche Sammlung an Entspannungsmethoden, die Sie unkompliziert und wirksam beim Entspannen und Einschlafen unterstützen. &amp;#039;Beruhigende Stimmen&amp;#039; vereint hochwirksame geführte Meditationen und sanfte Hypnosen, die Sie einfach abspielen, wenn Sie sich abends ins Bett legen. Medizinisch etablierte Methoden wie Autogenes Training, Atemtechniken, Progressive Muskelentspannung und meditative Fantasiereisen werden hier hochwirksam verschmolzen.  Lassen Sie sich von den warmen und einladenden Stimmen, unaufdringlicher, neurologisch wirksamer Hintergrundmusik und wundervollen, magischen Klangwelten mitnehmen auf Ihrem Weg in den Schlaf. Die professionelle und sanfte sprachliche Führung hilft Ihnen dabei, in eine absolute körperliche Entspannung zu gelangen und Ihre Gedanken und Gefühle zu beruhigen. Sie dürfen den Alltag loslassen, innere Ruhe finden und gleiten tiefer und tiefer in die körperliche und geistige Entspannung. Auf diese Weise wird es Ihnen Nacht für Nacht besser gelingen, Ihre Ruhe, Ihre Entspannung, Ihren gesunden Tiefschlaf wiederzufinden und zu genießen. WAS SIE BEKOMMEN: Sechs hochwertige Meditationen, die berühren, inspirieren und das Leben vieler Menschen nachhaltig verändern. Perfekt aufeinander abgestimmte Anwendungen mit traumhafter Musik und unterschiedlichen Laufzeiten (zwischen 17 und 54 Minuten). Für den bestmöglichen Effekt sollten Sie täglich EINES der Programme anhören - über einen Zeitraum von mindestens 21 Tagen. Wir empfehlen die Verwendung von Kopfhörern, da die Hypnose zahlreiche akustische Ebenen vereint, die den Effekt verstärken. Der erste Schritt ist fast getan, klicken Sie jetzt auf den &amp;#039;Kaufen Button&amp;#039; und legen Sie direkt los. -- KUNDENSTIMMEN:  +++++ Wirkt sehr beruhigend. Ich kann mich dabei sehr gut entspannen. Mit dem Einschlafen klappt es fast immer, man kommt gut zu Ruhe. (Judith) +++++ Kann nun besser schlafen Die Stimmen der Sprecher sind angenehm. Die Hintergrundgeräusche sind sehr gut eingespielt. Ich schaffe es nicht über das erste Kapitel hinaus, schon schlafe ich. Wenn man dieses Hörbuch Nacht für Nacht hört verbessert sich die Schlafqualität merklich! Ich bin in der Früh nicht mehr so fertig und niedergeschlagen. Und selbst wenn der Tag stressig war und mich mitgenommen hat, dieses Hörbuch bringt mich runter. Ich kann es wirklich jedem empfehlen, der besser schlafen und am nächsten Tag mehr Energie haben will. (Anonym) +++++ Gut Der Sprecher ist einfach klasse. Ich konnte super gut entspannen und einschlafen. Es ist auf jeden Fall zu empfehlen (OlafRO67) +++++ Entschleunigung Ich komme runter, wenn der Tag mal wieder knüppelhart war. Das innere Gleichgewicht ist wiederhergestellt und ich komme zur Ruhe, die natürlichen Zwischentöne wirken entspannend. (Doctheraceman) +++++ Cooler Begleiter Das Hörbuch ist mir zu einem angenehmen Einschlafbegleiter geworden. Gute Sprecher, schöne Musik zum Einschlafen, empfehlenswert. (Sonnenkind)</description>
      <author>Institut Für Stressreduktion, Eva Sonnleitner</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 18 Dec 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4064066848279.mp3" length="971945" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511028</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4064066848279.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511028">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511028</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Beruhigende Stimmen: Eine effektive Hilfe bei Einschlafstörungen und Schlafproblemen: Geführte Meditationen und sanfte Hypnosen zum Einschlafen und Durchschlafen
Author: Institut Für Stressreduktion, Eva Sonnleitner
Narrator: David Hesse, Robert Simoneit
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 37 minutes
Release date: December 18, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
In dieser hochwertigen Hörbuchproduktion erwartet Sie eine umfangreiche Sammlung an Entspannungsmethoden, die Sie unkompliziert und wirksam beim Entspannen und Einschlafen unterstützen. &amp;#039;Beruhigende Stimmen&amp;#039; vereint hochwirksame geführte Meditationen und sanfte Hypnosen, die Sie einfach abspielen, wenn Sie sich abends ins Bett legen. Medizinisch etablierte Methoden wie Autogenes Training, Atemtechniken, Progressive Muskelentspannung und meditative Fantasiereisen werden hier hochwirksam verschmolzen.  Lassen Sie sich von den warmen und einladenden Stimmen, unaufdringlicher, neurologisch wirksamer Hintergrundmusik und wundervollen, magischen Klangwelten mitnehmen auf Ihrem Weg in den Schlaf. Die professionelle und sanfte sprachliche Führung hilft Ihnen dabei, in eine absolute körperliche Entspannung zu gelangen und Ihre Gedanken und Gefühle zu beruhigen. Sie dürfen den Alltag loslassen, innere Ruhe finden und gleiten tiefer und tiefer in die körperliche und geistige Entspannung. Auf diese Weise wird es Ihnen Nacht für Nacht besser gelingen, Ihre Ruhe, Ihre Entspannung, Ihren gesunden Tiefschlaf wiederzufinden und zu genießen. WAS SIE BEKOMMEN: Sechs hochwertige Meditationen, die berühren, inspirieren und das Leben vieler Menschen nachhaltig verändern. Perfekt aufeinander abgestimmte Anwendungen mit traumhafter Musik und unterschiedlichen Laufzeiten (zwischen 17 und 54 Minuten). Für den bestmöglichen Effekt sollten Sie täglich EINES der Programme anhören - über einen Zeitraum von mindestens 21 Tagen. Wir empfehlen die Verwendung von Kopfhörern, da die Hypnose zahlreiche akustische Ebenen vereint, die den Effekt verstärken. Der erste Schritt ist fast getan, klicken Sie jetzt auf den &amp;#039;Kaufen Button&amp;#039; und legen Sie direkt los. -- KUNDENSTIMMEN:  +++++ Wirkt sehr beruhigend. Ich kann mich dabei sehr gut entspannen. Mit dem Einschlafen klappt es fast immer, man kommt gut zu Ruhe. (Judith) +++++ Kann nun besser schlafen Die Stimmen der Sprecher sind angenehm. Die Hintergrundgeräusche sind sehr gut eingespielt. Ich schaffe es nicht über das erste Kapitel hinaus, schon schlafe ich. Wenn man dieses Hörbuch Nacht für Nacht hört verbessert sich die Schlafqualität merklich! Ich bin in der Früh nicht mehr so fertig und niedergeschlagen. Und selbst wenn der Tag stressig war und mich mitgenommen hat, dieses Hörbuch bringt mich runter. Ich kann es wirklich jedem empfehlen, der besser schlafen und am nächsten Tag mehr Energie haben will. (Anonym) +++++ Gut Der Sprecher ist einfach klasse. Ich konnte super gut entspannen und einschlafen. Es ist auf jeden Fall zu empfehlen (OlafRO67) +++++ Entschleunigung Ich komme runter, wenn der Tag mal wieder knüppelhart war. Das innere Gleichgewicht ist wiederhergestellt und ich komme zur Ruhe, die natürlichen Zwischentöne wirken entspannend. (Doctheraceman) +++++ Cooler Begleiter Das Hörbuch ist mir zu einem angenehmen Einschlafbegleiter geworden. Gute Sprecher, schöne Musik zum Einschlafen, empfehlenswert. (Sonnenkind)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511028">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511028</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Beruhigende Stimmen: Eine effektive Hilfe bei Einschlafstörungen und Schlafproblemen: Geführte Meditationen und sanfte Hypnosen zum Einschlafen und Durchschlafen
Author: Institut Für Stressreduktion, Eva Sonnleitner
Narrator: David Hesse, Robert Simoneit
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 37 minutes
Release date: December 18, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
In dieser hochwertigen Hörbuchproduktion erwartet Sie eine umfangreiche Sammlung an Entspannungsmethoden, die Sie unkompliziert und wirksam beim Entspannen und Einschlafen unterstützen. &amp;#039;Beruhigende Stimmen&amp;#039; vereint hochwirksame geführte Meditationen und sanfte Hypnosen, die Sie einfach abspielen, wenn Sie sich abends ins Bett legen. Medizinisch etablierte Methoden wie Autogenes Training, Atemtechniken, Progressive Muskelentspannung und meditative Fantasiereisen werden hier hochwirksam verschmolzen.  Lassen Sie sich von den warmen und einladenden Stimmen, unaufdringlicher, neurologisch wirksamer Hintergrundmusik und wundervollen, magischen Klangwelten mitnehmen auf Ihrem Weg in den Schlaf. Die professionelle und sanfte sprachliche Führung hilft Ihnen dabei, in eine absolute körperliche Entspannung zu gelangen und Ihre Gedanken und Gefühle zu beruhigen. Sie dürfen den Alltag loslassen, innere Ruhe finden und gleiten tiefer und tiefer in die körperliche und geistige Entspannung. Auf diese Weise wird es Ihnen Nacht für Nacht besser gelingen, Ihre Ruhe, Ihre Entspannung, Ihren gesunden Tiefschlaf wiederzufinden und zu genießen. WAS SIE BEKOMMEN: Sechs hochwertige Meditationen, die berühren, inspirieren und das Leben vieler Menschen nachhaltig verändern. Perfekt aufeinander abgestimmte Anwendungen mit traumhafter Musik und unterschiedlichen Laufzeiten (zwischen 17 und 54 Minuten). Für den bestmöglichen Effekt sollten Sie täglich EINES der Programme anhören - über einen Zeitraum von mindestens 21 Tagen. Wir empfehlen die Verwendung von Kopfhörern, da die Hypnose zahlreiche akustische Ebenen vereint, die den Effekt verstärken. Der erste Schritt ist fast getan, klicken Sie jetzt auf den &amp;#039;Kaufen Button&amp;#039; und legen Sie direkt los. -- KUNDENSTIMMEN:  +++++ Wirkt sehr beruhigend. Ich kann mich dabei sehr gut entspannen. Mit dem Einschlafen klappt es fast immer, man kommt gut zu Ruhe. (Judith) +++++ Kann nun besser schlafen Die Stimmen der Sprecher sind angenehm. Die Hintergrundgeräusche sind sehr gut eingespielt. Ich schaffe es nicht über das erste Kapitel hinaus, schon schlafe ich. Wenn man dieses Hörbuch Nacht für Nacht hört verbessert sich die Schlafqualität merklich! Ich bin in der Früh nicht mehr so fertig und niedergeschlagen. Und selbst wenn der Tag stressig war und mich mitgenommen hat, dieses Hörbuch bringt mich runter. Ich kann es wirklich jedem empfehlen, der besser schlafen und am nächsten Tag mehr Energie haben will. (Anonym) +++++ Gut Der Sprecher ist einfach klasse. Ich konnte super gut entspannen und einschlafen. Es ist auf jeden Fall zu empfehlen (OlafRO67) +++++ Entschleunigung Ich komme runter, wenn der Tag mal wieder knüppelhart war. Das innere Gleichgewicht ist wiederhergestellt und ich komme zur Ruhe, die natürlichen Zwischentöne wirken entspannend. (Doctheraceman) +++++ Cooler Begleiter Das Hörbuch ist mir zu einem angenehmen Einschlafbegleiter geworden. Gute Sprecher, schöne Musik zum Einschlafen, empfehlenswert. (Sonnenkind)</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Nichtraucher durch Hypnose: Erfolgreich mit dem Rauchen aufhören: Das revolutionäre Hypnose Programm (2-in-1-Premium-Bundle) by Dr. Jeffrey Thiers, Rebecca Manfeld</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510996</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510996">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510996</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Nichtraucher durch Hypnose: Erfolgreich mit dem Rauchen aufhören: Das revolutionäre Hypnose Programm (2-in-1-Premium-Bundle)
Author: Dr. Jeffrey Thiers, Rebecca Manfeld
Narrator: Nadine Kemper-Kurtz, Olaf Korth
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 19 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Vom Raucher zum Nichtraucher ohne Gewichtszunahme. Zehntausende Menschen vor Ihnen haben es durch diese Hypnose-Anwendungen bereits geschafft - weltweit. Professionell entwickelte Hypnosen haben eine extrem hohe Wirksamkeit bei der Rauchentwöhnung, doch wer die Werke von Ex-Kettenraucher Dr. Jeffrey Thiers kennt, weiß, dass seine Anwendungen noch ein paar Schritte weiter gehen, um die höchst mögliche Wirkung zu erreichen. Und so bietet dieses 2-in-1-Premium-Bundle weitaus mehr als &amp;#039;nur&amp;#039; professionell entwickelte Premium-Hypnosen. Man weiß nämlich heute, dass bestimmte Frequenzen, Töne &amp;amp; Schwingungen den Entwöhnungsprozess nachhaltig fördern und die Suchtsymptome mindern können.  Dieses Hypnose-Programm für zuhause umfasst daher sämtliche aktuell bekannten Techniken: +++ Tiefenhypnose; +++ Autosuggestion; +++ Multisensorisches Programmieren; +++ Neurologisch wirksame Hintergrundmusik; +++ Deltawellen-Audio-Processing. Wertvolle Techniken, die für eine erfolgreiche Rauchentwicklung notwendig sind. Die Hypnosen erzeugen einen langanhaltenden Effekt, da sie unseren kritischen Geist geschickt umgehen. Während der Sitzungen erreichen Sie subliminale Informationen, die Ihnen dabei helfen, neue gesunde Gewohnheiten und Glaubenssätze aufzubauen. WAS SIE BEKOMMEN: *** 1. Einführung *** 2. Hypnose-Anwendung I: Nichtraucher werden und bleiben: Für immer mit dem Rauchen aufhören (zur Nutzung vor dem Einschlafen, 54 Min.), *** 3. Hypnose-Anwendung II: Nichtraucher werden und bleiben: Für immer mit dem Rauchen aufhören (zur Nutzung am Morgen und über den Tag, mit Rückholung, 22 Min.), Für den bestmöglichen Effekt sollten Sie an mindestens 21 Tagen in Folge täglich wechselnd jeweils EINE Anwendung aus diesem Programm anhören. Wir empfehlen die Verwendung von Kopfhörern, da die Hypnose zahlreiche akustische Ebenen vereint, die den Effekt verstärken. Klicken Sie jetzt auf den KAUFEN-Button, starten Sie endlich durch und werden Sie für immer Nichtraucher. Führen Sie ein gesünderes, wohlriechenderes und glücklicheres Leben! Worauf warten Sie noch?</description>
      <author>Dr. Jeffrey Thiers, Rebecca Manfeld</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 22 Oct 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4064066732417.mp3" length="895143" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510996</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4064066732417.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510996">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510996</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Nichtraucher durch Hypnose: Erfolgreich mit dem Rauchen aufhören: Das revolutionäre Hypnose Programm (2-in-1-Premium-Bundle)
Author: Dr. Jeffrey Thiers, Rebecca Manfeld
Narrator: Nadine Kemper-Kurtz, Olaf Korth
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 19 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Vom Raucher zum Nichtraucher ohne Gewichtszunahme. Zehntausende Menschen vor Ihnen haben es durch diese Hypnose-Anwendungen bereits geschafft - weltweit. Professionell entwickelte Hypnosen haben eine extrem hohe Wirksamkeit bei der Rauchentwöhnung, doch wer die Werke von Ex-Kettenraucher Dr. Jeffrey Thiers kennt, weiß, dass seine Anwendungen noch ein paar Schritte weiter gehen, um die höchst mögliche Wirkung zu erreichen. Und so bietet dieses 2-in-1-Premium-Bundle weitaus mehr als &amp;#039;nur&amp;#039; professionell entwickelte Premium-Hypnosen. Man weiß nämlich heute, dass bestimmte Frequenzen, Töne &amp;amp; Schwingungen den Entwöhnungsprozess nachhaltig fördern und die Suchtsymptome mindern können.  Dieses Hypnose-Programm für zuhause umfasst daher sämtliche aktuell bekannten Techniken: +++ Tiefenhypnose; +++ Autosuggestion; +++ Multisensorisches Programmieren; +++ Neurologisch wirksame Hintergrundmusik; +++ Deltawellen-Audio-Processing. Wertvolle Techniken, die für eine erfolgreiche Rauchentwicklung notwendig sind. Die Hypnosen erzeugen einen langanhaltenden Effekt, da sie unseren kritischen Geist geschickt umgehen. Während der Sitzungen erreichen Sie subliminale Informationen, die Ihnen dabei helfen, neue gesunde Gewohnheiten und Glaubenssätze aufzubauen. WAS SIE BEKOMMEN: *** 1. Einführung *** 2. Hypnose-Anwendung I: Nichtraucher werden und bleiben: Für immer mit dem Rauchen aufhören (zur Nutzung vor dem Einschlafen, 54 Min.), *** 3. Hypnose-Anwendung II: Nichtraucher werden und bleiben: Für immer mit dem Rauchen aufhören (zur Nutzung am Morgen und über den Tag, mit Rückholung, 22 Min.), Für den bestmöglichen Effekt sollten Sie an mindestens 21 Tagen in Folge täglich wechselnd jeweils EINE Anwendung aus diesem Programm anhören. Wir empfehlen die Verwendung von Kopfhörern, da die Hypnose zahlreiche akustische Ebenen vereint, die den Effekt verstärken. Klicken Sie jetzt auf den KAUFEN-Button, starten Sie endlich durch und werden Sie für immer Nichtraucher. Führen Sie ein gesünderes, wohlriechenderes und glücklicheres Leben! Worauf warten Sie noch?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510996">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510996</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Nichtraucher durch Hypnose: Erfolgreich mit dem Rauchen aufhören: Das revolutionäre Hypnose Programm (2-in-1-Premium-Bundle)
Author: Dr. Jeffrey Thiers, Rebecca Manfeld
Narrator: Nadine Kemper-Kurtz, Olaf Korth
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 19 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Vom Raucher zum Nichtraucher ohne Gewichtszunahme. Zehntausende Menschen vor Ihnen haben es durch diese Hypnose-Anwendungen bereits geschafft - weltweit. Professionell entwickelte Hypnosen haben eine extrem hohe Wirksamkeit bei der Rauchentwöhnung, doch wer die Werke von Ex-Kettenraucher Dr. Jeffrey Thiers kennt, weiß, dass seine Anwendungen noch ein paar Schritte weiter gehen, um die höchst mögliche Wirkung zu erreichen. Und so bietet dieses 2-in-1-Premium-Bundle weitaus mehr als &amp;#039;nur&amp;#039; professionell entwickelte Premium-Hypnosen. Man weiß nämlich heute, dass bestimmte Frequenzen, Töne &amp;amp; Schwingungen den Entwöhnungsprozess nachhaltig fördern und die Suchtsymptome mindern können.  Dieses Hypnose-Programm für zuhause umfasst daher sämtliche aktuell bekannten Techniken: +++ Tiefenhypnose; +++ Autosuggestion; +++ Multisensorisches Programmieren; +++ Neurologisch wirksame Hintergrundmusik; +++ Deltawellen-Audio-Processing. Wertvolle Techniken, die für eine erfolgreiche Rauchentwicklung notwendig sind. Die Hypnosen erzeugen einen langanhaltenden Effekt, da sie unseren kritischen Geist geschickt umgehen. Während der Sitzungen erreichen Sie subliminale Informationen, die Ihnen dabei helfen, neue gesunde Gewohnheiten und Glaubenssätze aufzubauen. WAS SIE BEKOMMEN: *** 1. Einführung *** 2. Hypnose-Anwendung I: Nichtraucher werden und bleiben: Für immer mit dem Rauchen aufhören (zur Nutzung vor dem Einschlafen, 54 Min.), *** 3. Hypnose-Anwendung II: Nichtraucher werden und bleiben: Für immer mit dem Rauchen aufhören (zur Nutzung am Morgen und über den Tag, mit Rückholung, 22 Min.), Für den bestmöglichen Effekt sollten Sie an mindestens 21 Tagen in Folge täglich wechselnd jeweils EINE Anwendung aus diesem Programm anhören. Wir empfehlen die Verwendung von Kopfhörern, da die Hypnose zahlreiche akustische Ebenen vereint, die den Effekt verstärken. Klicken Sie jetzt auf den KAUFEN-Button, starten Sie endlich durch und werden Sie für immer Nichtraucher. Führen Sie ein gesünderes, wohlriechenderes und glücklicheres Leben! Worauf warten Sie noch?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Rauchfrei mit Hypnose: Selbsthypnose-Programm zur Raucherentwöhnung: 2-in-1-Premium-Bundle by Dr. Jeffrey Thiers</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510994</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510994">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510994</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Rauchfrei mit Hypnose: Selbsthypnose-Programm zur Raucherentwöhnung: 2-in-1-Premium-Bundle
Author: Dr. Jeffrey Thiers
Narrator: Roland Henkel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 19 minutes
Release date: December  8, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Vom Raucher zum Nichtraucher ohne Gewichtszunahme. Zehntausende Menschen vor Ihnen haben es durch diese Hypnose-Anwendungen bereits geschafft - weltweit. Professionell entwickelte Hypnosen haben eine extrem hohe Wirksamkeit bei der Rauchentwöhnung, doch wer die Werke von Ex-Kettenraucher Dr. Jeffrey Thiers kennt, weiß, dass seine Anwendungen noch ein paar Schritte weiter gehen, um die höchst mögliche Wirkung zu erreichen. Und so bietet dieses 2-in-1-Premium-Bundle weitaus mehr als &amp;#039;nur&amp;#039; professionell entwickelte Premium-Hypnosen. Man weiß nämlich heute, dass bestimmte Frequenzen, Töne &amp;amp; Schwingungen den Entwöhnungsprozess nachhaltig fördern und die Suchtsymptome mindern können. Dieses Hypnose-Programm für zuhause umfasst daher sämtliche aktuell bekannten Techniken: +++ Tiefenhypnose; +++ Autosuggestion; +++ Multisensorisches Programmieren; +++ Neurologisch wirksame Hintergrundmusik; +++ Deltawellen-Audio-Processing. Wertvolle Techniken, die für eine erfolgreiche Rauchentwöhnung notwendig sind. Die Hypnosen erzeugen einen langanhaltenden Effekt, da sie unseren kritischen Geist geschickt umgehen. Während der Sitzungen erreichen Sie subliminale Informationen, die Ihnen dabei helfen, neue gesunde Gewohnheiten und Glaubenssätze aufzubauen. WAS SIE BEKOMMEN: *** 1. Einführung *** 2. Hypnose-Anwendung I: Nichtraucher werden und bleiben: Für immer mit dem Rauchen aufhören (zur Nutzung vor dem Einschlafen, 54 Min.), *** 3. Hypnose-Anwendung II: Nichtraucher werden und bleiben: Für immer mit dem Rauchen aufhören (zur Nutzung am Morgen und über den Tag, mit Rückholung, 22 Min.), Für den bestmöglichen Effekt sollten Sie an mindestens 21 Tagen in Folge täglich wechselnd jeweils EINE Anwendung aus diesem Programm anhören. Wir empfehlen die Verwendung von Kopfhörern, da die Hypnose zahlreiche akustische Ebenen vereint, die den Effekt verstärken. Klicken Sie jetzt auf den KAUFEN-Button, starten Sie endlich durch und werden Sie für immer Nichtraucher. Führen Sie ein gesünderes, wohlriechenderes und glücklicheres Leben! Worauf warten Sie noch?</description>
      <author>Dr. Jeffrey Thiers</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Dec 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4064066820800.mp3" length="895121" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510994</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4064066820800.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510994">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510994</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Rauchfrei mit Hypnose: Selbsthypnose-Programm zur Raucherentwöhnung: 2-in-1-Premium-Bundle
Author: Dr. Jeffrey Thiers
Narrator: Roland Henkel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 19 minutes
Release date: December  8, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Vom Raucher zum Nichtraucher ohne Gewichtszunahme. Zehntausende Menschen vor Ihnen haben es durch diese Hypnose-Anwendungen bereits geschafft - weltweit. Professionell entwickelte Hypnosen haben eine extrem hohe Wirksamkeit bei der Rauchentwöhnung, doch wer die Werke von Ex-Kettenraucher Dr. Jeffrey Thiers kennt, weiß, dass seine Anwendungen noch ein paar Schritte weiter gehen, um die höchst mögliche Wirkung zu erreichen. Und so bietet dieses 2-in-1-Premium-Bundle weitaus mehr als &amp;#039;nur&amp;#039; professionell entwickelte Premium-Hypnosen. Man weiß nämlich heute, dass bestimmte Frequenzen, Töne &amp;amp; Schwingungen den Entwöhnungsprozess nachhaltig fördern und die Suchtsymptome mindern können. Dieses Hypnose-Programm für zuhause umfasst daher sämtliche aktuell bekannten Techniken: +++ Tiefenhypnose; +++ Autosuggestion; +++ Multisensorisches Programmieren; +++ Neurologisch wirksame Hintergrundmusik; +++ Deltawellen-Audio-Processing. Wertvolle Techniken, die für eine erfolgreiche Rauchentwöhnung notwendig sind. Die Hypnosen erzeugen einen langanhaltenden Effekt, da sie unseren kritischen Geist geschickt umgehen. Während der Sitzungen erreichen Sie subliminale Informationen, die Ihnen dabei helfen, neue gesunde Gewohnheiten und Glaubenssätze aufzubauen. WAS SIE BEKOMMEN: *** 1. Einführung *** 2. Hypnose-Anwendung I: Nichtraucher werden und bleiben: Für immer mit dem Rauchen aufhören (zur Nutzung vor dem Einschlafen, 54 Min.), *** 3. Hypnose-Anwendung II: Nichtraucher werden und bleiben: Für immer mit dem Rauchen aufhören (zur Nutzung am Morgen und über den Tag, mit Rückholung, 22 Min.), Für den bestmöglichen Effekt sollten Sie an mindestens 21 Tagen in Folge täglich wechselnd jeweils EINE Anwendung aus diesem Programm anhören. Wir empfehlen die Verwendung von Kopfhörern, da die Hypnose zahlreiche akustische Ebenen vereint, die den Effekt verstärken. Klicken Sie jetzt auf den KAUFEN-Button, starten Sie endlich durch und werden Sie für immer Nichtraucher. Führen Sie ein gesünderes, wohlriechenderes und glücklicheres Leben! Worauf warten Sie noch?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510994">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510994</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Rauchfrei mit Hypnose: Selbsthypnose-Programm zur Raucherentwöhnung: 2-in-1-Premium-Bundle
Author: Dr. Jeffrey Thiers
Narrator: Roland Henkel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 19 minutes
Release date: December  8, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Vom Raucher zum Nichtraucher ohne Gewichtszunahme. Zehntausende Menschen vor Ihnen haben es durch diese Hypnose-Anwendungen bereits geschafft - weltweit. Professionell entwickelte Hypnosen haben eine extrem hohe Wirksamkeit bei der Rauchentwöhnung, doch wer die Werke von Ex-Kettenraucher Dr. Jeffrey Thiers kennt, weiß, dass seine Anwendungen noch ein paar Schritte weiter gehen, um die höchst mögliche Wirkung zu erreichen. Und so bietet dieses 2-in-1-Premium-Bundle weitaus mehr als &amp;#039;nur&amp;#039; professionell entwickelte Premium-Hypnosen. Man weiß nämlich heute, dass bestimmte Frequenzen, Töne &amp;amp; Schwingungen den Entwöhnungsprozess nachhaltig fördern und die Suchtsymptome mindern können. Dieses Hypnose-Programm für zuhause umfasst daher sämtliche aktuell bekannten Techniken: +++ Tiefenhypnose; +++ Autosuggestion; +++ Multisensorisches Programmieren; +++ Neurologisch wirksame Hintergrundmusik; +++ Deltawellen-Audio-Processing. Wertvolle Techniken, die für eine erfolgreiche Rauchentwöhnung notwendig sind. Die Hypnosen erzeugen einen langanhaltenden Effekt, da sie unseren kritischen Geist geschickt umgehen. Während der Sitzungen erreichen Sie subliminale Informationen, die Ihnen dabei helfen, neue gesunde Gewohnheiten und Glaubenssätze aufzubauen. WAS SIE BEKOMMEN: *** 1. Einführung *** 2. Hypnose-Anwendung I: Nichtraucher werden und bleiben: Für immer mit dem Rauchen aufhören (zur Nutzung vor dem Einschlafen, 54 Min.), *** 3. Hypnose-Anwendung II: Nichtraucher werden und bleiben: Für immer mit dem Rauchen aufhören (zur Nutzung am Morgen und über den Tag, mit Rückholung, 22 Min.), Für den bestmöglichen Effekt sollten Sie an mindestens 21 Tagen in Folge täglich wechselnd jeweils EINE Anwendung aus diesem Programm anhören. Wir empfehlen die Verwendung von Kopfhörern, da die Hypnose zahlreiche akustische Ebenen vereint, die den Effekt verstärken. Klicken Sie jetzt auf den KAUFEN-Button, starten Sie endlich durch und werden Sie für immer Nichtraucher. Führen Sie ein gesünderes, wohlriechenderes und glücklicheres Leben! Worauf warten Sie noch?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Selbsthypnose bei Schlafproblemen, Angst und Depression: 4-in-1-Bundle: Professionell geführte Hypnotherapie-Meditation für tiefen Schlaf, Stressabbau und grenzenloses Glück by Dr. Jeffrey Thiers, Mira Knightley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510995</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510995">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510995</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Selbsthypnose bei Schlafproblemen, Angst und Depression: 4-in-1-Bundle: Professionell geführte Hypnotherapie-Meditation für tiefen Schlaf, Stressabbau und grenzenloses Glück
Author: Dr. Jeffrey Thiers, Mira Knightley
Narrator: Magnus Von Stauffenberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 20 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Möchten Sie herausfinden, wie Sie mit der Kraft der Selbsthypnose Stress abbauen, besser schlafen und sich energetisiert &amp;amp; glücklich fühlen können? Die Hypnosemeditationen in diesem Premium-Bundle wurden von einem lizenzierten, professionellen Hypnotherapeuten geschrieben und mit einem deutschen Sprecher aufgezeichnet, um Ihnen alle Vorteile der modernen Hypnotherapie bequem von zu Hause aus zu bieten. WAS SIE BEKOMMEN: Dieses Paket enthält vier Hörbücher zur Hypnosemeditation: ? 1. Hypnose für tiefen Schlaf: Besser einschlafen, durchschlafen, ausschlafen; ? 2. Eine Anwendung, um Sorgen, Ängste und Panikattacken loszuwerden, schnell einzuschlafen und tiefen, heilenden Schlaf zu bekommen; ? 3. Ein revolutionäres Hypnose-Programm, mit dem Sie positives Denken lernen und negative Gedanken überwinden; ? 4. Bewährte Anwendung zum Lösen von Blockaden: Befreie Deine innere Kraft! Wenn Sie dieses Programm regelmäßig anhören, werden Sie:  Ihr Gedankenkarussell zur Ruhe bringen;  Ihr Nervensystem stabilisieren und mehr Gelassenheit entwickeln;  Ihr Energieniveau und Ihre Stimmung deutlich steigern;  Schneller einschlafen;  Einen tiefen, heilenden Schlaf erleben;  Körper, Geist und Seele in Einklang bringen;  Jeden Morgen mit neuer Energie aufwachen;  Und vieles mehr .... Holen Sie sich noch heute Ihr Exemplar dieses Hypnose-Pakets, um alles zu haben, was Sie für ein besseres Morgen brauchen! BITTE BEACHTEN SIE: Wenn Sie diesen Titel kaufen, ist das zugehörige PDF zusammen mit dem Audio-Programm in Ihrem Download verfügbar.</description>
      <author>Dr. Jeffrey Thiers, Mira Knightley</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Oct 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4064066729561.mp3" length="895184" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510995</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4064066729561.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510995">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510995</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Selbsthypnose bei Schlafproblemen, Angst und Depression: 4-in-1-Bundle: Professionell geführte Hypnotherapie-Meditation für tiefen Schlaf, Stressabbau und grenzenloses Glück
Author: Dr. Jeffrey Thiers, Mira Knightley
Narrator: Magnus Von Stauffenberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 20 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Möchten Sie herausfinden, wie Sie mit der Kraft der Selbsthypnose Stress abbauen, besser schlafen und sich energetisiert &amp;amp; glücklich fühlen können? Die Hypnosemeditationen in diesem Premium-Bundle wurden von einem lizenzierten, professionellen Hypnotherapeuten geschrieben und mit einem deutschen Sprecher aufgezeichnet, um Ihnen alle Vorteile der modernen Hypnotherapie bequem von zu Hause aus zu bieten. WAS SIE BEKOMMEN: Dieses Paket enthält vier Hörbücher zur Hypnosemeditation: ? 1. Hypnose für tiefen Schlaf: Besser einschlafen, durchschlafen, ausschlafen; ? 2. Eine Anwendung, um Sorgen, Ängste und Panikattacken loszuwerden, schnell einzuschlafen und tiefen, heilenden Schlaf zu bekommen; ? 3. Ein revolutionäres Hypnose-Programm, mit dem Sie positives Denken lernen und negative Gedanken überwinden; ? 4. Bewährte Anwendung zum Lösen von Blockaden: Befreie Deine innere Kraft! Wenn Sie dieses Programm regelmäßig anhören, werden Sie:  Ihr Gedankenkarussell zur Ruhe bringen;  Ihr Nervensystem stabilisieren und mehr Gelassenheit entwickeln;  Ihr Energieniveau und Ihre Stimmung deutlich steigern;  Schneller einschlafen;  Einen tiefen, heilenden Schlaf erleben;  Körper, Geist und Seele in Einklang bringen;  Jeden Morgen mit neuer Energie aufwachen;  Und vieles mehr .... Holen Sie sich noch heute Ihr Exemplar dieses Hypnose-Pakets, um alles zu haben, was Sie für ein besseres Morgen brauchen! BITTE BEACHTEN SIE: Wenn Sie diesen Titel kaufen, ist das zugehörige PDF zusammen mit dem Audio-Programm in Ihrem Download verfügbar.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510995">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510995</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Selbsthypnose bei Schlafproblemen, Angst und Depression: 4-in-1-Bundle: Professionell geführte Hypnotherapie-Meditation für tiefen Schlaf, Stressabbau und grenzenloses Glück
Author: Dr. Jeffrey Thiers, Mira Knightley
Narrator: Magnus Von Stauffenberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 20 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Möchten Sie herausfinden, wie Sie mit der Kraft der Selbsthypnose Stress abbauen, besser schlafen und sich energetisiert &amp;amp; glücklich fühlen können? Die Hypnosemeditationen in diesem Premium-Bundle wurden von einem lizenzierten, professionellen Hypnotherapeuten geschrieben und mit einem deutschen Sprecher aufgezeichnet, um Ihnen alle Vorteile der modernen Hypnotherapie bequem von zu Hause aus zu bieten. WAS SIE BEKOMMEN: Dieses Paket enthält vier Hörbücher zur Hypnosemeditation: ? 1. Hypnose für tiefen Schlaf: Besser einschlafen, durchschlafen, ausschlafen; ? 2. Eine Anwendung, um Sorgen, Ängste und Panikattacken loszuwerden, schnell einzuschlafen und tiefen, heilenden Schlaf zu bekommen; ? 3. Ein revolutionäres Hypnose-Programm, mit dem Sie positives Denken lernen und negative Gedanken überwinden; ? 4. Bewährte Anwendung zum Lösen von Blockaden: Befreie Deine innere Kraft! Wenn Sie dieses Programm regelmäßig anhören, werden Sie:  Ihr Gedankenkarussell zur Ruhe bringen;  Ihr Nervensystem stabilisieren und mehr Gelassenheit entwickeln;  Ihr Energieniveau und Ihre Stimmung deutlich steigern;  Schneller einschlafen;  Einen tiefen, heilenden Schlaf erleben;  Körper, Geist und Seele in Einklang bringen;  Jeden Morgen mit neuer Energie aufwachen;  Und vieles mehr .... Holen Sie sich noch heute Ihr Exemplar dieses Hypnose-Pakets, um alles zu haben, was Sie für ein besseres Morgen brauchen! BITTE BEACHTEN SIE: Wenn Sie diesen Titel kaufen, ist das zugehörige PDF zusammen mit dem Audio-Programm in Ihrem Download verfügbar.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Musik zum Meditieren: 15 traumhafte Klangwelten zum Loslassen und Entspannen by Jonathan Levine</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510828</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510828">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510828</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Musik zum Meditieren: 15 traumhafte Klangwelten zum Loslassen und Entspannen
Author: Jonathan Levine
Narrator: Richard Van Der Born
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 51 minutes
Release date: February  6, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Mit diesem Premium-Ho?rbuch verfu?gen Sie u?ber 15 traumhafte Klangwelten, die Ihre Nerven beruhigen und Ihre Seele streicheln. Sanfte und harmonische Klangwelten und Entspannungsmusiken zum Meditieren. Musiken, die eine angenehm sanfte und harmonische Atmospha?re erzeugen. Ohne Sprecher, perfekt zum Zentrieren, Runterkommen oder für die Energiearbeit. Warme, weiche Bassto?ne verschmelzen mit friedvollen Naturgeräuschen und schwingen mit Ihrem Ko?rper in Resonanz, bringen ihn zuru?ck in seinen natu?rlichen Zustand und wirken heilsam und regenerierend. Alle Titel haben eine ausreichende La?nge von bis zu 60 Minuten (!) und werden am Ende sanft ausgeblendet und eignen sich damit auch hervorragend für die therapeutische Energiearbeit mit Patienten. &amp;#039;MUSIK ZUM MEDITIEREN&amp;#039; ist perfekte Zusammenstellung zum Meditieren, fu?r Yoga, intensive Lernphasen, Hypnose, Tiefenentspannung, Reiki, QiGong, Inspiration, Heilung, Massage, Wellness. Gesamtlaufzeit: über 8 Stunden! -- Jonathan Levine wurde am 19.02.1981 in Chicago geboren. Seit u?ber 20 Jahren arbeitet er als Musiker, Klangtherapeut und Reiki-Master. Gemeinsam mit Freunden hat er mit Liebe und Hingabe diese meditativen Klangwelten kreiert, die Ko?rper, Geist und Seele nachhaltig entspannen.</description>
      <author>Jonathan Levine</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 06 Feb 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4064066894436.mp3" length="953944" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510828</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4064066894436.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510828">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510828</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Musik zum Meditieren: 15 traumhafte Klangwelten zum Loslassen und Entspannen
Author: Jonathan Levine
Narrator: Richard Van Der Born
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 51 minutes
Release date: February  6, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Mit diesem Premium-Ho?rbuch verfu?gen Sie u?ber 15 traumhafte Klangwelten, die Ihre Nerven beruhigen und Ihre Seele streicheln. Sanfte und harmonische Klangwelten und Entspannungsmusiken zum Meditieren. Musiken, die eine angenehm sanfte und harmonische Atmospha?re erzeugen. Ohne Sprecher, perfekt zum Zentrieren, Runterkommen oder für die Energiearbeit. Warme, weiche Bassto?ne verschmelzen mit friedvollen Naturgeräuschen und schwingen mit Ihrem Ko?rper in Resonanz, bringen ihn zuru?ck in seinen natu?rlichen Zustand und wirken heilsam und regenerierend. Alle Titel haben eine ausreichende La?nge von bis zu 60 Minuten (!) und werden am Ende sanft ausgeblendet und eignen sich damit auch hervorragend für die therapeutische Energiearbeit mit Patienten. &amp;#039;MUSIK ZUM MEDITIEREN&amp;#039; ist perfekte Zusammenstellung zum Meditieren, fu?r Yoga, intensive Lernphasen, Hypnose, Tiefenentspannung, Reiki, QiGong, Inspiration, Heilung, Massage, Wellness. Gesamtlaufzeit: über 8 Stunden! -- Jonathan Levine wurde am 19.02.1981 in Chicago geboren. Seit u?ber 20 Jahren arbeitet er als Musiker, Klangtherapeut und Reiki-Master. Gemeinsam mit Freunden hat er mit Liebe und Hingabe diese meditativen Klangwelten kreiert, die Ko?rper, Geist und Seele nachhaltig entspannen.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510828">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510828</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Musik zum Meditieren: 15 traumhafte Klangwelten zum Loslassen und Entspannen
Author: Jonathan Levine
Narrator: Richard Van Der Born
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 51 minutes
Release date: February  6, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Mit diesem Premium-Ho?rbuch verfu?gen Sie u?ber 15 traumhafte Klangwelten, die Ihre Nerven beruhigen und Ihre Seele streicheln. Sanfte und harmonische Klangwelten und Entspannungsmusiken zum Meditieren. Musiken, die eine angenehm sanfte und harmonische Atmospha?re erzeugen. Ohne Sprecher, perfekt zum Zentrieren, Runterkommen oder für die Energiearbeit. Warme, weiche Bassto?ne verschmelzen mit friedvollen Naturgeräuschen und schwingen mit Ihrem Ko?rper in Resonanz, bringen ihn zuru?ck in seinen natu?rlichen Zustand und wirken heilsam und regenerierend. Alle Titel haben eine ausreichende La?nge von bis zu 60 Minuten (!) und werden am Ende sanft ausgeblendet und eignen sich damit auch hervorragend für die therapeutische Energiearbeit mit Patienten. &amp;#039;MUSIK ZUM MEDITIEREN&amp;#039; ist perfekte Zusammenstellung zum Meditieren, fu?r Yoga, intensive Lernphasen, Hypnose, Tiefenentspannung, Reiki, QiGong, Inspiration, Heilung, Massage, Wellness. Gesamtlaufzeit: über 8 Stunden! -- Jonathan Levine wurde am 19.02.1981 in Chicago geboren. Seit u?ber 20 Jahren arbeitet er als Musiker, Klangtherapeut und Reiki-Master. Gemeinsam mit Freunden hat er mit Liebe und Hingabe diese meditativen Klangwelten kreiert, die Ko?rper, Geist und Seele nachhaltig entspannen.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Meditation In der Edelsteinhöhle - Meditation E - 20 Minuten Meditation: Meditation für die Pause - Geführte Heilmeditation - Entspannungsmeditation by Christiane M. Heyn</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510775</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510775">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510775</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Meditation In der Edelsteinhöhle - Meditation E - 20 Minuten Meditation: Meditation für die Pause - Geführte Heilmeditation - Entspannungsmeditation
Author: Christiane M. Heyn
Narrator: Christiane M. Heyn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 22 minutes
Release date: April 12, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
20 Minuten Meditation für die Pause | Und das erlebst du heute: Lasse los, was dich beschwert. |  Eine Edelsteinhöhle… Ein Druide… Ein funkelndes Feuer… Der weise Mann erzählt dir eine Geschichte nur für dich. Deine Ängste und Blockaden lösen sich dabei auf und du bist frei von allem, was du hinter dir lassen möchtest. Neue, positive Energie erfüllt dich.      |   Affirmationen: Ich bin frei! Alles, was ich nicht mehr brauche, lasse ich los.   |    Mache es dir jetzt so richtig gemütlich und lausche der Musik… und meiner Stimme, die dich von nun an immer mehr entspannen lässt. Eine umfassende Erholung tritt ein. Du bist erfrischt und erholt. Der Tag kann kommen!    Dieselbe Meditation habe ich dir zum Einschlafen aufgenommen. Sie enthält statt der Aufwachphase am Schluss zum Munter werden ruhige Entspannungsmusik zum Träumen. Schaue einfach nach demselben Titel und doppelten Buchstaben.    Ganz liebe Grüße, Deine Christiane von Two Plants Naturkosmetik #GeheimnisKraut #2PlantsRevolution</description>
      <author>Christiane M. Heyn</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 Apr 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4061707540103.mp3" length="587522" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510775</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4061707540103.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510775">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510775</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Meditation In der Edelsteinhöhle - Meditation E - 20 Minuten Meditation: Meditation für die Pause - Geführte Heilmeditation - Entspannungsmeditation
Author: Christiane M. Heyn
Narrator: Christiane M. Heyn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 22 minutes
Release date: April 12, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
20 Minuten Meditation für die Pause | Und das erlebst du heute: Lasse los, was dich beschwert. |  Eine Edelsteinhöhle… Ein Druide… Ein funkelndes Feuer… Der weise Mann erzählt dir eine Geschichte nur für dich. Deine Ängste und Blockaden lösen sich dabei auf und du bist frei von allem, was du hinter dir lassen möchtest. Neue, positive Energie erfüllt dich.      |   Affirmationen: Ich bin frei! Alles, was ich nicht mehr brauche, lasse ich los.   |    Mache es dir jetzt so richtig gemütlich und lausche der Musik… und meiner Stimme, die dich von nun an immer mehr entspannen lässt. Eine umfassende Erholung tritt ein. Du bist erfrischt und erholt. Der Tag kann kommen!    Dieselbe Meditation habe ich dir zum Einschlafen aufgenommen. Sie enthält statt der Aufwachphase am Schluss zum Munter werden ruhige Entspannungsmusik zum Träumen. Schaue einfach nach demselben Titel und doppelten Buchstaben.    Ganz liebe Grüße, Deine Christiane von Two Plants Naturkosmetik #GeheimnisKraut #2PlantsRevolution</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510775">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510775</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Meditation In der Edelsteinhöhle - Meditation E - 20 Minuten Meditation: Meditation für die Pause - Geführte Heilmeditation - Entspannungsmeditation
Author: Christiane M. Heyn
Narrator: Christiane M. Heyn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 22 minutes
Release date: April 12, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
20 Minuten Meditation für die Pause | Und das erlebst du heute: Lasse los, was dich beschwert. |  Eine Edelsteinhöhle… Ein Druide… Ein funkelndes Feuer… Der weise Mann erzählt dir eine Geschichte nur für dich. Deine Ängste und Blockaden lösen sich dabei auf und du bist frei von allem, was du hinter dir lassen möchtest. Neue, positive Energie erfüllt dich.      |   Affirmationen: Ich bin frei! Alles, was ich nicht mehr brauche, lasse ich los.   |    Mache es dir jetzt so richtig gemütlich und lausche der Musik… und meiner Stimme, die dich von nun an immer mehr entspannen lässt. Eine umfassende Erholung tritt ein. Du bist erfrischt und erholt. Der Tag kann kommen!    Dieselbe Meditation habe ich dir zum Einschlafen aufgenommen. Sie enthält statt der Aufwachphase am Schluss zum Munter werden ruhige Entspannungsmusik zum Träumen. Schaue einfach nach demselben Titel und doppelten Buchstaben.    Ganz liebe Grüße, Deine Christiane von Two Plants Naturkosmetik #GeheimnisKraut #2PlantsRevolution</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Meditation Auf einem orientalischen Markt - Meditation D - 20 Minuten Meditation: Meditation für die Pause - Geführte Meditation zum Ziele erreichen - Entspannungsmeditation by Christiane M. Heyn</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510772</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510772">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510772</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Meditation Auf einem orientalischen Markt - Meditation D - 20 Minuten Meditation: Meditation für die Pause - Geführte Meditation zum Ziele erreichen - Entspannungsmeditation
Author: Christiane M. Heyn
Narrator: Christiane M. Heyn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 19 minutes
Release date: April 11, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
20 Minuten Meditation für die Pause | Und das erlebst du heute: So erreichst du, was du willst. |  Auf einem orientalischen Markt schenkt dir ein freundlicher Händler ein geheimnisvolles Fläschchen mit der Aufschrift &amp;#039;Einfach deine Ziele erreichen&amp;#039;. Eine ungeahnte Zuversicht durchströmt dich. Du weißt jetzt: Du kannst alles erreichen, was du willst.      |   Affirmationen: Ich erreiche meine Ziele! Ich habe mein Ziel erreicht – ganz leicht!   |    Mache es dir jetzt so richtig gemütlich und lausche der Musik… und meiner Stimme, die dich von nun an immer mehr entspannen lässt. Eine umfassende Erholung tritt ein. Du bist erfrischt und erholt. Der Tag kann kommen!    Dieselbe Meditation habe ich dir zum Einschlafen aufgenommen. Sie enthält statt der Aufwachphase am Schluss zum Munter werden ruhige Entspannungsmusik zum Träumen. Schaue einfach nach demselben Titel und doppelten Buchstaben.    Ganz liebe Grüße, Deine Christiane von Two Plants Naturkosmetik #GeheimnisKraut #2PlantsRevolution</description>
      <author>Christiane M. Heyn</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 11 Apr 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4061707540127.mp3" length="587801" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510772</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4061707540127.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510772">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510772</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Meditation Auf einem orientalischen Markt - Meditation D - 20 Minuten Meditation: Meditation für die Pause - Geführte Meditation zum Ziele erreichen - Entspannungsmeditation
Author: Christiane M. Heyn
Narrator: Christiane M. Heyn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 19 minutes
Release date: April 11, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
20 Minuten Meditation für die Pause | Und das erlebst du heute: So erreichst du, was du willst. |  Auf einem orientalischen Markt schenkt dir ein freundlicher Händler ein geheimnisvolles Fläschchen mit der Aufschrift &amp;#039;Einfach deine Ziele erreichen&amp;#039;. Eine ungeahnte Zuversicht durchströmt dich. Du weißt jetzt: Du kannst alles erreichen, was du willst.      |   Affirmationen: Ich erreiche meine Ziele! Ich habe mein Ziel erreicht – ganz leicht!   |    Mache es dir jetzt so richtig gemütlich und lausche der Musik… und meiner Stimme, die dich von nun an immer mehr entspannen lässt. Eine umfassende Erholung tritt ein. Du bist erfrischt und erholt. Der Tag kann kommen!    Dieselbe Meditation habe ich dir zum Einschlafen aufgenommen. Sie enthält statt der Aufwachphase am Schluss zum Munter werden ruhige Entspannungsmusik zum Träumen. Schaue einfach nach demselben Titel und doppelten Buchstaben.    Ganz liebe Grüße, Deine Christiane von Two Plants Naturkosmetik #GeheimnisKraut #2PlantsRevolution</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510772">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510772</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Meditation Auf einem orientalischen Markt - Meditation D - 20 Minuten Meditation: Meditation für die Pause - Geführte Meditation zum Ziele erreichen - Entspannungsmeditation
Author: Christiane M. Heyn
Narrator: Christiane M. Heyn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 19 minutes
Release date: April 11, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
20 Minuten Meditation für die Pause | Und das erlebst du heute: So erreichst du, was du willst. |  Auf einem orientalischen Markt schenkt dir ein freundlicher Händler ein geheimnisvolles Fläschchen mit der Aufschrift &amp;#039;Einfach deine Ziele erreichen&amp;#039;. Eine ungeahnte Zuversicht durchströmt dich. Du weißt jetzt: Du kannst alles erreichen, was du willst.      |   Affirmationen: Ich erreiche meine Ziele! Ich habe mein Ziel erreicht – ganz leicht!   |    Mache es dir jetzt so richtig gemütlich und lausche der Musik… und meiner Stimme, die dich von nun an immer mehr entspannen lässt. Eine umfassende Erholung tritt ein. Du bist erfrischt und erholt. Der Tag kann kommen!    Dieselbe Meditation habe ich dir zum Einschlafen aufgenommen. Sie enthält statt der Aufwachphase am Schluss zum Munter werden ruhige Entspannungsmusik zum Träumen. Schaue einfach nach demselben Titel und doppelten Buchstaben.    Ganz liebe Grüße, Deine Christiane von Two Plants Naturkosmetik #GeheimnisKraut #2PlantsRevolution</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Meditation Dein Glücksbringer - Meditation G - 20 Minuten Meditation: Meditation für die Pause - Geführte Heilmeditation zum Entspannen - Entspannungsmeditation by Christiane M. Heyn</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510773</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510773">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510773</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Meditation Dein Glücksbringer - Meditation G - 20 Minuten Meditation: Meditation für die Pause - Geführte Heilmeditation zum Entspannen - Entspannungsmeditation
Author: Christiane M. Heyn
Narrator: Christiane M. Heyn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 20 minutes
Release date: April 23, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
20 Minuten Meditation für die Pause | Und das erlebst du heute: Ein verträumtes Städtchen in der Provence… Eine geheimnisvolle Frau… Ein Glücksbringer mit deinem Namen. Du weißt jetzt: Das Glück wartet auf dich. Du hast es verdient glücklich zu sein!     |   Affirmationen: Ich habe es verdient glücklich zu sein. Ich bin glücklich und zufrieden.   |    Mache es dir jetzt so richtig gemütlich und lausche der Musik… und meiner Stimme, die dich von nun an immer mehr entspannen lässt. Eine umfassende Erholung tritt ein. Du bist erfrischt und erholt. Der Tag kann kommen!    Dieselbe Meditation habe ich dir zum Einschlafen aufgenommen. Sie enthält statt der Aufwachphase am Schluss zum Munter werden ruhige Entspannungsmusik zum Träumen. Schaue einfach nach demselben Titel und doppelten Buchstaben.    Ganz liebe Grüße, Deine Christiane von Two Plants Naturkosmetik #GeheimnisKraut #2PlantsRevolution</description>
      <author>Christiane M. Heyn</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 23 Apr 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4061707540769.mp3" length="587789" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510773</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4061707540769.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510773">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510773</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Meditation Dein Glücksbringer - Meditation G - 20 Minuten Meditation: Meditation für die Pause - Geführte Heilmeditation zum Entspannen - Entspannungsmeditation
Author: Christiane M. Heyn
Narrator: Christiane M. Heyn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 20 minutes
Release date: April 23, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
20 Minuten Meditation für die Pause | Und das erlebst du heute: Ein verträumtes Städtchen in der Provence… Eine geheimnisvolle Frau… Ein Glücksbringer mit deinem Namen. Du weißt jetzt: Das Glück wartet auf dich. Du hast es verdient glücklich zu sein!     |   Affirmationen: Ich habe es verdient glücklich zu sein. Ich bin glücklich und zufrieden.   |    Mache es dir jetzt so richtig gemütlich und lausche der Musik… und meiner Stimme, die dich von nun an immer mehr entspannen lässt. Eine umfassende Erholung tritt ein. Du bist erfrischt und erholt. Der Tag kann kommen!    Dieselbe Meditation habe ich dir zum Einschlafen aufgenommen. Sie enthält statt der Aufwachphase am Schluss zum Munter werden ruhige Entspannungsmusik zum Träumen. Schaue einfach nach demselben Titel und doppelten Buchstaben.    Ganz liebe Grüße, Deine Christiane von Two Plants Naturkosmetik #GeheimnisKraut #2PlantsRevolution</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510773">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510773</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Meditation Dein Glücksbringer - Meditation G - 20 Minuten Meditation: Meditation für die Pause - Geführte Heilmeditation zum Entspannen - Entspannungsmeditation
Author: Christiane M. Heyn
Narrator: Christiane M. Heyn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 20 minutes
Release date: April 23, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
20 Minuten Meditation für die Pause | Und das erlebst du heute: Ein verträumtes Städtchen in der Provence… Eine geheimnisvolle Frau… Ein Glücksbringer mit deinem Namen. Du weißt jetzt: Das Glück wartet auf dich. Du hast es verdient glücklich zu sein!     |   Affirmationen: Ich habe es verdient glücklich zu sein. Ich bin glücklich und zufrieden.   |    Mache es dir jetzt so richtig gemütlich und lausche der Musik… und meiner Stimme, die dich von nun an immer mehr entspannen lässt. Eine umfassende Erholung tritt ein. Du bist erfrischt und erholt. Der Tag kann kommen!    Dieselbe Meditation habe ich dir zum Einschlafen aufgenommen. Sie enthält statt der Aufwachphase am Schluss zum Munter werden ruhige Entspannungsmusik zum Träumen. Schaue einfach nach demselben Titel und doppelten Buchstaben.    Ganz liebe Grüße, Deine Christiane von Two Plants Naturkosmetik #GeheimnisKraut #2PlantsRevolution</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Hypnose zum Einschlafen: Grübeln stoppen - Stress abbauen - negative Zwangsgedanken beenden: Das revolutionäre Selbsthypnose-Programm (Hörbuch) by Patrick Lynen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510380</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510380">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510380</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Hypnose zum Einschlafen: Grübeln stoppen - Stress abbauen - negative Zwangsgedanken beenden: Das revolutionäre Selbsthypnose-Programm (Hörbuch)
Author: Patrick Lynen
Narrator: Patrick Lynen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 52 minutes
Release date: November 29, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
 Sie haben regelmäßig negative Gedanken und kennen nicht einmal den Grund dafür?  Sie fühlen sich niedergeschlagen, traurig oder ausgebrannt und haben keine Idee, wie sie diesem negativen Zyklus entfliehen können?  Sie wollen Ihre negativen Gedanken endlich loswerden und bewusst dagegen ansteuern?  Sie suchen bewährte Methoden mit denen Sie das schnell und effizient umsetzen können? Alle Coaches auf dieser Welt bringen Ihnen nichts, wenn es im Kopf nicht &amp;#039;klick&amp;#039; macht. Erst mit der richtigen mentalen Einstellung können Sie diese inneren Blockaden lösen. Positives Denken, das richtige &amp;#039;Mindset&amp;#039; und der daraus erwachsende Erfolg haben viel mit unserem Unterbewussten zu tun. Lassen Sie Ihre alten negativen Gedanken und Denkschleifen nicht weiter Ihren Alltag bestimmen. Gewinnen Sie mit sanfter Hypnose den Kampf gegen Ihr alltägliches Gedankenkarussell, werden Sie negative Gedanken für immer los und schöpfen Sie neue Energie. Mit diesen bewährten Hypnose-Anwendungen erkennen Sie in kürzester Zeit... ?wie Sie negative Gedanken einfach stoppen können; ?wie Sie auch an schlechten Tagen positiv bleiben; ?wie Sie ihre Gedanken analysieren und umgestalten können; ?wie Sie eine Routine aufbauen, die Sie dabei unterstützt; ?und vieles mehr! Selbsthypnose bietet eine wundervolle Möglichkeit, die entscheidenden Impulse in Ihren Kopf zu verankern und dann zu neuer Kraft zu finden. Das Unterbewusste wird dabei gezielt und nachhaltig auf freudvolles und positives Denken &amp;#039;programmiert&amp;#039;. Die bewährte Anwendung für zuhause umfasst sämtliche aktuell bekannten Mental-Techniken und Autosuggestions-Möglichkeiten, die für eine erfolgreiche Persönlichkeitsentwicklung hin zu mehr Ausgeglichenheit, innerer Ruhe und positivem Denken notwendig sind.  Die von Hypnose-Spezialisten zusammen mit Bestseller-Autor Patrick Lynen (bekannt aus ARD, ZDF, WDR, SWR3, RTL, VOX, ORF, SRF) entwickelten Hypnosen erzeugen einen langanhaltenden Effekt, da sie unseren kritischen Geist geschickt umgehen. Während der Sitzungen erreichen Sie subliminale Informationen, die Ihnen dabei helfen, neue gesunde Denkweisen und Glaubenssätze aufzubauen. DIE ENTHALTENEN TECHNIKEN: +++ Tiefenhypnose; +++ Autosuggestion; +++ Multisensorisches Programmieren; +++ Neurologisch wirksame Hintergrundmusik; +++ Deltawellen-Audio-Processing. Für den bestmöglichen Effekt sollten Sie das Programm an mindestens 21 Tagen in Folge einmal täglich direkt vor dem Einschlafen anhören. Wir empfehlen die Verwendung von Kopfhörern, da die Hypnose zahlreiche akustische Ebenen vereint, die den Effekt verstärken. Bitte hören Sie das Programm nicht beim Autofahren oder bei Tätigkeiten, die Ihre volle Aufmerksamkeit erfordern. Es ersetzt keinen Arztbesuch oder Medikamente, die krankheitsbedingt benötigt werden. Hypnose ist prinzipiell für alle körperlich und geistig gesunden Menschen geeignet. Sollten Sie in therapeutischer Behandlung sein, z.B. aufgrund einer Erkrankung, Depression oder Psychose, und/oder verschreibungspflichtige Medikamente einnehmen, halten Sie bitte vor Anwendung Rücksprache mit Ihrem behandelnden Arzt.</description>
      <author>Patrick Lynen</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 29 Nov 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4064066804770.mp3" length="895127" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510380</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4064066804770.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510380">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510380</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Hypnose zum Einschlafen: Grübeln stoppen - Stress abbauen - negative Zwangsgedanken beenden: Das revolutionäre Selbsthypnose-Programm (Hörbuch)
Author: Patrick Lynen
Narrator: Patrick Lynen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 52 minutes
Release date: November 29, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
 Sie haben regelmäßig negative Gedanken und kennen nicht einmal den Grund dafür?  Sie fühlen sich niedergeschlagen, traurig oder ausgebrannt und haben keine Idee, wie sie diesem negativen Zyklus entfliehen können?  Sie wollen Ihre negativen Gedanken endlich loswerden und bewusst dagegen ansteuern?  Sie suchen bewährte Methoden mit denen Sie das schnell und effizient umsetzen können? Alle Coaches auf dieser Welt bringen Ihnen nichts, wenn es im Kopf nicht &amp;#039;klick&amp;#039; macht. Erst mit der richtigen mentalen Einstellung können Sie diese inneren Blockaden lösen. Positives Denken, das richtige &amp;#039;Mindset&amp;#039; und der daraus erwachsende Erfolg haben viel mit unserem Unterbewussten zu tun. Lassen Sie Ihre alten negativen Gedanken und Denkschleifen nicht weiter Ihren Alltag bestimmen. Gewinnen Sie mit sanfter Hypnose den Kampf gegen Ihr alltägliches Gedankenkarussell, werden Sie negative Gedanken für immer los und schöpfen Sie neue Energie. Mit diesen bewährten Hypnose-Anwendungen erkennen Sie in kürzester Zeit... ?wie Sie negative Gedanken einfach stoppen können; ?wie Sie auch an schlechten Tagen positiv bleiben; ?wie Sie ihre Gedanken analysieren und umgestalten können; ?wie Sie eine Routine aufbauen, die Sie dabei unterstützt; ?und vieles mehr! Selbsthypnose bietet eine wundervolle Möglichkeit, die entscheidenden Impulse in Ihren Kopf zu verankern und dann zu neuer Kraft zu finden. Das Unterbewusste wird dabei gezielt und nachhaltig auf freudvolles und positives Denken &amp;#039;programmiert&amp;#039;. Die bewährte Anwendung für zuhause umfasst sämtliche aktuell bekannten Mental-Techniken und Autosuggestions-Möglichkeiten, die für eine erfolgreiche Persönlichkeitsentwicklung hin zu mehr Ausgeglichenheit, innerer Ruhe und positivem Denken notwendig sind.  Die von Hypnose-Spezialisten zusammen mit Bestseller-Autor Patrick Lynen (bekannt aus ARD, ZDF, WDR, SWR3, RTL, VOX, ORF, SRF) entwickelten Hypnosen erzeugen einen langanhaltenden Effekt, da sie unseren kritischen Geist geschickt umgehen. Während der Sitzungen erreichen Sie subliminale Informationen, die Ihnen dabei helfen, neue gesunde Denkweisen und Glaubenssätze aufzubauen. DIE ENTHALTENEN TECHNIKEN: +++ Tiefenhypnose; +++ Autosuggestion; +++ Multisensorisches Programmieren; +++ Neurologisch wirksame Hintergrundmusik; +++ Deltawellen-Audio-Processing. Für den bestmöglichen Effekt sollten Sie das Programm an mindestens 21 Tagen in Folge einmal täglich direkt vor dem Einschlafen anhören. Wir empfehlen die Verwendung von Kopfhörern, da die Hypnose zahlreiche akustische Ebenen vereint, die den Effekt verstärken. Bitte hören Sie das Programm nicht beim Autofahren oder bei Tätigkeiten, die Ihre volle Aufmerksamkeit erfordern. Es ersetzt keinen Arztbesuch oder Medikamente, die krankheitsbedingt benötigt werden. Hypnose ist prinzipiell für alle körperlich und geistig gesunden Menschen geeignet. Sollten Sie in therapeutischer Behandlung sein, z.B. aufgrund einer Erkrankung, Depression oder Psychose, und/oder verschreibungspflichtige Medikamente einnehmen, halten Sie bitte vor Anwendung Rücksprache mit Ihrem behandelnden Arzt.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510380">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510380</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Hypnose zum Einschlafen: Grübeln stoppen - Stress abbauen - negative Zwangsgedanken beenden: Das revolutionäre Selbsthypnose-Programm (Hörbuch)
Author: Patrick Lynen
Narrator: Patrick Lynen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 52 minutes
Release date: November 29, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
 Sie haben regelmäßig negative Gedanken und kennen nicht einmal den Grund dafür?  Sie fühlen sich niedergeschlagen, traurig oder ausgebrannt und haben keine Idee, wie sie diesem negativen Zyklus entfliehen können?  Sie wollen Ihre negativen Gedanken endlich loswerden und bewusst dagegen ansteuern?  Sie suchen bewährte Methoden mit denen Sie das schnell und effizient umsetzen können? Alle Coaches auf dieser Welt bringen Ihnen nichts, wenn es im Kopf nicht &amp;#039;klick&amp;#039; macht. Erst mit der richtigen mentalen Einstellung können Sie diese inneren Blockaden lösen. Positives Denken, das richtige &amp;#039;Mindset&amp;#039; und der daraus erwachsende Erfolg haben viel mit unserem Unterbewussten zu tun. Lassen Sie Ihre alten negativen Gedanken und Denkschleifen nicht weiter Ihren Alltag bestimmen. Gewinnen Sie mit sanfter Hypnose den Kampf gegen Ihr alltägliches Gedankenkarussell, werden Sie negative Gedanken für immer los und schöpfen Sie neue Energie. Mit diesen bewährten Hypnose-Anwendungen erkennen Sie in kürzester Zeit... ?wie Sie negative Gedanken einfach stoppen können; ?wie Sie auch an schlechten Tagen positiv bleiben; ?wie Sie ihre Gedanken analysieren und umgestalten können; ?wie Sie eine Routine aufbauen, die Sie dabei unterstützt; ?und vieles mehr! Selbsthypnose bietet eine wundervolle Möglichkeit, die entscheidenden Impulse in Ihren Kopf zu verankern und dann zu neuer Kraft zu finden. Das Unterbewusste wird dabei gezielt und nachhaltig auf freudvolles und positives Denken &amp;#039;programmiert&amp;#039;. Die bewährte Anwendung für zuhause umfasst sämtliche aktuell bekannten Mental-Techniken und Autosuggestions-Möglichkeiten, die für eine erfolgreiche Persönlichkeitsentwicklung hin zu mehr Ausgeglichenheit, innerer Ruhe und positivem Denken notwendig sind.  Die von Hypnose-Spezialisten zusammen mit Bestseller-Autor Patrick Lynen (bekannt aus ARD, ZDF, WDR, SWR3, RTL, VOX, ORF, SRF) entwickelten Hypnosen erzeugen einen langanhaltenden Effekt, da sie unseren kritischen Geist geschickt umgehen. Während der Sitzungen erreichen Sie subliminale Informationen, die Ihnen dabei helfen, neue gesunde Denkweisen und Glaubenssätze aufzubauen. DIE ENTHALTENEN TECHNIKEN: +++ Tiefenhypnose; +++ Autosuggestion; +++ Multisensorisches Programmieren; +++ Neurologisch wirksame Hintergrundmusik; +++ Deltawellen-Audio-Processing. Für den bestmöglichen Effekt sollten Sie das Programm an mindestens 21 Tagen in Folge einmal täglich direkt vor dem Einschlafen anhören. Wir empfehlen die Verwendung von Kopfhörern, da die Hypnose zahlreiche akustische Ebenen vereint, die den Effekt verstärken. Bitte hören Sie das Programm nicht beim Autofahren oder bei Tätigkeiten, die Ihre volle Aufmerksamkeit erfordern. Es ersetzt keinen Arztbesuch oder Medikamente, die krankheitsbedingt benötigt werden. Hypnose ist prinzipiell für alle körperlich und geistig gesunden Menschen geeignet. Sollten Sie in therapeutischer Behandlung sein, z.B. aufgrund einer Erkrankung, Depression oder Psychose, und/oder verschreibungspflichtige Medikamente einnehmen, halten Sie bitte vor Anwendung Rücksprache mit Ihrem behandelnden Arzt.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Gemeinsam im Gespräch ... über Irrgefühl: 1.0 by Iris Johansson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510265</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510265">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510265</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Gemeinsam im Gespräch ... über Irrgefühl: 1.0
Series: #1 of Gemeinsam im Gespräch ... mit Iris
Author: Iris Johansson
Narrator: Felice Perelaer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 38 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Ich fühle mich bedrückt, unleidig, vom Leben ungerecht behandelt, habe Kopfschmerzen, will am liebsten morgens im Bett bleiben, schaue mit Argwohn auf Menschen um mich herum, werde unfair ... Es geht mir nicht so toll.  Dies alles sind Symptome des Irrgefühls.  Er ist eigentlich kein Gefühl sondern ein Zustand, aber wir fühlen uns dabei ... hmmm ... nicht toll.    Iris hat über 60 Jahre ihres Lebens in ihrer ureigenen autistischen Akribie, damit verbracht, Phänomene wie Irrgefühl (im Schwedischen Ångest) zu erforschen, zu verstehen und auf eine Weise zu beschreiben, dass Menschen frei sind, ihre Gedanken zu nehmen oder zu lassen. Meist in Gesprächsrunden und Einzelgesprächen.    Ein solches Gespräch ist die Grundlage dieses Buches.  Was Iris sagt, ist oft unscheinbar, man kann daran vorbeigehen, etwas nehmen, etwas liegen lassen, wie man sich fühlt.  Aber wenn man eintaucht ...</description>
      <author>Iris Johansson</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Mar 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4061707490859.mp3" length="873378" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510265</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4061707490859.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510265">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510265</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Gemeinsam im Gespräch ... über Irrgefühl: 1.0
Series: #1 of Gemeinsam im Gespräch ... mit Iris
Author: Iris Johansson
Narrator: Felice Perelaer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 38 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Ich fühle mich bedrückt, unleidig, vom Leben ungerecht behandelt, habe Kopfschmerzen, will am liebsten morgens im Bett bleiben, schaue mit Argwohn auf Menschen um mich herum, werde unfair ... Es geht mir nicht so toll.  Dies alles sind Symptome des Irrgefühls.  Er ist eigentlich kein Gefühl sondern ein Zustand, aber wir fühlen uns dabei ... hmmm ... nicht toll.    Iris hat über 60 Jahre ihres Lebens in ihrer ureigenen autistischen Akribie, damit verbracht, Phänomene wie Irrgefühl (im Schwedischen Ångest) zu erforschen, zu verstehen und auf eine Weise zu beschreiben, dass Menschen frei sind, ihre Gedanken zu nehmen oder zu lassen. Meist in Gesprächsrunden und Einzelgesprächen.    Ein solches Gespräch ist die Grundlage dieses Buches.  Was Iris sagt, ist oft unscheinbar, man kann daran vorbeigehen, etwas nehmen, etwas liegen lassen, wie man sich fühlt.  Aber wenn man eintaucht ...</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510265">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510265</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Gemeinsam im Gespräch ... über Irrgefühl: 1.0
Series: #1 of Gemeinsam im Gespräch ... mit Iris
Author: Iris Johansson
Narrator: Felice Perelaer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 38 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Ich fühle mich bedrückt, unleidig, vom Leben ungerecht behandelt, habe Kopfschmerzen, will am liebsten morgens im Bett bleiben, schaue mit Argwohn auf Menschen um mich herum, werde unfair ... Es geht mir nicht so toll.  Dies alles sind Symptome des Irrgefühls.  Er ist eigentlich kein Gefühl sondern ein Zustand, aber wir fühlen uns dabei ... hmmm ... nicht toll.    Iris hat über 60 Jahre ihres Lebens in ihrer ureigenen autistischen Akribie, damit verbracht, Phänomene wie Irrgefühl (im Schwedischen Ångest) zu erforschen, zu verstehen und auf eine Weise zu beschreiben, dass Menschen frei sind, ihre Gedanken zu nehmen oder zu lassen. Meist in Gesprächsrunden und Einzelgesprächen.    Ein solches Gespräch ist die Grundlage dieses Buches.  Was Iris sagt, ist oft unscheinbar, man kann daran vorbeigehen, etwas nehmen, etwas liegen lassen, wie man sich fühlt.  Aber wenn man eintaucht ...</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Anwendung von Prüfverfahren zur Ermittlung von transgenerationaler Kriegstraumatisierung by Dr. Phil. Ilona Hündgen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510230</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510230">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510230</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Anwendung von Prüfverfahren zur Ermittlung von transgenerationaler Kriegstraumatisierung
Series: #2 of Trauma, vererbtes Kriegstrauma, transgenerationale Traumatherapie
Author: Dr. Phil. Ilona Hündgen
Narrator: Dr. Phil. Ilona Hündgen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 58 minutes
Release date: March 15, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Kriegstraumata können über mehrere Generationen hinweg übertragen werden. Deshalb ist Deutschland, wie zahlreiche andere Länder der Welt, auch nach Jahrzehnten des Friedens noch immer ein kriegstraumatisiertes Land. An den Traumafolgen früherer Kriege leiden nicht nur Menschen, die Krieg direkt miterlebt haben und deshalb durch eigenes Erleben &amp;#039;direkt kriegstraumatisiert&amp;#039; sind. Vielmehr kann jeder indirekt betroffen sein, der traumatisierte Eltern und/oder traumatisierte Bezugspersonen hat und/oder in einer insgesamt kriegstraumatisierten Gesellschaft lebt. Kriegsenkel und deren Nachkommen, die in Friedenszeiten geboren und aufgewachsen sind, weisen, wie z.B. Sabine Bode in ihren Werken &amp;#039;Kriegsenkel&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Nachkriegskinder&amp;#039; und &amp;#039;Die vergessene Generation&amp;#039; untersucht hat, vielfach typische Symptome von indirekt-transgenerationaler Kriegstraumatisierung auf. Sie wissen und glauben aber oft nicht, dass sie selbst indirekt kriegstraumatisiert sein könnten. Für ihre körperlichen und psychischen Beschwerden bringen Familie, Gesellschaft und Therapeuten oft wenig Verständnis auf. Das vorliegende Buch soll dieses Informationsdefizit bei allen Beteiligten schließen. Die Autorin beschreibt in leicht verständlicher, eingängiger Form ausgewählte Prüfverfahren, mit deren Hilfe sich transgenerationale Kriegstraumatisierung feststellen lässt. Dem Leser werden konkrete Methoden an die Hand gegeben, mit denen jeder für sich selbst und für Klienten mit einfachen Mitteln selbst herausfinden oder von Experten herausfinden lassen kann, ob transgenerationale Kriegstraumatisierung oder sonstige Arten von Traumatisierung vorliegen. Das Buch richtet sich ebenso an Einsteiger in dieses wichtige und oft unterschätzte Thema wie an Angehörige der Gesundheits- und Pflegeberufe, an deren Ausbilder sowie an alle, die sofort anwendbares fundiertes theoretisches und praktisches Wissen in den Bereichen &amp;#039;Trauma&amp;#039; und &amp;#039;Kriegstrauma&amp;#039; benötigen. Das Buch führt strukturiert in die genannten Bereiche ein. Zudem zeigt die Autorin auf, wie die Arbeit mit eigenen Träumen (Traumanalyse), systemische Aufstellungsarbeit, Hypnose- und Hypnotherapie, therapeutische Rückführung, Yager-Therapie und intuitive Verfahren wie z.B. der kinesiologische Muskeltest oder die Arbeit mit Tensor und Pendel im Rahmen von transgenerationaler Traumatherapie zur Auffinden und zur Auflösung von transgenerationaler Kriegstraumatisierung eingesetzt werden können. Das Buch eignet sich als Schulungsmaterial für das Eigenstudium ebenso wie zum Einsatz in Bildungseinrichtungen. Die Autorin ist auf den Bereich der Therapie von transgenerationalem Kriegstrauma spezialisiert und wendet alle genannten Verfahren im Rahmen von Psychotherapie selbst an.</description>
      <author>Dr. Phil. Ilona Hündgen</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Mar 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4061707509759.mp3" length="669879" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510230</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4061707509759.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510230">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510230</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Anwendung von Prüfverfahren zur Ermittlung von transgenerationaler Kriegstraumatisierung
Series: #2 of Trauma, vererbtes Kriegstrauma, transgenerationale Traumatherapie
Author: Dr. Phil. Ilona Hündgen
Narrator: Dr. Phil. Ilona Hündgen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 58 minutes
Release date: March 15, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Kriegstraumata können über mehrere Generationen hinweg übertragen werden. Deshalb ist Deutschland, wie zahlreiche andere Länder der Welt, auch nach Jahrzehnten des Friedens noch immer ein kriegstraumatisiertes Land. An den Traumafolgen früherer Kriege leiden nicht nur Menschen, die Krieg direkt miterlebt haben und deshalb durch eigenes Erleben &amp;#039;direkt kriegstraumatisiert&amp;#039; sind. Vielmehr kann jeder indirekt betroffen sein, der traumatisierte Eltern und/oder traumatisierte Bezugspersonen hat und/oder in einer insgesamt kriegstraumatisierten Gesellschaft lebt. Kriegsenkel und deren Nachkommen, die in Friedenszeiten geboren und aufgewachsen sind, weisen, wie z.B. Sabine Bode in ihren Werken &amp;#039;Kriegsenkel&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Nachkriegskinder&amp;#039; und &amp;#039;Die vergessene Generation&amp;#039; untersucht hat, vielfach typische Symptome von indirekt-transgenerationaler Kriegstraumatisierung auf. Sie wissen und glauben aber oft nicht, dass sie selbst indirekt kriegstraumatisiert sein könnten. Für ihre körperlichen und psychischen Beschwerden bringen Familie, Gesellschaft und Therapeuten oft wenig Verständnis auf. Das vorliegende Buch soll dieses Informationsdefizit bei allen Beteiligten schließen. Die Autorin beschreibt in leicht verständlicher, eingängiger Form ausgewählte Prüfverfahren, mit deren Hilfe sich transgenerationale Kriegstraumatisierung feststellen lässt. Dem Leser werden konkrete Methoden an die Hand gegeben, mit denen jeder für sich selbst und für Klienten mit einfachen Mitteln selbst herausfinden oder von Experten herausfinden lassen kann, ob transgenerationale Kriegstraumatisierung oder sonstige Arten von Traumatisierung vorliegen. Das Buch richtet sich ebenso an Einsteiger in dieses wichtige und oft unterschätzte Thema wie an Angehörige der Gesundheits- und Pflegeberufe, an deren Ausbilder sowie an alle, die sofort anwendbares fundiertes theoretisches und praktisches Wissen in den Bereichen &amp;#039;Trauma&amp;#039; und &amp;#039;Kriegstrauma&amp;#039; benötigen. Das Buch führt strukturiert in die genannten Bereiche ein. Zudem zeigt die Autorin auf, wie die Arbeit mit eigenen Träumen (Traumanalyse), systemische Aufstellungsarbeit, Hypnose- und Hypnotherapie, therapeutische Rückführung, Yager-Therapie und intuitive Verfahren wie z.B. der kinesiologische Muskeltest oder die Arbeit mit Tensor und Pendel im Rahmen von transgenerationaler Traumatherapie zur Auffinden und zur Auflösung von transgenerationaler Kriegstraumatisierung eingesetzt werden können. Das Buch eignet sich als Schulungsmaterial für das Eigenstudium ebenso wie zum Einsatz in Bildungseinrichtungen. Die Autorin ist auf den Bereich der Therapie von transgenerationalem Kriegstrauma spezialisiert und wendet alle genannten Verfahren im Rahmen von Psychotherapie selbst an.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510230">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510230</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Anwendung von Prüfverfahren zur Ermittlung von transgenerationaler Kriegstraumatisierung
Series: #2 of Trauma, vererbtes Kriegstrauma, transgenerationale Traumatherapie
Author: Dr. Phil. Ilona Hündgen
Narrator: Dr. Phil. Ilona Hündgen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 58 minutes
Release date: March 15, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Kriegstraumata können über mehrere Generationen hinweg übertragen werden. Deshalb ist Deutschland, wie zahlreiche andere Länder der Welt, auch nach Jahrzehnten des Friedens noch immer ein kriegstraumatisiertes Land. An den Traumafolgen früherer Kriege leiden nicht nur Menschen, die Krieg direkt miterlebt haben und deshalb durch eigenes Erleben &amp;#039;direkt kriegstraumatisiert&amp;#039; sind. Vielmehr kann jeder indirekt betroffen sein, der traumatisierte Eltern und/oder traumatisierte Bezugspersonen hat und/oder in einer insgesamt kriegstraumatisierten Gesellschaft lebt. Kriegsenkel und deren Nachkommen, die in Friedenszeiten geboren und aufgewachsen sind, weisen, wie z.B. Sabine Bode in ihren Werken &amp;#039;Kriegsenkel&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Nachkriegskinder&amp;#039; und &amp;#039;Die vergessene Generation&amp;#039; untersucht hat, vielfach typische Symptome von indirekt-transgenerationaler Kriegstraumatisierung auf. Sie wissen und glauben aber oft nicht, dass sie selbst indirekt kriegstraumatisiert sein könnten. Für ihre körperlichen und psychischen Beschwerden bringen Familie, Gesellschaft und Therapeuten oft wenig Verständnis auf. Das vorliegende Buch soll dieses Informationsdefizit bei allen Beteiligten schließen. Die Autorin beschreibt in leicht verständlicher, eingängiger Form ausgewählte Prüfverfahren, mit deren Hilfe sich transgenerationale Kriegstraumatisierung feststellen lässt. Dem Leser werden konkrete Methoden an die Hand gegeben, mit denen jeder für sich selbst und für Klienten mit einfachen Mitteln selbst herausfinden oder von Experten herausfinden lassen kann, ob transgenerationale Kriegstraumatisierung oder sonstige Arten von Traumatisierung vorliegen. Das Buch richtet sich ebenso an Einsteiger in dieses wichtige und oft unterschätzte Thema wie an Angehörige der Gesundheits- und Pflegeberufe, an deren Ausbilder sowie an alle, die sofort anwendbares fundiertes theoretisches und praktisches Wissen in den Bereichen &amp;#039;Trauma&amp;#039; und &amp;#039;Kriegstrauma&amp;#039; benötigen. Das Buch führt strukturiert in die genannten Bereiche ein. Zudem zeigt die Autorin auf, wie die Arbeit mit eigenen Träumen (Traumanalyse), systemische Aufstellungsarbeit, Hypnose- und Hypnotherapie, therapeutische Rückführung, Yager-Therapie und intuitive Verfahren wie z.B. der kinesiologische Muskeltest oder die Arbeit mit Tensor und Pendel im Rahmen von transgenerationaler Traumatherapie zur Auffinden und zur Auflösung von transgenerationaler Kriegstraumatisierung eingesetzt werden können. Das Buch eignet sich als Schulungsmaterial für das Eigenstudium ebenso wie zum Einsatz in Bildungseinrichtungen. Die Autorin ist auf den Bereich der Therapie von transgenerationalem Kriegstrauma spezialisiert und wendet alle genannten Verfahren im Rahmen von Psychotherapie selbst an.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Einzelfallstudie zur generationsübergreifenden Vererbung von Kriegstrauma by Dr. Phil. Ilona Hündgen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510228</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510228">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510228</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Einzelfallstudie zur generationsübergreifenden Vererbung von Kriegstrauma
Series: #1 of Trauma, vererbtes Kriegstrauma, transgenerationale Traumatherapie
Author: Dr. Phil. Ilona Hündgen
Narrator: Dr. Phil. Ilona Hündgen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 1 minute
Release date: March 15, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Kriegstraumata können über mehrere Generationen hinweg übertragen werden. Deshalb ist Deutschland, wie zahlreiche andere Länder der Welt, auch nach Jahrzehnten des Friedens noch immer ein kriegstraumatisiertes Land. An den Traumafolgen früherer Kriege leiden nicht nur Menschen, die Krieg direkt miterlebt haben und deshalb durch eigenes Erleben &amp;#039;direkt kriegstraumatisiert&amp;#039; sind. Vielmehr kann jeder indirekt betroffen sein, der traumatisierte Eltern und traumatisierte Bezugspersonen hat und/oder in einer insgesamt kriegstraumatisierten Gesellschaft lebt. Kriegsenkel und deren Nachkommen, die in Friedenszeiten geboren und aufgewachsen sind, weisen, wie z.B. Sabine Bode in ihren Werken &amp;#039;Kriegsenkel&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Nachkriegskinder&amp;#039;, und &amp;#039;Die vergessene Generation&amp;#039; untersucht hat, vielfach typische Symptome von indirekt-transgenerationaler Kriegstraumatisierung auf. Sie wissen und glauben aber oft nicht, dass sie selbst indirekt kriegstraumatisiert sein könnten. Für ihre körperlichen und psychischen Beschwerden bringen Familie, Gesellschaft und Therapeuten oft wenig Verständnis auf. Das vorliegende Buch soll mit dazu beitragen, dieses Informationsdefizit bei allen Beteiligten zu schließen. Band 1 der Reihe &amp;#039;Trauma, ererbtes Kriegstrauma, transgenerationale Traumatherapie&amp;#039; zeigt am Beispiel einer von der Autorin entwickelten und durchgeführten Einzelfallstudie zu einem ehemaligen Flüchtlingskind auf, an welchen typischen Merkmalen transgenerationales Kriegstrauma erkennbar ist, wie destruktiv es sich auf das Leben auswirken und wie es therapiert werden kann. Gegenstand der vorliegenden Facharbeit ist der Fall der heute volljährigen Frau A., die im Kindesalter mit ihrer kriegstraumatisierten Mutter und mit Geschwistern aus einem Kriegsland nach Deutschland geflohen war. Frau A. hatte die Bedrohungen des Krieges im Heimatland tagtäglich direkt, aber im Schutz der Mutter und der Familie - bei oft abwesendem Vater – miterlebt. In der vorliegenden Arbeit wird zu ermitteln versucht, ob die zahlreichen Symptome von Frau A. durch die Annahme von indirekt-transgenerationaler Kriegstraumatisierung erklärbar oder zumindest miterklärbar sind. Die Facharbeit ist als wissenschaftliche Studie angelegt. Es handelt sich um eine qualitative literaturanalytische Arbeit mit empirisch-investigativer deduktiver Komponente. Auf der Grundlage von typischen Aspekten transgenerationaler Kriegstraumatisierung, die exemplarisch auf der Grundlage von Forschungsliteratur erarbeitet wurden, wird geprüft, ob sich Symptome und auffällige Verhaltensmerkmale der Probandin, die durch transgenerationale Kriegstraumatisierung verursacht oder mitverursacht sein könnten, diesen typischen Aspekten zuordnen lassen (Deduktion). Die empirischen Daten stammen aus einem ausführlichen initialen Interview mit der Probandin, aus weiteren Gesprächen, aus Beobachtungen im Rahmen eines beruflichen Coachings sowie aus einer Befragung der Eltern von Frau A. Auf dieser Grundlage werden Hypothesen darüber aufgestellt, ob und in welcher Hinsicht bei meiner Probandin transgenerationale Kriegstraumatisierung vorliegen könnte. Zahlreiche Kriegsenkel und deren Nachfahren leiden darunter, dass sie selbst nicht wissen, dass sie transgenerational kriegstraumatisiert sind, und dass Therapeuten transgenerationales Kriegstrauma oft nicht als Krankheitsursache erkennen und anerkennen. Ohne therapeutische Bearbeitung der Kriegstraumatisierungen kann jedoch oft keine nachhaltige Besserung erzielt werden. Gerade bei Flüchtlingen können TraumaberaterInnen und -therapeutInnen mit hochkomplexen Situationen konfrontiert sein, für die sie oft nicht ausreichend sensibilisiert und ausgebildet sind. Um das Leid der Betroffenen zu lindern, tut vor allem Aufklärung durch Psychoedukation Not. Das Buch führt leicht verständlich in das komplexe Thema der transgenerationalen Kriegstraumatisierung ein.</description>
      <author>Dr. Phil. Ilona Hündgen</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Mar 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4061707509728.mp3" length="666676" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510228</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4061707509728.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510228">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510228</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Einzelfallstudie zur generationsübergreifenden Vererbung von Kriegstrauma
Series: #1 of Trauma, vererbtes Kriegstrauma, transgenerationale Traumatherapie
Author: Dr. Phil. Ilona Hündgen
Narrator: Dr. Phil. Ilona Hündgen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 1 minute
Release date: March 15, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Kriegstraumata können über mehrere Generationen hinweg übertragen werden. Deshalb ist Deutschland, wie zahlreiche andere Länder der Welt, auch nach Jahrzehnten des Friedens noch immer ein kriegstraumatisiertes Land. An den Traumafolgen früherer Kriege leiden nicht nur Menschen, die Krieg direkt miterlebt haben und deshalb durch eigenes Erleben &amp;#039;direkt kriegstraumatisiert&amp;#039; sind. Vielmehr kann jeder indirekt betroffen sein, der traumatisierte Eltern und traumatisierte Bezugspersonen hat und/oder in einer insgesamt kriegstraumatisierten Gesellschaft lebt. Kriegsenkel und deren Nachkommen, die in Friedenszeiten geboren und aufgewachsen sind, weisen, wie z.B. Sabine Bode in ihren Werken &amp;#039;Kriegsenkel&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Nachkriegskinder&amp;#039;, und &amp;#039;Die vergessene Generation&amp;#039; untersucht hat, vielfach typische Symptome von indirekt-transgenerationaler Kriegstraumatisierung auf. Sie wissen und glauben aber oft nicht, dass sie selbst indirekt kriegstraumatisiert sein könnten. Für ihre körperlichen und psychischen Beschwerden bringen Familie, Gesellschaft und Therapeuten oft wenig Verständnis auf. Das vorliegende Buch soll mit dazu beitragen, dieses Informationsdefizit bei allen Beteiligten zu schließen. Band 1 der Reihe &amp;#039;Trauma, ererbtes Kriegstrauma, transgenerationale Traumatherapie&amp;#039; zeigt am Beispiel einer von der Autorin entwickelten und durchgeführten Einzelfallstudie zu einem ehemaligen Flüchtlingskind auf, an welchen typischen Merkmalen transgenerationales Kriegstrauma erkennbar ist, wie destruktiv es sich auf das Leben auswirken und wie es therapiert werden kann. Gegenstand der vorliegenden Facharbeit ist der Fall der heute volljährigen Frau A., die im Kindesalter mit ihrer kriegstraumatisierten Mutter und mit Geschwistern aus einem Kriegsland nach Deutschland geflohen war. Frau A. hatte die Bedrohungen des Krieges im Heimatland tagtäglich direkt, aber im Schutz der Mutter und der Familie - bei oft abwesendem Vater – miterlebt. In der vorliegenden Arbeit wird zu ermitteln versucht, ob die zahlreichen Symptome von Frau A. durch die Annahme von indirekt-transgenerationaler Kriegstraumatisierung erklärbar oder zumindest miterklärbar sind. Die Facharbeit ist als wissenschaftliche Studie angelegt. Es handelt sich um eine qualitative literaturanalytische Arbeit mit empirisch-investigativer deduktiver Komponente. Auf der Grundlage von typischen Aspekten transgenerationaler Kriegstraumatisierung, die exemplarisch auf der Grundlage von Forschungsliteratur erarbeitet wurden, wird geprüft, ob sich Symptome und auffällige Verhaltensmerkmale der Probandin, die durch transgenerationale Kriegstraumatisierung verursacht oder mitverursacht sein könnten, diesen typischen Aspekten zuordnen lassen (Deduktion). Die empirischen Daten stammen aus einem ausführlichen initialen Interview mit der Probandin, aus weiteren Gesprächen, aus Beobachtungen im Rahmen eines beruflichen Coachings sowie aus einer Befragung der Eltern von Frau A. Auf dieser Grundlage werden Hypothesen darüber aufgestellt, ob und in welcher Hinsicht bei meiner Probandin transgenerationale Kriegstraumatisierung vorliegen könnte. Zahlreiche Kriegsenkel und deren Nachfahren leiden darunter, dass sie selbst nicht wissen, dass sie transgenerational kriegstraumatisiert sind, und dass Therapeuten transgenerationales Kriegstrauma oft nicht als Krankheitsursache erkennen und anerkennen. Ohne therapeutische Bearbeitung der Kriegstraumatisierungen kann jedoch oft keine nachhaltige Besserung erzielt werden. Gerade bei Flüchtlingen können TraumaberaterInnen und -therapeutInnen mit hochkomplexen Situationen konfrontiert sein, für die sie oft nicht ausreichend sensibilisiert und ausgebildet sind. Um das Leid der Betroffenen zu lindern, tut vor allem Aufklärung durch Psychoedukation Not. Das Buch führt leicht verständlich in das komplexe Thema der transgenerationalen Kriegstraumatisierung ein.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510228">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510228</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Einzelfallstudie zur generationsübergreifenden Vererbung von Kriegstrauma
Series: #1 of Trauma, vererbtes Kriegstrauma, transgenerationale Traumatherapie
Author: Dr. Phil. Ilona Hündgen
Narrator: Dr. Phil. Ilona Hündgen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 1 minute
Release date: March 15, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Kriegstraumata können über mehrere Generationen hinweg übertragen werden. Deshalb ist Deutschland, wie zahlreiche andere Länder der Welt, auch nach Jahrzehnten des Friedens noch immer ein kriegstraumatisiertes Land. An den Traumafolgen früherer Kriege leiden nicht nur Menschen, die Krieg direkt miterlebt haben und deshalb durch eigenes Erleben &amp;#039;direkt kriegstraumatisiert&amp;#039; sind. Vielmehr kann jeder indirekt betroffen sein, der traumatisierte Eltern und traumatisierte Bezugspersonen hat und/oder in einer insgesamt kriegstraumatisierten Gesellschaft lebt. Kriegsenkel und deren Nachkommen, die in Friedenszeiten geboren und aufgewachsen sind, weisen, wie z.B. Sabine Bode in ihren Werken &amp;#039;Kriegsenkel&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Nachkriegskinder&amp;#039;, und &amp;#039;Die vergessene Generation&amp;#039; untersucht hat, vielfach typische Symptome von indirekt-transgenerationaler Kriegstraumatisierung auf. Sie wissen und glauben aber oft nicht, dass sie selbst indirekt kriegstraumatisiert sein könnten. Für ihre körperlichen und psychischen Beschwerden bringen Familie, Gesellschaft und Therapeuten oft wenig Verständnis auf. Das vorliegende Buch soll mit dazu beitragen, dieses Informationsdefizit bei allen Beteiligten zu schließen. Band 1 der Reihe &amp;#039;Trauma, ererbtes Kriegstrauma, transgenerationale Traumatherapie&amp;#039; zeigt am Beispiel einer von der Autorin entwickelten und durchgeführten Einzelfallstudie zu einem ehemaligen Flüchtlingskind auf, an welchen typischen Merkmalen transgenerationales Kriegstrauma erkennbar ist, wie destruktiv es sich auf das Leben auswirken und wie es therapiert werden kann. Gegenstand der vorliegenden Facharbeit ist der Fall der heute volljährigen Frau A., die im Kindesalter mit ihrer kriegstraumatisierten Mutter und mit Geschwistern aus einem Kriegsland nach Deutschland geflohen war. Frau A. hatte die Bedrohungen des Krieges im Heimatland tagtäglich direkt, aber im Schutz der Mutter und der Familie - bei oft abwesendem Vater – miterlebt. In der vorliegenden Arbeit wird zu ermitteln versucht, ob die zahlreichen Symptome von Frau A. durch die Annahme von indirekt-transgenerationaler Kriegstraumatisierung erklärbar oder zumindest miterklärbar sind. Die Facharbeit ist als wissenschaftliche Studie angelegt. Es handelt sich um eine qualitative literaturanalytische Arbeit mit empirisch-investigativer deduktiver Komponente. Auf der Grundlage von typischen Aspekten transgenerationaler Kriegstraumatisierung, die exemplarisch auf der Grundlage von Forschungsliteratur erarbeitet wurden, wird geprüft, ob sich Symptome und auffällige Verhaltensmerkmale der Probandin, die durch transgenerationale Kriegstraumatisierung verursacht oder mitverursacht sein könnten, diesen typischen Aspekten zuordnen lassen (Deduktion). Die empirischen Daten stammen aus einem ausführlichen initialen Interview mit der Probandin, aus weiteren Gesprächen, aus Beobachtungen im Rahmen eines beruflichen Coachings sowie aus einer Befragung der Eltern von Frau A. Auf dieser Grundlage werden Hypothesen darüber aufgestellt, ob und in welcher Hinsicht bei meiner Probandin transgenerationale Kriegstraumatisierung vorliegen könnte. Zahlreiche Kriegsenkel und deren Nachfahren leiden darunter, dass sie selbst nicht wissen, dass sie transgenerational kriegstraumatisiert sind, und dass Therapeuten transgenerationales Kriegstrauma oft nicht als Krankheitsursache erkennen und anerkennen. Ohne therapeutische Bearbeitung der Kriegstraumatisierungen kann jedoch oft keine nachhaltige Besserung erzielt werden. Gerade bei Flüchtlingen können TraumaberaterInnen und -therapeutInnen mit hochkomplexen Situationen konfrontiert sein, für die sie oft nicht ausreichend sensibilisiert und ausgebildet sind. Um das Leid der Betroffenen zu lindern, tut vor allem Aufklärung durch Psychoedukation Not. Das Buch führt leicht verständlich in das komplexe Thema der transgenerationalen Kriegstraumatisierung ein.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Prüfverfahren zur Feststellung von transgenerationaler Kriegstraumatisierung: Grundlagen Trauma, Kriegstrauma, transgenerationale Traumatherapie. Ein Leitfaden by Dr. Phil. Ilona Hündgen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510229</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510229">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510229</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Prüfverfahren zur Feststellung von transgenerationaler Kriegstraumatisierung: Grundlagen Trauma, Kriegstrauma, transgenerationale Traumatherapie. Ein Leitfaden
Author: Dr. Phil. Ilona Hündgen
Narrator: Dr. Phil. Ilona Hündgen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 36 minutes
Release date: March 15, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Kriegstraumata können über mehrere Generationen hinweg übertragen werden. Deshalb ist Deutschland, wie zahlreiche andere Länder der Welt, auch nach Jahrzehnten des Friedens noch immer ein kriegstraumatisiertes Land. An den Traumafolgen früherer Kriege leiden nicht nur Menschen, die Krieg direkt miterlebt haben und deshalb durch eigenes Erleben &amp;#039;direkt kriegstraumatisiert&amp;#039; sind. Vielmehr kann jeder indirekt betroffen sein, der traumatisierte Eltern und traumatisierte Bezugspersonen hat und/oder in einer insgesamt kriegstraumatisierten Gesellschaft lebt. Kriegsenkel und deren Nachkommen, die in Friedenszeiten geboren und aufgewachsen sind, weisen, wie z.B. Sabine Bode in ihren Werken &amp;#039;Kriegsenkel&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Nachkriegskinder&amp;#039; und &amp;#039;Die vergessene Generation&amp;#039; untersucht hat, vielfach typische Symptome von indirekt-transgenerationaler Kriegstraumatisierung auf. Sie wissen und glauben aber oft nicht, dass sie selbst indirekt kriegstraumatisiert sein könnten. Für ihre körperlichen und psychischen Beschwerden bringen Familie, Gesellschaft und Therapeuten oft wenig Verständnis auf. Das vorliegende Buch soll dieses Informationsdefizit bei allen Beteiligten schließen. Die Autorin beschreibt in leicht verständlicher, eingängiger Form ausgewählte Prüfverfahren, mit deren Hilfe sich transgenerationale Kriegstraumatisierung feststellen lässt. Dem Leser werden konkrete Methoden an die Hand gegeben, mit denen jeder für sich selbst und für Klienten mit einfachen Mitteln selbst herausfinden oder von Experten herausfinden lassen kann, ob transgenerationale Kriegstraumatisierung oder sonstige Arten von Traumatisierung vorliegen. Das Buch richtet sich ebenso an Einsteiger in dieses wichtige und oft unterschätzte Thema wie an Angehörige der Gesundheits- und Pflegeberufe, an deren Ausbilder sowie an alle, die sofort anwendbares fundiertes theoretisches und praktisches Wissen in den Bereichen &amp;#039;Trauma&amp;#039; und &amp;#039;Kriegstrauma&amp;#039; benötigen. Das Buch führt strukturiert in die genannten Bereiche ein. Zudem zeigt die Autorin auf, wie die Arbeit mit eigenen Träumen (Traumanalyse), systemische Aufstellungsarbeit, Hypnose- und Hypnotherapie, therapeutische Rückführung, Yager-Therapie und intuitive Verfahren wie z.B. der kinesiologische Muskeltest oder die Arbeit mit Tensor und Pendel im Rahmen von transgenerationaler Traumatherapie zum Auffinden und zur Auflösung von transgenerationaler Kriegstraumatisierung eingesetzt werden können. Das Buch eignet sich als Schulungsmaterial für das Eigenstudium ebenso wie zum Einsatz in Bildungseinrichtungen. Die Autorin ist auf den Bereich der Therapie von transgenerationalem Kriegstrauma spezialisiert und wendet alle genannten Verfahren im Rahmen von Psychotherapie selbst an.</description>
      <author>Dr. Phil. Ilona Hündgen</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Mar 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4061707505089.mp3" length="747454" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510229</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4061707505089.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510229">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510229</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Prüfverfahren zur Feststellung von transgenerationaler Kriegstraumatisierung: Grundlagen Trauma, Kriegstrauma, transgenerationale Traumatherapie. Ein Leitfaden
Author: Dr. Phil. Ilona Hündgen
Narrator: Dr. Phil. Ilona Hündgen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 36 minutes
Release date: March 15, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Kriegstraumata können über mehrere Generationen hinweg übertragen werden. Deshalb ist Deutschland, wie zahlreiche andere Länder der Welt, auch nach Jahrzehnten des Friedens noch immer ein kriegstraumatisiertes Land. An den Traumafolgen früherer Kriege leiden nicht nur Menschen, die Krieg direkt miterlebt haben und deshalb durch eigenes Erleben &amp;#039;direkt kriegstraumatisiert&amp;#039; sind. Vielmehr kann jeder indirekt betroffen sein, der traumatisierte Eltern und traumatisierte Bezugspersonen hat und/oder in einer insgesamt kriegstraumatisierten Gesellschaft lebt. Kriegsenkel und deren Nachkommen, die in Friedenszeiten geboren und aufgewachsen sind, weisen, wie z.B. Sabine Bode in ihren Werken &amp;#039;Kriegsenkel&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Nachkriegskinder&amp;#039; und &amp;#039;Die vergessene Generation&amp;#039; untersucht hat, vielfach typische Symptome von indirekt-transgenerationaler Kriegstraumatisierung auf. Sie wissen und glauben aber oft nicht, dass sie selbst indirekt kriegstraumatisiert sein könnten. Für ihre körperlichen und psychischen Beschwerden bringen Familie, Gesellschaft und Therapeuten oft wenig Verständnis auf. Das vorliegende Buch soll dieses Informationsdefizit bei allen Beteiligten schließen. Die Autorin beschreibt in leicht verständlicher, eingängiger Form ausgewählte Prüfverfahren, mit deren Hilfe sich transgenerationale Kriegstraumatisierung feststellen lässt. Dem Leser werden konkrete Methoden an die Hand gegeben, mit denen jeder für sich selbst und für Klienten mit einfachen Mitteln selbst herausfinden oder von Experten herausfinden lassen kann, ob transgenerationale Kriegstraumatisierung oder sonstige Arten von Traumatisierung vorliegen. Das Buch richtet sich ebenso an Einsteiger in dieses wichtige und oft unterschätzte Thema wie an Angehörige der Gesundheits- und Pflegeberufe, an deren Ausbilder sowie an alle, die sofort anwendbares fundiertes theoretisches und praktisches Wissen in den Bereichen &amp;#039;Trauma&amp;#039; und &amp;#039;Kriegstrauma&amp;#039; benötigen. Das Buch führt strukturiert in die genannten Bereiche ein. Zudem zeigt die Autorin auf, wie die Arbeit mit eigenen Träumen (Traumanalyse), systemische Aufstellungsarbeit, Hypnose- und Hypnotherapie, therapeutische Rückführung, Yager-Therapie und intuitive Verfahren wie z.B. der kinesiologische Muskeltest oder die Arbeit mit Tensor und Pendel im Rahmen von transgenerationaler Traumatherapie zum Auffinden und zur Auflösung von transgenerationaler Kriegstraumatisierung eingesetzt werden können. Das Buch eignet sich als Schulungsmaterial für das Eigenstudium ebenso wie zum Einsatz in Bildungseinrichtungen. Die Autorin ist auf den Bereich der Therapie von transgenerationalem Kriegstrauma spezialisiert und wendet alle genannten Verfahren im Rahmen von Psychotherapie selbst an.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510229">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510229</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Prüfverfahren zur Feststellung von transgenerationaler Kriegstraumatisierung: Grundlagen Trauma, Kriegstrauma, transgenerationale Traumatherapie. Ein Leitfaden
Author: Dr. Phil. Ilona Hündgen
Narrator: Dr. Phil. Ilona Hündgen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 36 minutes
Release date: March 15, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Kriegstraumata können über mehrere Generationen hinweg übertragen werden. Deshalb ist Deutschland, wie zahlreiche andere Länder der Welt, auch nach Jahrzehnten des Friedens noch immer ein kriegstraumatisiertes Land. An den Traumafolgen früherer Kriege leiden nicht nur Menschen, die Krieg direkt miterlebt haben und deshalb durch eigenes Erleben &amp;#039;direkt kriegstraumatisiert&amp;#039; sind. Vielmehr kann jeder indirekt betroffen sein, der traumatisierte Eltern und traumatisierte Bezugspersonen hat und/oder in einer insgesamt kriegstraumatisierten Gesellschaft lebt. Kriegsenkel und deren Nachkommen, die in Friedenszeiten geboren und aufgewachsen sind, weisen, wie z.B. Sabine Bode in ihren Werken &amp;#039;Kriegsenkel&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Nachkriegskinder&amp;#039; und &amp;#039;Die vergessene Generation&amp;#039; untersucht hat, vielfach typische Symptome von indirekt-transgenerationaler Kriegstraumatisierung auf. Sie wissen und glauben aber oft nicht, dass sie selbst indirekt kriegstraumatisiert sein könnten. Für ihre körperlichen und psychischen Beschwerden bringen Familie, Gesellschaft und Therapeuten oft wenig Verständnis auf. Das vorliegende Buch soll dieses Informationsdefizit bei allen Beteiligten schließen. Die Autorin beschreibt in leicht verständlicher, eingängiger Form ausgewählte Prüfverfahren, mit deren Hilfe sich transgenerationale Kriegstraumatisierung feststellen lässt. Dem Leser werden konkrete Methoden an die Hand gegeben, mit denen jeder für sich selbst und für Klienten mit einfachen Mitteln selbst herausfinden oder von Experten herausfinden lassen kann, ob transgenerationale Kriegstraumatisierung oder sonstige Arten von Traumatisierung vorliegen. Das Buch richtet sich ebenso an Einsteiger in dieses wichtige und oft unterschätzte Thema wie an Angehörige der Gesundheits- und Pflegeberufe, an deren Ausbilder sowie an alle, die sofort anwendbares fundiertes theoretisches und praktisches Wissen in den Bereichen &amp;#039;Trauma&amp;#039; und &amp;#039;Kriegstrauma&amp;#039; benötigen. Das Buch führt strukturiert in die genannten Bereiche ein. Zudem zeigt die Autorin auf, wie die Arbeit mit eigenen Träumen (Traumanalyse), systemische Aufstellungsarbeit, Hypnose- und Hypnotherapie, therapeutische Rückführung, Yager-Therapie und intuitive Verfahren wie z.B. der kinesiologische Muskeltest oder die Arbeit mit Tensor und Pendel im Rahmen von transgenerationaler Traumatherapie zum Auffinden und zur Auflösung von transgenerationaler Kriegstraumatisierung eingesetzt werden können. Das Buch eignet sich als Schulungsmaterial für das Eigenstudium ebenso wie zum Einsatz in Bildungseinrichtungen. Die Autorin ist auf den Bereich der Therapie von transgenerationalem Kriegstrauma spezialisiert und wendet alle genannten Verfahren im Rahmen von Psychotherapie selbst an.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Sensibilisierung für typische Aspekte von transgenerationaler Kriegstraumatisierung im Rahmen von Traumatherapie by Dr. Phil. Ilona Hündgen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510227</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510227">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510227</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Sensibilisierung für typische Aspekte von transgenerationaler Kriegstraumatisierung im Rahmen von Traumatherapie
Author: Dr. Phil. Ilona Hündgen
Narrator: Dr. Phil. Ilona Hündgen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 48 minutes
Release date: March 15, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Kriegstraumata können über mehrere Generationen hinweg übertragen werden. Deshalb ist Deutschland, wie zahlreiche andere Länder der Welt, auch nach Jahrzehnten des Friedens noch immer ein kriegstraumatisiertes Land. An den Traumafolgen früherer Kriege leiden nicht nur Menschen, die Krieg direkt miterlebt haben und deshalb durch eigenes Erleben &amp;#039;direkt kriegstraumatisiert&amp;#039; sind. Vielmehr kann jeder indirekt betroffen sein, der traumatisierte Eltern und traumatisierte Bezugspersonen hat und/oder in einer insgesamt kriegstraumatisierten Gesellschaft lebt. Kriegsenkel und deren Nachkommen, die in Friedenszeiten geboren und aufgewachsen sind, weisen, wie z.B. Sabine Bode in ihren Werken &amp;#039;Kriegsenkel&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Nachkriegskinder&amp;#039; und &amp;#039;Die vergessene Generation&amp;#039; untersucht hat, vielfach typische Symptome von indirekt-transgenerationaler Kriegstraumatisierung auf. Sie wissen und glauben aber oft nicht, dass sie selbst indirekt kriegstraumatisiert sein könnten. Für ihre körperlichen und psychischen Beschwerden bringen Familie, Gesellschaft und Therapeuten oft wenig Verständnis auf. Das vorliegende Buch soll mit dazu beitragen, dieses Informationsdefizit bei allen Beteiligten zu schließen. Die Autorin zeigt am Beispiel einer von ihr selbst entwickelten und durchgeführten Einzelfallstudie zu einem ehemaligen Flüchtlingskind auf, an welchen typischen Merkmalen transgenerationales Kriegstrauma erkennbar ist, wie destruktiv es sich auf das Leben auswirken und wie es therapiert werden kann. Gegenstand der vorliegenden Facharbeit ist der Fall der heute volljährigen Frau A., die im Kindesalter mit ihrer kriegstraumatisierten Mutter und mit Geschwistern aus einem Kriegsland nach Deutschland geflohen war. Frau A. hatte die Bedrohungen des Krieges im Heimatland tagtäglich direkt, aber im Schutz der Mutter und der Familie - bei oft abwesendem Vater – miterlebt. In der vorliegenden Arbeit wird zu ermitteln versucht, ob die zahlreichen Symptome von Frau A. durch die Annahme von indirekt-transgenerationaler Kriegstraumatisierung erklärbar oder zumindest miterklärbar sind. Die Facharbeit ist als wissenschaftliche Studie angelegt. Es handelt sich um eine qualitative literaturanalytische Arbeit mit empirisch-investigativer deduktiver Komponente. Auf der Grundlage von typischen Aspekten transgenerationaler Kriegstraumatisierung, die exemplarisch auf der Grundlage von Forschungsliteratur erarbeitet wurden, wird geprüft, ob sich Symptome und auffällige Verhaltensmerkmale der Probandin, die durch transgenerationale Kriegstraumatisierung verursacht oder mitverursacht sein könnten, diesen typischen Aspekten zuordnen lassen (Deduktion). Die empirischen Daten stammen aus einem ausführlichen initialen Interview mit der Probandin, aus weiteren Gesprächen, aus Beobachtungen im Rahmen eines beruflichen Coachings sowie aus einer Befragung der Eltern von Frau A. Auf dieser Grundlage werden Hypothesen darüber aufgestellt, ob und in welcher Hinsicht bei meiner Probandin transgenerationale Kriegstraumatisierung vorliegen könnte. Zahlreiche Kriegsenkel und deren Nachfahren leiden darunter, dass sie selbst nicht wissen, dass sie transgenerational kriegstraumatisiert sind, und dass Therapeuten transgenerationales Kriegstrauma oft nicht als Krankheitsursache erkennen und anerkennen. Ohne therapeutische Bearbeitung der Kriegstraumatisierungen kann jedoch oft keine nachhaltige Besserung erzielt werden. Gerade bei Flüchtlingen können TraumaberaterInnen und -therapeutInnen mit hochkomplexen Situationen konfrontiert sein, für die sie oft nicht ausreichend sensibilisiert und ausgebildet sind. Um das Leid der Betroffenen zu lindern, tut vor allem Aufklärung durch Psychoedukation Not. Das Buch führt leicht verständlich in das komplexe Thema der transgenerationalen Kriegstraumatisierung ein.</description>
      <author>Dr. Phil. Ilona Hündgen</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Mar 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4061707509674.mp3" length="710728" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510227</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4061707509674.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510227">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510227</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Sensibilisierung für typische Aspekte von transgenerationaler Kriegstraumatisierung im Rahmen von Traumatherapie
Author: Dr. Phil. Ilona Hündgen
Narrator: Dr. Phil. Ilona Hündgen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 48 minutes
Release date: March 15, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Kriegstraumata können über mehrere Generationen hinweg übertragen werden. Deshalb ist Deutschland, wie zahlreiche andere Länder der Welt, auch nach Jahrzehnten des Friedens noch immer ein kriegstraumatisiertes Land. An den Traumafolgen früherer Kriege leiden nicht nur Menschen, die Krieg direkt miterlebt haben und deshalb durch eigenes Erleben &amp;#039;direkt kriegstraumatisiert&amp;#039; sind. Vielmehr kann jeder indirekt betroffen sein, der traumatisierte Eltern und traumatisierte Bezugspersonen hat und/oder in einer insgesamt kriegstraumatisierten Gesellschaft lebt. Kriegsenkel und deren Nachkommen, die in Friedenszeiten geboren und aufgewachsen sind, weisen, wie z.B. Sabine Bode in ihren Werken &amp;#039;Kriegsenkel&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Nachkriegskinder&amp;#039; und &amp;#039;Die vergessene Generation&amp;#039; untersucht hat, vielfach typische Symptome von indirekt-transgenerationaler Kriegstraumatisierung auf. Sie wissen und glauben aber oft nicht, dass sie selbst indirekt kriegstraumatisiert sein könnten. Für ihre körperlichen und psychischen Beschwerden bringen Familie, Gesellschaft und Therapeuten oft wenig Verständnis auf. Das vorliegende Buch soll mit dazu beitragen, dieses Informationsdefizit bei allen Beteiligten zu schließen. Die Autorin zeigt am Beispiel einer von ihr selbst entwickelten und durchgeführten Einzelfallstudie zu einem ehemaligen Flüchtlingskind auf, an welchen typischen Merkmalen transgenerationales Kriegstrauma erkennbar ist, wie destruktiv es sich auf das Leben auswirken und wie es therapiert werden kann. Gegenstand der vorliegenden Facharbeit ist der Fall der heute volljährigen Frau A., die im Kindesalter mit ihrer kriegstraumatisierten Mutter und mit Geschwistern aus einem Kriegsland nach Deutschland geflohen war. Frau A. hatte die Bedrohungen des Krieges im Heimatland tagtäglich direkt, aber im Schutz der Mutter und der Familie - bei oft abwesendem Vater – miterlebt. In der vorliegenden Arbeit wird zu ermitteln versucht, ob die zahlreichen Symptome von Frau A. durch die Annahme von indirekt-transgenerationaler Kriegstraumatisierung erklärbar oder zumindest miterklärbar sind. Die Facharbeit ist als wissenschaftliche Studie angelegt. Es handelt sich um eine qualitative literaturanalytische Arbeit mit empirisch-investigativer deduktiver Komponente. Auf der Grundlage von typischen Aspekten transgenerationaler Kriegstraumatisierung, die exemplarisch auf der Grundlage von Forschungsliteratur erarbeitet wurden, wird geprüft, ob sich Symptome und auffällige Verhaltensmerkmale der Probandin, die durch transgenerationale Kriegstraumatisierung verursacht oder mitverursacht sein könnten, diesen typischen Aspekten zuordnen lassen (Deduktion). Die empirischen Daten stammen aus einem ausführlichen initialen Interview mit der Probandin, aus weiteren Gesprächen, aus Beobachtungen im Rahmen eines beruflichen Coachings sowie aus einer Befragung der Eltern von Frau A. Auf dieser Grundlage werden Hypothesen darüber aufgestellt, ob und in welcher Hinsicht bei meiner Probandin transgenerationale Kriegstraumatisierung vorliegen könnte. Zahlreiche Kriegsenkel und deren Nachfahren leiden darunter, dass sie selbst nicht wissen, dass sie transgenerational kriegstraumatisiert sind, und dass Therapeuten transgenerationales Kriegstrauma oft nicht als Krankheitsursache erkennen und anerkennen. Ohne therapeutische Bearbeitung der Kriegstraumatisierungen kann jedoch oft keine nachhaltige Besserung erzielt werden. Gerade bei Flüchtlingen können TraumaberaterInnen und -therapeutInnen mit hochkomplexen Situationen konfrontiert sein, für die sie oft nicht ausreichend sensibilisiert und ausgebildet sind. Um das Leid der Betroffenen zu lindern, tut vor allem Aufklärung durch Psychoedukation Not. Das Buch führt leicht verständlich in das komplexe Thema der transgenerationalen Kriegstraumatisierung ein.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510227">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510227</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Sensibilisierung für typische Aspekte von transgenerationaler Kriegstraumatisierung im Rahmen von Traumatherapie
Author: Dr. Phil. Ilona Hündgen
Narrator: Dr. Phil. Ilona Hündgen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 48 minutes
Release date: March 15, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Kriegstraumata können über mehrere Generationen hinweg übertragen werden. Deshalb ist Deutschland, wie zahlreiche andere Länder der Welt, auch nach Jahrzehnten des Friedens noch immer ein kriegstraumatisiertes Land. An den Traumafolgen früherer Kriege leiden nicht nur Menschen, die Krieg direkt miterlebt haben und deshalb durch eigenes Erleben &amp;#039;direkt kriegstraumatisiert&amp;#039; sind. Vielmehr kann jeder indirekt betroffen sein, der traumatisierte Eltern und traumatisierte Bezugspersonen hat und/oder in einer insgesamt kriegstraumatisierten Gesellschaft lebt. Kriegsenkel und deren Nachkommen, die in Friedenszeiten geboren und aufgewachsen sind, weisen, wie z.B. Sabine Bode in ihren Werken &amp;#039;Kriegsenkel&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Nachkriegskinder&amp;#039; und &amp;#039;Die vergessene Generation&amp;#039; untersucht hat, vielfach typische Symptome von indirekt-transgenerationaler Kriegstraumatisierung auf. Sie wissen und glauben aber oft nicht, dass sie selbst indirekt kriegstraumatisiert sein könnten. Für ihre körperlichen und psychischen Beschwerden bringen Familie, Gesellschaft und Therapeuten oft wenig Verständnis auf. Das vorliegende Buch soll mit dazu beitragen, dieses Informationsdefizit bei allen Beteiligten zu schließen. Die Autorin zeigt am Beispiel einer von ihr selbst entwickelten und durchgeführten Einzelfallstudie zu einem ehemaligen Flüchtlingskind auf, an welchen typischen Merkmalen transgenerationales Kriegstrauma erkennbar ist, wie destruktiv es sich auf das Leben auswirken und wie es therapiert werden kann. Gegenstand der vorliegenden Facharbeit ist der Fall der heute volljährigen Frau A., die im Kindesalter mit ihrer kriegstraumatisierten Mutter und mit Geschwistern aus einem Kriegsland nach Deutschland geflohen war. Frau A. hatte die Bedrohungen des Krieges im Heimatland tagtäglich direkt, aber im Schutz der Mutter und der Familie - bei oft abwesendem Vater – miterlebt. In der vorliegenden Arbeit wird zu ermitteln versucht, ob die zahlreichen Symptome von Frau A. durch die Annahme von indirekt-transgenerationaler Kriegstraumatisierung erklärbar oder zumindest miterklärbar sind. Die Facharbeit ist als wissenschaftliche Studie angelegt. Es handelt sich um eine qualitative literaturanalytische Arbeit mit empirisch-investigativer deduktiver Komponente. Auf der Grundlage von typischen Aspekten transgenerationaler Kriegstraumatisierung, die exemplarisch auf der Grundlage von Forschungsliteratur erarbeitet wurden, wird geprüft, ob sich Symptome und auffällige Verhaltensmerkmale der Probandin, die durch transgenerationale Kriegstraumatisierung verursacht oder mitverursacht sein könnten, diesen typischen Aspekten zuordnen lassen (Deduktion). Die empirischen Daten stammen aus einem ausführlichen initialen Interview mit der Probandin, aus weiteren Gesprächen, aus Beobachtungen im Rahmen eines beruflichen Coachings sowie aus einer Befragung der Eltern von Frau A. Auf dieser Grundlage werden Hypothesen darüber aufgestellt, ob und in welcher Hinsicht bei meiner Probandin transgenerationale Kriegstraumatisierung vorliegen könnte. Zahlreiche Kriegsenkel und deren Nachfahren leiden darunter, dass sie selbst nicht wissen, dass sie transgenerational kriegstraumatisiert sind, und dass Therapeuten transgenerationales Kriegstrauma oft nicht als Krankheitsursache erkennen und anerkennen. Ohne therapeutische Bearbeitung der Kriegstraumatisierungen kann jedoch oft keine nachhaltige Besserung erzielt werden. Gerade bei Flüchtlingen können TraumaberaterInnen und -therapeutInnen mit hochkomplexen Situationen konfrontiert sein, für die sie oft nicht ausreichend sensibilisiert und ausgebildet sind. Um das Leid der Betroffenen zu lindern, tut vor allem Aufklärung durch Psychoedukation Not. Das Buch führt leicht verständlich in das komplexe Thema der transgenerationalen Kriegstraumatisierung ein.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - MEIN NEUES ICH - Das revolutionäre 9-in-1 Hypnose-Bundle: Blockaden lösen, Inneres Kind heilen, Vergangenheit loslassen, Selbstliebe spüren, Glück finden by Karina Auenstein, Dr. Jeffrey Thiers</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510218</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510218">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510218</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - MEIN NEUES ICH - Das revolutionäre 9-in-1 Hypnose-Bundle: Blockaden lösen, Inneres Kind heilen, Vergangenheit loslassen, Selbstliebe spüren, Glück finden
Author: Karina Auenstein, Dr. Jeffrey Thiers
Narrator: Magnus V. Stauffenberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 33 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
**** Hast du manchmal das Gefühl, keine echte Lebensfreude zu empfinden und in alten Strukturen zu verharren?  Dann ist es Zeit, dich auf die Reise zu machen und die Quelle der Heilung und Freude in dein Leben zu lassen. Jeder schleppt Erinnerungen mit sich herum, von denen der Abschied längst überfällig ist. Entdecke, wie Wunden endlich heilen können und das Loslassen wirklich funktioniert. Dies ist das Premium-Hypnose-Bundle, das deine verborgenen Kräfte freischaltet und dir auf deinem Weg zu einem sinnvolleren und erfüllteren Leben hilft. Es vereint 9 bewährte Anwendungen, in nur einem einzigen Hörbuch! Tausende Menschen haben in der Vergangenheit bereits die Kraft der Hypnose genutzt, um ihr Leben zu verändern. In der heutigen Welt ist diese kraftvolle Technik fast in Vergessenheit geraten ... Dieses Hörbuch enthält neun komplette Bestseller-Hypnosen für ein besseres Leben. Kraftvolle Einzelanwendungen, die dir helfen werden:  Deine Vergangenheit tiefer und besser zu verstehen;  Negative Gedanken und Selbstzweifel endgültig zu besiegen;  Mit dem Zögern aufzuhören und konkrete Maßnahmen zu ergreifen;  Alte Blockaden zu lösen, für ein dauerhaft glückliches Leben;  Tiefer und besser zu schlafen als je zuvor. Folgende Titel sind enthalten:  2 Hypnosen für mehr Selbstwertgefühl: Befreie dich vom Grübeln und hol dir die Leichtigkeit zurück!  Hypnose zur Heilung deines inneren Kindes: Löse dich von alten Abhängigkeiten.  Hypnose für Fokus, Glück &amp;amp; Erfolg: Decke deine verborgenen Ressourcen auf und werde unaufhaltsam.  2 Hypnosen zum Auflösen innerer Blockaden: Ein revolutionärer Ansatz um zu mehr innerer Kraft zu finden.  3 Hypnosen für tiefen Schlaf. Die einzigartige Hypnose-Technik von Bestseller-Autor Dr. Jeffrey Thiers rüstet dich aus, um Emotionen, Ansichten und sogar deine Lebensumstände grundlegend zu verändern. Weil du über das unterbewusste Denken völlig neue Räume eröffnest. Hilflos, verärgert und überwältigt war gestern, Leichtigkeit, Freude und Selbstbewusstsein sind morgen. Der Unterschied beginnt in deinem Kopf. Gleich jetzt. Und von dort sind die Möglichkeiten endlos. Warte nicht länger! Scrolle nach oben, klicke jetzt auf die Schaltfläche &amp;#039;Kaufen&amp;#039; und beginne deine Reise zu einem selbstbewussten, gestärkten und glücklicheren Menschen! WICHTIGER HINWEIS: Wir empfehlen dir die Verwendung von Kopfhörern, da die Hypnosen zahlreiche akustische Ebenen vereinen, die die Wirkung noch verstärken. Im beigefügten pdf findest du weitere Informationen.</description>
      <author>Karina Auenstein, Dr. Jeffrey Thiers</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 21 Nov 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4064066789992.mp3" length="895175" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510218</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4064066789992.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510218">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510218</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - MEIN NEUES ICH - Das revolutionäre 9-in-1 Hypnose-Bundle: Blockaden lösen, Inneres Kind heilen, Vergangenheit loslassen, Selbstliebe spüren, Glück finden
Author: Karina Auenstein, Dr. Jeffrey Thiers
Narrator: Magnus V. Stauffenberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 33 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
**** Hast du manchmal das Gefühl, keine echte Lebensfreude zu empfinden und in alten Strukturen zu verharren?  Dann ist es Zeit, dich auf die Reise zu machen und die Quelle der Heilung und Freude in dein Leben zu lassen. Jeder schleppt Erinnerungen mit sich herum, von denen der Abschied längst überfällig ist. Entdecke, wie Wunden endlich heilen können und das Loslassen wirklich funktioniert. Dies ist das Premium-Hypnose-Bundle, das deine verborgenen Kräfte freischaltet und dir auf deinem Weg zu einem sinnvolleren und erfüllteren Leben hilft. Es vereint 9 bewährte Anwendungen, in nur einem einzigen Hörbuch! Tausende Menschen haben in der Vergangenheit bereits die Kraft der Hypnose genutzt, um ihr Leben zu verändern. In der heutigen Welt ist diese kraftvolle Technik fast in Vergessenheit geraten ... Dieses Hörbuch enthält neun komplette Bestseller-Hypnosen für ein besseres Leben. Kraftvolle Einzelanwendungen, die dir helfen werden:  Deine Vergangenheit tiefer und besser zu verstehen;  Negative Gedanken und Selbstzweifel endgültig zu besiegen;  Mit dem Zögern aufzuhören und konkrete Maßnahmen zu ergreifen;  Alte Blockaden zu lösen, für ein dauerhaft glückliches Leben;  Tiefer und besser zu schlafen als je zuvor. Folgende Titel sind enthalten:  2 Hypnosen für mehr Selbstwertgefühl: Befreie dich vom Grübeln und hol dir die Leichtigkeit zurück!  Hypnose zur Heilung deines inneren Kindes: Löse dich von alten Abhängigkeiten.  Hypnose für Fokus, Glück &amp;amp; Erfolg: Decke deine verborgenen Ressourcen auf und werde unaufhaltsam.  2 Hypnosen zum Auflösen innerer Blockaden: Ein revolutionärer Ansatz um zu mehr innerer Kraft zu finden.  3 Hypnosen für tiefen Schlaf. Die einzigartige Hypnose-Technik von Bestseller-Autor Dr. Jeffrey Thiers rüstet dich aus, um Emotionen, Ansichten und sogar deine Lebensumstände grundlegend zu verändern. Weil du über das unterbewusste Denken völlig neue Räume eröffnest. Hilflos, verärgert und überwältigt war gestern, Leichtigkeit, Freude und Selbstbewusstsein sind morgen. Der Unterschied beginnt in deinem Kopf. Gleich jetzt. Und von dort sind die Möglichkeiten endlos. Warte nicht länger! Scrolle nach oben, klicke jetzt auf die Schaltfläche &amp;#039;Kaufen&amp;#039; und beginne deine Reise zu einem selbstbewussten, gestärkten und glücklicheren Menschen! WICHTIGER HINWEIS: Wir empfehlen dir die Verwendung von Kopfhörern, da die Hypnosen zahlreiche akustische Ebenen vereinen, die die Wirkung noch verstärken. Im beigefügten pdf findest du weitere Informationen.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510218">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510218</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - MEIN NEUES ICH - Das revolutionäre 9-in-1 Hypnose-Bundle: Blockaden lösen, Inneres Kind heilen, Vergangenheit loslassen, Selbstliebe spüren, Glück finden
Author: Karina Auenstein, Dr. Jeffrey Thiers
Narrator: Magnus V. Stauffenberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 33 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
**** Hast du manchmal das Gefühl, keine echte Lebensfreude zu empfinden und in alten Strukturen zu verharren?  Dann ist es Zeit, dich auf die Reise zu machen und die Quelle der Heilung und Freude in dein Leben zu lassen. Jeder schleppt Erinnerungen mit sich herum, von denen der Abschied längst überfällig ist. Entdecke, wie Wunden endlich heilen können und das Loslassen wirklich funktioniert. Dies ist das Premium-Hypnose-Bundle, das deine verborgenen Kräfte freischaltet und dir auf deinem Weg zu einem sinnvolleren und erfüllteren Leben hilft. Es vereint 9 bewährte Anwendungen, in nur einem einzigen Hörbuch! Tausende Menschen haben in der Vergangenheit bereits die Kraft der Hypnose genutzt, um ihr Leben zu verändern. In der heutigen Welt ist diese kraftvolle Technik fast in Vergessenheit geraten ... Dieses Hörbuch enthält neun komplette Bestseller-Hypnosen für ein besseres Leben. Kraftvolle Einzelanwendungen, die dir helfen werden:  Deine Vergangenheit tiefer und besser zu verstehen;  Negative Gedanken und Selbstzweifel endgültig zu besiegen;  Mit dem Zögern aufzuhören und konkrete Maßnahmen zu ergreifen;  Alte Blockaden zu lösen, für ein dauerhaft glückliches Leben;  Tiefer und besser zu schlafen als je zuvor. Folgende Titel sind enthalten:  2 Hypnosen für mehr Selbstwertgefühl: Befreie dich vom Grübeln und hol dir die Leichtigkeit zurück!  Hypnose zur Heilung deines inneren Kindes: Löse dich von alten Abhängigkeiten.  Hypnose für Fokus, Glück &amp;amp; Erfolg: Decke deine verborgenen Ressourcen auf und werde unaufhaltsam.  2 Hypnosen zum Auflösen innerer Blockaden: Ein revolutionärer Ansatz um zu mehr innerer Kraft zu finden.  3 Hypnosen für tiefen Schlaf. Die einzigartige Hypnose-Technik von Bestseller-Autor Dr. Jeffrey Thiers rüstet dich aus, um Emotionen, Ansichten und sogar deine Lebensumstände grundlegend zu verändern. Weil du über das unterbewusste Denken völlig neue Räume eröffnest. Hilflos, verärgert und überwältigt war gestern, Leichtigkeit, Freude und Selbstbewusstsein sind morgen. Der Unterschied beginnt in deinem Kopf. Gleich jetzt. Und von dort sind die Möglichkeiten endlos. Warte nicht länger! Scrolle nach oben, klicke jetzt auf die Schaltfläche &amp;#039;Kaufen&amp;#039; und beginne deine Reise zu einem selbstbewussten, gestärkten und glücklicheren Menschen! WICHTIGER HINWEIS: Wir empfehlen dir die Verwendung von Kopfhörern, da die Hypnosen zahlreiche akustische Ebenen vereinen, die die Wirkung noch verstärken. Im beigefügten pdf findest du weitere Informationen.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Meditation für schöne Haut - Meditation JJ - Meditation zum Einschlafen: Geführte Schlafmeditation - Meditation für schöne Haut - Geführte Meditation gegen Akne by Christiane M. Heyn</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510195</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510195">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510195</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Meditation für schöne Haut - Meditation JJ - Meditation zum Einschlafen: Geführte Schlafmeditation - Meditation für schöne Haut - Geführte Meditation gegen Akne
Author: Christiane M. Heyn
Narrator: Christiane M. Heyn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 24 minutes
Release date: May 16, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Meditation zum Einschlafen | Und das erlebst du heute: Die heilenden Energien in einem verwunschenen Garten umhüllen dich und lassen dich und deine Haut gesund und vital werden. Tanze nach einem Regenschauer auf dem Regenbogen, der nur für dich erscheint.     |   Affirmationen: Ich bin gesund und voller Energie! Mir geht es richtig gut! Ich fühle mich wohl! Ich freue mich zu leben!   |    Mache es dir jetzt so richtig gemütlich und lausche der Musik… und meiner Stimme, die dich von nun an immer mehr entspannen lässt. Eine umfassende Erholung tritt ein. Du bist erfrischt und erholt. Der Tag kann kommen!    Dieselbe Meditation habe ich dir auch mit Aufwachphase zum Entspannen in der Pause aufgenommen. Sie enthält statt Musik zum Einschlafen am Schluss ein Kapitel zum Munter werden. Schaue einfach nach demselben Titel und einfachen Buchstaben. (J)    Ganz liebe Grüße, Deine Christiane von Two Plants Naturkosmetik #GeheimnisKraut #2PlantsRevolution</description>
      <author>Christiane M. Heyn</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 16 May 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4061707546556.mp3" length="588064" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510195</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4061707546556.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510195">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510195</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Meditation für schöne Haut - Meditation JJ - Meditation zum Einschlafen: Geführte Schlafmeditation - Meditation für schöne Haut - Geführte Meditation gegen Akne
Author: Christiane M. Heyn
Narrator: Christiane M. Heyn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 24 minutes
Release date: May 16, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Meditation zum Einschlafen | Und das erlebst du heute: Die heilenden Energien in einem verwunschenen Garten umhüllen dich und lassen dich und deine Haut gesund und vital werden. Tanze nach einem Regenschauer auf dem Regenbogen, der nur für dich erscheint.     |   Affirmationen: Ich bin gesund und voller Energie! Mir geht es richtig gut! Ich fühle mich wohl! Ich freue mich zu leben!   |    Mache es dir jetzt so richtig gemütlich und lausche der Musik… und meiner Stimme, die dich von nun an immer mehr entspannen lässt. Eine umfassende Erholung tritt ein. Du bist erfrischt und erholt. Der Tag kann kommen!    Dieselbe Meditation habe ich dir auch mit Aufwachphase zum Entspannen in der Pause aufgenommen. Sie enthält statt Musik zum Einschlafen am Schluss ein Kapitel zum Munter werden. Schaue einfach nach demselben Titel und einfachen Buchstaben. (J)    Ganz liebe Grüße, Deine Christiane von Two Plants Naturkosmetik #GeheimnisKraut #2PlantsRevolution</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510195">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/510195</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Meditation für schöne Haut - Meditation JJ - Meditation zum Einschlafen: Geführte Schlafmeditation - Meditation für schöne Haut - Geführte Meditation gegen Akne
Author: Christiane M. Heyn
Narrator: Christiane M. Heyn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 24 minutes
Release date: May 16, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Meditation zum Einschlafen | Und das erlebst du heute: Die heilenden Energien in einem verwunschenen Garten umhüllen dich und lassen dich und deine Haut gesund und vital werden. Tanze nach einem Regenschauer auf dem Regenbogen, der nur für dich erscheint.     |   Affirmationen: Ich bin gesund und voller Energie! Mir geht es richtig gut! Ich fühle mich wohl! Ich freue mich zu leben!   |    Mache es dir jetzt so richtig gemütlich und lausche der Musik… und meiner Stimme, die dich von nun an immer mehr entspannen lässt. Eine umfassende Erholung tritt ein. Du bist erfrischt und erholt. Der Tag kann kommen!    Dieselbe Meditation habe ich dir auch mit Aufwachphase zum Entspannen in der Pause aufgenommen. Sie enthält statt Musik zum Einschlafen am Schluss ein Kapitel zum Munter werden. Schaue einfach nach demselben Titel und einfachen Buchstaben. (J)    Ganz liebe Grüße, Deine Christiane von Two Plants Naturkosmetik #GeheimnisKraut #2PlantsRevolution</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sleep Well Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Time For Bed and Sleeping Self by And Sharrie Spencer, Madelyn Lake</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509900</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509900">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509900</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sleep Well Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Time For Bed and Sleeping Self
Author: And Sharrie Spencer, Madelyn Lake
Narrator: Courage
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 41 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Sleep Well Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Time For Bed and Sleeping Self Many people don’t get enough quality sleep these days. It might be due to work schedules that are shifting constantly, stress, sleeping environments that are not conducive to sleeping, too many distractions, medical conditions, and many more. It is recommended that adults at least get 7 hours of sleep each night. If you suffer from sleep deprivation, it would affect your health and your ability to do activities as well as your overall well-being.  This bundle will teach you about the effective ways on how to fight sleep problems naturally. You will discover different tips on how to prepare the perfect sleep environment to help you fall asleep. You will also learn different relaxation techniques and how to quiet your mind to promote good sleep. You will also learn about the role of exercise and diet in your sleep health.  This 2 in 1 Bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Time For Bed: The Essential Guide to Enjoying Quality Sleep, Learn Proven Methods to Hack Your Sleep to Finally Sleep Soundly and Peacefully at      Night 2. Sleeping Self: The Ultimate Guide to Sleeping Well, Discover the Natural Ways and Remedies to Have a Healthful and Peaceful Sleep Get this Sleep Well 2 in 1 Bundle today!</description>
      <author>And Sharrie Spencer, Madelyn Lake</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Mar 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662182730.mp3" length="1161794" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509900</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662182730.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509900">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509900</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sleep Well Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Time For Bed and Sleeping Self
Author: And Sharrie Spencer, Madelyn Lake
Narrator: Courage
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 41 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Sleep Well Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Time For Bed and Sleeping Self Many people don’t get enough quality sleep these days. It might be due to work schedules that are shifting constantly, stress, sleeping environments that are not conducive to sleeping, too many distractions, medical conditions, and many more. It is recommended that adults at least get 7 hours of sleep each night. If you suffer from sleep deprivation, it would affect your health and your ability to do activities as well as your overall well-being.  This bundle will teach you about the effective ways on how to fight sleep problems naturally. You will discover different tips on how to prepare the perfect sleep environment to help you fall asleep. You will also learn different relaxation techniques and how to quiet your mind to promote good sleep. You will also learn about the role of exercise and diet in your sleep health.  This 2 in 1 Bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Time For Bed: The Essential Guide to Enjoying Quality Sleep, Learn Proven Methods to Hack Your Sleep to Finally Sleep Soundly and Peacefully at      Night 2. Sleeping Self: The Ultimate Guide to Sleeping Well, Discover the Natural Ways and Remedies to Have a Healthful and Peaceful Sleep Get this Sleep Well 2 in 1 Bundle today!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509900">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509900</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sleep Well Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Time For Bed and Sleeping Self
Author: And Sharrie Spencer, Madelyn Lake
Narrator: Courage
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 41 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Sleep Well Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Time For Bed and Sleeping Self Many people don’t get enough quality sleep these days. It might be due to work schedules that are shifting constantly, stress, sleeping environments that are not conducive to sleeping, too many distractions, medical conditions, and many more. It is recommended that adults at least get 7 hours of sleep each night. If you suffer from sleep deprivation, it would affect your health and your ability to do activities as well as your overall well-being.  This bundle will teach you about the effective ways on how to fight sleep problems naturally. You will discover different tips on how to prepare the perfect sleep environment to help you fall asleep. You will also learn different relaxation techniques and how to quiet your mind to promote good sleep. You will also learn about the role of exercise and diet in your sleep health.  This 2 in 1 Bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Time For Bed: The Essential Guide to Enjoying Quality Sleep, Learn Proven Methods to Hack Your Sleep to Finally Sleep Soundly and Peacefully at      Night 2. Sleeping Self: The Ultimate Guide to Sleeping Well, Discover the Natural Ways and Remedies to Have a Healthful and Peaceful Sleep Get this Sleep Well 2 in 1 Bundle today!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Time For Bed: The Essential Guide to Enjoying Quality Sleep, Learn Proven Methods to Hack Your Sleep to Finally Sleep Soundly and Peacefully at Night by Madelyn Lake</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509890</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509890">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509890</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Time For Bed: The Essential Guide to Enjoying Quality Sleep, Learn Proven Methods to Hack Your Sleep to Finally Sleep Soundly and Peacefully at Night
Author: Madelyn Lake
Narrator: Courage
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 46 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Time For Bed: The Essential Guide to Enjoying Quality Sleep, Learn Proven Methods to Hack Your Sleep to Finally Sleep Soundly and Peacefully at Night Many people don’t get enough quality sleep these days. It might be due to work schedules that are shifting constantly, stress, sleeping environments that are not conducive to sleeping, too many distractions, medical conditions, and many more. It is recommended that adults at least get 7 hours of sleep each night. If you suffer from sleep deprivation, it would affect your health and your ability to do activities as well as your overall well-being.  This audiobook will teach you about biohacking solutions that would help overcome your sleep deprivation problems once and for all. You will learn tools that can help regulate your sleep patterns so you can finally sleep peacefully and get enough sleep. These are the topics this audiobook will discuss: Biohacking Briefly Explained, Banish Blue Light, Invest in a Sleep App, Seek Out the Sun, Sleep-Friendly Food Hacks, Acupressure Mat Hack, Binaural Beats, and Music Therapy, Aromatherapy, Helpful Sleep Tips, Putting It All Together, and many more! Occasional disruptions to your sleep is acceptable. But when your sleep deprivation is starting to affect your performance at work or even school, and you’re having trouble thinking or even functioning, it’s time to do something about it. If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now.</description>
      <author>Madelyn Lake</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Mar 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662182617.mp3" length="712551" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509890</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662182617.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509890">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509890</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Time For Bed: The Essential Guide to Enjoying Quality Sleep, Learn Proven Methods to Hack Your Sleep to Finally Sleep Soundly and Peacefully at Night
Author: Madelyn Lake
Narrator: Courage
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 46 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Time For Bed: The Essential Guide to Enjoying Quality Sleep, Learn Proven Methods to Hack Your Sleep to Finally Sleep Soundly and Peacefully at Night Many people don’t get enough quality sleep these days. It might be due to work schedules that are shifting constantly, stress, sleeping environments that are not conducive to sleeping, too many distractions, medical conditions, and many more. It is recommended that adults at least get 7 hours of sleep each night. If you suffer from sleep deprivation, it would affect your health and your ability to do activities as well as your overall well-being.  This audiobook will teach you about biohacking solutions that would help overcome your sleep deprivation problems once and for all. You will learn tools that can help regulate your sleep patterns so you can finally sleep peacefully and get enough sleep. These are the topics this audiobook will discuss: Biohacking Briefly Explained, Banish Blue Light, Invest in a Sleep App, Seek Out the Sun, Sleep-Friendly Food Hacks, Acupressure Mat Hack, Binaural Beats, and Music Therapy, Aromatherapy, Helpful Sleep Tips, Putting It All Together, and many more! Occasional disruptions to your sleep is acceptable. But when your sleep deprivation is starting to affect your performance at work or even school, and you’re having trouble thinking or even functioning, it’s time to do something about it. If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509890">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509890</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Time For Bed: The Essential Guide to Enjoying Quality Sleep, Learn Proven Methods to Hack Your Sleep to Finally Sleep Soundly and Peacefully at Night
Author: Madelyn Lake
Narrator: Courage
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 46 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Time For Bed: The Essential Guide to Enjoying Quality Sleep, Learn Proven Methods to Hack Your Sleep to Finally Sleep Soundly and Peacefully at Night Many people don’t get enough quality sleep these days. It might be due to work schedules that are shifting constantly, stress, sleeping environments that are not conducive to sleeping, too many distractions, medical conditions, and many more. It is recommended that adults at least get 7 hours of sleep each night. If you suffer from sleep deprivation, it would affect your health and your ability to do activities as well as your overall well-being.  This audiobook will teach you about biohacking solutions that would help overcome your sleep deprivation problems once and for all. You will learn tools that can help regulate your sleep patterns so you can finally sleep peacefully and get enough sleep. These are the topics this audiobook will discuss: Biohacking Briefly Explained, Banish Blue Light, Invest in a Sleep App, Seek Out the Sun, Sleep-Friendly Food Hacks, Acupressure Mat Hack, Binaural Beats, and Music Therapy, Aromatherapy, Helpful Sleep Tips, Putting It All Together, and many more! Occasional disruptions to your sleep is acceptable. But when your sleep deprivation is starting to affect your performance at work or even school, and you’re having trouble thinking or even functioning, it’s time to do something about it. If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Credible: Why We Doubt Accusers and Protect Abusers by Deborah Tuerkheimer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509865</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509865">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509865</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Credible: Why We Doubt Accusers and Protect Abusers
Author: Deborah Tuerkheimer
Narrator: Courtney Patterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 4 minutes
Release date: October  5, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
In this landmark book, a former prosecutor, legal expert, and leading authority on sexual violence examines why we are primed to disbelieve allegations of sexual abuse—and how we can transform a culture and a legal system structured to dismiss accusers    Sexual misconduct accusations spark competing claims: her word against his. How do we decide who is telling the truth? The answer comes down to credibility. But as this eye-opening book reveals, invisible forces warp the credibility judgments of even the well- intentioned among us. We are all shaped by a set of false assumptions and hidden biases embedded in our culture, our legal system, and our psyches.    In Credible, Deborah Tuerkheimer provides a much-needed framework to explain how we perceive credibility, why our perceptions are distorted, and why these distortions harm survivors. Social hierarchies and inequalities foster doubt that is commonplace and predictable, resulting in what Tuerkheimer calls the “credibility discount”—our dismissal of claims by certain kinds of speakers—primarily women, and especially those who are more marginalized.    The #MeToo movement has exposed how victims have been badly served by a system that is designed not to protect them, but instead to protect the status quo. Credibility lies at the heart of this system. Drawing on case studies, moving first-hand accounts, science, and the law, Tuerkheimer identifies widespread patterns and their causes, analyzes the role of power, and examines the close, reciprocal relationship between culture and law—guiding us toward accurate credibility judgments and equitable treatment of those whose suffering has long been disregarded. #MeToo has touched off a massive reckoning. To achieve lasting progress, we must shift our approach to belief. Credible helps us forge a path forward to ensuring justice for the countless individuals affected by sexual misconduct.</description>
      <author>Deborah Tuerkheimer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Oct 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063002777.mp3" length="1407097" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509865</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063002777.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509865">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509865</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Credible: Why We Doubt Accusers and Protect Abusers
Author: Deborah Tuerkheimer
Narrator: Courtney Patterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 4 minutes
Release date: October  5, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
In this landmark book, a former prosecutor, legal expert, and leading authority on sexual violence examines why we are primed to disbelieve allegations of sexual abuse—and how we can transform a culture and a legal system structured to dismiss accusers    Sexual misconduct accusations spark competing claims: her word against his. How do we decide who is telling the truth? The answer comes down to credibility. But as this eye-opening book reveals, invisible forces warp the credibility judgments of even the well- intentioned among us. We are all shaped by a set of false assumptions and hidden biases embedded in our culture, our legal system, and our psyches.    In Credible, Deborah Tuerkheimer provides a much-needed framework to explain how we perceive credibility, why our perceptions are distorted, and why these distortions harm survivors. Social hierarchies and inequalities foster doubt that is commonplace and predictable, resulting in what Tuerkheimer calls the “credibility discount”—our dismissal of claims by certain kinds of speakers—primarily women, and especially those who are more marginalized.    The #MeToo movement has exposed how victims have been badly served by a system that is designed not to protect them, but instead to protect the status quo. Credibility lies at the heart of this system. Drawing on case studies, moving first-hand accounts, science, and the law, Tuerkheimer identifies widespread patterns and their causes, analyzes the role of power, and examines the close, reciprocal relationship between culture and law—guiding us toward accurate credibility judgments and equitable treatment of those whose suffering has long been disregarded. #MeToo has touched off a massive reckoning. To achieve lasting progress, we must shift our approach to belief. Credible helps us forge a path forward to ensuring justice for the countless individuals affected by sexual misconduct.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509865">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509865</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Credible: Why We Doubt Accusers and Protect Abusers
Author: Deborah Tuerkheimer
Narrator: Courtney Patterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 4 minutes
Release date: October  5, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
In this landmark book, a former prosecutor, legal expert, and leading authority on sexual violence examines why we are primed to disbelieve allegations of sexual abuse—and how we can transform a culture and a legal system structured to dismiss accusers    Sexual misconduct accusations spark competing claims: her word against his. How do we decide who is telling the truth? The answer comes down to credibility. But as this eye-opening book reveals, invisible forces warp the credibility judgments of even the well- intentioned among us. We are all shaped by a set of false assumptions and hidden biases embedded in our culture, our legal system, and our psyches.    In Credible, Deborah Tuerkheimer provides a much-needed framework to explain how we perceive credibility, why our perceptions are distorted, and why these distortions harm survivors. Social hierarchies and inequalities foster doubt that is commonplace and predictable, resulting in what Tuerkheimer calls the “credibility discount”—our dismissal of claims by certain kinds of speakers—primarily women, and especially those who are more marginalized.    The #MeToo movement has exposed how victims have been badly served by a system that is designed not to protect them, but instead to protect the status quo. Credibility lies at the heart of this system. Drawing on case studies, moving first-hand accounts, science, and the law, Tuerkheimer identifies widespread patterns and their causes, analyzes the role of power, and examines the close, reciprocal relationship between culture and law—guiding us toward accurate credibility judgments and equitable treatment of those whose suffering has long been disregarded. #MeToo has touched off a massive reckoning. To achieve lasting progress, we must shift our approach to belief. Credible helps us forge a path forward to ensuring justice for the countless individuals affected by sexual misconduct.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Organizing for the Rest of Us: 100 Realistic Strategies to Keep Any House Under Control by Dana K. White</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509762</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509762">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509762</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Organizing for the Rest of Us: 100 Realistic Strategies to Keep Any House Under Control
Author: Dana K. White
Narrator: Dana K. White
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 11 minutes
Release date: January 11, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 9 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
READ BY THE AUTHOR. Listen while you organize in real time!  Eliminate the clutter and discover the joy of having your house organized with simple, realistic strategies that work for normal people. So you want to keep your kitchen counter clean but you aren&amp;#039;t ready to toss the toaster? You want to be able to find your kids&amp;#039; socks but aren&amp;#039;t looking to spend your 401(k) on clear bins? You long for a little more peace but minimalism isn&amp;#039;t sparking joy? Discover 100 practical, do-able tips to organize, declutter and manage your home. Traditional organizing advice never worked for decluttering expert and self-proclaimed recovering slob Dana K. White. Is it possible, she wondered, to get organized without color coding my sock drawer? As Dana let go of the need for perfection, she discovered the joy of having an organized house in the midst of everyday life. You can too! In Organizing for the Rest of Us, Dana teaches you how to make great strides without losing your mind in organizing every room of your home. You&amp;#039;ll find her 100 easy-to-read organizing tips invaluable, including: - Why you need to get a grip on laundry and dishes before getting organized - The basics of organization for people who don&amp;#039;t like to organize - Why changing how we think about clutter is the first step to getting rid of it - How living with less stuff is better for the environment, our spiritual lives, and our relationships - The simple yet life-changing tactic that is the container concept   Organizing for the Rest of Us includes colorful, practical photos, a presentation page, and a ribbon marker, making it a thoughtful and useful gift or self-purchase if you are: - Doing spring cleaning (or cleaning during any season) - Making New Year&amp;#039;s resolutions - Downsizing your own home or your parents&amp;#039; home - Decluttering and organizing for your own peace of mind   Fans of Dana&amp;#039;s popular podcast, A Slob Comes Clean, will treasure this book as a timeless (and frequently revisited) resource. With her humorous, lighthearted, easy-to-follow approach, Dana provides bite-size, workable solutions to break through every organizational struggle you have--for good! Look for additional, practical organizational resources from Dana: - Decluttering at the Speed of Life - How to Manage Your Home Without Losing Your Mind   Accompanying images are available in the audiobook companion PDF download.</description>
      <author>Dana K. White</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jan 2022 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781400231423.mp3" length="832888" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509762</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781400231423.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509762">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509762</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Organizing for the Rest of Us: 100 Realistic Strategies to Keep Any House Under Control
Author: Dana K. White
Narrator: Dana K. White
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 11 minutes
Release date: January 11, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 9 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
READ BY THE AUTHOR. Listen while you organize in real time!  Eliminate the clutter and discover the joy of having your house organized with simple, realistic strategies that work for normal people. So you want to keep your kitchen counter clean but you aren&amp;#039;t ready to toss the toaster? You want to be able to find your kids&amp;#039; socks but aren&amp;#039;t looking to spend your 401(k) on clear bins? You long for a little more peace but minimalism isn&amp;#039;t sparking joy? Discover 100 practical, do-able tips to organize, declutter and manage your home. Traditional organizing advice never worked for decluttering expert and self-proclaimed recovering slob Dana K. White. Is it possible, she wondered, to get organized without color coding my sock drawer? As Dana let go of the need for perfection, she discovered the joy of having an organized house in the midst of everyday life. You can too! In Organizing for the Rest of Us, Dana teaches you how to make great strides without losing your mind in organizing every room of your home. You&amp;#039;ll find her 100 easy-to-read organizing tips invaluable, including: - Why you need to get a grip on laundry and dishes before getting organized - The basics of organization for people who don&amp;#039;t like to organize - Why changing how we think about clutter is the first step to getting rid of it - How living with less stuff is better for the environment, our spiritual lives, and our relationships - The simple yet life-changing tactic that is the container concept   Organizing for the Rest of Us includes colorful, practical photos, a presentation page, and a ribbon marker, making it a thoughtful and useful gift or self-purchase if you are: - Doing spring cleaning (or cleaning during any season) - Making New Year&amp;#039;s resolutions - Downsizing your own home or your parents&amp;#039; home - Decluttering and organizing for your own peace of mind   Fans of Dana&amp;#039;s popular podcast, A Slob Comes Clean, will treasure this book as a timeless (and frequently revisited) resource. With her humorous, lighthearted, easy-to-follow approach, Dana provides bite-size, workable solutions to break through every organizational struggle you have--for good! Look for additional, practical organizational resources from Dana: - Decluttering at the Speed of Life - How to Manage Your Home Without Losing Your Mind   Accompanying images are available in the audiobook companion PDF download.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509762">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509762</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Organizing for the Rest of Us: 100 Realistic Strategies to Keep Any House Under Control
Author: Dana K. White
Narrator: Dana K. White
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 11 minutes
Release date: January 11, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 9 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
READ BY THE AUTHOR. Listen while you organize in real time!  Eliminate the clutter and discover the joy of having your house organized with simple, realistic strategies that work for normal people. So you want to keep your kitchen counter clean but you aren&amp;#039;t ready to toss the toaster? You want to be able to find your kids&amp;#039; socks but aren&amp;#039;t looking to spend your 401(k) on clear bins? You long for a little more peace but minimalism isn&amp;#039;t sparking joy? Discover 100 practical, do-able tips to organize, declutter and manage your home. Traditional organizing advice never worked for decluttering expert and self-proclaimed recovering slob Dana K. White. Is it possible, she wondered, to get organized without color coding my sock drawer? As Dana let go of the need for perfection, she discovered the joy of having an organized house in the midst of everyday life. You can too! In Organizing for the Rest of Us, Dana teaches you how to make great strides without losing your mind in organizing every room of your home. You&amp;#039;ll find her 100 easy-to-read organizing tips invaluable, including: - Why you need to get a grip on laundry and dishes before getting organized - The basics of organization for people who don&amp;#039;t like to organize - Why changing how we think about clutter is the first step to getting rid of it - How living with less stuff is better for the environment, our spiritual lives, and our relationships - The simple yet life-changing tactic that is the container concept   Organizing for the Rest of Us includes colorful, practical photos, a presentation page, and a ribbon marker, making it a thoughtful and useful gift or self-purchase if you are: - Doing spring cleaning (or cleaning during any season) - Making New Year&amp;#039;s resolutions - Downsizing your own home or your parents&amp;#039; home - Decluttering and organizing for your own peace of mind   Fans of Dana&amp;#039;s popular podcast, A Slob Comes Clean, will treasure this book as a timeless (and frequently revisited) resource. With her humorous, lighthearted, easy-to-follow approach, Dana provides bite-size, workable solutions to break through every organizational struggle you have--for good! Look for additional, practical organizational resources from Dana: - Decluttering at the Speed of Life - How to Manage Your Home Without Losing Your Mind   Accompanying images are available in the audiobook companion PDF download.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Wake Up!: The Powerful Guide to Changing Your Mind About What It Means to Really Live by Lindsay Teague Moreno</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509731</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509731">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509731</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wake Up!: The Powerful Guide to Changing Your Mind About What It Means to Really Live
Author: Lindsay Teague Moreno
Narrator: Lindsay Moreno
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 22 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Read by the author with exclusive commentary! What this world needs now more than ever are women who think differently. Our fears, excuses, and procrastination must change if we want to enact meaningful change. So, what is the secret to discovering lasting fulfillment in a culture that wants us sleeping? In Wake Up!, Lindsay Teague Moreno explores the six core foundations for a fulfilled life and the mindset shift that can occur when you stop looking at the expectations you put on yourself. Through stories and tough questions, you will emerge more prepared to live the kind of life that feels right, regardless of what other people think of it. Perfect for women who work inside or outside the home, Wake Up! will show you why it’s so important to understand how and why we change our minds and wake up to what we really believe. In the areas of relationships, health, finance, business, and personal and spiritual life, Wake Up! will help you assess what you believe and how that affects your success. Then Moreno walks you through how to burn down the old ways to build the life of your dreams by: - Squeezing lessons out of life’s biggest letdowns - Finding fulfillment in the middle of the fire - Shifting your mindset to control your thoughts and make the future happen on purpose - Living a life with no excuses and nothing to lose Moreno shares ways you can change your mindset in each core foundation so that your life works for you, rather than the other way around. Only you can emit that special energy that comes from being brave enough to live a life you&amp;#039;ll never regret. Whole-life fulfillment is only a mindset shift away. Accompanying graphics and cheat sheet are available in the audiobook companion PDF download.</description>
      <author>Lindsay Teague Moreno</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Oct 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780785224518.mp3" length="876815" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509731</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780785224518.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509731">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509731</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wake Up!: The Powerful Guide to Changing Your Mind About What It Means to Really Live
Author: Lindsay Teague Moreno
Narrator: Lindsay Moreno
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 22 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Read by the author with exclusive commentary! What this world needs now more than ever are women who think differently. Our fears, excuses, and procrastination must change if we want to enact meaningful change. So, what is the secret to discovering lasting fulfillment in a culture that wants us sleeping? In Wake Up!, Lindsay Teague Moreno explores the six core foundations for a fulfilled life and the mindset shift that can occur when you stop looking at the expectations you put on yourself. Through stories and tough questions, you will emerge more prepared to live the kind of life that feels right, regardless of what other people think of it. Perfect for women who work inside or outside the home, Wake Up! will show you why it’s so important to understand how and why we change our minds and wake up to what we really believe. In the areas of relationships, health, finance, business, and personal and spiritual life, Wake Up! will help you assess what you believe and how that affects your success. Then Moreno walks you through how to burn down the old ways to build the life of your dreams by: - Squeezing lessons out of life’s biggest letdowns - Finding fulfillment in the middle of the fire - Shifting your mindset to control your thoughts and make the future happen on purpose - Living a life with no excuses and nothing to lose Moreno shares ways you can change your mindset in each core foundation so that your life works for you, rather than the other way around. Only you can emit that special energy that comes from being brave enough to live a life you&amp;#039;ll never regret. Whole-life fulfillment is only a mindset shift away. Accompanying graphics and cheat sheet are available in the audiobook companion PDF download.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509731">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509731</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wake Up!: The Powerful Guide to Changing Your Mind About What It Means to Really Live
Author: Lindsay Teague Moreno
Narrator: Lindsay Moreno
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 22 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Read by the author with exclusive commentary! What this world needs now more than ever are women who think differently. Our fears, excuses, and procrastination must change if we want to enact meaningful change. So, what is the secret to discovering lasting fulfillment in a culture that wants us sleeping? In Wake Up!, Lindsay Teague Moreno explores the six core foundations for a fulfilled life and the mindset shift that can occur when you stop looking at the expectations you put on yourself. Through stories and tough questions, you will emerge more prepared to live the kind of life that feels right, regardless of what other people think of it. Perfect for women who work inside or outside the home, Wake Up! will show you why it’s so important to understand how and why we change our minds and wake up to what we really believe. In the areas of relationships, health, finance, business, and personal and spiritual life, Wake Up! will help you assess what you believe and how that affects your success. Then Moreno walks you through how to burn down the old ways to build the life of your dreams by: - Squeezing lessons out of life’s biggest letdowns - Finding fulfillment in the middle of the fire - Shifting your mindset to control your thoughts and make the future happen on purpose - Living a life with no excuses and nothing to lose Moreno shares ways you can change your mindset in each core foundation so that your life works for you, rather than the other way around. Only you can emit that special energy that comes from being brave enough to live a life you&amp;#039;ll never regret. Whole-life fulfillment is only a mindset shift away. Accompanying graphics and cheat sheet are available in the audiobook companion PDF download.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Las trampas del miedo: Una visita a las dimensiones biológicas, psicológicas y espirituales para desmantelar el temor paralizante y la tiranía del autosabotaje by Daniel Habif</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509701</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509701">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509701</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Las trampas del miedo: Una visita a las dimensiones biológicas, psicológicas y espirituales para desmantelar el temor paralizante y la tiranía del autosabotaje
Author: Daniel Habif
Narrator: Daniel Habif
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 50 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Un arsenal de armas contra el miedo que te llevará a establecer una nueva relación con las circunstancias que te producen temor e iniciar el camino a un nuevo y mejor futuro. Las trampas del miedo, la continuación del éxito de ventas, Inquebrantables, es una visita a las dimensiones biológicas, psicológicas y espirituales de los temores que debemos desmantelar. El autor explica cómo operan estas trampas y ofrece herramientas para superarlas, pero no se queda allí:  incluye varias de las secuelas que el miedo causa y explora alternativas para enfrentarlas. Las trampas del miedo es para ti si quieres: - desmantelar los miedos paralizantes - tomar mejores decisiones - trazar el mapa de tu propósito - navegar la soledad - catalizar la pérdida - aprender a meditar y orar En este libro, Habif potencia su habitual discurso desenfadado y energizante con una recopilación de investigaciones que soportan la médula de su pensamiento, varias de ellas a contrapelo de lo que suele repetirse en los discursos de motivación. Es un arsenal de datos de interés y ejercicios de fácil aplicación y seguimiento. Su propuesta va desde las profundidades de la comprensión del miedo a ciertos comportamientos que, sin saberlo, están vinculados con él, como las adicciones, la permanencia en el dolor, la ausencia de control interno o el rechazo al amor. Desde los padecimientos producidos por el miedo a su recuperación, Habif escoge sus experiencias y comparte las claves de su éxito. Estos conocimientos llevarán a los lectores a establecer una nueva relación con las circunstancias que les producen temor y a comprender que no tiene que huirle, sino responder con los mismos recursos que este aplica: una estrategia de trampas. «La vida es el libro de los hechos, no de los intentos. Este es el momento de apostar en ti, porque si no lo haces tú, ¿quién lo va a hacer?» —Daniel Habif Fear Traps An arsenal of weapons against fear that will lead you to establish a new relationship with the circumstances that produce fear and start the path to a new and better future. In Fear Traps, the follow-up to the bestseller, Unbreakables, is a trek into the biological, psychological, and spiritual dimensions of fear that we must dismantle. The author explains how these traps operate and offers tools for overcoming them. Fear Traps is for you if you want to: - dismantle paralyzing fears - make better decisions - create a map for your purpose - navigate loneliness - come to grips with loss - learn to meditate and pray In this book, Habif guides us with his usual light-hearted and energizing manner through research that supports the core of his thinking, going against the grain of what’s common in many other motivational and self-help books. Fear Traps is an arsenal of interesting data and exercises that are easy to apply and follow. This book guides the reader to the depths of understanding fear as well as to certain behaviors that, without knowing it, are linked to fear, such as addictions, pain, lack of self-control, or the rejection of love. From experiencing suffering caused by fear to recovering, Habif tells his experiences and shares the keys to his success. These insights will lead readers to establish a new relationship with the circumstances that produce fear and to understand that you do not have to run away from it, but to respond with specific strategies.</description>
      <author>Daniel Habif</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Oct 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781400224210.mp3" length="867182" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509701</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781400224210.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509701">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509701</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Las trampas del miedo: Una visita a las dimensiones biológicas, psicológicas y espirituales para desmantelar el temor paralizante y la tiranía del autosabotaje
Author: Daniel Habif
Narrator: Daniel Habif
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 50 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Un arsenal de armas contra el miedo que te llevará a establecer una nueva relación con las circunstancias que te producen temor e iniciar el camino a un nuevo y mejor futuro. Las trampas del miedo, la continuación del éxito de ventas, Inquebrantables, es una visita a las dimensiones biológicas, psicológicas y espirituales de los temores que debemos desmantelar. El autor explica cómo operan estas trampas y ofrece herramientas para superarlas, pero no se queda allí:  incluye varias de las secuelas que el miedo causa y explora alternativas para enfrentarlas. Las trampas del miedo es para ti si quieres: - desmantelar los miedos paralizantes - tomar mejores decisiones - trazar el mapa de tu propósito - navegar la soledad - catalizar la pérdida - aprender a meditar y orar En este libro, Habif potencia su habitual discurso desenfadado y energizante con una recopilación de investigaciones que soportan la médula de su pensamiento, varias de ellas a contrapelo de lo que suele repetirse en los discursos de motivación. Es un arsenal de datos de interés y ejercicios de fácil aplicación y seguimiento. Su propuesta va desde las profundidades de la comprensión del miedo a ciertos comportamientos que, sin saberlo, están vinculados con él, como las adicciones, la permanencia en el dolor, la ausencia de control interno o el rechazo al amor. Desde los padecimientos producidos por el miedo a su recuperación, Habif escoge sus experiencias y comparte las claves de su éxito. Estos conocimientos llevarán a los lectores a establecer una nueva relación con las circunstancias que les producen temor y a comprender que no tiene que huirle, sino responder con los mismos recursos que este aplica: una estrategia de trampas. «La vida es el libro de los hechos, no de los intentos. Este es el momento de apostar en ti, porque si no lo haces tú, ¿quién lo va a hacer?» —Daniel Habif Fear Traps An arsenal of weapons against fear that will lead you to establish a new relationship with the circumstances that produce fear and start the path to a new and better future. In Fear Traps, the follow-up to the bestseller, Unbreakables, is a trek into the biological, psychological, and spiritual dimensions of fear that we must dismantle. The author explains how these traps operate and offers tools for overcoming them. Fear Traps is for you if you want to: - dismantle paralyzing fears - make better decisions - create a map for your purpose - navigate loneliness - come to grips with loss - learn to meditate and pray In this book, Habif guides us with his usual light-hearted and energizing manner through research that supports the core of his thinking, going against the grain of what’s common in many other motivational and self-help books. Fear Traps is an arsenal of interesting data and exercises that are easy to apply and follow. This book guides the reader to the depths of understanding fear as well as to certain behaviors that, without knowing it, are linked to fear, such as addictions, pain, lack of self-control, or the rejection of love. From experiencing suffering caused by fear to recovering, Habif tells his experiences and shares the keys to his success. These insights will lead readers to establish a new relationship with the circumstances that produce fear and to understand that you do not have to run away from it, but to respond with specific strategies.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509701">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509701</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Las trampas del miedo: Una visita a las dimensiones biológicas, psicológicas y espirituales para desmantelar el temor paralizante y la tiranía del autosabotaje
Author: Daniel Habif
Narrator: Daniel Habif
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 50 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Un arsenal de armas contra el miedo que te llevará a establecer una nueva relación con las circunstancias que te producen temor e iniciar el camino a un nuevo y mejor futuro. Las trampas del miedo, la continuación del éxito de ventas, Inquebrantables, es una visita a las dimensiones biológicas, psicológicas y espirituales de los temores que debemos desmantelar. El autor explica cómo operan estas trampas y ofrece herramientas para superarlas, pero no se queda allí:  incluye varias de las secuelas que el miedo causa y explora alternativas para enfrentarlas. Las trampas del miedo es para ti si quieres: - desmantelar los miedos paralizantes - tomar mejores decisiones - trazar el mapa de tu propósito - navegar la soledad - catalizar la pérdida - aprender a meditar y orar En este libro, Habif potencia su habitual discurso desenfadado y energizante con una recopilación de investigaciones que soportan la médula de su pensamiento, varias de ellas a contrapelo de lo que suele repetirse en los discursos de motivación. Es un arsenal de datos de interés y ejercicios de fácil aplicación y seguimiento. Su propuesta va desde las profundidades de la comprensión del miedo a ciertos comportamientos que, sin saberlo, están vinculados con él, como las adicciones, la permanencia en el dolor, la ausencia de control interno o el rechazo al amor. Desde los padecimientos producidos por el miedo a su recuperación, Habif escoge sus experiencias y comparte las claves de su éxito. Estos conocimientos llevarán a los lectores a establecer una nueva relación con las circunstancias que les producen temor y a comprender que no tiene que huirle, sino responder con los mismos recursos que este aplica: una estrategia de trampas. «La vida es el libro de los hechos, no de los intentos. Este es el momento de apostar en ti, porque si no lo haces tú, ¿quién lo va a hacer?» —Daniel Habif Fear Traps An arsenal of weapons against fear that will lead you to establish a new relationship with the circumstances that produce fear and start the path to a new and better future. In Fear Traps, the follow-up to the bestseller, Unbreakables, is a trek into the biological, psychological, and spiritual dimensions of fear that we must dismantle. The author explains how these traps operate and offers tools for overcoming them. Fear Traps is for you if you want to: - dismantle paralyzing fears - make better decisions - create a map for your purpose - navigate loneliness - come to grips with loss - learn to meditate and pray In this book, Habif guides us with his usual light-hearted and energizing manner through research that supports the core of his thinking, going against the grain of what’s common in many other motivational and self-help books. Fear Traps is an arsenal of interesting data and exercises that are easy to apply and follow. This book guides the reader to the depths of understanding fear as well as to certain behaviors that, without knowing it, are linked to fear, such as addictions, pain, lack of self-control, or the rejection of love. From experiencing suffering caused by fear to recovering, Habif tells his experiences and shares the keys to his success. These insights will lead readers to establish a new relationship with the circumstances that produce fear and to understand that you do not have to run away from it, but to respond with specific strategies.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Say Yes: Discover the Surprising Life beyond the Death of a Dream by Scott Erickson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509666</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509666">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509666</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Say Yes: Discover the Surprising Life beyond the Death of a Dream
Author: Scott Erickson
Narrator: Scott Erickson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 25 minutes
Release date: January 25, 2022
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Say Yes gives you the mental and spiritual practices you need to enjoy your life again--and bring greater fullness than you could imagine before. &amp;#039;My life doesn&amp;#039;t look anything like I wanted it to. How do I even keep going?&amp;#039; When the dreams for our life die, our vision of who we hoped to become often dies too. That&amp;#039;s when The Voice of Giving Up appears. Visual artist and spiritual director Scott Erickson has had long midnight conversations with The Voice of Giving Up, and he knows how anxiety and depression make The Voice especially loud. But he&amp;#039;s discovered that our darkest moments are sometimes doorways to a deeper, more joy-filled journey of recovering who we are, why we&amp;#039;re here, and why the future bursts with possibilities if we are willing to say yes to life&amp;#039;s brightest gifts. In Say Yes, Scott helps you learn how to reawaken your deepest desires, disempower your greatest fears, and identify the destructive narratives holding you back. Combined with Scott&amp;#039;s beautiful, thought-provoking illustrations, this is a profound exploration of beginning again after: - Disappointment at how life is turning out - Suspecting we are not prepared or smart enough - Losing hope that change is possible and that pain can have a purpose Take the first step to gain the gentle yet powerful tools you need, and say yes to what lies ahead today.</description>
      <author>Scott Erickson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jan 2022 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780310361930.mp3" length="1211942" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509666</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780310361930.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509666">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509666</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Say Yes: Discover the Surprising Life beyond the Death of a Dream
Author: Scott Erickson
Narrator: Scott Erickson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 25 minutes
Release date: January 25, 2022
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Say Yes gives you the mental and spiritual practices you need to enjoy your life again--and bring greater fullness than you could imagine before. &amp;#039;My life doesn&amp;#039;t look anything like I wanted it to. How do I even keep going?&amp;#039; When the dreams for our life die, our vision of who we hoped to become often dies too. That&amp;#039;s when The Voice of Giving Up appears. Visual artist and spiritual director Scott Erickson has had long midnight conversations with The Voice of Giving Up, and he knows how anxiety and depression make The Voice especially loud. But he&amp;#039;s discovered that our darkest moments are sometimes doorways to a deeper, more joy-filled journey of recovering who we are, why we&amp;#039;re here, and why the future bursts with possibilities if we are willing to say yes to life&amp;#039;s brightest gifts. In Say Yes, Scott helps you learn how to reawaken your deepest desires, disempower your greatest fears, and identify the destructive narratives holding you back. Combined with Scott&amp;#039;s beautiful, thought-provoking illustrations, this is a profound exploration of beginning again after: - Disappointment at how life is turning out - Suspecting we are not prepared or smart enough - Losing hope that change is possible and that pain can have a purpose Take the first step to gain the gentle yet powerful tools you need, and say yes to what lies ahead today.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509666">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509666</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Say Yes: Discover the Surprising Life beyond the Death of a Dream
Author: Scott Erickson
Narrator: Scott Erickson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 25 minutes
Release date: January 25, 2022
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Say Yes gives you the mental and spiritual practices you need to enjoy your life again--and bring greater fullness than you could imagine before. &amp;#039;My life doesn&amp;#039;t look anything like I wanted it to. How do I even keep going?&amp;#039; When the dreams for our life die, our vision of who we hoped to become often dies too. That&amp;#039;s when The Voice of Giving Up appears. Visual artist and spiritual director Scott Erickson has had long midnight conversations with The Voice of Giving Up, and he knows how anxiety and depression make The Voice especially loud. But he&amp;#039;s discovered that our darkest moments are sometimes doorways to a deeper, more joy-filled journey of recovering who we are, why we&amp;#039;re here, and why the future bursts with possibilities if we are willing to say yes to life&amp;#039;s brightest gifts. In Say Yes, Scott helps you learn how to reawaken your deepest desires, disempower your greatest fears, and identify the destructive narratives holding you back. Combined with Scott&amp;#039;s beautiful, thought-provoking illustrations, this is a profound exploration of beginning again after: - Disappointment at how life is turning out - Suspecting we are not prepared or smart enough - Losing hope that change is possible and that pain can have a purpose Take the first step to gain the gentle yet powerful tools you need, and say yes to what lies ahead today.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Gut by Theo Gaius</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509403</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509403">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509403</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Gut
Author: Theo Gaius
Narrator: Lexi Mae
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 43 minutes
Release date: March 18, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
A healthy gut is a happy digestive system.Whеn уоur gut iѕ hеаlthу, thе rеѕt of уоur body humѕ аlоng hаррilу.Thаt&amp;#039;ѕ bесаuѕе your gut influеnсеѕ еvеrуthing from уоur digestion to уоur brаin and your immune system. However, if your gut iѕn&amp;#039;t at itѕ healthiest, your body tеndѕ to have a wау оf ѕеnding ѕоmе distress calls. Thаt mау lооk likе obvious digеѕtivе symptoms (think: gas, blоаting, соnѕtiраtiоn, and diаrrhеа) оr some lеѕѕ оbviоuѕ ѕignѕ (рооr соnсеntrаtiоn, fatigue, аnd skin problems) My experience with gut health problems is an unforgettable one. I was diagnosed with a disease called gаѕtrоеѕорhаgеаl rеflux diѕеаѕе early last year. I was always feeling blоаtеd аnd thought it was normal bесаuѕе of the fооd I ate. I spoke to a doctor who prescribed sоmе medicine to relieve thе pain. Early thiѕ year, I fоund ѕоmе fооd supplements and information thаt rеаllу hеlрed me with mу gut рrоblеm and since then I have been feeling better and healthier. I now feel ѕо еmроwеrеd аnd liberated. Mу friеndѕ even told mе thаt I lооk like I аm glowing. I took соntrоl over mу оwn lifе аnd I dесidеd that I wоuld not allow my gut health problems tо tаkе thе drivеr’ѕ seat аnуmоrе. I treat mу body with kindnеѕѕ and rеѕресt. Whеn I do sense a reaction (such аѕ blоаting) I dоn’t bесоmе аngrу with my body likе I uѕеd tо do. I асtuаllу thank it for tеlling mе thаt ѕоmеthing iѕn’t ԛuitе right. Thаt’ѕ the bеаutу оf thiѕ book– you will lеаrn how tо liѕtеn and undеrѕtаnd your bоdу’ѕ сuеѕ and rеѕроnd to уоur gut rеасtiоn. My body and I have bесоmе a tеаm. Nоw, I knоw thаt in order to hеаl уоu need tо liѕtеn close аnd nоt ѕее уоur body/gut аѕ ѕоmеthing оutѕidе оf уоurѕеlf. Because it’ѕ аn essential раrt оf you. It’ѕ amazing hоw quickly my body tоld mе that I mаdе thе right dесiѕiоn and you can too.</description>
      <author>Theo Gaius</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Mar 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662181702.mp3" length="1380213" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509403</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662181702.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509403">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509403</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Gut
Author: Theo Gaius
Narrator: Lexi Mae
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 43 minutes
Release date: March 18, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
A healthy gut is a happy digestive system.Whеn уоur gut iѕ hеаlthу, thе rеѕt of уоur body humѕ аlоng hаррilу.Thаt&amp;#039;ѕ bесаuѕе your gut influеnсеѕ еvеrуthing from уоur digestion to уоur brаin and your immune system. However, if your gut iѕn&amp;#039;t at itѕ healthiest, your body tеndѕ to have a wау оf ѕеnding ѕоmе distress calls. Thаt mау lооk likе obvious digеѕtivе symptoms (think: gas, blоаting, соnѕtiраtiоn, and diаrrhеа) оr some lеѕѕ оbviоuѕ ѕignѕ (рооr соnсеntrаtiоn, fatigue, аnd skin problems) My experience with gut health problems is an unforgettable one. I was diagnosed with a disease called gаѕtrоеѕорhаgеаl rеflux diѕеаѕе early last year. I was always feeling blоаtеd аnd thought it was normal bесаuѕе of the fооd I ate. I spoke to a doctor who prescribed sоmе medicine to relieve thе pain. Early thiѕ year, I fоund ѕоmе fооd supplements and information thаt rеаllу hеlрed me with mу gut рrоblеm and since then I have been feeling better and healthier. I now feel ѕо еmроwеrеd аnd liberated. Mу friеndѕ even told mе thаt I lооk like I аm glowing. I took соntrоl over mу оwn lifе аnd I dесidеd that I wоuld not allow my gut health problems tо tаkе thе drivеr’ѕ seat аnуmоrе. I treat mу body with kindnеѕѕ and rеѕресt. Whеn I do sense a reaction (such аѕ blоаting) I dоn’t bесоmе аngrу with my body likе I uѕеd tо do. I асtuаllу thank it for tеlling mе thаt ѕоmеthing iѕn’t ԛuitе right. Thаt’ѕ the bеаutу оf thiѕ book– you will lеаrn how tо liѕtеn and undеrѕtаnd your bоdу’ѕ сuеѕ and rеѕроnd to уоur gut rеасtiоn. My body and I have bесоmе a tеаm. Nоw, I knоw thаt in order to hеаl уоu need tо liѕtеn close аnd nоt ѕее уоur body/gut аѕ ѕоmеthing оutѕidе оf уоurѕеlf. Because it’ѕ аn essential раrt оf you. It’ѕ amazing hоw quickly my body tоld mе that I mаdе thе right dесiѕiоn and you can too.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509403">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509403</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Gut
Author: Theo Gaius
Narrator: Lexi Mae
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 43 minutes
Release date: March 18, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
A healthy gut is a happy digestive system.Whеn уоur gut iѕ hеаlthу, thе rеѕt of уоur body humѕ аlоng hаррilу.Thаt&amp;#039;ѕ bесаuѕе your gut influеnсеѕ еvеrуthing from уоur digestion to уоur brаin and your immune system. However, if your gut iѕn&amp;#039;t at itѕ healthiest, your body tеndѕ to have a wау оf ѕеnding ѕоmе distress calls. Thаt mау lооk likе obvious digеѕtivе symptoms (think: gas, blоаting, соnѕtiраtiоn, and diаrrhеа) оr some lеѕѕ оbviоuѕ ѕignѕ (рооr соnсеntrаtiоn, fatigue, аnd skin problems) My experience with gut health problems is an unforgettable one. I was diagnosed with a disease called gаѕtrоеѕорhаgеаl rеflux diѕеаѕе early last year. I was always feeling blоаtеd аnd thought it was normal bесаuѕе of the fооd I ate. I spoke to a doctor who prescribed sоmе medicine to relieve thе pain. Early thiѕ year, I fоund ѕоmе fооd supplements and information thаt rеаllу hеlрed me with mу gut рrоblеm and since then I have been feeling better and healthier. I now feel ѕо еmроwеrеd аnd liberated. Mу friеndѕ even told mе thаt I lооk like I аm glowing. I took соntrоl over mу оwn lifе аnd I dесidеd that I wоuld not allow my gut health problems tо tаkе thе drivеr’ѕ seat аnуmоrе. I treat mу body with kindnеѕѕ and rеѕресt. Whеn I do sense a reaction (such аѕ blоаting) I dоn’t bесоmе аngrу with my body likе I uѕеd tо do. I асtuаllу thank it for tеlling mе thаt ѕоmеthing iѕn’t ԛuitе right. Thаt’ѕ the bеаutу оf thiѕ book– you will lеаrn how tо liѕtеn and undеrѕtаnd your bоdу’ѕ сuеѕ and rеѕроnd to уоur gut rеасtiоn. My body and I have bесоmе a tеаm. Nоw, I knоw thаt in order to hеаl уоu need tо liѕtеn close аnd nоt ѕее уоur body/gut аѕ ѕоmеthing оutѕidе оf уоurѕеlf. Because it’ѕ аn essential раrt оf you. It’ѕ amazing hоw quickly my body tоld mе that I mаdе thе right dесiѕiоn and you can too.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>FREE YOUR MIND: 5 Tips For Treating Anxiety: by Nathan Bolinger</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509370</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509370">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509370</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: FREE YOUR MIND: 5 Tips For Treating Anxiety:
Author: Nathan Bolinger
Narrator: Kevin Kollins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 46 minutes
Release date: March 16, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Feelings of anxiety are never pleasant. What’s worse is feeling helpless and the lack of control over your mind when you are going through anxious moments. It seems to snowball and get worse and worse over time, all the while draining your self-confidence and ability to deal with stressful situations or upcoming events. This book is just a few tips either I or someone close to me have used to treat anxiety in order to live a happier life!</description>
      <author>Nathan Bolinger</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Mar 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662181245.mp3" length="1420706" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509370</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662181245.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509370">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509370</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: FREE YOUR MIND: 5 Tips For Treating Anxiety:
Author: Nathan Bolinger
Narrator: Kevin Kollins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 46 minutes
Release date: March 16, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Feelings of anxiety are never pleasant. What’s worse is feeling helpless and the lack of control over your mind when you are going through anxious moments. It seems to snowball and get worse and worse over time, all the while draining your self-confidence and ability to deal with stressful situations or upcoming events. This book is just a few tips either I or someone close to me have used to treat anxiety in order to live a happier life!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509370">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509370</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: FREE YOUR MIND: 5 Tips For Treating Anxiety:
Author: Nathan Bolinger
Narrator: Kevin Kollins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 46 minutes
Release date: March 16, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Feelings of anxiety are never pleasant. What’s worse is feeling helpless and the lack of control over your mind when you are going through anxious moments. It seems to snowball and get worse and worse over time, all the while draining your self-confidence and ability to deal with stressful situations or upcoming events. This book is just a few tips either I or someone close to me have used to treat anxiety in order to live a happier life!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Care For Your Heart Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Prevent Heart Disease and The Simple Heart Cure by Olly Terrence, And G.U. Wilkins</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509369</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509369">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509369</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Care For Your Heart Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Prevent Heart Disease and The Simple Heart Cure
Author: Olly Terrence, And G.U. Wilkins
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 43 minutes
Release date: March 11, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Care For Your Heart Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Prevent Heart Disease and The Simple Heart Cure We tend to take our heart for granted--until something goes wrong with it. Our heart is the most important muscle in the body, beating more than 100,000 times a day to send oxygen-rich blood to all the tissues and cells in the body in order to keep them healthy. As we age, however, there are a number of things that can compromise our cardiovascular health that as the health of our heart and blood vessels. Some of these issues may be hereditary, but the good news is that most of them are actually lifestyle-related. By modifying your lifestyle, you can offset any genetic issues and do your best to boost your heart health. This bundle will teach you about various aspects of heart disease and heart attacks. You will discover everything you need to know about heart attacks as well as the complications that arise from them. You will learn about the risk factors that will make you aware if you are at risk to suffer from a heart attack at some point in your life. It will also give you some advice on how you can reduce the likelihood of suffering from a heart attack. You will also learn a 21-day challenge that can help improve your heart health in all-natural ways. This 2 in 1 bundle will include the following audiobooks: 1. Prevent Heart Disease: Learn All the Healthy Heart Habits to Prevent Heart Disease and Have a Healthier Heart 2. The Simple Heart Cure: The Ultimate Guide to Healthy Heart Remedy, Learn Everything You Need to Know About The Heart and How To Keep it Healthy and Disease-Free Get this Care For Your Heart 2 in 1 Bundle today!</description>
      <author>Olly Terrence, And G.U. Wilkins</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Mar 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662180859.mp3" length="1232103" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509369</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662180859.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509369">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509369</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Care For Your Heart Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Prevent Heart Disease and The Simple Heart Cure
Author: Olly Terrence, And G.U. Wilkins
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 43 minutes
Release date: March 11, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Care For Your Heart Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Prevent Heart Disease and The Simple Heart Cure We tend to take our heart for granted--until something goes wrong with it. Our heart is the most important muscle in the body, beating more than 100,000 times a day to send oxygen-rich blood to all the tissues and cells in the body in order to keep them healthy. As we age, however, there are a number of things that can compromise our cardiovascular health that as the health of our heart and blood vessels. Some of these issues may be hereditary, but the good news is that most of them are actually lifestyle-related. By modifying your lifestyle, you can offset any genetic issues and do your best to boost your heart health. This bundle will teach you about various aspects of heart disease and heart attacks. You will discover everything you need to know about heart attacks as well as the complications that arise from them. You will learn about the risk factors that will make you aware if you are at risk to suffer from a heart attack at some point in your life. It will also give you some advice on how you can reduce the likelihood of suffering from a heart attack. You will also learn a 21-day challenge that can help improve your heart health in all-natural ways. This 2 in 1 bundle will include the following audiobooks: 1. Prevent Heart Disease: Learn All the Healthy Heart Habits to Prevent Heart Disease and Have a Healthier Heart 2. The Simple Heart Cure: The Ultimate Guide to Healthy Heart Remedy, Learn Everything You Need to Know About The Heart and How To Keep it Healthy and Disease-Free Get this Care For Your Heart 2 in 1 Bundle today!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509369">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509369</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Care For Your Heart Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Prevent Heart Disease and The Simple Heart Cure
Author: Olly Terrence, And G.U. Wilkins
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 43 minutes
Release date: March 11, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Care For Your Heart Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Prevent Heart Disease and The Simple Heart Cure We tend to take our heart for granted--until something goes wrong with it. Our heart is the most important muscle in the body, beating more than 100,000 times a day to send oxygen-rich blood to all the tissues and cells in the body in order to keep them healthy. As we age, however, there are a number of things that can compromise our cardiovascular health that as the health of our heart and blood vessels. Some of these issues may be hereditary, but the good news is that most of them are actually lifestyle-related. By modifying your lifestyle, you can offset any genetic issues and do your best to boost your heart health. This bundle will teach you about various aspects of heart disease and heart attacks. You will discover everything you need to know about heart attacks as well as the complications that arise from them. You will learn about the risk factors that will make you aware if you are at risk to suffer from a heart attack at some point in your life. It will also give you some advice on how you can reduce the likelihood of suffering from a heart attack. You will also learn a 21-day challenge that can help improve your heart health in all-natural ways. This 2 in 1 bundle will include the following audiobooks: 1. Prevent Heart Disease: Learn All the Healthy Heart Habits to Prevent Heart Disease and Have a Healthier Heart 2. The Simple Heart Cure: The Ultimate Guide to Healthy Heart Remedy, Learn Everything You Need to Know About The Heart and How To Keep it Healthy and Disease-Free Get this Care For Your Heart 2 in 1 Bundle today!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Simple Heart Cure: The Ultimate Guide to Healthy Heart Remedy, Learn Everything You Need to Know About The Heart and How To Keep it Healthy and Disease-Free by G.U. Wilkins</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509361</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509361">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509361</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Simple Heart Cure: The Ultimate Guide to Healthy Heart Remedy, Learn Everything You Need to Know About The Heart and How To Keep it Healthy and Disease-Free
Author: G.U. Wilkins
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 33 minutes
Release date: March 11, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
The Simple Heart Cure: The Ultimate Guide to Healthy Heart Remedy, Learn Everything You Need to Know About The Heart and How To Keep it Healthy and Disease-Free You probably know someone personally who has suffered from a heart attack or heart failure. According to CDC, heart disease is the leading cause of death for men, women, and people of most racial and ethnic groups in the US. In fact, one person dies every 37 seconds in the US due to heart disease. This is an alarming and frightening number and should make you be aware that you should take great care of your heart to prevent this from happening. Most heart diseases can actually be prevented with healthy lifestyle choices if people just took time to do them and yet this is still the leading health threat in the world. This audiobook will teach you about various aspects of heart disease and heart attacks. You will discover everything you need to know about heart attacks as well as the complications that arise from it. You will learn about the risk factors that will make you aware if you are at risk to suffer from a heart attack at some point in your life. It will also give you some advice on how you can reduce the likelihood of suffering from a heart attack. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - All About Heart Attacks  - Complications of a Heart Attack - Emergency Care - Risk Factors for Heart Disease - How to Naturally Have a Healthy Heart - Remedies for a Healthy Heart Your overall health starts with taking care of your heart and when you&amp;#039;re taking care of your heart, you&amp;#039;re also at the same time, taking care of your body. If you want to learn more about how you can take great care of your heart, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now.</description>
      <author>G.U. Wilkins</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Mar 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662180729.mp3" length="1233841" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509361</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662180729.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509361">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509361</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Simple Heart Cure: The Ultimate Guide to Healthy Heart Remedy, Learn Everything You Need to Know About The Heart and How To Keep it Healthy and Disease-Free
Author: G.U. Wilkins
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 33 minutes
Release date: March 11, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
The Simple Heart Cure: The Ultimate Guide to Healthy Heart Remedy, Learn Everything You Need to Know About The Heart and How To Keep it Healthy and Disease-Free You probably know someone personally who has suffered from a heart attack or heart failure. According to CDC, heart disease is the leading cause of death for men, women, and people of most racial and ethnic groups in the US. In fact, one person dies every 37 seconds in the US due to heart disease. This is an alarming and frightening number and should make you be aware that you should take great care of your heart to prevent this from happening. Most heart diseases can actually be prevented with healthy lifestyle choices if people just took time to do them and yet this is still the leading health threat in the world. This audiobook will teach you about various aspects of heart disease and heart attacks. You will discover everything you need to know about heart attacks as well as the complications that arise from it. You will learn about the risk factors that will make you aware if you are at risk to suffer from a heart attack at some point in your life. It will also give you some advice on how you can reduce the likelihood of suffering from a heart attack. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - All About Heart Attacks  - Complications of a Heart Attack - Emergency Care - Risk Factors for Heart Disease - How to Naturally Have a Healthy Heart - Remedies for a Healthy Heart Your overall health starts with taking care of your heart and when you&amp;#039;re taking care of your heart, you&amp;#039;re also at the same time, taking care of your body. If you want to learn more about how you can take great care of your heart, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509361">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509361</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Simple Heart Cure: The Ultimate Guide to Healthy Heart Remedy, Learn Everything You Need to Know About The Heart and How To Keep it Healthy and Disease-Free
Author: G.U. Wilkins
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 33 minutes
Release date: March 11, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
The Simple Heart Cure: The Ultimate Guide to Healthy Heart Remedy, Learn Everything You Need to Know About The Heart and How To Keep it Healthy and Disease-Free You probably know someone personally who has suffered from a heart attack or heart failure. According to CDC, heart disease is the leading cause of death for men, women, and people of most racial and ethnic groups in the US. In fact, one person dies every 37 seconds in the US due to heart disease. This is an alarming and frightening number and should make you be aware that you should take great care of your heart to prevent this from happening. Most heart diseases can actually be prevented with healthy lifestyle choices if people just took time to do them and yet this is still the leading health threat in the world. This audiobook will teach you about various aspects of heart disease and heart attacks. You will discover everything you need to know about heart attacks as well as the complications that arise from it. You will learn about the risk factors that will make you aware if you are at risk to suffer from a heart attack at some point in your life. It will also give you some advice on how you can reduce the likelihood of suffering from a heart attack. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - All About Heart Attacks  - Complications of a Heart Attack - Emergency Care - Risk Factors for Heart Disease - How to Naturally Have a Healthy Heart - Remedies for a Healthy Heart Your overall health starts with taking care of your heart and when you&amp;#039;re taking care of your heart, you&amp;#039;re also at the same time, taking care of your body. If you want to learn more about how you can take great care of your heart, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Prevent Heart Disease: Learn All the Healthy Heart Habits to Prevent Heart Disease and Have a Healthier Heart by Olly Terrence</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509355</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509355">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509355</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Prevent Heart Disease: Learn All the Healthy Heart Habits to Prevent Heart Disease and Have a Healthier Heart
Author: Olly Terrence
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 25 minutes
Release date: March 11, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Prevent Heart Disease: Learn All the Healthy Heart Habits to Prevent Heart Disease and Have a Healthier Heart We tend to take our heart for granted--until something goes wrong with it. Our heart is the most important muscle in the body, beating more than 100,000 times a day to send oxygen-rich blood to all the tissues and cells in the body in order to keep them healthy. As we age, however, there are a number of things that can compromise our cardiovascular health that as the health of our heart and blood vessels. Some of these issues may be hereditary, but the good news is that most of them are actually lifestyle-related. By modifying your lifestyle, you can offset any genetic issues and do your best to boost your heart health. This audiobook will present to you a 21-day challenge that can help improve your heart health in all-natural ways. You will learn activities that are easy to follow and implement. You will get 21 suggestions on what you can do to start taking care of your heart.  This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Why Heart Health Is So Important - Week 1 - Getting Started - Week 2 - Continuing The Progress - Week 3 - Making Even More Heart-Healthy Changes - And many more! Many people tend to focus more on cancer prevention and they forget heart disease is the #1 killer worldwide of both men and women. Therefore it is very important to learn how to properly take care of your heart. To learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</description>
      <author>Olly Terrence</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Mar 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662180705.mp3" length="1243755" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509355</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662180705.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509355">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509355</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Prevent Heart Disease: Learn All the Healthy Heart Habits to Prevent Heart Disease and Have a Healthier Heart
Author: Olly Terrence
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 25 minutes
Release date: March 11, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Prevent Heart Disease: Learn All the Healthy Heart Habits to Prevent Heart Disease and Have a Healthier Heart We tend to take our heart for granted--until something goes wrong with it. Our heart is the most important muscle in the body, beating more than 100,000 times a day to send oxygen-rich blood to all the tissues and cells in the body in order to keep them healthy. As we age, however, there are a number of things that can compromise our cardiovascular health that as the health of our heart and blood vessels. Some of these issues may be hereditary, but the good news is that most of them are actually lifestyle-related. By modifying your lifestyle, you can offset any genetic issues and do your best to boost your heart health. This audiobook will present to you a 21-day challenge that can help improve your heart health in all-natural ways. You will learn activities that are easy to follow and implement. You will get 21 suggestions on what you can do to start taking care of your heart.  This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Why Heart Health Is So Important - Week 1 - Getting Started - Week 2 - Continuing The Progress - Week 3 - Making Even More Heart-Healthy Changes - And many more! Many people tend to focus more on cancer prevention and they forget heart disease is the #1 killer worldwide of both men and women. Therefore it is very important to learn how to properly take care of your heart. To learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509355">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509355</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Prevent Heart Disease: Learn All the Healthy Heart Habits to Prevent Heart Disease and Have a Healthier Heart
Author: Olly Terrence
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 25 minutes
Release date: March 11, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Prevent Heart Disease: Learn All the Healthy Heart Habits to Prevent Heart Disease and Have a Healthier Heart We tend to take our heart for granted--until something goes wrong with it. Our heart is the most important muscle in the body, beating more than 100,000 times a day to send oxygen-rich blood to all the tissues and cells in the body in order to keep them healthy. As we age, however, there are a number of things that can compromise our cardiovascular health that as the health of our heart and blood vessels. Some of these issues may be hereditary, but the good news is that most of them are actually lifestyle-related. By modifying your lifestyle, you can offset any genetic issues and do your best to boost your heart health. This audiobook will present to you a 21-day challenge that can help improve your heart health in all-natural ways. You will learn activities that are easy to follow and implement. You will get 21 suggestions on what you can do to start taking care of your heart.  This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Why Heart Health Is So Important - Week 1 - Getting Started - Week 2 - Continuing The Progress - Week 3 - Making Even More Heart-Healthy Changes - And many more! Many people tend to focus more on cancer prevention and they forget heart disease is the #1 killer worldwide of both men and women. Therefore it is very important to learn how to properly take care of your heart. To learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Healthy Heart, Healthy Brain: The Personalized Path to Protect Your Memory, Prevent Heart Attacks and Strokes, and Avoid Chronic Illness by Bradley Bale, Amy Doneen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509310</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509310">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509310</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Healthy Heart, Healthy Brain: The Personalized Path to Protect Your Memory, Prevent Heart Attacks and Strokes, and Avoid Chronic Illness
Author: Bradley Bale, Amy Doneen
Narrator: Jim Meskimen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 57 minutes
Release date: March 15, 2022
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Boost your cardiovascular health, optimize your mental strength, and prevent and reverse arterial disease with this personalized plan from the founders of the renowned Heart Attack &amp;amp; Stroke Prevention Center.   Every forty seconds, someone in the US suffers a heart attack or stroke, and every sixty-five seconds someone develops dementia. The culprit is cardiovascular disease—and rates are soaring in younger, seemingly healthy people. World- renowned cardiovascular specialists Bradley Bale, MD, and Amy Doneen, DNP, have pioneered a lifesaving method to prevent these devastating events—and reverse the disease that causes them.   The BaleDoneen Method transcends the medical silos of cardiology, neurology, endocrinology, and others with a holistic approach designed to protect and optimize the health of the heart, brain, and other vital organs, as well as the blood vessels that supply them. Healthy Heart, Healthy Brain presents a unique, comprehensive program to prevent chronic diseases and memory loss in people of all ages regardless of their body type, medical history, or genes. Offering a roadmap to lifelong arterial wellness, it includes:  - Precision medical methods to prevent diseases of aging - The best and worst supplements and foods for your heart - Ten lifestyle moves that lower dementia risk by 35 percent - Information about genes that raise cardiovascular risk as much as smoking - The top ten heart attack prevention tips for women Healthy Heart, Healthy Brain will equip you with the knowledge you need to approach your healthcare as an empowered and informed patient.</description>
      <author>Bradley Bale, Amy Doneen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Mar 2022 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549189203.mp3" length="868275" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509310</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549189203.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509310">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509310</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Healthy Heart, Healthy Brain: The Personalized Path to Protect Your Memory, Prevent Heart Attacks and Strokes, and Avoid Chronic Illness
Author: Bradley Bale, Amy Doneen
Narrator: Jim Meskimen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 57 minutes
Release date: March 15, 2022
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Boost your cardiovascular health, optimize your mental strength, and prevent and reverse arterial disease with this personalized plan from the founders of the renowned Heart Attack &amp;amp; Stroke Prevention Center.   Every forty seconds, someone in the US suffers a heart attack or stroke, and every sixty-five seconds someone develops dementia. The culprit is cardiovascular disease—and rates are soaring in younger, seemingly healthy people. World- renowned cardiovascular specialists Bradley Bale, MD, and Amy Doneen, DNP, have pioneered a lifesaving method to prevent these devastating events—and reverse the disease that causes them.   The BaleDoneen Method transcends the medical silos of cardiology, neurology, endocrinology, and others with a holistic approach designed to protect and optimize the health of the heart, brain, and other vital organs, as well as the blood vessels that supply them. Healthy Heart, Healthy Brain presents a unique, comprehensive program to prevent chronic diseases and memory loss in people of all ages regardless of their body type, medical history, or genes. Offering a roadmap to lifelong arterial wellness, it includes:  - Precision medical methods to prevent diseases of aging - The best and worst supplements and foods for your heart - Ten lifestyle moves that lower dementia risk by 35 percent - Information about genes that raise cardiovascular risk as much as smoking - The top ten heart attack prevention tips for women Healthy Heart, Healthy Brain will equip you with the knowledge you need to approach your healthcare as an empowered and informed patient.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509310">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509310</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Healthy Heart, Healthy Brain: The Personalized Path to Protect Your Memory, Prevent Heart Attacks and Strokes, and Avoid Chronic Illness
Author: Bradley Bale, Amy Doneen
Narrator: Jim Meskimen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 57 minutes
Release date: March 15, 2022
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Boost your cardiovascular health, optimize your mental strength, and prevent and reverse arterial disease with this personalized plan from the founders of the renowned Heart Attack &amp;amp; Stroke Prevention Center.   Every forty seconds, someone in the US suffers a heart attack or stroke, and every sixty-five seconds someone develops dementia. The culprit is cardiovascular disease—and rates are soaring in younger, seemingly healthy people. World- renowned cardiovascular specialists Bradley Bale, MD, and Amy Doneen, DNP, have pioneered a lifesaving method to prevent these devastating events—and reverse the disease that causes them.   The BaleDoneen Method transcends the medical silos of cardiology, neurology, endocrinology, and others with a holistic approach designed to protect and optimize the health of the heart, brain, and other vital organs, as well as the blood vessels that supply them. Healthy Heart, Healthy Brain presents a unique, comprehensive program to prevent chronic diseases and memory loss in people of all ages regardless of their body type, medical history, or genes. Offering a roadmap to lifelong arterial wellness, it includes:  - Precision medical methods to prevent diseases of aging - The best and worst supplements and foods for your heart - Ten lifestyle moves that lower dementia risk by 35 percent - Information about genes that raise cardiovascular risk as much as smoking - The top ten heart attack prevention tips for women Healthy Heart, Healthy Brain will equip you with the knowledge you need to approach your healthcare as an empowered and informed patient.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Power of the Downstate: Recharge Your Life Using Your Body&amp;#039;s Own Restorative Systems by Sara C. Mednick</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509291</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509291">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509291</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Power of the Downstate: Recharge Your Life Using Your Body&amp;#039;s Own Restorative Systems
Author: Sara C. Mednick
Narrator: Sara C. Mednick
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 4 minutes
Release date: April 19, 2022
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Leverage your built-in rhythms of Upstates and Downstates to enhance energy, sharpen thinking, balance moods, fuel fitness, and more.     If you’re like most people, the relentless daily grind of go-go-go, do-do-do, can run down your energy and deplete your resources. While most of us find our lives full of “Upstate” moments that rev up our stress engines, it doesn’t have to be this way. World-renowned sleep researcher Sara C. Mednick, PhD, shows us how we can access the most replenishing and repairing aspects of sleep through activities and moments that happen during our day by diving into our “Downstate.” Dr. Mednick shows that bringing ourselves back to the Downstate is critical for our health, well-being, and cognitive longevity.   Drawing on her original findings—and those of others across many fields of medicine—Dr. Mednick creates a comprehensive picture of the Upstate/Downstate rhythms that orchestrate all of our bodies’ vital systems, along with a novel theory that aging is caused by spending less and less time in Downstate activities. The Power of the Downstate offers practical, evidence-based insight into how we can all enable those systems to work together in better harmony. You’ll learn:  - How our bodies and minds are guided by a natural Upstate/Downstate rhythm—and how our modern lifestyles disrupt these rhythms to our detriment; - How our vital organs and systems benefit from spending more time in the Downstate –  which decreases the risk for Alzheimer’s disease, chronic illness, and early death; - How we can activate the Downstate through rethinking how to breathe, eat, sleep and exercise; and - The practical four-week Downstate RecoveryPlus Plan. Get ready to be more alert, productive, and cognitively sharp during the day, feel greater intimacy and affection, and enjoy consolidated, restorative sleep at night . . . not to mention expand your years of mental and physical vitality.</description>
      <author>Sara C. Mednick</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Apr 2022 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549136191.mp3" length="770462" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509291</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549136191.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509291">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509291</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Power of the Downstate: Recharge Your Life Using Your Body&amp;#039;s Own Restorative Systems
Author: Sara C. Mednick
Narrator: Sara C. Mednick
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 4 minutes
Release date: April 19, 2022
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Leverage your built-in rhythms of Upstates and Downstates to enhance energy, sharpen thinking, balance moods, fuel fitness, and more.     If you’re like most people, the relentless daily grind of go-go-go, do-do-do, can run down your energy and deplete your resources. While most of us find our lives full of “Upstate” moments that rev up our stress engines, it doesn’t have to be this way. World-renowned sleep researcher Sara C. Mednick, PhD, shows us how we can access the most replenishing and repairing aspects of sleep through activities and moments that happen during our day by diving into our “Downstate.” Dr. Mednick shows that bringing ourselves back to the Downstate is critical for our health, well-being, and cognitive longevity.   Drawing on her original findings—and those of others across many fields of medicine—Dr. Mednick creates a comprehensive picture of the Upstate/Downstate rhythms that orchestrate all of our bodies’ vital systems, along with a novel theory that aging is caused by spending less and less time in Downstate activities. The Power of the Downstate offers practical, evidence-based insight into how we can all enable those systems to work together in better harmony. You’ll learn:  - How our bodies and minds are guided by a natural Upstate/Downstate rhythm—and how our modern lifestyles disrupt these rhythms to our detriment; - How our vital organs and systems benefit from spending more time in the Downstate –  which decreases the risk for Alzheimer’s disease, chronic illness, and early death; - How we can activate the Downstate through rethinking how to breathe, eat, sleep and exercise; and - The practical four-week Downstate RecoveryPlus Plan. Get ready to be more alert, productive, and cognitively sharp during the day, feel greater intimacy and affection, and enjoy consolidated, restorative sleep at night . . . not to mention expand your years of mental and physical vitality.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509291">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509291</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Power of the Downstate: Recharge Your Life Using Your Body&amp;#039;s Own Restorative Systems
Author: Sara C. Mednick
Narrator: Sara C. Mednick
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 4 minutes
Release date: April 19, 2022
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Leverage your built-in rhythms of Upstates and Downstates to enhance energy, sharpen thinking, balance moods, fuel fitness, and more.     If you’re like most people, the relentless daily grind of go-go-go, do-do-do, can run down your energy and deplete your resources. While most of us find our lives full of “Upstate” moments that rev up our stress engines, it doesn’t have to be this way. World-renowned sleep researcher Sara C. Mednick, PhD, shows us how we can access the most replenishing and repairing aspects of sleep through activities and moments that happen during our day by diving into our “Downstate.” Dr. Mednick shows that bringing ourselves back to the Downstate is critical for our health, well-being, and cognitive longevity.   Drawing on her original findings—and those of others across many fields of medicine—Dr. Mednick creates a comprehensive picture of the Upstate/Downstate rhythms that orchestrate all of our bodies’ vital systems, along with a novel theory that aging is caused by spending less and less time in Downstate activities. The Power of the Downstate offers practical, evidence-based insight into how we can all enable those systems to work together in better harmony. You’ll learn:  - How our bodies and minds are guided by a natural Upstate/Downstate rhythm—and how our modern lifestyles disrupt these rhythms to our detriment; - How our vital organs and systems benefit from spending more time in the Downstate –  which decreases the risk for Alzheimer’s disease, chronic illness, and early death; - How we can activate the Downstate through rethinking how to breathe, eat, sleep and exercise; and - The practical four-week Downstate RecoveryPlus Plan. Get ready to be more alert, productive, and cognitively sharp during the day, feel greater intimacy and affection, and enjoy consolidated, restorative sleep at night . . . not to mention expand your years of mental and physical vitality.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Lymph &amp;amp; Longevity: The Untapped Secret to Health by Gerald Lemole</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509221</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509221">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509221</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lymph &amp;amp; Longevity: The Untapped Secret to Health
Author: Gerald Lemole
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 53 minutes
Release date: October  5, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Learn how you can boost your immune system and help prevent virtually every major medical condition—including cancer, heart disease, neurological disorders, GI issues, and obesity—by keeping your lymph system healthy, as explained by renowned cardiologist Gerald Lemole. The lymphatic system serves as our body’s maintenance department and has a direct effect on our cardiovascular, neurological, and immune systems. It has also been one of the most misunderstood systems. Until now.   At last, renowned cardiothoracic surgeon and pioneer in the study of lymph Gerald Lemole explains in straightforward language why the lymphatic system is the key factor in longevity and disease prevention, and how improving lymphatic flow can help our bodies eliminate the toxins and waste products that contribute to injury, inflammation, and disease.​   In ten short chapters he demystifies the lymphatic system, describes how powerful it is, and shows how to maintain a healthy lymph system to combat specific diseases and health problems—from heart disease to cognitive function to weight management. Featuring sidebars with charts and graphs that illustrate basic principles, Lymph &amp;amp; Longevity also includes flow-friendly menus, recipes, and information on supplements, as well as basic yoga and meditation guides.   Illuminating, informative, and practical this essential guide is more timely now than ever as we continue to work to protect ourselves and our communities against Covid-19 and other viruses.  THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT.</description>
      <author>Gerald Lemole</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Oct 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797133928.mp3" length="815358" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509221</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797133928.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509221">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509221</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lymph &amp;amp; Longevity: The Untapped Secret to Health
Author: Gerald Lemole
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 53 minutes
Release date: October  5, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Learn how you can boost your immune system and help prevent virtually every major medical condition—including cancer, heart disease, neurological disorders, GI issues, and obesity—by keeping your lymph system healthy, as explained by renowned cardiologist Gerald Lemole. The lymphatic system serves as our body’s maintenance department and has a direct effect on our cardiovascular, neurological, and immune systems. It has also been one of the most misunderstood systems. Until now.   At last, renowned cardiothoracic surgeon and pioneer in the study of lymph Gerald Lemole explains in straightforward language why the lymphatic system is the key factor in longevity and disease prevention, and how improving lymphatic flow can help our bodies eliminate the toxins and waste products that contribute to injury, inflammation, and disease.​   In ten short chapters he demystifies the lymphatic system, describes how powerful it is, and shows how to maintain a healthy lymph system to combat specific diseases and health problems—from heart disease to cognitive function to weight management. Featuring sidebars with charts and graphs that illustrate basic principles, Lymph &amp;amp; Longevity also includes flow-friendly menus, recipes, and information on supplements, as well as basic yoga and meditation guides.   Illuminating, informative, and practical this essential guide is more timely now than ever as we continue to work to protect ourselves and our communities against Covid-19 and other viruses.  THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509221">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509221</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lymph &amp;amp; Longevity: The Untapped Secret to Health
Author: Gerald Lemole
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 53 minutes
Release date: October  5, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Learn how you can boost your immune system and help prevent virtually every major medical condition—including cancer, heart disease, neurological disorders, GI issues, and obesity—by keeping your lymph system healthy, as explained by renowned cardiologist Gerald Lemole. The lymphatic system serves as our body’s maintenance department and has a direct effect on our cardiovascular, neurological, and immune systems. It has also been one of the most misunderstood systems. Until now.   At last, renowned cardiothoracic surgeon and pioneer in the study of lymph Gerald Lemole explains in straightforward language why the lymphatic system is the key factor in longevity and disease prevention, and how improving lymphatic flow can help our bodies eliminate the toxins and waste products that contribute to injury, inflammation, and disease.​   In ten short chapters he demystifies the lymphatic system, describes how powerful it is, and shows how to maintain a healthy lymph system to combat specific diseases and health problems—from heart disease to cognitive function to weight management. Featuring sidebars with charts and graphs that illustrate basic principles, Lymph &amp;amp; Longevity also includes flow-friendly menus, recipes, and information on supplements, as well as basic yoga and meditation guides.   Illuminating, informative, and practical this essential guide is more timely now than ever as we continue to work to protect ourselves and our communities against Covid-19 and other viruses.  THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Breakthrough in Two Acts: Breaking the Spells of Painful Emotions and Finding the Calm in the Present Moment (Revised Edition July 9, 2020) by Fredric C. Hartman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/508441</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/508441">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/508441</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Breakthrough in Two Acts: Breaking the Spells of Painful Emotions and Finding the Calm in the Present Moment (Revised Edition July 9, 2020)
Author: Fredric C. Hartman
Narrator: Justine Eyre, Gabrielle De Cuir, Stefan Rudnicki
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 34 minutes
Release date: December 15, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
In The Breakthrough in Two Acts, Dr. Fredric C. Hartman paints a vivid picture of emotional pain and its context within the human mind and brain. Set in the dramatic backdrop of a therapy session as a stage play, featuring Dr. Hartman as the psychologist and Human Consciousness itself as “the patient,” this is a practical guide for anyone who struggles with negative or painful emotions. In his play, Dr. Hartman tells the story about our vulnerability to painful emotions, which flare up from the depths of our brains, casting distressing and destructive spells over us. As the play unfolds, he develops two new experiences to help strengthen our consciousness: one, by actively breaking the spell of the two thoughts that lie at the heart—and generate the distress—in each of our negative emotions, and two, by embracing the strange, fleeting collection of conditions that come along with the present moments of our lives as they each flash by. The Breakthrough in Two Acts is an appeal to humanity and a plan for how to use one “part” of our brain—consciousness—to quiet down another, chronically overheated “part”—the limbic system—which has ravaged our species with troubles ranging from emotional illness to war. Here is a way of thinking for hard times to help overcome emotional distress and embrace a calmer and more fulfilling way to experience life.</description>
      <author>Fredric C. Hartman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Dec 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781665031554.mp3" length="813439" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/508441</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781665031554.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/508441">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/508441</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Breakthrough in Two Acts: Breaking the Spells of Painful Emotions and Finding the Calm in the Present Moment (Revised Edition July 9, 2020)
Author: Fredric C. Hartman
Narrator: Justine Eyre, Gabrielle De Cuir, Stefan Rudnicki
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 34 minutes
Release date: December 15, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
In The Breakthrough in Two Acts, Dr. Fredric C. Hartman paints a vivid picture of emotional pain and its context within the human mind and brain. Set in the dramatic backdrop of a therapy session as a stage play, featuring Dr. Hartman as the psychologist and Human Consciousness itself as “the patient,” this is a practical guide for anyone who struggles with negative or painful emotions. In his play, Dr. Hartman tells the story about our vulnerability to painful emotions, which flare up from the depths of our brains, casting distressing and destructive spells over us. As the play unfolds, he develops two new experiences to help strengthen our consciousness: one, by actively breaking the spell of the two thoughts that lie at the heart—and generate the distress—in each of our negative emotions, and two, by embracing the strange, fleeting collection of conditions that come along with the present moments of our lives as they each flash by. The Breakthrough in Two Acts is an appeal to humanity and a plan for how to use one “part” of our brain—consciousness—to quiet down another, chronically overheated “part”—the limbic system—which has ravaged our species with troubles ranging from emotional illness to war. Here is a way of thinking for hard times to help overcome emotional distress and embrace a calmer and more fulfilling way to experience life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/508441">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/508441</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Breakthrough in Two Acts: Breaking the Spells of Painful Emotions and Finding the Calm in the Present Moment (Revised Edition July 9, 2020)
Author: Fredric C. Hartman
Narrator: Justine Eyre, Gabrielle De Cuir, Stefan Rudnicki
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 34 minutes
Release date: December 15, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
In The Breakthrough in Two Acts, Dr. Fredric C. Hartman paints a vivid picture of emotional pain and its context within the human mind and brain. Set in the dramatic backdrop of a therapy session as a stage play, featuring Dr. Hartman as the psychologist and Human Consciousness itself as “the patient,” this is a practical guide for anyone who struggles with negative or painful emotions. In his play, Dr. Hartman tells the story about our vulnerability to painful emotions, which flare up from the depths of our brains, casting distressing and destructive spells over us. As the play unfolds, he develops two new experiences to help strengthen our consciousness: one, by actively breaking the spell of the two thoughts that lie at the heart—and generate the distress—in each of our negative emotions, and two, by embracing the strange, fleeting collection of conditions that come along with the present moments of our lives as they each flash by. The Breakthrough in Two Acts is an appeal to humanity and a plan for how to use one “part” of our brain—consciousness—to quiet down another, chronically overheated “part”—the limbic system—which has ravaged our species with troubles ranging from emotional illness to war. Here is a way of thinking for hard times to help overcome emotional distress and embrace a calmer and more fulfilling way to experience life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Sweet Bloods of Eeyou Istchee: Stories of Diabetes and the James Bay Cree by James Bay Cree Storytellers</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507712</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507712">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507712</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Sweet Bloods of Eeyou Istchee: Stories of Diabetes and the James Bay Cree
Author: James Bay Cree Storytellers
Narrator: Matthew Iserhoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 58 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
In this groundbreaking collection, Ruth DyckFehderau and twenty-seven storytellers offer a rich and timely accounting of contemporary life in Eeyou Istchee, the territory of the James Bay Cree of Northern Quebec. The stories are connected by diabetes, but they are not records of illness as much as they are deeply personal accounts of life in the North: the fine, swaying balances of living both in town and on the land, of family and work and studies, of healing from relocations and residential school histories while building communities of safety and challenge and joy, of hunting and hockey, and much more. Sweet Bloods is essential reading for anyone who knows anyone with diabetes, and for anyone interested in a contemporary rendering of one of Canada&amp;#039;s vibrant, thriving, and highly adaptive Indigenous communities. This book is published by Cree Board of Health and Social Services of James Bay and distributed by WLU Press.</description>
      <author>James Bay Cree Storytellers</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Feb 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781989796054.mp3" length="1222748" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507712</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781989796054.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507712">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507712</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Sweet Bloods of Eeyou Istchee: Stories of Diabetes and the James Bay Cree
Author: James Bay Cree Storytellers
Narrator: Matthew Iserhoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 58 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
In this groundbreaking collection, Ruth DyckFehderau and twenty-seven storytellers offer a rich and timely accounting of contemporary life in Eeyou Istchee, the territory of the James Bay Cree of Northern Quebec. The stories are connected by diabetes, but they are not records of illness as much as they are deeply personal accounts of life in the North: the fine, swaying balances of living both in town and on the land, of family and work and studies, of healing from relocations and residential school histories while building communities of safety and challenge and joy, of hunting and hockey, and much more. Sweet Bloods is essential reading for anyone who knows anyone with diabetes, and for anyone interested in a contemporary rendering of one of Canada&amp;#039;s vibrant, thriving, and highly adaptive Indigenous communities. This book is published by Cree Board of Health and Social Services of James Bay and distributed by WLU Press.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507712">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507712</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Sweet Bloods of Eeyou Istchee: Stories of Diabetes and the James Bay Cree
Author: James Bay Cree Storytellers
Narrator: Matthew Iserhoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 58 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
In this groundbreaking collection, Ruth DyckFehderau and twenty-seven storytellers offer a rich and timely accounting of contemporary life in Eeyou Istchee, the territory of the James Bay Cree of Northern Quebec. The stories are connected by diabetes, but they are not records of illness as much as they are deeply personal accounts of life in the North: the fine, swaying balances of living both in town and on the land, of family and work and studies, of healing from relocations and residential school histories while building communities of safety and challenge and joy, of hunting and hockey, and much more. Sweet Bloods is essential reading for anyone who knows anyone with diabetes, and for anyone interested in a contemporary rendering of one of Canada&amp;#039;s vibrant, thriving, and highly adaptive Indigenous communities. This book is published by Cree Board of Health and Social Services of James Bay and distributed by WLU Press.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - No estás deprimido, estás distraido by Facundo Cabral</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507660</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507660">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507660</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - No estás deprimido, estás distraido
Author: Facundo Cabral
Narrator: Facundo Cabral
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 54 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
No estamos deprimidos sino distraídos de la vida que nos puebla y nos rodea con millones de propuestas. Si estuviéramos atentos al presente, que es donde sucede la vida porque el pasado fue y el futuro nunca será, viviríamos esta vida como lo que es: una aventura constante. Por eso debemos estar siempre atentos porque todo sucede a cada instante. / We are not depressed but distracted from the life that populates us and surrounds us with millions of proposals. If we were attentive to the present, which is where life happens because the past was and the future will never be, we would live this life for what it is: a constant adventure. That is why we must always be vigilant because everything happens at every moment. Facundo Cabral (1937-2011) cantautor, poeta, dibujante y escritor que recorrió el mundo al estilo de los trovadores de la edad media, nuestro juglar del siglo XX, imposible de obviar en la historia de la cultura latinoamericana. / Facundo Cabral (1937-2011) singer-songwriter, poet, cartoonist and writer who traveled the world in the style of the troubadours of the Middle Ages, our minstrel of the 20th century, impossible to ignore in the history of Latin American culture.</description>
      <author>Facundo Cabral</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Dec 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662179419.mp3" length="1451094" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507660</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662179419.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507660">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507660</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - No estás deprimido, estás distraido
Author: Facundo Cabral
Narrator: Facundo Cabral
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 54 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
No estamos deprimidos sino distraídos de la vida que nos puebla y nos rodea con millones de propuestas. Si estuviéramos atentos al presente, que es donde sucede la vida porque el pasado fue y el futuro nunca será, viviríamos esta vida como lo que es: una aventura constante. Por eso debemos estar siempre atentos porque todo sucede a cada instante. / We are not depressed but distracted from the life that populates us and surrounds us with millions of proposals. If we were attentive to the present, which is where life happens because the past was and the future will never be, we would live this life for what it is: a constant adventure. That is why we must always be vigilant because everything happens at every moment. Facundo Cabral (1937-2011) cantautor, poeta, dibujante y escritor que recorrió el mundo al estilo de los trovadores de la edad media, nuestro juglar del siglo XX, imposible de obviar en la historia de la cultura latinoamericana. / Facundo Cabral (1937-2011) singer-songwriter, poet, cartoonist and writer who traveled the world in the style of the troubadours of the Middle Ages, our minstrel of the 20th century, impossible to ignore in the history of Latin American culture.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507660">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507660</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - No estás deprimido, estás distraido
Author: Facundo Cabral
Narrator: Facundo Cabral
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 54 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
No estamos deprimidos sino distraídos de la vida que nos puebla y nos rodea con millones de propuestas. Si estuviéramos atentos al presente, que es donde sucede la vida porque el pasado fue y el futuro nunca será, viviríamos esta vida como lo que es: una aventura constante. Por eso debemos estar siempre atentos porque todo sucede a cada instante. / We are not depressed but distracted from the life that populates us and surrounds us with millions of proposals. If we were attentive to the present, which is where life happens because the past was and the future will never be, we would live this life for what it is: a constant adventure. That is why we must always be vigilant because everything happens at every moment. Facundo Cabral (1937-2011) cantautor, poeta, dibujante y escritor que recorrió el mundo al estilo de los trovadores de la edad media, nuestro juglar del siglo XX, imposible de obviar en la historia de la cultura latinoamericana. / Facundo Cabral (1937-2011) singer-songwriter, poet, cartoonist and writer who traveled the world in the style of the troubadours of the Middle Ages, our minstrel of the 20th century, impossible to ignore in the history of Latin American culture.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Be Fearless Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Do It Scared and The Gift of Fear by And Aldous Thane, J.A. Allard</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507651</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507651">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507651</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Be Fearless Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Do It Scared and The Gift of Fear
Author: And Aldous Thane, J.A. Allard
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 31 minutes
Release date: March  5, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
How to Be Fearless Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Do It Scared, and The Gift of Fear What are you scared of? Everybody has some fears and worries – as humans, we’re programmed to feel fear as a natural response to threats in order to protect and look after ourselves. Fears come in all sizes and with varying depths of intensity. No two people are going to demonstrate the same type of fear for the same thing. But, what happens when your fears begin to take over? Fear can control your life and keep you from following your dreams, prevent you from taking risks, and stop you from living the life that you want and doing the things which you desire. Fear can be both real or imagined, and it’s hard for your body and brain to differentiate between the two.  This bundle will teach you how to manage your fears. It will help you identify the causes of your fears and determine which fears are rational or not. You will learn about different types of tears and steps and exercise you can do to conquer those fears. You will also learn tips on how to swap negative thoughts with positive ones.  This 2 in 1 Bundle will include the following audiobooks: 1. Do It Scared: The Ultimate Guide on How to Become Fearless, Learn Proven Methods and Tips on How to Conquer Your Fears and Live a More Dynamic Life 2. The Gift of Fears: The Ultimate Guide on How to Face Your Fears, Discover the Most Common Fears And Tips on How to Overcome Them Get this How to Be Fearless 2 in 1 Bundle today!</description>
      <author>And Aldous Thane, J.A. Allard</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 05 Mar 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662178993.mp3" length="1221128" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507651</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662178993.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507651">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507651</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Be Fearless Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Do It Scared and The Gift of Fear
Author: And Aldous Thane, J.A. Allard
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 31 minutes
Release date: March  5, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
How to Be Fearless Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Do It Scared, and The Gift of Fear What are you scared of? Everybody has some fears and worries – as humans, we’re programmed to feel fear as a natural response to threats in order to protect and look after ourselves. Fears come in all sizes and with varying depths of intensity. No two people are going to demonstrate the same type of fear for the same thing. But, what happens when your fears begin to take over? Fear can control your life and keep you from following your dreams, prevent you from taking risks, and stop you from living the life that you want and doing the things which you desire. Fear can be both real or imagined, and it’s hard for your body and brain to differentiate between the two.  This bundle will teach you how to manage your fears. It will help you identify the causes of your fears and determine which fears are rational or not. You will learn about different types of tears and steps and exercise you can do to conquer those fears. You will also learn tips on how to swap negative thoughts with positive ones.  This 2 in 1 Bundle will include the following audiobooks: 1. Do It Scared: The Ultimate Guide on How to Become Fearless, Learn Proven Methods and Tips on How to Conquer Your Fears and Live a More Dynamic Life 2. The Gift of Fears: The Ultimate Guide on How to Face Your Fears, Discover the Most Common Fears And Tips on How to Overcome Them Get this How to Be Fearless 2 in 1 Bundle today!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507651">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507651</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Be Fearless Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Do It Scared and The Gift of Fear
Author: And Aldous Thane, J.A. Allard
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 31 minutes
Release date: March  5, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
How to Be Fearless Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Do It Scared, and The Gift of Fear What are you scared of? Everybody has some fears and worries – as humans, we’re programmed to feel fear as a natural response to threats in order to protect and look after ourselves. Fears come in all sizes and with varying depths of intensity. No two people are going to demonstrate the same type of fear for the same thing. But, what happens when your fears begin to take over? Fear can control your life and keep you from following your dreams, prevent you from taking risks, and stop you from living the life that you want and doing the things which you desire. Fear can be both real or imagined, and it’s hard for your body and brain to differentiate between the two.  This bundle will teach you how to manage your fears. It will help you identify the causes of your fears and determine which fears are rational or not. You will learn about different types of tears and steps and exercise you can do to conquer those fears. You will also learn tips on how to swap negative thoughts with positive ones.  This 2 in 1 Bundle will include the following audiobooks: 1. Do It Scared: The Ultimate Guide on How to Become Fearless, Learn Proven Methods and Tips on How to Conquer Your Fears and Live a More Dynamic Life 2. The Gift of Fears: The Ultimate Guide on How to Face Your Fears, Discover the Most Common Fears And Tips on How to Overcome Them Get this How to Be Fearless 2 in 1 Bundle today!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Gift of Fears: The Ultimate Guide on How to Face Your Fears, Discover the Most Common Fears And Tips on How to Overcome Them by Aldous Thane</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507633</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507633">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507633</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Gift of Fears: The Ultimate Guide on How to Face Your Fears, Discover the Most Common Fears And Tips on How to Overcome Them
Author: Aldous Thane
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 13 minutes
Release date: March  4, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
The Gift of Fears: The Ultimate Guide on How to Face Your Fears, Discover the Most Common Fears And Tips on How to Overcome Them Fears come in all sizes and with varying depths of intensity. No two people are going to demonstrate the same type of fear for the same thing. This is one of the reasons why facing your fears can be difficult. As quite often the first step is to acknowledge and admit that you have fear in the first place. Fear is a survival instinct and without it, humans would not have survived life-threatening situations. Fear keeps us alive by alerting us to imminent dangers. When humans fear the right things, they survive and pass these traits on to the next generation.  This audiobook will teach you how to manage your fears. You will learn about different types of tears and steps and exercise you can do to conquer those fears. You will discover how to determine if you’re experiencing fear or suffering from a panic attack. You will learn the useful tools you can use to deal with both issues.   This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - How Fears Work and Examples of Common Fears - Panic Attacks - Why Do We Fear Ourselves? - Your Self-Doubt - Fears and Phobias - Is Your Fear All in Your Mind? - How to Prevent a Fear Relapse - And many more! It’s important to understand that recognizing your fear is a major breakthrough in overcoming it. Once you can identify the what, you can work on the how and the why. If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</description>
      <author>Aldous Thane</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Mar 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662178818.mp3" length="479017" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507633</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662178818.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507633">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507633</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Gift of Fears: The Ultimate Guide on How to Face Your Fears, Discover the Most Common Fears And Tips on How to Overcome Them
Author: Aldous Thane
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 13 minutes
Release date: March  4, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
The Gift of Fears: The Ultimate Guide on How to Face Your Fears, Discover the Most Common Fears And Tips on How to Overcome Them Fears come in all sizes and with varying depths of intensity. No two people are going to demonstrate the same type of fear for the same thing. This is one of the reasons why facing your fears can be difficult. As quite often the first step is to acknowledge and admit that you have fear in the first place. Fear is a survival instinct and without it, humans would not have survived life-threatening situations. Fear keeps us alive by alerting us to imminent dangers. When humans fear the right things, they survive and pass these traits on to the next generation.  This audiobook will teach you how to manage your fears. You will learn about different types of tears and steps and exercise you can do to conquer those fears. You will discover how to determine if you’re experiencing fear or suffering from a panic attack. You will learn the useful tools you can use to deal with both issues.   This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - How Fears Work and Examples of Common Fears - Panic Attacks - Why Do We Fear Ourselves? - Your Self-Doubt - Fears and Phobias - Is Your Fear All in Your Mind? - How to Prevent a Fear Relapse - And many more! It’s important to understand that recognizing your fear is a major breakthrough in overcoming it. Once you can identify the what, you can work on the how and the why. If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507633">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507633</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Gift of Fears: The Ultimate Guide on How to Face Your Fears, Discover the Most Common Fears And Tips on How to Overcome Them
Author: Aldous Thane
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 13 minutes
Release date: March  4, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
The Gift of Fears: The Ultimate Guide on How to Face Your Fears, Discover the Most Common Fears And Tips on How to Overcome Them Fears come in all sizes and with varying depths of intensity. No two people are going to demonstrate the same type of fear for the same thing. This is one of the reasons why facing your fears can be difficult. As quite often the first step is to acknowledge and admit that you have fear in the first place. Fear is a survival instinct and without it, humans would not have survived life-threatening situations. Fear keeps us alive by alerting us to imminent dangers. When humans fear the right things, they survive and pass these traits on to the next generation.  This audiobook will teach you how to manage your fears. You will learn about different types of tears and steps and exercise you can do to conquer those fears. You will discover how to determine if you’re experiencing fear or suffering from a panic attack. You will learn the useful tools you can use to deal with both issues.   This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - How Fears Work and Examples of Common Fears - Panic Attacks - Why Do We Fear Ourselves? - Your Self-Doubt - Fears and Phobias - Is Your Fear All in Your Mind? - How to Prevent a Fear Relapse - And many more! It’s important to understand that recognizing your fear is a major breakthrough in overcoming it. Once you can identify the what, you can work on the how and the why. If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Finally Free: Fighting for Purity with the Power of Grace by Heath Lambert</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507603</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507603">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507603</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Finally Free: Fighting for Purity with the Power of Grace
Author: Heath Lambert
Narrator: Heath Lambert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 37 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2023
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Read by the author. Eight gospel-centered strategies for overcoming the lure of pornography and finally breaking free.  This book is not about pornography. You won&amp;#039;t find graphic depictions about the porn industry, the catastrophic effects it has on individuals and relationships, or how to think differently about porn. If you&amp;#039;re reading this book, you probably have some understanding of those things already—the last thing you need is to be subjected to that kind of detail...again. Finally Free is about hope. It&amp;#039;s about discovering the freeing power available to those who trust in Jesus Christ, who can, will, and does set people free from the power of pornography. Dr. Heath Lambert, a leader in the biblical counseling movement, has organized this book around eight clear and practical tactics you can wield to make it easier to flee lust and temptation and shelter in the protection of God&amp;#039;s grace. Each chapter: - Clearly demonstrates how the gospel applies to the fight against sexual temptation. - Lays out relevant methods for leaning on Christ&amp;#039;s strength—both in advance of and in moments of temptation. - Explains how Jesus can move readers from a life of struggle to a life of purity.   If you&amp;#039;ve struggled personally against the powerful draw of pornography, or if you&amp;#039;ve ever tried to help someone fighting this battle, you know how hard it is to break its bonds. But there is good news: no matter how intense or long-standing the struggle, Jesus Christ has the power to free people from the enslaving power of pornography. The Gospel has a power that works practically in the lives of those who seek to imitate Christ—and you can learn how to live into that power. Accompanying visuals and reflection questions are included in the audiobook companion PDF download.</description>
      <author>Heath Lambert</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Sep 2023 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780310116110.mp3" length="1246334" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507603</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780310116110.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507603">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507603</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Finally Free: Fighting for Purity with the Power of Grace
Author: Heath Lambert
Narrator: Heath Lambert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 37 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2023
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Read by the author. Eight gospel-centered strategies for overcoming the lure of pornography and finally breaking free.  This book is not about pornography. You won&amp;#039;t find graphic depictions about the porn industry, the catastrophic effects it has on individuals and relationships, or how to think differently about porn. If you&amp;#039;re reading this book, you probably have some understanding of those things already—the last thing you need is to be subjected to that kind of detail...again. Finally Free is about hope. It&amp;#039;s about discovering the freeing power available to those who trust in Jesus Christ, who can, will, and does set people free from the power of pornography. Dr. Heath Lambert, a leader in the biblical counseling movement, has organized this book around eight clear and practical tactics you can wield to make it easier to flee lust and temptation and shelter in the protection of God&amp;#039;s grace. Each chapter: - Clearly demonstrates how the gospel applies to the fight against sexual temptation. - Lays out relevant methods for leaning on Christ&amp;#039;s strength—both in advance of and in moments of temptation. - Explains how Jesus can move readers from a life of struggle to a life of purity.   If you&amp;#039;ve struggled personally against the powerful draw of pornography, or if you&amp;#039;ve ever tried to help someone fighting this battle, you know how hard it is to break its bonds. But there is good news: no matter how intense or long-standing the struggle, Jesus Christ has the power to free people from the enslaving power of pornography. The Gospel has a power that works practically in the lives of those who seek to imitate Christ—and you can learn how to live into that power. Accompanying visuals and reflection questions are included in the audiobook companion PDF download.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507603">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507603</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Finally Free: Fighting for Purity with the Power of Grace
Author: Heath Lambert
Narrator: Heath Lambert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 37 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2023
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Read by the author. Eight gospel-centered strategies for overcoming the lure of pornography and finally breaking free.  This book is not about pornography. You won&amp;#039;t find graphic depictions about the porn industry, the catastrophic effects it has on individuals and relationships, or how to think differently about porn. If you&amp;#039;re reading this book, you probably have some understanding of those things already—the last thing you need is to be subjected to that kind of detail...again. Finally Free is about hope. It&amp;#039;s about discovering the freeing power available to those who trust in Jesus Christ, who can, will, and does set people free from the power of pornography. Dr. Heath Lambert, a leader in the biblical counseling movement, has organized this book around eight clear and practical tactics you can wield to make it easier to flee lust and temptation and shelter in the protection of God&amp;#039;s grace. Each chapter: - Clearly demonstrates how the gospel applies to the fight against sexual temptation. - Lays out relevant methods for leaning on Christ&amp;#039;s strength—both in advance of and in moments of temptation. - Explains how Jesus can move readers from a life of struggle to a life of purity.   If you&amp;#039;ve struggled personally against the powerful draw of pornography, or if you&amp;#039;ve ever tried to help someone fighting this battle, you know how hard it is to break its bonds. But there is good news: no matter how intense or long-standing the struggle, Jesus Christ has the power to free people from the enslaving power of pornography. The Gospel has a power that works practically in the lives of those who seek to imitate Christ—and you can learn how to live into that power. Accompanying visuals and reflection questions are included in the audiobook companion PDF download.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Eat Right for Your Inflammation Type: The Three-Step Program to Strengthen Immunity, Heal Chronic Pain, and Boost Your Energy by Maggie Berghoff</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507590</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507590">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507590</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Eat Right for Your Inflammation Type: The Three-Step Program to Strengthen Immunity, Heal Chronic Pain, and Boost Your Energy
Author: Maggie Berghoff
Narrator: Dara Rosenberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 48 minutes
Release date: December 28, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
USA TODAY BESTSELLER   A three-step plan to beat inflammation! Identify your specific type, set your lifestyle up to avoid triggers, and cook tailored recipes designed to help you heal. Functional medicine practitioner Maggie Berghoff presents a personalized, accessible approach to fighting inflammation. Using thorough questionnaires to identify your specific ailments, Eat to Treat prescribes a targeted plan that will help you live free of the major types of inflammation, including those triggered by hormones, digestive issues, stress, allergies, rheumatoid arthritis, and more. From easy tips for healing, eating, and detoxing, to targeted lifestyle advice, Berghoff offers the most up-to-date instructions for living your best and healthiest life based on your specific inflammation type.   Inside you’ll learn:   - How to supercharge your immune system and feel better instantly  - How to set up an anti-inflammatory pantry  - Quick and easy recipes to ease your specific inflammation type  - The secret ways stress attacks your system and how to fight it  - The ingredients in your daily products to avoid—including how everything from your personal hygiene products to your showerhead could be affecting you  - Detailed detoxes tailored to your lifestyle  - Cutting-edge and easy household remedies you may have overlooked</description>
      <author>Maggie Berghoff</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Dec 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797133560.mp3" length="779219" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507590</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797133560.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507590">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507590</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Eat Right for Your Inflammation Type: The Three-Step Program to Strengthen Immunity, Heal Chronic Pain, and Boost Your Energy
Author: Maggie Berghoff
Narrator: Dara Rosenberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 48 minutes
Release date: December 28, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
USA TODAY BESTSELLER   A three-step plan to beat inflammation! Identify your specific type, set your lifestyle up to avoid triggers, and cook tailored recipes designed to help you heal. Functional medicine practitioner Maggie Berghoff presents a personalized, accessible approach to fighting inflammation. Using thorough questionnaires to identify your specific ailments, Eat to Treat prescribes a targeted plan that will help you live free of the major types of inflammation, including those triggered by hormones, digestive issues, stress, allergies, rheumatoid arthritis, and more. From easy tips for healing, eating, and detoxing, to targeted lifestyle advice, Berghoff offers the most up-to-date instructions for living your best and healthiest life based on your specific inflammation type.   Inside you’ll learn:   - How to supercharge your immune system and feel better instantly  - How to set up an anti-inflammatory pantry  - Quick and easy recipes to ease your specific inflammation type  - The secret ways stress attacks your system and how to fight it  - The ingredients in your daily products to avoid—including how everything from your personal hygiene products to your showerhead could be affecting you  - Detailed detoxes tailored to your lifestyle  - Cutting-edge and easy household remedies you may have overlooked</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507590">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507590</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Eat Right for Your Inflammation Type: The Three-Step Program to Strengthen Immunity, Heal Chronic Pain, and Boost Your Energy
Author: Maggie Berghoff
Narrator: Dara Rosenberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 48 minutes
Release date: December 28, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
USA TODAY BESTSELLER   A three-step plan to beat inflammation! Identify your specific type, set your lifestyle up to avoid triggers, and cook tailored recipes designed to help you heal. Functional medicine practitioner Maggie Berghoff presents a personalized, accessible approach to fighting inflammation. Using thorough questionnaires to identify your specific ailments, Eat to Treat prescribes a targeted plan that will help you live free of the major types of inflammation, including those triggered by hormones, digestive issues, stress, allergies, rheumatoid arthritis, and more. From easy tips for healing, eating, and detoxing, to targeted lifestyle advice, Berghoff offers the most up-to-date instructions for living your best and healthiest life based on your specific inflammation type.   Inside you’ll learn:   - How to supercharge your immune system and feel better instantly  - How to set up an anti-inflammatory pantry  - Quick and easy recipes to ease your specific inflammation type  - The secret ways stress attacks your system and how to fight it  - The ingredients in your daily products to avoid—including how everything from your personal hygiene products to your showerhead could be affecting you  - Detailed detoxes tailored to your lifestyle  - Cutting-edge and easy household remedies you may have overlooked</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Lass die Angst ziehen - Den Sorgenkreislauf durchbrechen und angstfrei leben (Ungekürzte Lesung) by Anne Mette Futtrup, Pia Callesen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507373</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507373">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507373</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Lass die Angst ziehen - Den Sorgenkreislauf durchbrechen und angstfrei leben (Ungekürzte Lesung)
Author: Anne Mette Futtrup, Pia Callesen
Narrator: Verena Wolfien
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 51 minutes
Release date: February 10, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Ein Leben mit Angst schränkt ein. Oftmals wird sie zum omnipräsenten Begleiter, wie bei Leistungsangst, Hypochondrie oder Zwangsstörungen. Das muss nicht sein. Die Psychotherapeutin Pia Callesen zeigt, dass Ängste durch Gedankenkontrolle kleiner werden können. Denn: Ängste entstehen aus Sorgen und Sorgen sind primär Gedanken. Jeder hat es selbst in der Hand, wie viel Raum Sorgen, Ängste und Panikattacken einnehmen und wie sehr sie das eigene Leben bestimmen. Dieser Ratgeber hilft dabei, Denkmechanismen zu überprüfen, Aufmerksamkeit bewusst zu steuern und so Ängste einzuschränken. Schritt für Schritt gelingt es, Angst und Panikattacken zu überwinden.</description>
      <author>Anne Mette Futtrup, Pia Callesen</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Feb 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783732455638.mp3" length="824569" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507373</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783732455638.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507373">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507373</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Lass die Angst ziehen - Den Sorgenkreislauf durchbrechen und angstfrei leben (Ungekürzte Lesung)
Author: Anne Mette Futtrup, Pia Callesen
Narrator: Verena Wolfien
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 51 minutes
Release date: February 10, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Ein Leben mit Angst schränkt ein. Oftmals wird sie zum omnipräsenten Begleiter, wie bei Leistungsangst, Hypochondrie oder Zwangsstörungen. Das muss nicht sein. Die Psychotherapeutin Pia Callesen zeigt, dass Ängste durch Gedankenkontrolle kleiner werden können. Denn: Ängste entstehen aus Sorgen und Sorgen sind primär Gedanken. Jeder hat es selbst in der Hand, wie viel Raum Sorgen, Ängste und Panikattacken einnehmen und wie sehr sie das eigene Leben bestimmen. Dieser Ratgeber hilft dabei, Denkmechanismen zu überprüfen, Aufmerksamkeit bewusst zu steuern und so Ängste einzuschränken. Schritt für Schritt gelingt es, Angst und Panikattacken zu überwinden.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507373">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507373</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Lass die Angst ziehen - Den Sorgenkreislauf durchbrechen und angstfrei leben (Ungekürzte Lesung)
Author: Anne Mette Futtrup, Pia Callesen
Narrator: Verena Wolfien
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 51 minutes
Release date: February 10, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Ein Leben mit Angst schränkt ein. Oftmals wird sie zum omnipräsenten Begleiter, wie bei Leistungsangst, Hypochondrie oder Zwangsstörungen. Das muss nicht sein. Die Psychotherapeutin Pia Callesen zeigt, dass Ängste durch Gedankenkontrolle kleiner werden können. Denn: Ängste entstehen aus Sorgen und Sorgen sind primär Gedanken. Jeder hat es selbst in der Hand, wie viel Raum Sorgen, Ängste und Panikattacken einnehmen und wie sehr sie das eigene Leben bestimmen. Dieser Ratgeber hilft dabei, Denkmechanismen zu überprüfen, Aufmerksamkeit bewusst zu steuern und so Ängste einzuschränken. Schritt für Schritt gelingt es, Angst und Panikattacken zu überwinden.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Portuguese] - Até que a morte nos ampare by Marcos Martinz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507111</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507111">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507111</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Até que a morte nos ampare
Author: Marcos Martinz
Narrator: Bruno Linhares
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 19 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Todas as noites o espírito de Marcos é levado para um passeio ao mundo dos mortos por Dona Morte, para conhecer a história de algumas pessoas que estão estagnadas em um portal do outro lado da vida e que buscam a redenção. Em um desses passeios noturnos, Dona Morte o apresenta a Rosa, uma jovem que morreu aos 17 anos, no dia de seu casamento. Até que a morte nos ampare trata de assuntos sérios de forma leve. Com uma linguagem descontraída, o autor sabe mesclar suspense, drama e momentos divertidos na figura da simpática personagem Dona Morte, que com seu humor sarcástico nos presenteia com grandes ensinamentos e reflexões. A delicadeza para tratar de um tema que a maioria das pessoas ignoram - a depressão, principalmente entre os jovens - e o ritmo de suspense e mistério prende a atenção do começo ao fim e fazem deste livro leitura indispensável. Vejo em Marcos Martinz a inconformidade, a observação e a sensibilidade dos grandes contadores de histórias e prevejo que sua trajetória será vitoriosa em emocionar o público com sua produção de mundos. Suzana Pires, atriz, autora e produtora.</description>
      <author>Marcos Martinz</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Mar 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9786555524154.mp3" length="927945" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507111</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9786555524154.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507111">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507111</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Até que a morte nos ampare
Author: Marcos Martinz
Narrator: Bruno Linhares
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 19 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Todas as noites o espírito de Marcos é levado para um passeio ao mundo dos mortos por Dona Morte, para conhecer a história de algumas pessoas que estão estagnadas em um portal do outro lado da vida e que buscam a redenção. Em um desses passeios noturnos, Dona Morte o apresenta a Rosa, uma jovem que morreu aos 17 anos, no dia de seu casamento. Até que a morte nos ampare trata de assuntos sérios de forma leve. Com uma linguagem descontraída, o autor sabe mesclar suspense, drama e momentos divertidos na figura da simpática personagem Dona Morte, que com seu humor sarcástico nos presenteia com grandes ensinamentos e reflexões. A delicadeza para tratar de um tema que a maioria das pessoas ignoram - a depressão, principalmente entre os jovens - e o ritmo de suspense e mistério prende a atenção do começo ao fim e fazem deste livro leitura indispensável. Vejo em Marcos Martinz a inconformidade, a observação e a sensibilidade dos grandes contadores de histórias e prevejo que sua trajetória será vitoriosa em emocionar o público com sua produção de mundos. Suzana Pires, atriz, autora e produtora.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507111">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/507111</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Até que a morte nos ampare
Author: Marcos Martinz
Narrator: Bruno Linhares
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 19 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Todas as noites o espírito de Marcos é levado para um passeio ao mundo dos mortos por Dona Morte, para conhecer a história de algumas pessoas que estão estagnadas em um portal do outro lado da vida e que buscam a redenção. Em um desses passeios noturnos, Dona Morte o apresenta a Rosa, uma jovem que morreu aos 17 anos, no dia de seu casamento. Até que a morte nos ampare trata de assuntos sérios de forma leve. Com uma linguagem descontraída, o autor sabe mesclar suspense, drama e momentos divertidos na figura da simpática personagem Dona Morte, que com seu humor sarcástico nos presenteia com grandes ensinamentos e reflexões. A delicadeza para tratar de um tema que a maioria das pessoas ignoram - a depressão, principalmente entre os jovens - e o ritmo de suspense e mistério prende a atenção do começo ao fim e fazem deste livro leitura indispensável. Vejo em Marcos Martinz a inconformidade, a observação e a sensibilidade dos grandes contadores de histórias e prevejo que sua trajetória será vitoriosa em emocionar o público com sua produção de mundos. Suzana Pires, atriz, autora e produtora.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Energize!: Go from Dragging Ass to Kicking It in 30 Days by Michael Breus, Stacey Griffith</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506653</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506653">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506653</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Energize!: Go from Dragging Ass to Kicking It in 30 Days
Author: Michael Breus, Stacey Griffith
Narrator: Stacey Griffith, Michael Breus, Will Collyer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 10 minutes
Release date: December 14, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
A renowned sleep expert and a SoulCycle founding instructor team up to present a revolutionary, science-based program to give you the energy you need to achieve your dreams.  Are you desperately seeking more energy? Dr. Breus and Stacey heard it every day from their clients, so they decided to do something about it: write a book and jumpstart a movement. In Energize! Dr. Breus and Stacey Griffith have teamed up to teach you how to get your groove back. Using the scientifically proven core principles of chronobiology and your biological body type (remember that from high school?), they offer an easy-to-understand, personalized program of small, daily movements, sleeping and fasting on schedule, and mood hacks that will give readers incredible energy, promote happiness, and fight off fatigue for good. Sounds too good to be true? Their program boils down to living the way nature and your DNA programmed you to live. But don’t worry, it&amp;#039;s really simple—and super fun.   With fascinating science, quizzes so that readers can identify their chronotype (Lion, Wolf, Bear, or Dolphin) and their body type (Fast, Medium, or Slow Metabolism), and easily implemented advice, Energize! will have you feeling happier and more energetic in 30 days.</description>
      <author>Michael Breus, Stacey Griffith</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Dec 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549133800.mp3" length="882738" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506653</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549133800.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506653">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506653</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Energize!: Go from Dragging Ass to Kicking It in 30 Days
Author: Michael Breus, Stacey Griffith
Narrator: Stacey Griffith, Michael Breus, Will Collyer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 10 minutes
Release date: December 14, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
A renowned sleep expert and a SoulCycle founding instructor team up to present a revolutionary, science-based program to give you the energy you need to achieve your dreams.  Are you desperately seeking more energy? Dr. Breus and Stacey heard it every day from their clients, so they decided to do something about it: write a book and jumpstart a movement. In Energize! Dr. Breus and Stacey Griffith have teamed up to teach you how to get your groove back. Using the scientifically proven core principles of chronobiology and your biological body type (remember that from high school?), they offer an easy-to-understand, personalized program of small, daily movements, sleeping and fasting on schedule, and mood hacks that will give readers incredible energy, promote happiness, and fight off fatigue for good. Sounds too good to be true? Their program boils down to living the way nature and your DNA programmed you to live. But don’t worry, it&amp;#039;s really simple—and super fun.   With fascinating science, quizzes so that readers can identify their chronotype (Lion, Wolf, Bear, or Dolphin) and their body type (Fast, Medium, or Slow Metabolism), and easily implemented advice, Energize! will have you feeling happier and more energetic in 30 days.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506653">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506653</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Energize!: Go from Dragging Ass to Kicking It in 30 Days
Author: Michael Breus, Stacey Griffith
Narrator: Stacey Griffith, Michael Breus, Will Collyer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 10 minutes
Release date: December 14, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
A renowned sleep expert and a SoulCycle founding instructor team up to present a revolutionary, science-based program to give you the energy you need to achieve your dreams.  Are you desperately seeking more energy? Dr. Breus and Stacey heard it every day from their clients, so they decided to do something about it: write a book and jumpstart a movement. In Energize! Dr. Breus and Stacey Griffith have teamed up to teach you how to get your groove back. Using the scientifically proven core principles of chronobiology and your biological body type (remember that from high school?), they offer an easy-to-understand, personalized program of small, daily movements, sleeping and fasting on schedule, and mood hacks that will give readers incredible energy, promote happiness, and fight off fatigue for good. Sounds too good to be true? Their program boils down to living the way nature and your DNA programmed you to live. But don’t worry, it&amp;#039;s really simple—and super fun.   With fascinating science, quizzes so that readers can identify their chronotype (Lion, Wolf, Bear, or Dolphin) and their body type (Fast, Medium, or Slow Metabolism), and easily implemented advice, Energize! will have you feeling happier and more energetic in 30 days.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Vis-Ability by Vicki  L Griggs</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506244</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506244">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506244</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Vis-Ability
Author: Vicki  L Griggs
Narrator: Lynne Griggs
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 7 minutes
Release date: November  6, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Meet Vicki. Diagnosed with a rare eye condition aged four, she embarked on a rollercoaster journey of life with a disability.  Vis-Ability introduces readers to Vicki in her early years. Following her diagnosis, readers will hear of her heartbreaking decision to have a prosthetic eye fitted at the tender age of thirteen. As her story continues, Vicki faces further problems with her remaining eye, dealing with chronic pain and a rare genetic eye disease. Describing the difficulties she encountered at school and as she entered adulthood, Vis-Ability strives to raise awareness of vision impairment. The book contains advice on how to deal with a visual disability, as well as a variety of options on offer to those who are visually impaired. It is a story of positivity in the face of adversity and making the most of every opportunity. Speaking about her book , Vicki says: &amp;#039;I wrote the book because I feel that in general, there is a misunderstanding of the definition &amp;#039;vision impairment&amp;#039; and it&amp;#039;s my goal to correct this. I feel that it is my purpose in life to raise awareness of vision impairment through telling my story of living with a disability that is invisible to the public eye.. Hertfordshire author Vicki L. Griggs is registered partially sighted. Having been a patient at Moorfields Eye Hospital since she was four years old, she has been working there for seven years as a play leader at The Richard Desmond Children&amp;#039;s Eye Centre.</description>
      <author>Vicki  L Griggs</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 06 Nov 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662177569.mp3" length="1382338" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506244</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662177569.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506244">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506244</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Vis-Ability
Author: Vicki  L Griggs
Narrator: Lynne Griggs
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 7 minutes
Release date: November  6, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Meet Vicki. Diagnosed with a rare eye condition aged four, she embarked on a rollercoaster journey of life with a disability.  Vis-Ability introduces readers to Vicki in her early years. Following her diagnosis, readers will hear of her heartbreaking decision to have a prosthetic eye fitted at the tender age of thirteen. As her story continues, Vicki faces further problems with her remaining eye, dealing with chronic pain and a rare genetic eye disease. Describing the difficulties she encountered at school and as she entered adulthood, Vis-Ability strives to raise awareness of vision impairment. The book contains advice on how to deal with a visual disability, as well as a variety of options on offer to those who are visually impaired. It is a story of positivity in the face of adversity and making the most of every opportunity. Speaking about her book , Vicki says: &amp;#039;I wrote the book because I feel that in general, there is a misunderstanding of the definition &amp;#039;vision impairment&amp;#039; and it&amp;#039;s my goal to correct this. I feel that it is my purpose in life to raise awareness of vision impairment through telling my story of living with a disability that is invisible to the public eye.. Hertfordshire author Vicki L. Griggs is registered partially sighted. Having been a patient at Moorfields Eye Hospital since she was four years old, she has been working there for seven years as a play leader at The Richard Desmond Children&amp;#039;s Eye Centre.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506244">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506244</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Vis-Ability
Author: Vicki  L Griggs
Narrator: Lynne Griggs
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 7 minutes
Release date: November  6, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Meet Vicki. Diagnosed with a rare eye condition aged four, she embarked on a rollercoaster journey of life with a disability.  Vis-Ability introduces readers to Vicki in her early years. Following her diagnosis, readers will hear of her heartbreaking decision to have a prosthetic eye fitted at the tender age of thirteen. As her story continues, Vicki faces further problems with her remaining eye, dealing with chronic pain and a rare genetic eye disease. Describing the difficulties she encountered at school and as she entered adulthood, Vis-Ability strives to raise awareness of vision impairment. The book contains advice on how to deal with a visual disability, as well as a variety of options on offer to those who are visually impaired. It is a story of positivity in the face of adversity and making the most of every opportunity. Speaking about her book , Vicki says: &amp;#039;I wrote the book because I feel that in general, there is a misunderstanding of the definition &amp;#039;vision impairment&amp;#039; and it&amp;#039;s my goal to correct this. I feel that it is my purpose in life to raise awareness of vision impairment through telling my story of living with a disability that is invisible to the public eye.. Hertfordshire author Vicki L. Griggs is registered partially sighted. Having been a patient at Moorfields Eye Hospital since she was four years old, she has been working there for seven years as a play leader at The Richard Desmond Children&amp;#039;s Eye Centre.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Anxiety in Relationship by Richard Hawkins</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506233</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506233">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506233</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anxiety in Relationship
Author: Richard Hawkins
Narrator: Orlena Cain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 3 minutes
Release date: March  2, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
ARE YOU LOOKING FOR A SOLUTION TO ANXIETY IN YOUR RELATIONSHIPS?  If you answered “YES” then keep reading ... Everyone thrives on love, safety of family, friends, and community but, if you are denied these basic comforts, you may develop intense fears of abandonment that can last well into adulthood. Anxiety is something that we all share and it’s a normal human condition. But the good news is that anxiety can be overcome! By understanding the most important psychological and social factors, you will learn how to cultivate secure and healthy relationships to last a lifetime. Here are just a few things you will discover inside: •	The Life Cycle on Relationships •	7 Errors that everyone should Avoid •	Why mastering your emotions can be one and only solution to almost every relationship problem •	How to resolve conflicts and save your relationship •	Role of effective communication in fixing troubled relationships Do you want to change your approach to relationships?  CLICK “BUY NOW” AND GET THIS BOOK TODAY!</description>
      <author>Richard Hawkins</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Mar 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662177729.mp3" length="1499866" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506233</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662177729.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506233">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506233</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anxiety in Relationship
Author: Richard Hawkins
Narrator: Orlena Cain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 3 minutes
Release date: March  2, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
ARE YOU LOOKING FOR A SOLUTION TO ANXIETY IN YOUR RELATIONSHIPS?  If you answered “YES” then keep reading ... Everyone thrives on love, safety of family, friends, and community but, if you are denied these basic comforts, you may develop intense fears of abandonment that can last well into adulthood. Anxiety is something that we all share and it’s a normal human condition. But the good news is that anxiety can be overcome! By understanding the most important psychological and social factors, you will learn how to cultivate secure and healthy relationships to last a lifetime. Here are just a few things you will discover inside: •	The Life Cycle on Relationships •	7 Errors that everyone should Avoid •	Why mastering your emotions can be one and only solution to almost every relationship problem •	How to resolve conflicts and save your relationship •	Role of effective communication in fixing troubled relationships Do you want to change your approach to relationships?  CLICK “BUY NOW” AND GET THIS BOOK TODAY!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506233">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506233</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anxiety in Relationship
Author: Richard Hawkins
Narrator: Orlena Cain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 3 minutes
Release date: March  2, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
ARE YOU LOOKING FOR A SOLUTION TO ANXIETY IN YOUR RELATIONSHIPS?  If you answered “YES” then keep reading ... Everyone thrives on love, safety of family, friends, and community but, if you are denied these basic comforts, you may develop intense fears of abandonment that can last well into adulthood. Anxiety is something that we all share and it’s a normal human condition. But the good news is that anxiety can be overcome! By understanding the most important psychological and social factors, you will learn how to cultivate secure and healthy relationships to last a lifetime. Here are just a few things you will discover inside: •	The Life Cycle on Relationships •	7 Errors that everyone should Avoid •	Why mastering your emotions can be one and only solution to almost every relationship problem •	How to resolve conflicts and save your relationship •	Role of effective communication in fixing troubled relationships Do you want to change your approach to relationships?  CLICK “BUY NOW” AND GET THIS BOOK TODAY!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Back Pain Toolkit Worldwide Edition by Pete Moore</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506224</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506224">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506224</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Back Pain Toolkit Worldwide Edition
Author: Pete Moore
Narrator: Pulse Productions, Bob Dobson, Melissa Clements
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 35 minutes
Release date: February 19, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Based on the publication; The Back Pain Toolkit by Pete Moore and narrated by Melissa Clements and Bob Dobson, this audio version is ideal for: people with vision problems, people who prefer to sit, relax and listen and for those that prefer learning whilst on the move.</description>
      <author>Pete Moore</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 19 Feb 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662177521.mp3" length="803381" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506224</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662177521.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506224">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506224</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Back Pain Toolkit Worldwide Edition
Author: Pete Moore
Narrator: Pulse Productions, Bob Dobson, Melissa Clements
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 35 minutes
Release date: February 19, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Based on the publication; The Back Pain Toolkit by Pete Moore and narrated by Melissa Clements and Bob Dobson, this audio version is ideal for: people with vision problems, people who prefer to sit, relax and listen and for those that prefer learning whilst on the move.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506224">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506224</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Back Pain Toolkit Worldwide Edition
Author: Pete Moore
Narrator: Pulse Productions, Bob Dobson, Melissa Clements
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 35 minutes
Release date: February 19, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Based on the publication; The Back Pain Toolkit by Pete Moore and narrated by Melissa Clements and Bob Dobson, this audio version is ideal for: people with vision problems, people who prefer to sit, relax and listen and for those that prefer learning whilst on the move.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Pain Toolkit Handbook by Pete Moore</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506209</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506209">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506209</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Pain Toolkit Handbook
Author: Pete Moore
Narrator: Bob Dobson, Melissa Clements
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 22 minutes
Release date: March  7, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Based on the publication; The Pain Toolkit Handbook for Healthcare Professionals, by Pete Moore and narrated by Melissa Clements and Bob Dobson, this audio version is ideal for: people with vision problems, people who prefer to sit, relax and listen and for those that prefer learning whilst on the move.</description>
      <author>Pete Moore</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 07 Mar 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662178641.mp3" length="545075" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506209</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662178641.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506209">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506209</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Pain Toolkit Handbook
Author: Pete Moore
Narrator: Bob Dobson, Melissa Clements
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 22 minutes
Release date: March  7, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Based on the publication; The Pain Toolkit Handbook for Healthcare Professionals, by Pete Moore and narrated by Melissa Clements and Bob Dobson, this audio version is ideal for: people with vision problems, people who prefer to sit, relax and listen and for those that prefer learning whilst on the move.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506209">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506209</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Pain Toolkit Handbook
Author: Pete Moore
Narrator: Bob Dobson, Melissa Clements
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 22 minutes
Release date: March  7, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Based on the publication; The Pain Toolkit Handbook for Healthcare Professionals, by Pete Moore and narrated by Melissa Clements and Bob Dobson, this audio version is ideal for: people with vision problems, people who prefer to sit, relax and listen and for those that prefer learning whilst on the move.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Anxiety Sisters&amp;#039; Survival Guide: How You Can Become More Hopeful, Connected, and Happy by Abbe Greenberg, Maggie Sarachek</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506062</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506062">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506062</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Anxiety Sisters&amp;#039; Survival Guide: How You Can Become More Hopeful, Connected, and Happy
Author: Abbe Greenberg, Maggie Sarachek
Narrator: Maggie Sarachek, Abbe Greenberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 15 minutes
Release date: September 14, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
A warm and practical guide to coping with anxiety—and finding ways to laugh anyway.   Got anxiety? Join the club. More specifically, join the Anxiety Sisterhood. Abs and Mags, aka the Anxiety Sisters, have spent the past thirty years figuring out how to outsmart their anxiety-ridden brains, and the last five years sharing what they’ve learned with a growing online community of like-minded sufferers who are looking for ways to cope better every day.   Whether you’re looking to better understand and manage panic, worry, grief, stress, or phobias, or just want to pause the endless spin cycle in your head, you’ll find real-world, research-based techniques, exercises, and insights—without the clinical, confusing, one-size-fits-all approach that isn’t so helpful when your mind is racing, your triggers are in overdrive, and you just want to get back to feeling normal . . . ish.   Most of all, this is a handbook for fighting Shrinking World Syndrome—that isolating, lonely feeling that comes from letting your anxiety run the show. The stories and suggestions in this book will remind you that you’re not alone. You don’t have to eliminate anxiety from your life in order to feel okay . . . and, yes, even happy.</description>
      <author>Abbe Greenberg, Maggie Sarachek</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Sep 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593452226.mp3" length="2719312" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506062</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593452226.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506062">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506062</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Anxiety Sisters&amp;#039; Survival Guide: How You Can Become More Hopeful, Connected, and Happy
Author: Abbe Greenberg, Maggie Sarachek
Narrator: Maggie Sarachek, Abbe Greenberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 15 minutes
Release date: September 14, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
A warm and practical guide to coping with anxiety—and finding ways to laugh anyway.   Got anxiety? Join the club. More specifically, join the Anxiety Sisterhood. Abs and Mags, aka the Anxiety Sisters, have spent the past thirty years figuring out how to outsmart their anxiety-ridden brains, and the last five years sharing what they’ve learned with a growing online community of like-minded sufferers who are looking for ways to cope better every day.   Whether you’re looking to better understand and manage panic, worry, grief, stress, or phobias, or just want to pause the endless spin cycle in your head, you’ll find real-world, research-based techniques, exercises, and insights—without the clinical, confusing, one-size-fits-all approach that isn’t so helpful when your mind is racing, your triggers are in overdrive, and you just want to get back to feeling normal . . . ish.   Most of all, this is a handbook for fighting Shrinking World Syndrome—that isolating, lonely feeling that comes from letting your anxiety run the show. The stories and suggestions in this book will remind you that you’re not alone. You don’t have to eliminate anxiety from your life in order to feel okay . . . and, yes, even happy.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506062">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506062</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Anxiety Sisters&amp;#039; Survival Guide: How You Can Become More Hopeful, Connected, and Happy
Author: Abbe Greenberg, Maggie Sarachek
Narrator: Maggie Sarachek, Abbe Greenberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 15 minutes
Release date: September 14, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
A warm and practical guide to coping with anxiety—and finding ways to laugh anyway.   Got anxiety? Join the club. More specifically, join the Anxiety Sisterhood. Abs and Mags, aka the Anxiety Sisters, have spent the past thirty years figuring out how to outsmart their anxiety-ridden brains, and the last five years sharing what they’ve learned with a growing online community of like-minded sufferers who are looking for ways to cope better every day.   Whether you’re looking to better understand and manage panic, worry, grief, stress, or phobias, or just want to pause the endless spin cycle in your head, you’ll find real-world, research-based techniques, exercises, and insights—without the clinical, confusing, one-size-fits-all approach that isn’t so helpful when your mind is racing, your triggers are in overdrive, and you just want to get back to feeling normal . . . ish.   Most of all, this is a handbook for fighting Shrinking World Syndrome—that isolating, lonely feeling that comes from letting your anxiety run the show. The stories and suggestions in this book will remind you that you’re not alone. You don’t have to eliminate anxiety from your life in order to feel okay . . . and, yes, even happy.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Turn Austism Around by Mary Lynch Barbera</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/505371</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/505371">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/505371</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Turn Austism Around
Author: Mary Lynch Barbera
Narrator: Mary Lynch Barbera
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 16 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Developmental delays and signs of autism usually show up before 18 months of age, yet children are often not diagnosed until they are 4 or 5 years old. In Turn Autism Around, Dr. Mary Barbera explains why parents can&amp;#039;t afford to worry and wait in long lines for evaluations and treatment while not knowing how to help their children. She empowers parents, caregivers, and early intervention professionals to regain hope and take back control with simple strategies to dramatically improve outcomes for their children.Dr. Barbera has created a new approach to teaching kids with developmental delays that uses the science of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) married with a positive, child-friendly methodology that any parent can use--whether or not their child has delays--to learn to teach communication skills, socialization strategies, as well as tackle sleep, eating, potty training, and behavior challenges in a positive, effective, and lasting way.Turn Autism Around is the first book of its kind that calls attention to an important fact: parents can make a tremendous impact on their child&amp;#039;s development through behavioral practices taught at home, even in as little as 15 minutes a day. Her program shows these autism and developmental delays can be remediated, and in some cases, delays can be caught up altogether, if parents intervene while the child is young.This book is for parents of young children aged one-to-five years who are passionate about helping their child as well as learning how they can change the trajectory of their child&amp;#039;s and family&amp;#039;s life.This audio product contains a PDF with supporting material, and the PDF is available to download</description>
      <author>Mary Lynch Barbera</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Mar 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781401961497.mp3" length="876560" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/505371</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781401961497.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/505371">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/505371</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Turn Austism Around
Author: Mary Lynch Barbera
Narrator: Mary Lynch Barbera
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 16 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Developmental delays and signs of autism usually show up before 18 months of age, yet children are often not diagnosed until they are 4 or 5 years old. In Turn Autism Around, Dr. Mary Barbera explains why parents can&amp;#039;t afford to worry and wait in long lines for evaluations and treatment while not knowing how to help their children. She empowers parents, caregivers, and early intervention professionals to regain hope and take back control with simple strategies to dramatically improve outcomes for their children.Dr. Barbera has created a new approach to teaching kids with developmental delays that uses the science of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) married with a positive, child-friendly methodology that any parent can use--whether or not their child has delays--to learn to teach communication skills, socialization strategies, as well as tackle sleep, eating, potty training, and behavior challenges in a positive, effective, and lasting way.Turn Autism Around is the first book of its kind that calls attention to an important fact: parents can make a tremendous impact on their child&amp;#039;s development through behavioral practices taught at home, even in as little as 15 minutes a day. Her program shows these autism and developmental delays can be remediated, and in some cases, delays can be caught up altogether, if parents intervene while the child is young.This book is for parents of young children aged one-to-five years who are passionate about helping their child as well as learning how they can change the trajectory of their child&amp;#039;s and family&amp;#039;s life.This audio product contains a PDF with supporting material, and the PDF is available to download</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/505371">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/505371</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Turn Austism Around
Author: Mary Lynch Barbera
Narrator: Mary Lynch Barbera
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 16 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Developmental delays and signs of autism usually show up before 18 months of age, yet children are often not diagnosed until they are 4 or 5 years old. In Turn Autism Around, Dr. Mary Barbera explains why parents can&amp;#039;t afford to worry and wait in long lines for evaluations and treatment while not knowing how to help their children. She empowers parents, caregivers, and early intervention professionals to regain hope and take back control with simple strategies to dramatically improve outcomes for their children.Dr. Barbera has created a new approach to teaching kids with developmental delays that uses the science of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) married with a positive, child-friendly methodology that any parent can use--whether or not their child has delays--to learn to teach communication skills, socialization strategies, as well as tackle sleep, eating, potty training, and behavior challenges in a positive, effective, and lasting way.Turn Autism Around is the first book of its kind that calls attention to an important fact: parents can make a tremendous impact on their child&amp;#039;s development through behavioral practices taught at home, even in as little as 15 minutes a day. Her program shows these autism and developmental delays can be remediated, and in some cases, delays can be caught up altogether, if parents intervene while the child is young.This book is for parents of young children aged one-to-five years who are passionate about helping their child as well as learning how they can change the trajectory of their child&amp;#039;s and family&amp;#039;s life.This audio product contains a PDF with supporting material, and the PDF is available to download</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Immune: A Journey into the Mysterious System That Keeps You Alive by Philipp Dettmer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504999</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504999">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504999</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Immune: A Journey into the Mysterious System That Keeps You Alive
Author: Philipp Dettmer
Narrator: Steve Taylor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 28 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.77 of Total 44 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.89 of Total 9
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
A deep dive into the immune system that will forever change how you think about your body, from the creator of the popular science YouTube channel Kurzgesagt—In a Nutshell   “Through wonderful analogies and a genius for clarifying complex ideas, Immune is a truly brilliant introduction to the human body’s vast system for fighting infections and other threats.”—John Green, #1 New York Times bestselling author of The Fault in Our Stars You wake up and feel a tickle in your throat. Your head hurts. You’re mildly annoyed as you get the kids ready for school and dress for work yourself. Meanwhile, an epic war is being fought, just below your skin. Millions are fighting and dying for you to be able to complain as you head out the door.   So what, exactly, is your immune system?   Second only to the human brain in its complexity, it is one of the oldest and most critical facets of life on Earth. Without it, you would die within days. In Immune, Philipp Dettmer, the brains behind the most popular science channel on YouTube, takes readers on a journey through the fortress of the human body and its defenses. There is a constant battle of staggering scale raging within us, full of stories of invasion, strategy, defeat, and noble self-sacrifice. In fact, in the time you’ve been reading this, your immune system has probably identified and eradicated a cancer cell that started to grow in your body.   Each chapter delves into an element of the immune system, including defenses like antibodies and inflammation as well as threats like bacteria, allergies, and cancer, as Dettmer reveals why boosting your immune system is actually nonsense, how parasites sneak their way past your body’s defenses, how viruses work, and what goes on in your wounds when you cut yourself.   Enlivened by immersive descriptions, Immune turns one of the most intricate, interconnected, and confusing subjects—immunology—into a gripping adventure through an astonishing alien landscape. Immune is a vital and remarkably fun crash course in what is arguably, and increasingly, the most important system in the body.</description>
      <author>Philipp Dettmer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Nov 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593416310.mp3" length="3026614" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504999</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593416310.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504999">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504999</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Immune: A Journey into the Mysterious System That Keeps You Alive
Author: Philipp Dettmer
Narrator: Steve Taylor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 28 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.77 of Total 44 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.89 of Total 9
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
A deep dive into the immune system that will forever change how you think about your body, from the creator of the popular science YouTube channel Kurzgesagt—In a Nutshell   “Through wonderful analogies and a genius for clarifying complex ideas, Immune is a truly brilliant introduction to the human body’s vast system for fighting infections and other threats.”—John Green, #1 New York Times bestselling author of The Fault in Our Stars You wake up and feel a tickle in your throat. Your head hurts. You’re mildly annoyed as you get the kids ready for school and dress for work yourself. Meanwhile, an epic war is being fought, just below your skin. Millions are fighting and dying for you to be able to complain as you head out the door.   So what, exactly, is your immune system?   Second only to the human brain in its complexity, it is one of the oldest and most critical facets of life on Earth. Without it, you would die within days. In Immune, Philipp Dettmer, the brains behind the most popular science channel on YouTube, takes readers on a journey through the fortress of the human body and its defenses. There is a constant battle of staggering scale raging within us, full of stories of invasion, strategy, defeat, and noble self-sacrifice. In fact, in the time you’ve been reading this, your immune system has probably identified and eradicated a cancer cell that started to grow in your body.   Each chapter delves into an element of the immune system, including defenses like antibodies and inflammation as well as threats like bacteria, allergies, and cancer, as Dettmer reveals why boosting your immune system is actually nonsense, how parasites sneak their way past your body’s defenses, how viruses work, and what goes on in your wounds when you cut yourself.   Enlivened by immersive descriptions, Immune turns one of the most intricate, interconnected, and confusing subjects—immunology—into a gripping adventure through an astonishing alien landscape. Immune is a vital and remarkably fun crash course in what is arguably, and increasingly, the most important system in the body.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504999">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504999</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Immune: A Journey into the Mysterious System That Keeps You Alive
Author: Philipp Dettmer
Narrator: Steve Taylor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 28 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.77 of Total 44 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.89 of Total 9
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
A deep dive into the immune system that will forever change how you think about your body, from the creator of the popular science YouTube channel Kurzgesagt—In a Nutshell   “Through wonderful analogies and a genius for clarifying complex ideas, Immune is a truly brilliant introduction to the human body’s vast system for fighting infections and other threats.”—John Green, #1 New York Times bestselling author of The Fault in Our Stars You wake up and feel a tickle in your throat. Your head hurts. You’re mildly annoyed as you get the kids ready for school and dress for work yourself. Meanwhile, an epic war is being fought, just below your skin. Millions are fighting and dying for you to be able to complain as you head out the door.   So what, exactly, is your immune system?   Second only to the human brain in its complexity, it is one of the oldest and most critical facets of life on Earth. Without it, you would die within days. In Immune, Philipp Dettmer, the brains behind the most popular science channel on YouTube, takes readers on a journey through the fortress of the human body and its defenses. There is a constant battle of staggering scale raging within us, full of stories of invasion, strategy, defeat, and noble self-sacrifice. In fact, in the time you’ve been reading this, your immune system has probably identified and eradicated a cancer cell that started to grow in your body.   Each chapter delves into an element of the immune system, including defenses like antibodies and inflammation as well as threats like bacteria, allergies, and cancer, as Dettmer reveals why boosting your immune system is actually nonsense, how parasites sneak their way past your body’s defenses, how viruses work, and what goes on in your wounds when you cut yourself.   Enlivened by immersive descriptions, Immune turns one of the most intricate, interconnected, and confusing subjects—immunology—into a gripping adventure through an astonishing alien landscape. Immune is a vital and remarkably fun crash course in what is arguably, and increasingly, the most important system in the body.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dancing the Edge To Reclaiming Your Reality by Lori Beth Bisbey</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504836</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504836">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504836</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dancing the Edge To Reclaiming Your Reality
Author: Lori Beth Bisbey
Narrator: Lori Beth Bisbey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 38 minutes
Release date: February 22, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
People frequently come to therapy believing they are broken.  They have been told this by countless people.  Over the past 33 years, I have worked with thousands of people and the majority of them don&amp;#039;t have something wrong with them.  They are just missing skills.  This book is made up of education about the skills, examples and plans to learn the skills complete with exercises.  Why are these skills so important? When a person lacks skills, they are set up to experience difficult situations throughout their lives.  I have dedicated a chapter to gaslighting because this abusive behaviour robs people of some of the most essential skills, sets them up for emotional abuse, intimate partner violence, rape, sexual violence, physical abuse later in life.  These skills make it possible for us to integrate well with others, keep a solid sense of self, self-worth and have relationships that bring all parties joy.</description>
      <author>Lori Beth Bisbey</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Feb 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781838014377.mp3" length="1426780" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504836</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781838014377.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504836">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504836</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dancing the Edge To Reclaiming Your Reality
Author: Lori Beth Bisbey
Narrator: Lori Beth Bisbey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 38 minutes
Release date: February 22, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
People frequently come to therapy believing they are broken.  They have been told this by countless people.  Over the past 33 years, I have worked with thousands of people and the majority of them don&amp;#039;t have something wrong with them.  They are just missing skills.  This book is made up of education about the skills, examples and plans to learn the skills complete with exercises.  Why are these skills so important? When a person lacks skills, they are set up to experience difficult situations throughout their lives.  I have dedicated a chapter to gaslighting because this abusive behaviour robs people of some of the most essential skills, sets them up for emotional abuse, intimate partner violence, rape, sexual violence, physical abuse later in life.  These skills make it possible for us to integrate well with others, keep a solid sense of self, self-worth and have relationships that bring all parties joy.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504836">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504836</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dancing the Edge To Reclaiming Your Reality
Author: Lori Beth Bisbey
Narrator: Lori Beth Bisbey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 38 minutes
Release date: February 22, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
People frequently come to therapy believing they are broken.  They have been told this by countless people.  Over the past 33 years, I have worked with thousands of people and the majority of them don&amp;#039;t have something wrong with them.  They are just missing skills.  This book is made up of education about the skills, examples and plans to learn the skills complete with exercises.  Why are these skills so important? When a person lacks skills, they are set up to experience difficult situations throughout their lives.  I have dedicated a chapter to gaslighting because this abusive behaviour robs people of some of the most essential skills, sets them up for emotional abuse, intimate partner violence, rape, sexual violence, physical abuse later in life.  These skills make it possible for us to integrate well with others, keep a solid sense of self, self-worth and have relationships that bring all parties joy.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Win Over Depression and Anxiety by Perry S</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504819</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504819">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504819</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Win Over Depression and Anxiety
Author: Perry S
Narrator: Robert Plank
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you or your loved ones struggling with depression, anxiety, fear, worry, stress, or panic attacks? COVID-19 has affected a lot of people financially and mentally. Even today, most people do not know what depression or anxiety is. I went into that phase and was able to conquer it successfully. This book is an effort to help those who need to overcome these situations by changing the small things in life. Depression is a terrible feeling that comes to you from nowhere. A sensation you can&amp;#039;t quite shake. As some would say you do, it&amp;#039;s never as easy as &amp;#039;just snap out of it&amp;#039; Look, it&amp;#039;s not easy, I know. Life&amp;#039;s rough. I know. But it would help if you attempted to defeat this ghost. To conquer everything thrown at you, you have got everything you need. It will take some time. But soon, you&amp;#039;ll see the sun.</description>
      <author>Perry S</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 21 Feb 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662176241.mp3" length="1483343" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504819</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662176241.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504819">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504819</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Win Over Depression and Anxiety
Author: Perry S
Narrator: Robert Plank
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you or your loved ones struggling with depression, anxiety, fear, worry, stress, or panic attacks? COVID-19 has affected a lot of people financially and mentally. Even today, most people do not know what depression or anxiety is. I went into that phase and was able to conquer it successfully. This book is an effort to help those who need to overcome these situations by changing the small things in life. Depression is a terrible feeling that comes to you from nowhere. A sensation you can&amp;#039;t quite shake. As some would say you do, it&amp;#039;s never as easy as &amp;#039;just snap out of it&amp;#039; Look, it&amp;#039;s not easy, I know. Life&amp;#039;s rough. I know. But it would help if you attempted to defeat this ghost. To conquer everything thrown at you, you have got everything you need. It will take some time. But soon, you&amp;#039;ll see the sun.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504819">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504819</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Win Over Depression and Anxiety
Author: Perry S
Narrator: Robert Plank
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you or your loved ones struggling with depression, anxiety, fear, worry, stress, or panic attacks? COVID-19 has affected a lot of people financially and mentally. Even today, most people do not know what depression or anxiety is. I went into that phase and was able to conquer it successfully. This book is an effort to help those who need to overcome these situations by changing the small things in life. Depression is a terrible feeling that comes to you from nowhere. A sensation you can&amp;#039;t quite shake. As some would say you do, it&amp;#039;s never as easy as &amp;#039;just snap out of it&amp;#039; Look, it&amp;#039;s not easy, I know. Life&amp;#039;s rough. I know. But it would help if you attempted to defeat this ghost. To conquer everything thrown at you, you have got everything you need. It will take some time. But soon, you&amp;#039;ll see the sun.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How I Cured My ADHD with Meditation: And How You Can Too by Todd Perelmuter</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504820</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504820">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504820</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How I Cured My ADHD with Meditation: And How You Can Too
Author: Todd Perelmuter
Narrator: Todd Perelmuter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 12 minutes
Release date: February 19, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
For both adults and kids, there is an epidemic going around. And no, I’m not talking about COVID. I’m talking about ADHD (Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder). All across the world, we are losing the ability to focus and pay attention. From 1997 to 2016, schoolchildren diagnosed with ADHD went from 3 percent to over 10 percent and it is still rising fast. From March 9th to March 30th of 2020, the proportion of teens diagnosed with ADHD rose 67 percent! Fortunately, more people are getting help for ADHD. Unfortunately, the most common form of treatment is to prescribe powerful, highly addictive stimulants with potentially serious side effects and even death. ADHD medications are Schedule II drugs, in the same category as cocaine, crystal meth and OxyContin. Worse yet, these drugs act as a crutch, robbing a person from developing their innate ability to pay attention and focus naturally. In this book, you’ll learn how meditation can help children and adults focus and concentrate, calm their body and mind, and live happier and more peaceful lives. Hopefully, after learning the techniques in this book, we can turn that attention deficit into an attention surplus.</description>
      <author>Todd Perelmuter</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 19 Feb 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662176975.mp3" length="1501081" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504820</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662176975.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504820">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504820</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How I Cured My ADHD with Meditation: And How You Can Too
Author: Todd Perelmuter
Narrator: Todd Perelmuter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 12 minutes
Release date: February 19, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
For both adults and kids, there is an epidemic going around. And no, I’m not talking about COVID. I’m talking about ADHD (Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder). All across the world, we are losing the ability to focus and pay attention. From 1997 to 2016, schoolchildren diagnosed with ADHD went from 3 percent to over 10 percent and it is still rising fast. From March 9th to March 30th of 2020, the proportion of teens diagnosed with ADHD rose 67 percent! Fortunately, more people are getting help for ADHD. Unfortunately, the most common form of treatment is to prescribe powerful, highly addictive stimulants with potentially serious side effects and even death. ADHD medications are Schedule II drugs, in the same category as cocaine, crystal meth and OxyContin. Worse yet, these drugs act as a crutch, robbing a person from developing their innate ability to pay attention and focus naturally. In this book, you’ll learn how meditation can help children and adults focus and concentrate, calm their body and mind, and live happier and more peaceful lives. Hopefully, after learning the techniques in this book, we can turn that attention deficit into an attention surplus.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504820">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504820</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How I Cured My ADHD with Meditation: And How You Can Too
Author: Todd Perelmuter
Narrator: Todd Perelmuter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 12 minutes
Release date: February 19, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
For both adults and kids, there is an epidemic going around. And no, I’m not talking about COVID. I’m talking about ADHD (Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder). All across the world, we are losing the ability to focus and pay attention. From 1997 to 2016, schoolchildren diagnosed with ADHD went from 3 percent to over 10 percent and it is still rising fast. From March 9th to March 30th of 2020, the proportion of teens diagnosed with ADHD rose 67 percent! Fortunately, more people are getting help for ADHD. Unfortunately, the most common form of treatment is to prescribe powerful, highly addictive stimulants with potentially serious side effects and even death. ADHD medications are Schedule II drugs, in the same category as cocaine, crystal meth and OxyContin. Worse yet, these drugs act as a crutch, robbing a person from developing their innate ability to pay attention and focus naturally. In this book, you’ll learn how meditation can help children and adults focus and concentrate, calm their body and mind, and live happier and more peaceful lives. Hopefully, after learning the techniques in this book, we can turn that attention deficit into an attention surplus.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Alternative Medicine: The Ultimate Guide to the Healing Benefits of Alternative Medicine, Discover All the Information About Non-Traditional Healing by Cora Wisher</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504810</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504810">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504810</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Alternative Medicine: The Ultimate Guide to the Healing Benefits of Alternative Medicine, Discover All the Information About Non-Traditional Healing
Author: Cora Wisher
Narrator: Stella June
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 49 minutes
Release date: October 28, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Alternative Medicine: The Ultimate Guide to the Healing Benefits of Alternative Medicine, Discover All the Information About Non-Traditional Healing Most people immediately turn to traditional or conventional medicine when they&amp;#039;re sick. But there are some people who decide to look into alternative medicines after going from doctor to doctor and trying various medicines but they are nowhere near to feeling any better. Some people want to try a natural way of treating their sickness and they don&amp;#039;t want to suffer dependencies and side effects that are associated with pharmaceutical medicines.  Alternative medicines are any health treatment that is not standard in Western medical practice. It encompasses many different therapies such as hypnosis, yoga, meditation, herbal remedies, and many more. This audiobook will act as your guide to the many components of alternative medicine. You will discover how different alternative medicines can help you with various illnesses. You will learn what are the advantages of taking the alternative medicine route than traditional medicines.  This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Alternative Medicine: The Ins and Outs of Non-Traditional Healing - Alternative Medicine and Its History - Alternative Treatment Options - Overall Treatment Plans and Additional Tips One of the main differences of alternative medicine is that it focuses more on living life well, happily, and with purpose.  If you want to learn more about different alternative medicines and its benefits, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now.</description>
      <author>Cora Wisher</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Oct 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662176500.mp3" length="865626" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504810</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662176500.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504810">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504810</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Alternative Medicine: The Ultimate Guide to the Healing Benefits of Alternative Medicine, Discover All the Information About Non-Traditional Healing
Author: Cora Wisher
Narrator: Stella June
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 49 minutes
Release date: October 28, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Alternative Medicine: The Ultimate Guide to the Healing Benefits of Alternative Medicine, Discover All the Information About Non-Traditional Healing Most people immediately turn to traditional or conventional medicine when they&amp;#039;re sick. But there are some people who decide to look into alternative medicines after going from doctor to doctor and trying various medicines but they are nowhere near to feeling any better. Some people want to try a natural way of treating their sickness and they don&amp;#039;t want to suffer dependencies and side effects that are associated with pharmaceutical medicines.  Alternative medicines are any health treatment that is not standard in Western medical practice. It encompasses many different therapies such as hypnosis, yoga, meditation, herbal remedies, and many more. This audiobook will act as your guide to the many components of alternative medicine. You will discover how different alternative medicines can help you with various illnesses. You will learn what are the advantages of taking the alternative medicine route than traditional medicines.  This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Alternative Medicine: The Ins and Outs of Non-Traditional Healing - Alternative Medicine and Its History - Alternative Treatment Options - Overall Treatment Plans and Additional Tips One of the main differences of alternative medicine is that it focuses more on living life well, happily, and with purpose.  If you want to learn more about different alternative medicines and its benefits, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504810">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504810</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Alternative Medicine: The Ultimate Guide to the Healing Benefits of Alternative Medicine, Discover All the Information About Non-Traditional Healing
Author: Cora Wisher
Narrator: Stella June
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 49 minutes
Release date: October 28, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Alternative Medicine: The Ultimate Guide to the Healing Benefits of Alternative Medicine, Discover All the Information About Non-Traditional Healing Most people immediately turn to traditional or conventional medicine when they&amp;#039;re sick. But there are some people who decide to look into alternative medicines after going from doctor to doctor and trying various medicines but they are nowhere near to feeling any better. Some people want to try a natural way of treating their sickness and they don&amp;#039;t want to suffer dependencies and side effects that are associated with pharmaceutical medicines.  Alternative medicines are any health treatment that is not standard in Western medical practice. It encompasses many different therapies such as hypnosis, yoga, meditation, herbal remedies, and many more. This audiobook will act as your guide to the many components of alternative medicine. You will discover how different alternative medicines can help you with various illnesses. You will learn what are the advantages of taking the alternative medicine route than traditional medicines.  This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Alternative Medicine: The Ins and Outs of Non-Traditional Healing - Alternative Medicine and Its History - Alternative Treatment Options - Overall Treatment Plans and Additional Tips One of the main differences of alternative medicine is that it focuses more on living life well, happily, and with purpose.  If you want to learn more about different alternative medicines and its benefits, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Anxiety and Avoidance: The Essential Guide on How to Deal with Stress and Anxiety, Learn Strategies and Useful Tips on How to Completely Eliminate Stress and Anxiety From Your Life by Antoine Rafferty</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504809</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504809">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504809</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anxiety and Avoidance: The Essential Guide on How to Deal with Stress and Anxiety, Learn Strategies and Useful Tips on How to Completely Eliminate Stress and Anxiety From Your Life
Author: Antoine Rafferty
Narrator: Elizabeth Cruz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 47 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Anxiety and Avoidance: The Essential Guide on How to Deal with Stress and Anxiety, Learn Strategies and Useful Tips on How to Completely Eliminate Stress and Anxiety From Your Life It is now very common to hear the phrase &amp;#039;I&amp;#039;m so stressed out!&amp;#039; I was surprised to even hear the phrase from a 7 year old because I was thinking when I was that age, I didn&amp;#039;t even know the word stress. It just proves that the word &amp;#039;stress&amp;#039; has become so common that even kids are using the word. Pressure surrounds our everyday life and these pressures can cause our anxiety and stress. It is important that we know how to cope with these feelings so we don&amp;#039;t become overwhelmed with them. Anxiety disorders are the most common mental health issue in the US and studies show that stress accounts for 80 percent of all illnesses either directly or indirectly. This audiobook will teach you how to recognize stress and anxiety. You will discover how to manage and cope with it so you can maintain your health and well-being. In this audiobook, you will discover the following: - Why Are We So Stressed Out? - Blocking Behaviors That Keep Your Stress Alive - Stress or Anxiety? - Dealing With Panic Attacks - Calm Yourself With Visualization - Using Music to Beat Stress - Self-Hypnosis for Stress - Stress Management - Stress Busters - Taking a Break - Relaxing at Work No one can say that they have a way to completely eliminate stress from your life. Stress is simply a part of everyday life that we have to deal with. But what we can do is learn how to manage it and make stress actually work for us. If you want to learn more about anxiety and stress management, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now!</description>
      <author>Antoine Rafferty</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662176364.mp3" length="782829" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504809</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662176364.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504809">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504809</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anxiety and Avoidance: The Essential Guide on How to Deal with Stress and Anxiety, Learn Strategies and Useful Tips on How to Completely Eliminate Stress and Anxiety From Your Life
Author: Antoine Rafferty
Narrator: Elizabeth Cruz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 47 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Anxiety and Avoidance: The Essential Guide on How to Deal with Stress and Anxiety, Learn Strategies and Useful Tips on How to Completely Eliminate Stress and Anxiety From Your Life It is now very common to hear the phrase &amp;#039;I&amp;#039;m so stressed out!&amp;#039; I was surprised to even hear the phrase from a 7 year old because I was thinking when I was that age, I didn&amp;#039;t even know the word stress. It just proves that the word &amp;#039;stress&amp;#039; has become so common that even kids are using the word. Pressure surrounds our everyday life and these pressures can cause our anxiety and stress. It is important that we know how to cope with these feelings so we don&amp;#039;t become overwhelmed with them. Anxiety disorders are the most common mental health issue in the US and studies show that stress accounts for 80 percent of all illnesses either directly or indirectly. This audiobook will teach you how to recognize stress and anxiety. You will discover how to manage and cope with it so you can maintain your health and well-being. In this audiobook, you will discover the following: - Why Are We So Stressed Out? - Blocking Behaviors That Keep Your Stress Alive - Stress or Anxiety? - Dealing With Panic Attacks - Calm Yourself With Visualization - Using Music to Beat Stress - Self-Hypnosis for Stress - Stress Management - Stress Busters - Taking a Break - Relaxing at Work No one can say that they have a way to completely eliminate stress from your life. Stress is simply a part of everyday life that we have to deal with. But what we can do is learn how to manage it and make stress actually work for us. If you want to learn more about anxiety and stress management, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504809">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504809</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anxiety and Avoidance: The Essential Guide on How to Deal with Stress and Anxiety, Learn Strategies and Useful Tips on How to Completely Eliminate Stress and Anxiety From Your Life
Author: Antoine Rafferty
Narrator: Elizabeth Cruz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 47 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Anxiety and Avoidance: The Essential Guide on How to Deal with Stress and Anxiety, Learn Strategies and Useful Tips on How to Completely Eliminate Stress and Anxiety From Your Life It is now very common to hear the phrase &amp;#039;I&amp;#039;m so stressed out!&amp;#039; I was surprised to even hear the phrase from a 7 year old because I was thinking when I was that age, I didn&amp;#039;t even know the word stress. It just proves that the word &amp;#039;stress&amp;#039; has become so common that even kids are using the word. Pressure surrounds our everyday life and these pressures can cause our anxiety and stress. It is important that we know how to cope with these feelings so we don&amp;#039;t become overwhelmed with them. Anxiety disorders are the most common mental health issue in the US and studies show that stress accounts for 80 percent of all illnesses either directly or indirectly. This audiobook will teach you how to recognize stress and anxiety. You will discover how to manage and cope with it so you can maintain your health and well-being. In this audiobook, you will discover the following: - Why Are We So Stressed Out? - Blocking Behaviors That Keep Your Stress Alive - Stress or Anxiety? - Dealing With Panic Attacks - Calm Yourself With Visualization - Using Music to Beat Stress - Self-Hypnosis for Stress - Stress Management - Stress Busters - Taking a Break - Relaxing at Work No one can say that they have a way to completely eliminate stress from your life. Stress is simply a part of everyday life that we have to deal with. But what we can do is learn how to manage it and make stress actually work for us. If you want to learn more about anxiety and stress management, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Love and Forgetting: A Husband and Wife&amp;#039;s Journey through Dementia by Julie Macfie Sobol, Ken Sobol</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504750</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504750">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504750</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Love and Forgetting: A Husband and Wife&amp;#039;s Journey through Dementia
Author: Julie Macfie Sobol, Ken Sobol
Narrator: Cookie Roscoe Handford
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 21 minutes
Release date: February 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Freedom 55? The so-called &amp;quot;Golden Years&amp;quot;? What if you are slowly losing your memories and your motor skills? Or what if you are the devastated witness as your partner struggles with dementia? Lewy Body Disease is a form of dementia second only to Alzheimer&amp;#039;s in numbers, yet many doctors and almost no lay people have ever heard its name. This is the story of two courageous people, Julie and Ken Sobol, life partners as well as writing partners. Caught up in the frightening and fatal fog of Lewy Body Disease, they started writing this book together. As Ken&amp;#039;s disease progresses and his voice dwindles, Julie continues the narration, sharing her sadness, frustration, and attempts to find the best care for her husband. Their chronicling of the ravages wrought by LBD is intelligent, insightful, enlightening, and often humorous. It is-at heart-a love story.</description>
      <author>Julie Macfie Sobol, Ken Sobol</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 15 Feb 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781772601862.mp3" length="1266864" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504750</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781772601862.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504750">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504750</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Love and Forgetting: A Husband and Wife&amp;#039;s Journey through Dementia
Author: Julie Macfie Sobol, Ken Sobol
Narrator: Cookie Roscoe Handford
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 21 minutes
Release date: February 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Freedom 55? The so-called &amp;quot;Golden Years&amp;quot;? What if you are slowly losing your memories and your motor skills? Or what if you are the devastated witness as your partner struggles with dementia? Lewy Body Disease is a form of dementia second only to Alzheimer&amp;#039;s in numbers, yet many doctors and almost no lay people have ever heard its name. This is the story of two courageous people, Julie and Ken Sobol, life partners as well as writing partners. Caught up in the frightening and fatal fog of Lewy Body Disease, they started writing this book together. As Ken&amp;#039;s disease progresses and his voice dwindles, Julie continues the narration, sharing her sadness, frustration, and attempts to find the best care for her husband. Their chronicling of the ravages wrought by LBD is intelligent, insightful, enlightening, and often humorous. It is-at heart-a love story.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504750">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504750</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Love and Forgetting: A Husband and Wife&amp;#039;s Journey through Dementia
Author: Julie Macfie Sobol, Ken Sobol
Narrator: Cookie Roscoe Handford
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 21 minutes
Release date: February 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Freedom 55? The so-called &amp;quot;Golden Years&amp;quot;? What if you are slowly losing your memories and your motor skills? Or what if you are the devastated witness as your partner struggles with dementia? Lewy Body Disease is a form of dementia second only to Alzheimer&amp;#039;s in numbers, yet many doctors and almost no lay people have ever heard its name. This is the story of two courageous people, Julie and Ken Sobol, life partners as well as writing partners. Caught up in the frightening and fatal fog of Lewy Body Disease, they started writing this book together. As Ken&amp;#039;s disease progresses and his voice dwindles, Julie continues the narration, sharing her sadness, frustration, and attempts to find the best care for her husband. Their chronicling of the ravages wrought by LBD is intelligent, insightful, enlightening, and often humorous. It is-at heart-a love story.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fast Minds: How to Thrive If You Have ADHD (Or Think You Might) by Tim Bilkey, Craig Surman, Karen Weintraub</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504543</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504543">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504543</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fast Minds: How to Thrive If You Have ADHD (Or Think You Might)
Author: Tim Bilkey, Craig Surman, Karen Weintraub
Narrator: John Pirhalla
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 10 minutes
Release date: September  7, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
FAST MINDS is an acronym for common symptoms that are often seen in Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD). Millions of adults have ADHD or some of its traits, but they are under-recognized, under-treated, and often under-supported.   This book empowers people with ADHD, or some of its characteristics, to adapt and thrive. By working through the program in this book, you will develop personalized strategies to take control of your life. Forgetful. Achieving below potential. Stuck in a rut. Time challenged. Motivationally challenged. Impulsive. Novelty seeking. Distractible. Scattered.   If any or all of these symptoms are making it difficult for you—or someone you know—to live life to the fullest, then the clinically proven, cutting-edge program in this book will help you understand your struggles and challenges. Whether you have been diagnosed with ADHD, think you may have it, or just exhibit many of these traits, FAST MINDS will help you:      • Figure      out what isn’t working in your life, and the keys to fixing it.     • Build      personalized strategies for managing your time, tasks, and relationships.     • Learn      organizational habits that work for you.     • Stop      communicating poorly, making impulsive choices and taking pointless risks.     • Eliminate      negative thinking patterns that waste your mental energy.     • Create      environments that support your challenges.     • Make      the most of both medical and nonmedical resources (medication, coaching,      Cognitive Behavioral Therapy, mindfulness, support groups, lifestyle      change).    With inspiring stories of real people who have adapted and thrived using the methods in this book, FAST MINDS will help you create the kind of life you want to live. * This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF that contains the illustrations, appendices, workbook, and endnotes from the book.</description>
      <author>Tim Bilkey, Craig Surman, Karen Weintraub</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Sep 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593501856.mp3" length="2792594" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504543</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593501856.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504543">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504543</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fast Minds: How to Thrive If You Have ADHD (Or Think You Might)
Author: Tim Bilkey, Craig Surman, Karen Weintraub
Narrator: John Pirhalla
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 10 minutes
Release date: September  7, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
FAST MINDS is an acronym for common symptoms that are often seen in Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD). Millions of adults have ADHD or some of its traits, but they are under-recognized, under-treated, and often under-supported.   This book empowers people with ADHD, or some of its characteristics, to adapt and thrive. By working through the program in this book, you will develop personalized strategies to take control of your life. Forgetful. Achieving below potential. Stuck in a rut. Time challenged. Motivationally challenged. Impulsive. Novelty seeking. Distractible. Scattered.   If any or all of these symptoms are making it difficult for you—or someone you know—to live life to the fullest, then the clinically proven, cutting-edge program in this book will help you understand your struggles and challenges. Whether you have been diagnosed with ADHD, think you may have it, or just exhibit many of these traits, FAST MINDS will help you:      • Figure      out what isn’t working in your life, and the keys to fixing it.     • Build      personalized strategies for managing your time, tasks, and relationships.     • Learn      organizational habits that work for you.     • Stop      communicating poorly, making impulsive choices and taking pointless risks.     • Eliminate      negative thinking patterns that waste your mental energy.     • Create      environments that support your challenges.     • Make      the most of both medical and nonmedical resources (medication, coaching,      Cognitive Behavioral Therapy, mindfulness, support groups, lifestyle      change).    With inspiring stories of real people who have adapted and thrived using the methods in this book, FAST MINDS will help you create the kind of life you want to live. * This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF that contains the illustrations, appendices, workbook, and endnotes from the book.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504543">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/504543</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fast Minds: How to Thrive If You Have ADHD (Or Think You Might)
Author: Tim Bilkey, Craig Surman, Karen Weintraub
Narrator: John Pirhalla
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 10 minutes
Release date: September  7, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
FAST MINDS is an acronym for common symptoms that are often seen in Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD). Millions of adults have ADHD or some of its traits, but they are under-recognized, under-treated, and often under-supported.   This book empowers people with ADHD, or some of its characteristics, to adapt and thrive. By working through the program in this book, you will develop personalized strategies to take control of your life. Forgetful. Achieving below potential. Stuck in a rut. Time challenged. Motivationally challenged. Impulsive. Novelty seeking. Distractible. Scattered.   If any or all of these symptoms are making it difficult for you—or someone you know—to live life to the fullest, then the clinically proven, cutting-edge program in this book will help you understand your struggles and challenges. Whether you have been diagnosed with ADHD, think you may have it, or just exhibit many of these traits, FAST MINDS will help you:      • Figure      out what isn’t working in your life, and the keys to fixing it.     • Build      personalized strategies for managing your time, tasks, and relationships.     • Learn      organizational habits that work for you.     • Stop      communicating poorly, making impulsive choices and taking pointless risks.     • Eliminate      negative thinking patterns that waste your mental energy.     • Create      environments that support your challenges.     • Make      the most of both medical and nonmedical resources (medication, coaching,      Cognitive Behavioral Therapy, mindfulness, support groups, lifestyle      change).    With inspiring stories of real people who have adapted and thrived using the methods in this book, FAST MINDS will help you create the kind of life you want to live. * This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF that contains the illustrations, appendices, workbook, and endnotes from the book.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Proven Psychological Manipulation Techniques: Guiltless Guide into the Psychology of How Cunning People Get What They Want. How to Play Secret Dark Games to Seize Control and Always Win by Emory Green</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503885</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503885">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503885</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Proven Psychological Manipulation Techniques: Guiltless Guide into the Psychology of How Cunning People Get What They Want. How to Play Secret Dark Games to Seize Control and Always Win
Author: Emory Green
Narrator: John-Michael Jalonen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 42 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Reveal the Dark Side of Human Nature and Discover How Effective Manipulation Works! Would you like to gain a better understanding of the human mind so you can protect yourself and your loved ones from psychological attacks? Do you want the power to dodge malicious schemes? With knowledge comes power. And here we’re not talking about powers of deception, but the power of true understanding. Only when you’re equipped with the knowledge, you stand a chance against dark forces and minds. Understanding human nature will help you stay one step ahead. You will be able to dodge manipulators and their schemes because you will recognize them the moment they walk in.  This book covers the following topics:  The philosophical perspective on manipulation The eternal fight between good and evil in the human mind Specific manipulative ploys to keep an eye on How to deal with the effects of manipulation Choosing the right mindset towards the light And more! You would be surprised to learn how many of the world’s most famous CEOs are psychopaths. Their power and manipulative effect lies in their ability to hide. With this book, you will delve deep into the nature of the human mind, the good, the bad, and the ugly.  There’s nothing to be afraid of. You will come out on the other side stronger, sharper, and ready to take on just about any challenge that comes your way! Here’s your invitation to the dark side. See it for what it truly is!</description>
      <author>Emory Green</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Feb 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662174834.mp3" length="1433287" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503885</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662174834.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503885">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503885</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Proven Psychological Manipulation Techniques: Guiltless Guide into the Psychology of How Cunning People Get What They Want. How to Play Secret Dark Games to Seize Control and Always Win
Author: Emory Green
Narrator: John-Michael Jalonen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 42 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Reveal the Dark Side of Human Nature and Discover How Effective Manipulation Works! Would you like to gain a better understanding of the human mind so you can protect yourself and your loved ones from psychological attacks? Do you want the power to dodge malicious schemes? With knowledge comes power. And here we’re not talking about powers of deception, but the power of true understanding. Only when you’re equipped with the knowledge, you stand a chance against dark forces and minds. Understanding human nature will help you stay one step ahead. You will be able to dodge manipulators and their schemes because you will recognize them the moment they walk in.  This book covers the following topics:  The philosophical perspective on manipulation The eternal fight between good and evil in the human mind Specific manipulative ploys to keep an eye on How to deal with the effects of manipulation Choosing the right mindset towards the light And more! You would be surprised to learn how many of the world’s most famous CEOs are psychopaths. Their power and manipulative effect lies in their ability to hide. With this book, you will delve deep into the nature of the human mind, the good, the bad, and the ugly.  There’s nothing to be afraid of. You will come out on the other side stronger, sharper, and ready to take on just about any challenge that comes your way! Here’s your invitation to the dark side. See it for what it truly is!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503885">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503885</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Proven Psychological Manipulation Techniques: Guiltless Guide into the Psychology of How Cunning People Get What They Want. How to Play Secret Dark Games to Seize Control and Always Win
Author: Emory Green
Narrator: John-Michael Jalonen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 42 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Reveal the Dark Side of Human Nature and Discover How Effective Manipulation Works! Would you like to gain a better understanding of the human mind so you can protect yourself and your loved ones from psychological attacks? Do you want the power to dodge malicious schemes? With knowledge comes power. And here we’re not talking about powers of deception, but the power of true understanding. Only when you’re equipped with the knowledge, you stand a chance against dark forces and minds. Understanding human nature will help you stay one step ahead. You will be able to dodge manipulators and their schemes because you will recognize them the moment they walk in.  This book covers the following topics:  The philosophical perspective on manipulation The eternal fight between good and evil in the human mind Specific manipulative ploys to keep an eye on How to deal with the effects of manipulation Choosing the right mindset towards the light And more! You would be surprised to learn how many of the world’s most famous CEOs are psychopaths. Their power and manipulative effect lies in their ability to hide. With this book, you will delve deep into the nature of the human mind, the good, the bad, and the ugly.  There’s nothing to be afraid of. You will come out on the other side stronger, sharper, and ready to take on just about any challenge that comes your way! Here’s your invitation to the dark side. See it for what it truly is!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Selbstliebe spüren: „Ich bin gut, so wie ich bin...” - Wie du stoppst, dich zu verurteilen und dir selbst wahre Liebe schenkst, ohne dich für andere zu verbiegen by Stefanie Lorenz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503880</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503880">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503880</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Selbstliebe spüren: „Ich bin gut, so wie ich bin...” - Wie du stoppst, dich zu verurteilen und dir selbst wahre Liebe schenkst, ohne dich für andere zu verbiegen
Author: Stefanie Lorenz
Narrator: Ellen Goldmund
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 7 minutes
Release date: February 12, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Selbstliebe ist eine Notwendigkeit, um glücklicher, unbeschwerter und erfolgreicher durch das Leben zu gehen. Dieses Hörbuch „Ich bin gut, so wie ich bin... “ ist für dich, wenn du dich auf die spannende Reise der Erfüllung deiner Wünsche und Träume begibst, aber auch dann ein unverzichtbarer Begleiter, wenn der Weg zu mehr Harmonie in deinem Leben ins Stocken geraten ist: Erfahre, welche Gründe ein Mangel an Selbstliebe haben kann und welche Auswirkungen dieser Zustand auf deine privaten und persönlichen Beziehungen sowie deine Gesundheit haben kann. Wie steht es eigentlich um deine Selbstfürsorge? Mit dem Selfcare-Programm der Autorin schaffst du es, Dinge die dir guttun in dein Leben zu integrieren. Nur so kannst du die Basis für eine gesunde, stabile Selbstliebe legen! Ehefrau, Mutter, Geliebte - erkenne Beziehungsmodelle und Bindungsstile in denen du lebst. Auf diese Weise gelingt es dir, nicht nur dich selbst zu verändern, sondern auch Menschen in deinem Umfeld werden besser mit dir in Resonanz gehen! Keine Zeit für Selbstliebe? Mit den vielfach in der Praxis erprobten Tipps entdeckst du gezielt, dir Freiräume zu schaffen. Das funktioniert selbst im stressigsten Alltag! Selbstliebe Schritt-für Schritt: Folge dem von der Autorin konzipierten, einmaligen Programm, um den Zustand von Selbstliebe und Selbstakzeptanz zu erreichen. Wenn du Kapitel 6 durchgearbeitet hast, werden sich Körper, Geist, Seele, Beziehungen, Arbeit und dein gesamter Alltag auf einem völlig neuen Level befinden! Interventionen im Krisenfall: Die Autorin zeigt dir, wie du auch in schweren Lebenssituationen in deiner Kraft und Selbstliebe bleibst! Bist du bereit, einen Neuanfang zu wagen und an der wichtigsten Beziehung deines Lebens zu arbeiten? Dann sichere dir jetzt das Hörbuch!</description>
      <author>Stefanie Lorenz</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 12 Feb 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662174858.mp3" length="1289786" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503880</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662174858.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503880">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503880</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Selbstliebe spüren: „Ich bin gut, so wie ich bin...” - Wie du stoppst, dich zu verurteilen und dir selbst wahre Liebe schenkst, ohne dich für andere zu verbiegen
Author: Stefanie Lorenz
Narrator: Ellen Goldmund
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 7 minutes
Release date: February 12, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Selbstliebe ist eine Notwendigkeit, um glücklicher, unbeschwerter und erfolgreicher durch das Leben zu gehen. Dieses Hörbuch „Ich bin gut, so wie ich bin... “ ist für dich, wenn du dich auf die spannende Reise der Erfüllung deiner Wünsche und Träume begibst, aber auch dann ein unverzichtbarer Begleiter, wenn der Weg zu mehr Harmonie in deinem Leben ins Stocken geraten ist: Erfahre, welche Gründe ein Mangel an Selbstliebe haben kann und welche Auswirkungen dieser Zustand auf deine privaten und persönlichen Beziehungen sowie deine Gesundheit haben kann. Wie steht es eigentlich um deine Selbstfürsorge? Mit dem Selfcare-Programm der Autorin schaffst du es, Dinge die dir guttun in dein Leben zu integrieren. Nur so kannst du die Basis für eine gesunde, stabile Selbstliebe legen! Ehefrau, Mutter, Geliebte - erkenne Beziehungsmodelle und Bindungsstile in denen du lebst. Auf diese Weise gelingt es dir, nicht nur dich selbst zu verändern, sondern auch Menschen in deinem Umfeld werden besser mit dir in Resonanz gehen! Keine Zeit für Selbstliebe? Mit den vielfach in der Praxis erprobten Tipps entdeckst du gezielt, dir Freiräume zu schaffen. Das funktioniert selbst im stressigsten Alltag! Selbstliebe Schritt-für Schritt: Folge dem von der Autorin konzipierten, einmaligen Programm, um den Zustand von Selbstliebe und Selbstakzeptanz zu erreichen. Wenn du Kapitel 6 durchgearbeitet hast, werden sich Körper, Geist, Seele, Beziehungen, Arbeit und dein gesamter Alltag auf einem völlig neuen Level befinden! Interventionen im Krisenfall: Die Autorin zeigt dir, wie du auch in schweren Lebenssituationen in deiner Kraft und Selbstliebe bleibst! Bist du bereit, einen Neuanfang zu wagen und an der wichtigsten Beziehung deines Lebens zu arbeiten? Dann sichere dir jetzt das Hörbuch!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503880">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503880</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Selbstliebe spüren: „Ich bin gut, so wie ich bin...” - Wie du stoppst, dich zu verurteilen und dir selbst wahre Liebe schenkst, ohne dich für andere zu verbiegen
Author: Stefanie Lorenz
Narrator: Ellen Goldmund
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 7 minutes
Release date: February 12, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Selbstliebe ist eine Notwendigkeit, um glücklicher, unbeschwerter und erfolgreicher durch das Leben zu gehen. Dieses Hörbuch „Ich bin gut, so wie ich bin... “ ist für dich, wenn du dich auf die spannende Reise der Erfüllung deiner Wünsche und Träume begibst, aber auch dann ein unverzichtbarer Begleiter, wenn der Weg zu mehr Harmonie in deinem Leben ins Stocken geraten ist: Erfahre, welche Gründe ein Mangel an Selbstliebe haben kann und welche Auswirkungen dieser Zustand auf deine privaten und persönlichen Beziehungen sowie deine Gesundheit haben kann. Wie steht es eigentlich um deine Selbstfürsorge? Mit dem Selfcare-Programm der Autorin schaffst du es, Dinge die dir guttun in dein Leben zu integrieren. Nur so kannst du die Basis für eine gesunde, stabile Selbstliebe legen! Ehefrau, Mutter, Geliebte - erkenne Beziehungsmodelle und Bindungsstile in denen du lebst. Auf diese Weise gelingt es dir, nicht nur dich selbst zu verändern, sondern auch Menschen in deinem Umfeld werden besser mit dir in Resonanz gehen! Keine Zeit für Selbstliebe? Mit den vielfach in der Praxis erprobten Tipps entdeckst du gezielt, dir Freiräume zu schaffen. Das funktioniert selbst im stressigsten Alltag! Selbstliebe Schritt-für Schritt: Folge dem von der Autorin konzipierten, einmaligen Programm, um den Zustand von Selbstliebe und Selbstakzeptanz zu erreichen. Wenn du Kapitel 6 durchgearbeitet hast, werden sich Körper, Geist, Seele, Beziehungen, Arbeit und dein gesamter Alltag auf einem völlig neuen Level befinden! Interventionen im Krisenfall: Die Autorin zeigt dir, wie du auch in schweren Lebenssituationen in deiner Kraft und Selbstliebe bleibst! Bist du bereit, einen Neuanfang zu wagen und an der wichtigsten Beziehung deines Lebens zu arbeiten? Dann sichere dir jetzt das Hörbuch!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Die Schlaf-Formel für Frauen by Katja Wenzel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503878</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503878">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503878</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Schlaf-Formel für Frauen
Author: Katja Wenzel
Narrator: Ellen Goldmund
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 0 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Ihr gebündeltes Wissen zum richtigen Schlafen hat Katja Wenzel in diesem Experten Ratgeber „Die Schlaf-Formel für Frauen“ zusammengefasst.  Die Schlaf-Formel präsentiert dir die Lösung, damit auch du endlich wieder einschlafen, durchschlafen und voller Glück das Leben in vollen Zügen genießen kannst: Tipps zum blitzschnellen Einschlafen: Identifiziere ungeahnte Störfaktoren, die dich vom Schlaf abhalten Tricks zum Durchschlafen wie ein Murmeltier: Verstehe Schlafphasen und Unterbrechungen in der Nacht Mehr Energie im Alltag: Reduziere Stress und erhalte mehr Selbstbewusstsein Einfach umzusetzende Sofortmaßnahmen für eine schnelle Besserung des Schlafes, direkt am 1. Tag. Leicht verständliche Hintergründe zu allen wichtigen Themen rund um Gesundheit, Schlafstörungen, Stress, natürliche Heilung, Ernährung und Selbstbewusstsein Keine Ärztesprache: Selbst schwierige Themen sind einfach erklärt  Schlafprobleme natürlich besiegen: Ohne Schlaftabletten! Kostenloses Buch als Bonus: Alle Käufer der Schlaf-Formel erhalten ein weiteres, zusätzliches E-Book (Schlaf-Kompakt-Ratgeber) als Gratis Download dazu Mit Soforthilfe Plan zur Umsetzung. In nur drei Wochen zum Traum-Schlaf. Über 21 Tage wirst an die Hand genommen und erhältst täglich simple Anweisungen zur Verbesserung des Schlafes: Befolge diese einfachen Schritte und besiege im Handumdrehen deine Schlafprobleme. Sichere dir jetzt die „Die Schlaf-Formel für Frauen“. Endlich problemlos einschlafen, durchschlafen und voller Energie aufwachen!</description>
      <author>Katja Wenzel</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Feb 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662174797.mp3" length="1233161" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503878</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662174797.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503878">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503878</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Schlaf-Formel für Frauen
Author: Katja Wenzel
Narrator: Ellen Goldmund
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 0 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Ihr gebündeltes Wissen zum richtigen Schlafen hat Katja Wenzel in diesem Experten Ratgeber „Die Schlaf-Formel für Frauen“ zusammengefasst.  Die Schlaf-Formel präsentiert dir die Lösung, damit auch du endlich wieder einschlafen, durchschlafen und voller Glück das Leben in vollen Zügen genießen kannst: Tipps zum blitzschnellen Einschlafen: Identifiziere ungeahnte Störfaktoren, die dich vom Schlaf abhalten Tricks zum Durchschlafen wie ein Murmeltier: Verstehe Schlafphasen und Unterbrechungen in der Nacht Mehr Energie im Alltag: Reduziere Stress und erhalte mehr Selbstbewusstsein Einfach umzusetzende Sofortmaßnahmen für eine schnelle Besserung des Schlafes, direkt am 1. Tag. Leicht verständliche Hintergründe zu allen wichtigen Themen rund um Gesundheit, Schlafstörungen, Stress, natürliche Heilung, Ernährung und Selbstbewusstsein Keine Ärztesprache: Selbst schwierige Themen sind einfach erklärt  Schlafprobleme natürlich besiegen: Ohne Schlaftabletten! Kostenloses Buch als Bonus: Alle Käufer der Schlaf-Formel erhalten ein weiteres, zusätzliches E-Book (Schlaf-Kompakt-Ratgeber) als Gratis Download dazu Mit Soforthilfe Plan zur Umsetzung. In nur drei Wochen zum Traum-Schlaf. Über 21 Tage wirst an die Hand genommen und erhältst täglich simple Anweisungen zur Verbesserung des Schlafes: Befolge diese einfachen Schritte und besiege im Handumdrehen deine Schlafprobleme. Sichere dir jetzt die „Die Schlaf-Formel für Frauen“. Endlich problemlos einschlafen, durchschlafen und voller Energie aufwachen!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503878">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503878</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Schlaf-Formel für Frauen
Author: Katja Wenzel
Narrator: Ellen Goldmund
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 0 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Ihr gebündeltes Wissen zum richtigen Schlafen hat Katja Wenzel in diesem Experten Ratgeber „Die Schlaf-Formel für Frauen“ zusammengefasst.  Die Schlaf-Formel präsentiert dir die Lösung, damit auch du endlich wieder einschlafen, durchschlafen und voller Glück das Leben in vollen Zügen genießen kannst: Tipps zum blitzschnellen Einschlafen: Identifiziere ungeahnte Störfaktoren, die dich vom Schlaf abhalten Tricks zum Durchschlafen wie ein Murmeltier: Verstehe Schlafphasen und Unterbrechungen in der Nacht Mehr Energie im Alltag: Reduziere Stress und erhalte mehr Selbstbewusstsein Einfach umzusetzende Sofortmaßnahmen für eine schnelle Besserung des Schlafes, direkt am 1. Tag. Leicht verständliche Hintergründe zu allen wichtigen Themen rund um Gesundheit, Schlafstörungen, Stress, natürliche Heilung, Ernährung und Selbstbewusstsein Keine Ärztesprache: Selbst schwierige Themen sind einfach erklärt  Schlafprobleme natürlich besiegen: Ohne Schlaftabletten! Kostenloses Buch als Bonus: Alle Käufer der Schlaf-Formel erhalten ein weiteres, zusätzliches E-Book (Schlaf-Kompakt-Ratgeber) als Gratis Download dazu Mit Soforthilfe Plan zur Umsetzung. In nur drei Wochen zum Traum-Schlaf. Über 21 Tage wirst an die Hand genommen und erhältst täglich simple Anweisungen zur Verbesserung des Schlafes: Befolge diese einfachen Schritte und besiege im Handumdrehen deine Schlafprobleme. Sichere dir jetzt die „Die Schlaf-Formel für Frauen“. Endlich problemlos einschlafen, durchschlafen und voller Energie aufwachen!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fit For Success: The Ultimate Guide on How to Achieve Healthy Success, Discover The Importance on Health on Your Road to Success by Yanis Riley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503850</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503850">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503850</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fit For Success: The Ultimate Guide on How to Achieve Healthy Success, Discover The Importance on Health on Your Road to Success
Author: Yanis Riley
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 30 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Fit For Success: The Ultimate Guide on How to Achieve Healthy Success, Discover The Importance on Health on Your Road to Success Is your goal to be successful in life? This could apply to your work, a business, to a personal relationship or you may just want to enjoy a better life with your family. No matter what your goal is, there is one main thing that connects all of these things together. You cannot be successful at anything unless you have your health! You are not given good health, it is something that you must learn how to achieve and then learn how to maintain it. While this may sound simple it is something that many people just let go of. This audiobook will discuss the connection between how to be successful in your chosen path and how to get healthy and stay that way. You will learn the steps you need to take to improve your health and your life.  This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Why Sleep is Important! - The Importance of Your Diet - Why Staying Fit Should be the Main Focus in Your Life - Mental Health - Happiness Counts! - Personal Growth Affects Your Health - Your Job can Make You Sick - Your Personal Baggage! - Healthy Tips to Incorporate in Your Daily Life - And many more Health is something that affects so many different areas of your life. It is so easy to lose your health if you are not careful and regaining health is not as easy too. If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now.</description>
      <author>Yanis Riley</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Feb 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662175947.mp3" length="712229" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503850</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662175947.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503850">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503850</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fit For Success: The Ultimate Guide on How to Achieve Healthy Success, Discover The Importance on Health on Your Road to Success
Author: Yanis Riley
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 30 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Fit For Success: The Ultimate Guide on How to Achieve Healthy Success, Discover The Importance on Health on Your Road to Success Is your goal to be successful in life? This could apply to your work, a business, to a personal relationship or you may just want to enjoy a better life with your family. No matter what your goal is, there is one main thing that connects all of these things together. You cannot be successful at anything unless you have your health! You are not given good health, it is something that you must learn how to achieve and then learn how to maintain it. While this may sound simple it is something that many people just let go of. This audiobook will discuss the connection between how to be successful in your chosen path and how to get healthy and stay that way. You will learn the steps you need to take to improve your health and your life.  This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Why Sleep is Important! - The Importance of Your Diet - Why Staying Fit Should be the Main Focus in Your Life - Mental Health - Happiness Counts! - Personal Growth Affects Your Health - Your Job can Make You Sick - Your Personal Baggage! - Healthy Tips to Incorporate in Your Daily Life - And many more Health is something that affects so many different areas of your life. It is so easy to lose your health if you are not careful and regaining health is not as easy too. If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503850">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503850</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fit For Success: The Ultimate Guide on How to Achieve Healthy Success, Discover The Importance on Health on Your Road to Success
Author: Yanis Riley
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 30 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Fit For Success: The Ultimate Guide on How to Achieve Healthy Success, Discover The Importance on Health on Your Road to Success Is your goal to be successful in life? This could apply to your work, a business, to a personal relationship or you may just want to enjoy a better life with your family. No matter what your goal is, there is one main thing that connects all of these things together. You cannot be successful at anything unless you have your health! You are not given good health, it is something that you must learn how to achieve and then learn how to maintain it. While this may sound simple it is something that many people just let go of. This audiobook will discuss the connection between how to be successful in your chosen path and how to get healthy and stay that way. You will learn the steps you need to take to improve your health and your life.  This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Why Sleep is Important! - The Importance of Your Diet - Why Staying Fit Should be the Main Focus in Your Life - Mental Health - Happiness Counts! - Personal Growth Affects Your Health - Your Job can Make You Sick - Your Personal Baggage! - Healthy Tips to Incorporate in Your Daily Life - And many more Health is something that affects so many different areas of your life. It is so easy to lose your health if you are not careful and regaining health is not as easy too. If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Midnight Meditations: Calm Your Thoughts, Still Your Body, and Return to Sleep by Courtney E. Ackerman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503796</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503796">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503796</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Midnight Meditations: Calm Your Thoughts, Still Your Body, and Return to Sleep
Author: Courtney E. Ackerman
Narrator: Robin Eller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 14 minutes
Release date: June  8, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Stop chasing sleep and start welcoming rest with these 150 peaceful, nighttime meditations to make falling back to sleep easier than ever. There’s nothing worse than waking up in the middle of the night and being unable to fall back asleep. Now with Midnight Meditations, you can be gently guided back to sleep faster than ever.   These 150 peaceful, soothing meditations help you welcome and embrace the rest, relaxation, and restorative sleep every night has to offer. With these simple, guided meditations you can tune out distractions that hinder your rest and tap into the tranquility of the night.   In Midnight Meditations, you will discover how to calm your racing thoughts, stop chasing sleep, and start receiving an undisturbed night’s rest so you can make the most of your days.</description>
      <author>Courtney E. Ackerman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Jun 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797131177.mp3" length="843084" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503796</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797131177.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503796">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503796</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Midnight Meditations: Calm Your Thoughts, Still Your Body, and Return to Sleep
Author: Courtney E. Ackerman
Narrator: Robin Eller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 14 minutes
Release date: June  8, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Stop chasing sleep and start welcoming rest with these 150 peaceful, nighttime meditations to make falling back to sleep easier than ever. There’s nothing worse than waking up in the middle of the night and being unable to fall back asleep. Now with Midnight Meditations, you can be gently guided back to sleep faster than ever.   These 150 peaceful, soothing meditations help you welcome and embrace the rest, relaxation, and restorative sleep every night has to offer. With these simple, guided meditations you can tune out distractions that hinder your rest and tap into the tranquility of the night.   In Midnight Meditations, you will discover how to calm your racing thoughts, stop chasing sleep, and start receiving an undisturbed night’s rest so you can make the most of your days.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503796">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503796</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Midnight Meditations: Calm Your Thoughts, Still Your Body, and Return to Sleep
Author: Courtney E. Ackerman
Narrator: Robin Eller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 14 minutes
Release date: June  8, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Stop chasing sleep and start welcoming rest with these 150 peaceful, nighttime meditations to make falling back to sleep easier than ever. There’s nothing worse than waking up in the middle of the night and being unable to fall back asleep. Now with Midnight Meditations, you can be gently guided back to sleep faster than ever.   These 150 peaceful, soothing meditations help you welcome and embrace the rest, relaxation, and restorative sleep every night has to offer. With these simple, guided meditations you can tune out distractions that hinder your rest and tap into the tranquility of the night.   In Midnight Meditations, you will discover how to calm your racing thoughts, stop chasing sleep, and start receiving an undisturbed night’s rest so you can make the most of your days.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Them Before Us: Why We Need a Global Children&amp;#039;s Rights Movement by Stacy Manning, Katy Faust</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503590</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503590">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503590</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Them Before Us: Why We Need a Global Children&amp;#039;s Rights Movement
Author: Stacy Manning, Katy Faust
Narrator: Katy Faust
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 22 minutes
Release date: March  4, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Blazing a new trail through the difficult terrain of marriage and family issues, this book filters the complexities of marriage, familial relationships, and reproductive technologies through the lens of a child’s right to be raised by both their mother and father. Featuring the real-life stories of hundreds of children, Them Before Us makes the irrefutable case that a child’s mother and father are critical to their mental, physical, and emotional well-being, dispeling prevalent myths concerning children’s rights. This well-researched book identifies the wide-ranging harms resulting from mother- and father-loss, and it provides a roadmap for effective children’s rights advocacy. Whether you’re seeking to make sense of your own fractured childhood or yearn to prevent similar struggles for the next generation, Them Before Us will equip you to be the adult who should have advocated for you as a child. By defending children’s rights, we protect the heart of every child and set a course that will decimate a myriad of the social ills currently plaguing our world. When we disregard those rights, children are reduced to commodities to be cut and pasted into any and every adult relationship.</description>
      <author>Stacy Manning, Katy Faust</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Mar 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666547276.mp3" length="747060" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503590</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666547276.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503590">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503590</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Them Before Us: Why We Need a Global Children&amp;#039;s Rights Movement
Author: Stacy Manning, Katy Faust
Narrator: Katy Faust
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 22 minutes
Release date: March  4, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Blazing a new trail through the difficult terrain of marriage and family issues, this book filters the complexities of marriage, familial relationships, and reproductive technologies through the lens of a child’s right to be raised by both their mother and father. Featuring the real-life stories of hundreds of children, Them Before Us makes the irrefutable case that a child’s mother and father are critical to their mental, physical, and emotional well-being, dispeling prevalent myths concerning children’s rights. This well-researched book identifies the wide-ranging harms resulting from mother- and father-loss, and it provides a roadmap for effective children’s rights advocacy. Whether you’re seeking to make sense of your own fractured childhood or yearn to prevent similar struggles for the next generation, Them Before Us will equip you to be the adult who should have advocated for you as a child. By defending children’s rights, we protect the heart of every child and set a course that will decimate a myriad of the social ills currently plaguing our world. When we disregard those rights, children are reduced to commodities to be cut and pasted into any and every adult relationship.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503590">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503590</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Them Before Us: Why We Need a Global Children&amp;#039;s Rights Movement
Author: Stacy Manning, Katy Faust
Narrator: Katy Faust
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 22 minutes
Release date: March  4, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Blazing a new trail through the difficult terrain of marriage and family issues, this book filters the complexities of marriage, familial relationships, and reproductive technologies through the lens of a child’s right to be raised by both their mother and father. Featuring the real-life stories of hundreds of children, Them Before Us makes the irrefutable case that a child’s mother and father are critical to their mental, physical, and emotional well-being, dispeling prevalent myths concerning children’s rights. This well-researched book identifies the wide-ranging harms resulting from mother- and father-loss, and it provides a roadmap for effective children’s rights advocacy. Whether you’re seeking to make sense of your own fractured childhood or yearn to prevent similar struggles for the next generation, Them Before Us will equip you to be the adult who should have advocated for you as a child. By defending children’s rights, we protect the heart of every child and set a course that will decimate a myriad of the social ills currently plaguing our world. When we disregard those rights, children are reduced to commodities to be cut and pasted into any and every adult relationship.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Autoimmune Healing by Madison Fuller</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503118</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503118">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503118</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Autoimmune Healing
Author: Madison Fuller
Narrator: Allison Jeffery
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 46 minutes
Release date: February  5, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Autoimmune diseases are one of the ten leading causes of deaths for women and affect nearly 25 million Americans In fact, millions of people worldwide suffer from Autoimmune Diseases, whether they know it or not. The good news is that many autoimmune conditions can be reversed through a targeted protocol designed to heal the autoimmune system. In this book, Madison Fuller reveals a revolutionary way for people to balance their immune systems, transform their health, and live fuller, happier lives. We all must take responsibility for our health and understand the underlying mechanisms for the most common illnesses. Apply basic lifestyle changes to enhance your health, wellness and feel better than you have in years. And, most importantly, learn how to stay healthy throughout your life. Inside You Will Discover: ●	The 3-Step Autoimmune Protocol   ●	Autoimmune-Friendly Lifestyle Habits ●	Autoimmune Recipes for All of Your Meals ●	Find Out Your Food Intolerances/allergies ●	Reducing Your Exposure to Toxins ●	Time-Savvy + Cost Effective Autoimmune Solution Strategies And much, much more... Save your time on your health journey by listening to this book!</description>
      <author>Madison Fuller</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 05 Feb 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662174339.mp3" length="1413942" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503118</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662174339.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503118">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503118</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Autoimmune Healing
Author: Madison Fuller
Narrator: Allison Jeffery
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 46 minutes
Release date: February  5, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Autoimmune diseases are one of the ten leading causes of deaths for women and affect nearly 25 million Americans In fact, millions of people worldwide suffer from Autoimmune Diseases, whether they know it or not. The good news is that many autoimmune conditions can be reversed through a targeted protocol designed to heal the autoimmune system. In this book, Madison Fuller reveals a revolutionary way for people to balance their immune systems, transform their health, and live fuller, happier lives. We all must take responsibility for our health and understand the underlying mechanisms for the most common illnesses. Apply basic lifestyle changes to enhance your health, wellness and feel better than you have in years. And, most importantly, learn how to stay healthy throughout your life. Inside You Will Discover: ●	The 3-Step Autoimmune Protocol   ●	Autoimmune-Friendly Lifestyle Habits ●	Autoimmune Recipes for All of Your Meals ●	Find Out Your Food Intolerances/allergies ●	Reducing Your Exposure to Toxins ●	Time-Savvy + Cost Effective Autoimmune Solution Strategies And much, much more... Save your time on your health journey by listening to this book!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503118">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/503118</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Autoimmune Healing
Author: Madison Fuller
Narrator: Allison Jeffery
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 46 minutes
Release date: February  5, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Autoimmune diseases are one of the ten leading causes of deaths for women and affect nearly 25 million Americans In fact, millions of people worldwide suffer from Autoimmune Diseases, whether they know it or not. The good news is that many autoimmune conditions can be reversed through a targeted protocol designed to heal the autoimmune system. In this book, Madison Fuller reveals a revolutionary way for people to balance their immune systems, transform their health, and live fuller, happier lives. We all must take responsibility for our health and understand the underlying mechanisms for the most common illnesses. Apply basic lifestyle changes to enhance your health, wellness and feel better than you have in years. And, most importantly, learn how to stay healthy throughout your life. Inside You Will Discover: ●	The 3-Step Autoimmune Protocol   ●	Autoimmune-Friendly Lifestyle Habits ●	Autoimmune Recipes for All of Your Meals ●	Find Out Your Food Intolerances/allergies ●	Reducing Your Exposure to Toxins ●	Time-Savvy + Cost Effective Autoimmune Solution Strategies And much, much more... Save your time on your health journey by listening to this book!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Binaural Beats | Brainwave Entrainment | Deep Relaxation | The Bridge To The Subconscious by Dr. Laurence Goldman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502944</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502944">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502944</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Binaural Beats | Brainwave Entrainment | Deep Relaxation | The Bridge To The Subconscious
Author: Dr. Laurence Goldman
Narrator: Ian Brannan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 46 minutes
Release date: February 10, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Sounds can bring bridges and houses crashing down, but they can also heal body and spirit. In fact, they have such a strong effect on the mind that they can transform your inner state. The right tones can help you: • reduce stress; • achieve deep relaxation; and • have exceptional trance experiences. They will help liberate you from the daily stresses that have been proven to be responsible for 85–90% of all illnesses. • Do you want to relieve stress effectively and find some respite from the stresses of daily life? • Do you want to experience deep meditation without having to practice for years? • Do you want to experience the kind of trance-like states of consciousness normally only achieved by Zen masters? But do you feel … • ground down by the stress of everyday life, stress that only seems to grow from year to year? • that you are losing your connection to your true self? • imprisoned by your addictions and unable to assert control over your happiness and success? • that your illnesses are holding you back and keeping you from feeling free? • that it is getting harder and harder to concentrate because your worries and fears have taken over? If you answered &amp;#039;yes&amp;#039; to any of the questions above, then you are probably suffering from chronic stress. This is hardly surprising, given that 75% of all doctor&amp;#039;s visits can be traced back to this cause. But there is a simple strategy that is 100% effective. You can have the highest possible human experience whenever you want: profound relaxation, deep contemplation, inner peace. This in turn can activate your self-healing powers, release inner peace and happiness, transform your outlook, and liberate you from your worries and fears. Now it&amp;#039;s easier than ever to achieve this state of consciousness. With this premium audiobook: •you will feel deeply relaxed within just 10 minutes; •you will enter a restorative half-sleep within 20 minutes; •and with a little practice, within 40 minutes you will have the mystical trance experience otherwise only achieved by Zen masters. All of this is possible thanks to innovative 8D audio processing technology, which enables you to meditate with just the press of a button. We use special frequencies that automatically put your brain into a state of deep relaxation. Known as &amp;#039;brainwave entrainment&amp;#039;, this technology is based on an extremely simple principle. Multiple neurological studies have shown that listening to certain frequencies makes us more content and relaxed; this is known as &amp;#039;audio resonance.&amp;#039; Brain entrainment can relieve stress and improve mood. Sound can transform our bodies and the way we think. The effect is sometimes described as &amp;#039;a gentle massage for the brain,&amp;#039; as it feels as if your head is being softly stroked from within. This program leads you step by step to this state. Within the first five minutes, revolutionary 8D technology will generate dissociations that slow down your thoughts. The extremely spatial sound you hear through your ordinary headphones will make you feel as if you are at a live concert, and your body and mind will begin to relax. This in turn will help you build up energy and let go of the day while at the same time becoming clearer and more conscious with each passing minute. The more often you use one of the applications, the more intense the experience will become. This is all completely safe and has been tried and tested millions of times. The applications, which are between 20 and 90 minutes long, are easy to use, even for complete beginners. Simply find a quiet place, choose a program (with or without a voiceover), put on your headphones, and breathe in and out gently and slowly. You will enter a relaxed yet focused state in no time.</description>
      <author>Dr. Laurence Goldman</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Feb 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4064066898496.mp3" length="972486" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502944</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4064066898496.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502944">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502944</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Binaural Beats | Brainwave Entrainment | Deep Relaxation | The Bridge To The Subconscious
Author: Dr. Laurence Goldman
Narrator: Ian Brannan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 46 minutes
Release date: February 10, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Sounds can bring bridges and houses crashing down, but they can also heal body and spirit. In fact, they have such a strong effect on the mind that they can transform your inner state. The right tones can help you: • reduce stress; • achieve deep relaxation; and • have exceptional trance experiences. They will help liberate you from the daily stresses that have been proven to be responsible for 85–90% of all illnesses. • Do you want to relieve stress effectively and find some respite from the stresses of daily life? • Do you want to experience deep meditation without having to practice for years? • Do you want to experience the kind of trance-like states of consciousness normally only achieved by Zen masters? But do you feel … • ground down by the stress of everyday life, stress that only seems to grow from year to year? • that you are losing your connection to your true self? • imprisoned by your addictions and unable to assert control over your happiness and success? • that your illnesses are holding you back and keeping you from feeling free? • that it is getting harder and harder to concentrate because your worries and fears have taken over? If you answered &amp;#039;yes&amp;#039; to any of the questions above, then you are probably suffering from chronic stress. This is hardly surprising, given that 75% of all doctor&amp;#039;s visits can be traced back to this cause. But there is a simple strategy that is 100% effective. You can have the highest possible human experience whenever you want: profound relaxation, deep contemplation, inner peace. This in turn can activate your self-healing powers, release inner peace and happiness, transform your outlook, and liberate you from your worries and fears. Now it&amp;#039;s easier than ever to achieve this state of consciousness. With this premium audiobook: •you will feel deeply relaxed within just 10 minutes; •you will enter a restorative half-sleep within 20 minutes; •and with a little practice, within 40 minutes you will have the mystical trance experience otherwise only achieved by Zen masters. All of this is possible thanks to innovative 8D audio processing technology, which enables you to meditate with just the press of a button. We use special frequencies that automatically put your brain into a state of deep relaxation. Known as &amp;#039;brainwave entrainment&amp;#039;, this technology is based on an extremely simple principle. Multiple neurological studies have shown that listening to certain frequencies makes us more content and relaxed; this is known as &amp;#039;audio resonance.&amp;#039; Brain entrainment can relieve stress and improve mood. Sound can transform our bodies and the way we think. The effect is sometimes described as &amp;#039;a gentle massage for the brain,&amp;#039; as it feels as if your head is being softly stroked from within. This program leads you step by step to this state. Within the first five minutes, revolutionary 8D technology will generate dissociations that slow down your thoughts. The extremely spatial sound you hear through your ordinary headphones will make you feel as if you are at a live concert, and your body and mind will begin to relax. This in turn will help you build up energy and let go of the day while at the same time becoming clearer and more conscious with each passing minute. The more often you use one of the applications, the more intense the experience will become. This is all completely safe and has been tried and tested millions of times. The applications, which are between 20 and 90 minutes long, are easy to use, even for complete beginners. Simply find a quiet place, choose a program (with or without a voiceover), put on your headphones, and breathe in and out gently and slowly. You will enter a relaxed yet focused state in no time.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502944">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502944</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Binaural Beats | Brainwave Entrainment | Deep Relaxation | The Bridge To The Subconscious
Author: Dr. Laurence Goldman
Narrator: Ian Brannan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 46 minutes
Release date: February 10, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Sounds can bring bridges and houses crashing down, but they can also heal body and spirit. In fact, they have such a strong effect on the mind that they can transform your inner state. The right tones can help you: • reduce stress; • achieve deep relaxation; and • have exceptional trance experiences. They will help liberate you from the daily stresses that have been proven to be responsible for 85–90% of all illnesses. • Do you want to relieve stress effectively and find some respite from the stresses of daily life? • Do you want to experience deep meditation without having to practice for years? • Do you want to experience the kind of trance-like states of consciousness normally only achieved by Zen masters? But do you feel … • ground down by the stress of everyday life, stress that only seems to grow from year to year? • that you are losing your connection to your true self? • imprisoned by your addictions and unable to assert control over your happiness and success? • that your illnesses are holding you back and keeping you from feeling free? • that it is getting harder and harder to concentrate because your worries and fears have taken over? If you answered &amp;#039;yes&amp;#039; to any of the questions above, then you are probably suffering from chronic stress. This is hardly surprising, given that 75% of all doctor&amp;#039;s visits can be traced back to this cause. But there is a simple strategy that is 100% effective. You can have the highest possible human experience whenever you want: profound relaxation, deep contemplation, inner peace. This in turn can activate your self-healing powers, release inner peace and happiness, transform your outlook, and liberate you from your worries and fears. Now it&amp;#039;s easier than ever to achieve this state of consciousness. With this premium audiobook: •you will feel deeply relaxed within just 10 minutes; •you will enter a restorative half-sleep within 20 minutes; •and with a little practice, within 40 minutes you will have the mystical trance experience otherwise only achieved by Zen masters. All of this is possible thanks to innovative 8D audio processing technology, which enables you to meditate with just the press of a button. We use special frequencies that automatically put your brain into a state of deep relaxation. Known as &amp;#039;brainwave entrainment&amp;#039;, this technology is based on an extremely simple principle. Multiple neurological studies have shown that listening to certain frequencies makes us more content and relaxed; this is known as &amp;#039;audio resonance.&amp;#039; Brain entrainment can relieve stress and improve mood. Sound can transform our bodies and the way we think. The effect is sometimes described as &amp;#039;a gentle massage for the brain,&amp;#039; as it feels as if your head is being softly stroked from within. This program leads you step by step to this state. Within the first five minutes, revolutionary 8D technology will generate dissociations that slow down your thoughts. The extremely spatial sound you hear through your ordinary headphones will make you feel as if you are at a live concert, and your body and mind will begin to relax. This in turn will help you build up energy and let go of the day while at the same time becoming clearer and more conscious with each passing minute. The more often you use one of the applications, the more intense the experience will become. This is all completely safe and has been tried and tested millions of times. The applications, which are between 20 and 90 minutes long, are easy to use, even for complete beginners. Simply find a quiet place, choose a program (with or without a voiceover), put on your headphones, and breathe in and out gently and slowly. You will enter a relaxed yet focused state in no time.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Happy Birthing Days: A midwife&amp;#039;s secret to a joyful, safe and happy birth by Jutta Wohlrab</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502910</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502910">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502910</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Happy Birthing Days: A midwife&amp;#039;s secret to a joyful, safe and happy birth
Author: Jutta Wohlrab
Narrator: Jutta Wohlrab
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 41 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Pizza and parcels should be delivered but babies should be born. Happy Birthing Days is a 3-step method that has helped hundreds of women and couples to have more choice and a better birthing experience on their big day. Combining positive birth stories with practical tips for body and mind, this audiobook provides a guide that enables all pregnant women to prepare themselves in a positive way. Jutta shares the best of her knowledge and experience from over 30 years of midwifery, and combines this with her deep knowledge of NLP, hypnosis and yoga to: 1. give you more confidence in your body and your skills; 2. teach you Birth Breathing for deep relaxation and a better birth; 3. offer effective hands-on tips and tricks for birth partners; 4. create more choice for you, your partner and your baby; 5. enable you to release unwanted fears and doubts. Birth is a global matter and everyone deserves the best beginning in life. Let this audiobook be your guide.</description>
      <author>Jutta Wohlrab</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Feb 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781781335437.mp3" length="821850" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502910</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781781335437.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502910">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502910</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Happy Birthing Days: A midwife&amp;#039;s secret to a joyful, safe and happy birth
Author: Jutta Wohlrab
Narrator: Jutta Wohlrab
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 41 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Pizza and parcels should be delivered but babies should be born. Happy Birthing Days is a 3-step method that has helped hundreds of women and couples to have more choice and a better birthing experience on their big day. Combining positive birth stories with practical tips for body and mind, this audiobook provides a guide that enables all pregnant women to prepare themselves in a positive way. Jutta shares the best of her knowledge and experience from over 30 years of midwifery, and combines this with her deep knowledge of NLP, hypnosis and yoga to: 1. give you more confidence in your body and your skills; 2. teach you Birth Breathing for deep relaxation and a better birth; 3. offer effective hands-on tips and tricks for birth partners; 4. create more choice for you, your partner and your baby; 5. enable you to release unwanted fears and doubts. Birth is a global matter and everyone deserves the best beginning in life. Let this audiobook be your guide.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502910">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502910</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Happy Birthing Days: A midwife&amp;#039;s secret to a joyful, safe and happy birth
Author: Jutta Wohlrab
Narrator: Jutta Wohlrab
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 41 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Pizza and parcels should be delivered but babies should be born. Happy Birthing Days is a 3-step method that has helped hundreds of women and couples to have more choice and a better birthing experience on their big day. Combining positive birth stories with practical tips for body and mind, this audiobook provides a guide that enables all pregnant women to prepare themselves in a positive way. Jutta shares the best of her knowledge and experience from over 30 years of midwifery, and combines this with her deep knowledge of NLP, hypnosis and yoga to: 1. give you more confidence in your body and your skills; 2. teach you Birth Breathing for deep relaxation and a better birth; 3. offer effective hands-on tips and tricks for birth partners; 4. create more choice for you, your partner and your baby; 5. enable you to release unwanted fears and doubts. Birth is a global matter and everyone deserves the best beginning in life. Let this audiobook be your guide.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Outsmart Your Anxious Brain: Ten Simple Ways to Beat the Worry Trick by David A. Carbonell PhD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502337</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502337">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502337</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Outsmart Your Anxious Brain: Ten Simple Ways to Beat the Worry Trick
Author: David A. Carbonell PhD
Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 3 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
It&amp;#039;s time to outsmart your worry and anxiety. Drawing on the same cutting-edge psychology presented in author David Carbonell&amp;#039;s The Worry Trick, this irreverent, on-the-go guide offers ten powerful &amp;#039;counter-intuitive&amp;#039; strategies to help you put worry in its place—anytime, anywhere. Anxiety is a powerful force. It makes us question our decisions and ourselves, worry about the future, and it fills our days with dread and emotional turbulence. But what if we understood that anxiety is merely a trick of the mind, trying to convince us we&amp;#039;re in danger? Anxiety is like a magician behind the curtain, playing subtle tricks on us to convince us that we&amp;#039;re in danger when we&amp;#039;re not. When we understand this, we can observe our anxious feelings with some distance. Based on the author&amp;#039;s popular book, The Worry Trick, this helpful and humorous guide identifies the &amp;#039;trick&amp;#039; of chronic anxiety, and provides the ten most powerful techniques based in acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) and cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) to help you respond differently to panic, anxiety, worry, and phobias. Once you learn to respond differently to the worry trick, you&amp;#039;ll be able to break the cycle of chronic anxiety for good.</description>
      <author>David A. Carbonell PhD</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Apr 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666117981.mp3" length="8007879" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502337</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666117981.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502337">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502337</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Outsmart Your Anxious Brain: Ten Simple Ways to Beat the Worry Trick
Author: David A. Carbonell PhD
Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 3 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
It&amp;#039;s time to outsmart your worry and anxiety. Drawing on the same cutting-edge psychology presented in author David Carbonell&amp;#039;s The Worry Trick, this irreverent, on-the-go guide offers ten powerful &amp;#039;counter-intuitive&amp;#039; strategies to help you put worry in its place—anytime, anywhere. Anxiety is a powerful force. It makes us question our decisions and ourselves, worry about the future, and it fills our days with dread and emotional turbulence. But what if we understood that anxiety is merely a trick of the mind, trying to convince us we&amp;#039;re in danger? Anxiety is like a magician behind the curtain, playing subtle tricks on us to convince us that we&amp;#039;re in danger when we&amp;#039;re not. When we understand this, we can observe our anxious feelings with some distance. Based on the author&amp;#039;s popular book, The Worry Trick, this helpful and humorous guide identifies the &amp;#039;trick&amp;#039; of chronic anxiety, and provides the ten most powerful techniques based in acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) and cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) to help you respond differently to panic, anxiety, worry, and phobias. Once you learn to respond differently to the worry trick, you&amp;#039;ll be able to break the cycle of chronic anxiety for good.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502337">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502337</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Outsmart Your Anxious Brain: Ten Simple Ways to Beat the Worry Trick
Author: David A. Carbonell PhD
Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 3 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
It&amp;#039;s time to outsmart your worry and anxiety. Drawing on the same cutting-edge psychology presented in author David Carbonell&amp;#039;s The Worry Trick, this irreverent, on-the-go guide offers ten powerful &amp;#039;counter-intuitive&amp;#039; strategies to help you put worry in its place—anytime, anywhere. Anxiety is a powerful force. It makes us question our decisions and ourselves, worry about the future, and it fills our days with dread and emotional turbulence. But what if we understood that anxiety is merely a trick of the mind, trying to convince us we&amp;#039;re in danger? Anxiety is like a magician behind the curtain, playing subtle tricks on us to convince us that we&amp;#039;re in danger when we&amp;#039;re not. When we understand this, we can observe our anxious feelings with some distance. Based on the author&amp;#039;s popular book, The Worry Trick, this helpful and humorous guide identifies the &amp;#039;trick&amp;#039; of chronic anxiety, and provides the ten most powerful techniques based in acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) and cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) to help you respond differently to panic, anxiety, worry, and phobias. Once you learn to respond differently to the worry trick, you&amp;#039;ll be able to break the cycle of chronic anxiety for good.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fire Child, Water Child: How Understanding the Five Types of ADHD Can Help You Improve Your Child&amp;#039;s Self-Esteem and Attention by Stephen Scott Cowan MD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502336</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502336">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502336</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fire Child, Water Child: How Understanding the Five Types of ADHD Can Help You Improve Your Child&amp;#039;s Self-Esteem and Attention
Author: Stephen Scott Cowan MD
Narrator: Barry Abrams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 39 minutes
Release date: April  6, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Fire Child, Water Child is a revolutionary guide to parenting a child with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) that does not rely on medication or pathologizing your child&amp;#039;s challenges. This method helps you identify your child&amp;#039;s unique focusing style—wood, fire, earth, metal, or water—and calm the stress that can contribute to your child&amp;#039;s ADHD symptoms. What is your child’s ADHD style? ● The Wood Child is an adventurous explorer who is always on the move but gets frustrated easily ● The Fire Child is outgoing, funny, and can be prone to mood swings and impulsive actions ● The Earth Child is cooperative, peacemaking, but can feel worried or indecisive when stressed ● The Metal Child is comforted by routine, and finds it difficult to shift attention from task to task ● The Water Child is an imaginative dreamer, yet struggles to keep track of time By using this personalized approach, you will help your child reduce impulsive behavior, regulate attention, and handle school and home routines with confidence.</description>
      <author>Stephen Scott Cowan MD</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Apr 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666117288.mp3" length="7993036" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502336</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666117288.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502336">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502336</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fire Child, Water Child: How Understanding the Five Types of ADHD Can Help You Improve Your Child&amp;#039;s Self-Esteem and Attention
Author: Stephen Scott Cowan MD
Narrator: Barry Abrams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 39 minutes
Release date: April  6, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Fire Child, Water Child is a revolutionary guide to parenting a child with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) that does not rely on medication or pathologizing your child&amp;#039;s challenges. This method helps you identify your child&amp;#039;s unique focusing style—wood, fire, earth, metal, or water—and calm the stress that can contribute to your child&amp;#039;s ADHD symptoms. What is your child’s ADHD style? ● The Wood Child is an adventurous explorer who is always on the move but gets frustrated easily ● The Fire Child is outgoing, funny, and can be prone to mood swings and impulsive actions ● The Earth Child is cooperative, peacemaking, but can feel worried or indecisive when stressed ● The Metal Child is comforted by routine, and finds it difficult to shift attention from task to task ● The Water Child is an imaginative dreamer, yet struggles to keep track of time By using this personalized approach, you will help your child reduce impulsive behavior, regulate attention, and handle school and home routines with confidence.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502336">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502336</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fire Child, Water Child: How Understanding the Five Types of ADHD Can Help You Improve Your Child&amp;#039;s Self-Esteem and Attention
Author: Stephen Scott Cowan MD
Narrator: Barry Abrams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 39 minutes
Release date: April  6, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Fire Child, Water Child is a revolutionary guide to parenting a child with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) that does not rely on medication or pathologizing your child&amp;#039;s challenges. This method helps you identify your child&amp;#039;s unique focusing style—wood, fire, earth, metal, or water—and calm the stress that can contribute to your child&amp;#039;s ADHD symptoms. What is your child’s ADHD style? ● The Wood Child is an adventurous explorer who is always on the move but gets frustrated easily ● The Fire Child is outgoing, funny, and can be prone to mood swings and impulsive actions ● The Earth Child is cooperative, peacemaking, but can feel worried or indecisive when stressed ● The Metal Child is comforted by routine, and finds it difficult to shift attention from task to task ● The Water Child is an imaginative dreamer, yet struggles to keep track of time By using this personalized approach, you will help your child reduce impulsive behavior, regulate attention, and handle school and home routines with confidence.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Walking Toward Peace: Veterans Healing on America&amp;#039;s Trails by Cindy Ross</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502328</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502328">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502328</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Walking Toward Peace: Veterans Healing on America&amp;#039;s Trails
Author: Cindy Ross
Narrator: Pam Ward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 26 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Walking Toward Peace shares the intimate stories of veterans who, post-deployment, have wrestled with post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Through a process called &amp;#039;ecotherapy,&amp;#039; spending time in nature to promote healing and mental health, they have found new tools to deal with issues that have resulted from combat experiences: survivor&amp;#039;s guilt, nightmares, lack of trust, depression, hypervigilance, thoughts of suicide, and lack of purpose. Some veterans profiled here have gone to extremes, spending months on long-distance expeditions, like hiking the 3,100-mile Continental Divide Trail or canoeing the 2,320-mile Mississippi River. For many others, however, brief excursions in the outdoors offer an opportunity for healing. Author Cindy Ross examines current research and perspectives of professional therapists and provides information on organizations devoted to healing veterans in the outdoors. Veterans share their stories, frequently as they sit by a campfire, describing wartime traumas and their present lives. Through their collective voices what becomes clear is that anyone suffering from any form of PTSD may discover the powerful comfort and healing that can be found in the outdoors.</description>
      <author>Cindy Ross</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Apr 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666112344.mp3" length="7590996" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502328</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666112344.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502328">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502328</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Walking Toward Peace: Veterans Healing on America&amp;#039;s Trails
Author: Cindy Ross
Narrator: Pam Ward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 26 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Walking Toward Peace shares the intimate stories of veterans who, post-deployment, have wrestled with post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Through a process called &amp;#039;ecotherapy,&amp;#039; spending time in nature to promote healing and mental health, they have found new tools to deal with issues that have resulted from combat experiences: survivor&amp;#039;s guilt, nightmares, lack of trust, depression, hypervigilance, thoughts of suicide, and lack of purpose. Some veterans profiled here have gone to extremes, spending months on long-distance expeditions, like hiking the 3,100-mile Continental Divide Trail or canoeing the 2,320-mile Mississippi River. For many others, however, brief excursions in the outdoors offer an opportunity for healing. Author Cindy Ross examines current research and perspectives of professional therapists and provides information on organizations devoted to healing veterans in the outdoors. Veterans share their stories, frequently as they sit by a campfire, describing wartime traumas and their present lives. Through their collective voices what becomes clear is that anyone suffering from any form of PTSD may discover the powerful comfort and healing that can be found in the outdoors.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502328">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502328</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Walking Toward Peace: Veterans Healing on America&amp;#039;s Trails
Author: Cindy Ross
Narrator: Pam Ward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 26 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Walking Toward Peace shares the intimate stories of veterans who, post-deployment, have wrestled with post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Through a process called &amp;#039;ecotherapy,&amp;#039; spending time in nature to promote healing and mental health, they have found new tools to deal with issues that have resulted from combat experiences: survivor&amp;#039;s guilt, nightmares, lack of trust, depression, hypervigilance, thoughts of suicide, and lack of purpose. Some veterans profiled here have gone to extremes, spending months on long-distance expeditions, like hiking the 3,100-mile Continental Divide Trail or canoeing the 2,320-mile Mississippi River. For many others, however, brief excursions in the outdoors offer an opportunity for healing. Author Cindy Ross examines current research and perspectives of professional therapists and provides information on organizations devoted to healing veterans in the outdoors. Veterans share their stories, frequently as they sit by a campfire, describing wartime traumas and their present lives. Through their collective voices what becomes clear is that anyone suffering from any form of PTSD may discover the powerful comfort and healing that can be found in the outdoors.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Beauty in the Browns: Walking with Christ in the Darkness of Depression by Paul Asay</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502211</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502211">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502211</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Beauty in the Browns: Walking with Christ in the Darkness of Depression
Author: Paul Asay
Narrator: Paul Asay
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 6 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you or someone you love struggle with depression? If so, know that you and your loved ones can go on.  Beauty in the Browns author Paul Asay knows this from personal experience―his and his son’s. As he shares their stories in an honest, practical, sometimes painful, and occasionally humorous way (with input from mental health professionals), you’ll find someone who understands what it means to live as a Christian with depression. He offers hope and help to those suffering from mental illness as well as those trying to help them. Even in the bleak browns of depression, even when the world looks hopeless, God still has a plan for people dealing with this issue. In this book, you’ll find encouragement to fight the good fight and keep the faith.</description>
      <author>Paul Asay</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Feb 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684283576.mp3" length="1362501" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502211</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684283576.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502211">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502211</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Beauty in the Browns: Walking with Christ in the Darkness of Depression
Author: Paul Asay
Narrator: Paul Asay
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 6 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you or someone you love struggle with depression? If so, know that you and your loved ones can go on.  Beauty in the Browns author Paul Asay knows this from personal experience―his and his son’s. As he shares their stories in an honest, practical, sometimes painful, and occasionally humorous way (with input from mental health professionals), you’ll find someone who understands what it means to live as a Christian with depression. He offers hope and help to those suffering from mental illness as well as those trying to help them. Even in the bleak browns of depression, even when the world looks hopeless, God still has a plan for people dealing with this issue. In this book, you’ll find encouragement to fight the good fight and keep the faith.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502211">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502211</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Beauty in the Browns: Walking with Christ in the Darkness of Depression
Author: Paul Asay
Narrator: Paul Asay
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 6 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you or someone you love struggle with depression? If so, know that you and your loved ones can go on.  Beauty in the Browns author Paul Asay knows this from personal experience―his and his son’s. As he shares their stories in an honest, practical, sometimes painful, and occasionally humorous way (with input from mental health professionals), you’ll find someone who understands what it means to live as a Christian with depression. He offers hope and help to those suffering from mental illness as well as those trying to help them. Even in the bleak browns of depression, even when the world looks hopeless, God still has a plan for people dealing with this issue. In this book, you’ll find encouragement to fight the good fight and keep the faith.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bipolar II - (Beyond The Unhappy Diagnosis And Into A Happy Life) by Evelyn Tomson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502116</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502116">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502116</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bipolar II - (Beyond The Unhappy Diagnosis And Into A Happy Life)
Author: Evelyn Tomson
Narrator: Katrina Leffler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 34 minutes
Release date: February  8, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Informational and positive look on the hard diagnosis. Lifting the stigma, finding that you are not alone in all this.The book is a personal journey, finding what the disease is all about, managing the difficult moments of depressions and hypo-mania episodes until a stable effect is reached, the so-called remission. The author also shares her successes, talents and everything she has learned in an optimistic and positive way. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</description>
      <author>Evelyn Tomson</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Feb 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788835418757.mp3" length="1373775" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502116</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788835418757.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502116">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502116</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bipolar II - (Beyond The Unhappy Diagnosis And Into A Happy Life)
Author: Evelyn Tomson
Narrator: Katrina Leffler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 34 minutes
Release date: February  8, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Informational and positive look on the hard diagnosis. Lifting the stigma, finding that you are not alone in all this.The book is a personal journey, finding what the disease is all about, managing the difficult moments of depressions and hypo-mania episodes until a stable effect is reached, the so-called remission. The author also shares her successes, talents and everything she has learned in an optimistic and positive way. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502116">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502116</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bipolar II - (Beyond The Unhappy Diagnosis And Into A Happy Life)
Author: Evelyn Tomson
Narrator: Katrina Leffler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 34 minutes
Release date: February  8, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Informational and positive look on the hard diagnosis. Lifting the stigma, finding that you are not alone in all this.The book is a personal journey, finding what the disease is all about, managing the difficult moments of depressions and hypo-mania episodes until a stable effect is reached, the so-called remission. The author also shares her successes, talents and everything she has learned in an optimistic and positive way. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Pain Toolkit Worldwide Edition by Pete Moore</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502105</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502105">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502105</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Pain Toolkit Worldwide Edition
Author: Pete Moore
Narrator: Bob Dobson, Melissa Clements
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 38 minutes
Release date: January  5, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Based on the publication; this audio version of the Pain Toolkit by Pete Moore, is narrated by Melissa Clements and Bob Dobson is ideal for people with vision problems, people who prefer to sit, relax and listen and for those that prefer learning whilst on the move.</description>
      <author>Pete Moore</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Jan 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662172656.mp3" length="796866" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502105</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662172656.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502105">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502105</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Pain Toolkit Worldwide Edition
Author: Pete Moore
Narrator: Bob Dobson, Melissa Clements
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 38 minutes
Release date: January  5, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Based on the publication; this audio version of the Pain Toolkit by Pete Moore, is narrated by Melissa Clements and Bob Dobson is ideal for people with vision problems, people who prefer to sit, relax and listen and for those that prefer learning whilst on the move.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502105">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502105</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Pain Toolkit Worldwide Edition
Author: Pete Moore
Narrator: Bob Dobson, Melissa Clements
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 38 minutes
Release date: January  5, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Based on the publication; this audio version of the Pain Toolkit by Pete Moore, is narrated by Melissa Clements and Bob Dobson is ideal for people with vision problems, people who prefer to sit, relax and listen and for those that prefer learning whilst on the move.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Break the Chronic Pain Cycle by Sheetal Decaria Md</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502096</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502096">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502096</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Break the Chronic Pain Cycle
Author: Sheetal Decaria Md
Narrator: Susan Mcgurl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 58 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
90 Days to a Pain-Free Life! Over 1.5 billion people worldwide suffer from chronic pain, and the majority continue to suffer despite seeking conventional medical care. Dr. DeCaria has been on both sides—a patient with pain and a doctor treating pain—an experience that allowed her to witness firsthand the limitations of our current healthcare system. In this innovative guide, Dr. DeCaria shares her unique approach, which goes beyond masking symptoms through medications and unnecessary interventions. Using clinically proven techniques, Dr. DeCaria’s 90-day program provides you with a roadmap to both diagnose and eliminate your chronic pain. You will determine what type of pain syndrome you have, learn how to implement a specific treatment plan that will treat the root cause, and begin living an anti-pain lifestyle to prevent future pain issues from developing. Whether you suffer from occasional aches or severe uncontrollable pain, this revolutionary program will guide you to a pain-free life.</description>
      <author>Sheetal Decaria Md</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 31 Jan 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781735717234.mp3" length="1357279" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502096</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781735717234.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502096">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502096</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Break the Chronic Pain Cycle
Author: Sheetal Decaria Md
Narrator: Susan Mcgurl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 58 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
90 Days to a Pain-Free Life! Over 1.5 billion people worldwide suffer from chronic pain, and the majority continue to suffer despite seeking conventional medical care. Dr. DeCaria has been on both sides—a patient with pain and a doctor treating pain—an experience that allowed her to witness firsthand the limitations of our current healthcare system. In this innovative guide, Dr. DeCaria shares her unique approach, which goes beyond masking symptoms through medications and unnecessary interventions. Using clinically proven techniques, Dr. DeCaria’s 90-day program provides you with a roadmap to both diagnose and eliminate your chronic pain. You will determine what type of pain syndrome you have, learn how to implement a specific treatment plan that will treat the root cause, and begin living an anti-pain lifestyle to prevent future pain issues from developing. Whether you suffer from occasional aches or severe uncontrollable pain, this revolutionary program will guide you to a pain-free life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502096">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502096</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Break the Chronic Pain Cycle
Author: Sheetal Decaria Md
Narrator: Susan Mcgurl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 58 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
90 Days to a Pain-Free Life! Over 1.5 billion people worldwide suffer from chronic pain, and the majority continue to suffer despite seeking conventional medical care. Dr. DeCaria has been on both sides—a patient with pain and a doctor treating pain—an experience that allowed her to witness firsthand the limitations of our current healthcare system. In this innovative guide, Dr. DeCaria shares her unique approach, which goes beyond masking symptoms through medications and unnecessary interventions. Using clinically proven techniques, Dr. DeCaria’s 90-day program provides you with a roadmap to both diagnose and eliminate your chronic pain. You will determine what type of pain syndrome you have, learn how to implement a specific treatment plan that will treat the root cause, and begin living an anti-pain lifestyle to prevent future pain issues from developing. Whether you suffer from occasional aches or severe uncontrollable pain, this revolutionary program will guide you to a pain-free life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Waking Up Tomorrow by Jonathan Marritt</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502074</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502074">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502074</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Waking Up Tomorrow
Author: Jonathan Marritt
Narrator: Tim Shoesmith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 10 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Waking Up Tomorrow chronicles my struggles against anxiety disorder and depression. It&amp;#039;s a no-holds-barred account of how I have coped with anxiety-related issues over the years and the methods I adopt to continue to move forward, day after day. I share my analysis on what I perceive to help listeners progress more positively with their lives and what I also found does not help and can be counterproductive. I let the listener into my journey, hopefully drawing parallels with their own, offering logical solutions in a world of psychobabble and overload when trying to find some peace from this often crippling disorder. I would describe this audiobook as easy-to-listenand understand moving away from the often wordy narrative of the more traditional self-help books that are penned by psychologists and the like. My ultimate aim for this work is for the listener to understand that there is a very simple solution hiding in a very complex issue, and it’s the peruser&amp;#039;s job to - with my help - uncover this, own it, and make it their own.</description>
      <author>Jonathan Marritt</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Jan 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662172830.mp3" length="1348458" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502074</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662172830.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502074">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502074</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Waking Up Tomorrow
Author: Jonathan Marritt
Narrator: Tim Shoesmith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 10 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Waking Up Tomorrow chronicles my struggles against anxiety disorder and depression. It&amp;#039;s a no-holds-barred account of how I have coped with anxiety-related issues over the years and the methods I adopt to continue to move forward, day after day. I share my analysis on what I perceive to help listeners progress more positively with their lives and what I also found does not help and can be counterproductive. I let the listener into my journey, hopefully drawing parallels with their own, offering logical solutions in a world of psychobabble and overload when trying to find some peace from this often crippling disorder. I would describe this audiobook as easy-to-listenand understand moving away from the often wordy narrative of the more traditional self-help books that are penned by psychologists and the like. My ultimate aim for this work is for the listener to understand that there is a very simple solution hiding in a very complex issue, and it’s the peruser&amp;#039;s job to - with my help - uncover this, own it, and make it their own.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502074">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502074</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Waking Up Tomorrow
Author: Jonathan Marritt
Narrator: Tim Shoesmith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 10 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Waking Up Tomorrow chronicles my struggles against anxiety disorder and depression. It&amp;#039;s a no-holds-barred account of how I have coped with anxiety-related issues over the years and the methods I adopt to continue to move forward, day after day. I share my analysis on what I perceive to help listeners progress more positively with their lives and what I also found does not help and can be counterproductive. I let the listener into my journey, hopefully drawing parallels with their own, offering logical solutions in a world of psychobabble and overload when trying to find some peace from this often crippling disorder. I would describe this audiobook as easy-to-listenand understand moving away from the often wordy narrative of the more traditional self-help books that are penned by psychologists and the like. My ultimate aim for this work is for the listener to understand that there is a very simple solution hiding in a very complex issue, and it’s the peruser&amp;#039;s job to - with my help - uncover this, own it, and make it their own.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>I Dream He Talks to Me: A Memoir of Learning How to Listen by Allison Moorer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502042</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502042">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502042</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: I Dream He Talks to Me: A Memoir of Learning How to Listen
Author: Allison Moorer
Narrator: Allison Moorer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 16 minutes
Release date: October 12, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
From a Grammy-nominated musician comes a lyrical testament to love and resilience through the lens of parenting her young son, who has nonverbal autism.  When Allison’s son, John Henry, stopped using his growing vocabulary just before his second birthday, she knew in her bones that something was shifting. In the years since his autism diagnosis, Allison and John Henry have embarked on an intense journey filled with the adventure, joy, heartbreak, confusion, and powerful love lessons that are the hallmarks of a quest for understanding. In I Dream He Talks to Me, Allison details the meltdowns and the moments of grace, and how the mundane expectations of a parent turn into extraordinary achievements. The saying goes, “If you know one person with autism, you know one person with autism”; no two stories are alike, and yet there are universal truths that apply to all parent-child relationships. With gorgeous prose, Allison shares her and John Henry’s experience while also creating a riveting narrative that will speak to anyone who parents—and who has questioned their own ability to do so. An exploration of resilience and compassion—both for ourselves and for others—I Dream He Talks to Me is also a moving meditation on our place in the world and how we get there; what words mean, what they don’t; and, ultimately, how we truly express ourselves and truly know those whom we love.</description>
      <author>Allison Moorer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Oct 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549187582.mp3" length="860314" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502042</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549187582.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502042">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502042</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: I Dream He Talks to Me: A Memoir of Learning How to Listen
Author: Allison Moorer
Narrator: Allison Moorer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 16 minutes
Release date: October 12, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
From a Grammy-nominated musician comes a lyrical testament to love and resilience through the lens of parenting her young son, who has nonverbal autism.  When Allison’s son, John Henry, stopped using his growing vocabulary just before his second birthday, she knew in her bones that something was shifting. In the years since his autism diagnosis, Allison and John Henry have embarked on an intense journey filled with the adventure, joy, heartbreak, confusion, and powerful love lessons that are the hallmarks of a quest for understanding. In I Dream He Talks to Me, Allison details the meltdowns and the moments of grace, and how the mundane expectations of a parent turn into extraordinary achievements. The saying goes, “If you know one person with autism, you know one person with autism”; no two stories are alike, and yet there are universal truths that apply to all parent-child relationships. With gorgeous prose, Allison shares her and John Henry’s experience while also creating a riveting narrative that will speak to anyone who parents—and who has questioned their own ability to do so. An exploration of resilience and compassion—both for ourselves and for others—I Dream He Talks to Me is also a moving meditation on our place in the world and how we get there; what words mean, what they don’t; and, ultimately, how we truly express ourselves and truly know those whom we love.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502042">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502042</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: I Dream He Talks to Me: A Memoir of Learning How to Listen
Author: Allison Moorer
Narrator: Allison Moorer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 16 minutes
Release date: October 12, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
From a Grammy-nominated musician comes a lyrical testament to love and resilience through the lens of parenting her young son, who has nonverbal autism.  When Allison’s son, John Henry, stopped using his growing vocabulary just before his second birthday, she knew in her bones that something was shifting. In the years since his autism diagnosis, Allison and John Henry have embarked on an intense journey filled with the adventure, joy, heartbreak, confusion, and powerful love lessons that are the hallmarks of a quest for understanding. In I Dream He Talks to Me, Allison details the meltdowns and the moments of grace, and how the mundane expectations of a parent turn into extraordinary achievements. The saying goes, “If you know one person with autism, you know one person with autism”; no two stories are alike, and yet there are universal truths that apply to all parent-child relationships. With gorgeous prose, Allison shares her and John Henry’s experience while also creating a riveting narrative that will speak to anyone who parents—and who has questioned their own ability to do so. An exploration of resilience and compassion—both for ourselves and for others—I Dream He Talks to Me is also a moving meditation on our place in the world and how we get there; what words mean, what they don’t; and, ultimately, how we truly express ourselves and truly know those whom we love.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Good Anxiety: Harnessing the Power of the Most Misunderstood Emotion by Wendy Suzuki</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501986</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501986">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501986</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Good Anxiety: Harnessing the Power of the Most Misunderstood Emotion
Author: Wendy Suzuki
Narrator: Wendy Suzuki
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 15 minutes
Release date: September  7, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
World-renowned neuroscientist and author of Healthy Brain, Happy Life has developed an “absolute game-changer” (Conscious Conversations Podcast) for managing unwarranted anxiety and turning it into a powerful asset. We are living in the age of anxiety, a situation that often makes us feel as if we are locked into an endless cycle of stress, sleeplessness, and worry. But what if we had a way to leverage our anxiety to help us solve problems and fortify our well-being? What if, instead of seeing anxiety as a curse, we could recognize it for the unique gift that it is?   As a neuroscientist, Dr. Wendy Suzuki has discovered a paradigm-shifting truth about anxiety: yes, it is uncomfortable, but it is also essential for our survival. In fact, anxiety is a key component of our ability to live optimally. Every emotion we experience has an evolutionary purpose, and anxiety is designed to draw our attention to a number of negative emotions. If we simply approach anxiety as something to avoid, get rid of, or dampen, we actually miss an opportunity to not only manage the symptoms of anxiety better but also discover ways to improve our lives. Listening to our worries from a place of curiosity, instead of fear, can actually guide us onto a path that leads to joy.   “Suzuki draws on decades of neuroscience, including her own research, and leavens her learning with a little personal storytelling to create a practical, science-backed guidebook for those seeking such a transformation” (The Wall Street Journal).</description>
      <author>Wendy Suzuki</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Sep 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797130293.mp3" length="804331" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501986</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797130293.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501986">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501986</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Good Anxiety: Harnessing the Power of the Most Misunderstood Emotion
Author: Wendy Suzuki
Narrator: Wendy Suzuki
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 15 minutes
Release date: September  7, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
World-renowned neuroscientist and author of Healthy Brain, Happy Life has developed an “absolute game-changer” (Conscious Conversations Podcast) for managing unwarranted anxiety and turning it into a powerful asset. We are living in the age of anxiety, a situation that often makes us feel as if we are locked into an endless cycle of stress, sleeplessness, and worry. But what if we had a way to leverage our anxiety to help us solve problems and fortify our well-being? What if, instead of seeing anxiety as a curse, we could recognize it for the unique gift that it is?   As a neuroscientist, Dr. Wendy Suzuki has discovered a paradigm-shifting truth about anxiety: yes, it is uncomfortable, but it is also essential for our survival. In fact, anxiety is a key component of our ability to live optimally. Every emotion we experience has an evolutionary purpose, and anxiety is designed to draw our attention to a number of negative emotions. If we simply approach anxiety as something to avoid, get rid of, or dampen, we actually miss an opportunity to not only manage the symptoms of anxiety better but also discover ways to improve our lives. Listening to our worries from a place of curiosity, instead of fear, can actually guide us onto a path that leads to joy.   “Suzuki draws on decades of neuroscience, including her own research, and leavens her learning with a little personal storytelling to create a practical, science-backed guidebook for those seeking such a transformation” (The Wall Street Journal).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501986">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501986</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Good Anxiety: Harnessing the Power of the Most Misunderstood Emotion
Author: Wendy Suzuki
Narrator: Wendy Suzuki
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 15 minutes
Release date: September  7, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
World-renowned neuroscientist and author of Healthy Brain, Happy Life has developed an “absolute game-changer” (Conscious Conversations Podcast) for managing unwarranted anxiety and turning it into a powerful asset. We are living in the age of anxiety, a situation that often makes us feel as if we are locked into an endless cycle of stress, sleeplessness, and worry. But what if we had a way to leverage our anxiety to help us solve problems and fortify our well-being? What if, instead of seeing anxiety as a curse, we could recognize it for the unique gift that it is?   As a neuroscientist, Dr. Wendy Suzuki has discovered a paradigm-shifting truth about anxiety: yes, it is uncomfortable, but it is also essential for our survival. In fact, anxiety is a key component of our ability to live optimally. Every emotion we experience has an evolutionary purpose, and anxiety is designed to draw our attention to a number of negative emotions. If we simply approach anxiety as something to avoid, get rid of, or dampen, we actually miss an opportunity to not only manage the symptoms of anxiety better but also discover ways to improve our lives. Listening to our worries from a place of curiosity, instead of fear, can actually guide us onto a path that leads to joy.   “Suzuki draws on decades of neuroscience, including her own research, and leavens her learning with a little personal storytelling to create a practical, science-backed guidebook for those seeking such a transformation” (The Wall Street Journal).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Breaking Anxiety’s Grip: How to Reclaim the Peace God Promises by Dr. Michelle Bengtson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501954</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501954">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501954</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Breaking Anxiety’s Grip: How to Reclaim the Peace God Promises
Author: Dr. Michelle Bengtson
Narrator: Pam Ward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 6 minutes
Release date: April 20, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Ours is an age of anxiety. We worry about our children, jobs, homes, health, and finances. News and social media feed our fears. Even the fear of missing out leads to anxiety. The solution isn&amp;#039;t to rid ourselves of the sources of anxiety but to recognize that anxiety originates from a spiritual influence—and then use the weapons of power, love, and a sound mind to fight back and live in God&amp;#039;s peace. Sharing her own story of emerging from the battle with anxiety as well as the stories of others, Dr. Michelle Bengtson reminds you of your identity as a follower of Christ and of the peace he promises you in spite of everything. She provides tools to cope with the crushing emotional burden of anxiety now, and, more importantly, shows you how to reclaim God&amp;#039;s peace as a way of life so that you can break anxiety&amp;#039;s grip.</description>
      <author>Dr. Michelle Bengtson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Apr 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545918227.mp3" length="7577736" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501954</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545918227.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501954">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501954</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Breaking Anxiety’s Grip: How to Reclaim the Peace God Promises
Author: Dr. Michelle Bengtson
Narrator: Pam Ward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 6 minutes
Release date: April 20, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Ours is an age of anxiety. We worry about our children, jobs, homes, health, and finances. News and social media feed our fears. Even the fear of missing out leads to anxiety. The solution isn&amp;#039;t to rid ourselves of the sources of anxiety but to recognize that anxiety originates from a spiritual influence—and then use the weapons of power, love, and a sound mind to fight back and live in God&amp;#039;s peace. Sharing her own story of emerging from the battle with anxiety as well as the stories of others, Dr. Michelle Bengtson reminds you of your identity as a follower of Christ and of the peace he promises you in spite of everything. She provides tools to cope with the crushing emotional burden of anxiety now, and, more importantly, shows you how to reclaim God&amp;#039;s peace as a way of life so that you can break anxiety&amp;#039;s grip.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501954">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501954</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Breaking Anxiety’s Grip: How to Reclaim the Peace God Promises
Author: Dr. Michelle Bengtson
Narrator: Pam Ward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 6 minutes
Release date: April 20, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Ours is an age of anxiety. We worry about our children, jobs, homes, health, and finances. News and social media feed our fears. Even the fear of missing out leads to anxiety. The solution isn&amp;#039;t to rid ourselves of the sources of anxiety but to recognize that anxiety originates from a spiritual influence—and then use the weapons of power, love, and a sound mind to fight back and live in God&amp;#039;s peace. Sharing her own story of emerging from the battle with anxiety as well as the stories of others, Dr. Michelle Bengtson reminds you of your identity as a follower of Christ and of the peace he promises you in spite of everything. She provides tools to cope with the crushing emotional burden of anxiety now, and, more importantly, shows you how to reclaim God&amp;#039;s peace as a way of life so that you can break anxiety&amp;#039;s grip.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Celebrate Recovery 365 Daily Devotional: Healing from Hurts, Habits, and Hang-Ups by Mac Owen, Johnny Baker, John Baker</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501940</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501940">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501940</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Celebrate Recovery 365 Daily Devotional: Healing from Hurts, Habits, and Hang-Ups
Author: Mac Owen, Johnny Baker, John Baker
Narrator: Kyle Tait
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 6 minutes
Release date: June  8, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Find inspiration during your moments of strength and growth and encouragement in your times of weakness. Are you on a recovery journey? Do you need a daily resource of hope to get you through every day? The Celebrate Recovery 365 Daily Devotional includes brief daily encouragement for the millions on the road to recovery from various hurts, pain, or addiction of any kind.  You will find: - Deeper application of the 12 steps and 8 principles - A year&amp;#039;s worth of devotions, giving ongoing support and hope for the road ahead - Scripture verses and focused prayers for each day - Guidance on how to recover from alcoholism, divorce, sexual abuse, codependency, domestic violence, drug addition, sexual addiction, food addiction, gambling addiction, and more - Reminders of God&amp;#039;s goodness, grace, and redemption - Inspiration to support others struggling with hurts, habits, and hang-ups   Celebrate Recovery is more than a 12-step recovery program; it is a means toward lasting life changes through Christ-centered 12 steps and 8 principles based on the Beatitudes. Through daily entries with scripture and prayer, you&amp;#039;ll discover the key to long-term recovery. Whether a self-purchase or a gift for someone you care about, Celebrate Recovery 365 Daily Devotional is designed to inspire during moments of strength and growth and encourage during times of weakness. This year-long devotional will bring comfort and encourage strength for each day and provide words of hope, courage, and triumph.</description>
      <author>Mac Owen, Johnny Baker, John Baker</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Jun 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780310460411.mp3" length="1233805" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501940</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780310460411.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501940">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501940</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Celebrate Recovery 365 Daily Devotional: Healing from Hurts, Habits, and Hang-Ups
Author: Mac Owen, Johnny Baker, John Baker
Narrator: Kyle Tait
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 6 minutes
Release date: June  8, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Find inspiration during your moments of strength and growth and encouragement in your times of weakness. Are you on a recovery journey? Do you need a daily resource of hope to get you through every day? The Celebrate Recovery 365 Daily Devotional includes brief daily encouragement for the millions on the road to recovery from various hurts, pain, or addiction of any kind.  You will find: - Deeper application of the 12 steps and 8 principles - A year&amp;#039;s worth of devotions, giving ongoing support and hope for the road ahead - Scripture verses and focused prayers for each day - Guidance on how to recover from alcoholism, divorce, sexual abuse, codependency, domestic violence, drug addition, sexual addiction, food addiction, gambling addiction, and more - Reminders of God&amp;#039;s goodness, grace, and redemption - Inspiration to support others struggling with hurts, habits, and hang-ups   Celebrate Recovery is more than a 12-step recovery program; it is a means toward lasting life changes through Christ-centered 12 steps and 8 principles based on the Beatitudes. Through daily entries with scripture and prayer, you&amp;#039;ll discover the key to long-term recovery. Whether a self-purchase or a gift for someone you care about, Celebrate Recovery 365 Daily Devotional is designed to inspire during moments of strength and growth and encourage during times of weakness. This year-long devotional will bring comfort and encourage strength for each day and provide words of hope, courage, and triumph.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501940">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501940</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Celebrate Recovery 365 Daily Devotional: Healing from Hurts, Habits, and Hang-Ups
Author: Mac Owen, Johnny Baker, John Baker
Narrator: Kyle Tait
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 6 minutes
Release date: June  8, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Find inspiration during your moments of strength and growth and encouragement in your times of weakness. Are you on a recovery journey? Do you need a daily resource of hope to get you through every day? The Celebrate Recovery 365 Daily Devotional includes brief daily encouragement for the millions on the road to recovery from various hurts, pain, or addiction of any kind.  You will find: - Deeper application of the 12 steps and 8 principles - A year&amp;#039;s worth of devotions, giving ongoing support and hope for the road ahead - Scripture verses and focused prayers for each day - Guidance on how to recover from alcoholism, divorce, sexual abuse, codependency, domestic violence, drug addition, sexual addiction, food addiction, gambling addiction, and more - Reminders of God&amp;#039;s goodness, grace, and redemption - Inspiration to support others struggling with hurts, habits, and hang-ups   Celebrate Recovery is more than a 12-step recovery program; it is a means toward lasting life changes through Christ-centered 12 steps and 8 principles based on the Beatitudes. Through daily entries with scripture and prayer, you&amp;#039;ll discover the key to long-term recovery. Whether a self-purchase or a gift for someone you care about, Celebrate Recovery 365 Daily Devotional is designed to inspire during moments of strength and growth and encourage during times of weakness. This year-long devotional will bring comfort and encourage strength for each day and provide words of hope, courage, and triumph.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Call of the Wild: How We Heal Trauma, Awaken Our Own Power, and Use It For Good by Kimberly Ann Johnson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501819</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501819">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501819</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Call of the Wild: How We Heal Trauma, Awaken Our Own Power, and Use It For Good
Author: Kimberly Ann Johnson
Narrator: Kimberly Ann Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 18 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
From trauma educator and somatic guide Kimberly Ann Johnson comes a cutting-edge guide for tapping into the wisdom and resilience of the body to rewire the nervous system, heal from trauma, and live fully. In an increasingly polarized world where trauma is often publicly renegotiated, our nervous systems are on high alert. From skyrocketing rates of depression and anxiety to physical illnesses such as autoimmune diseases and digestive disorders, many women today find themselves living out of alignment with their bodies. Kimberly Johnson is a somatic practitioner, birth doula, and postpartum educator who specializes in helping women recover from all forms of trauma. In her work, she’s seen the same themes play out time and again. In a culture that prioritizes executive function and “mind over matter,” many women are suffering from deeply unresolved pain that causes mental and physical stagnation and illness. In Call of the Wild, Johnson offers an eye-opening look at this epidemic as well as an informative view of the human nervous system and how it responds to difficult events. From the “small t” traumas of getting ghosted, experiencing a fall-out with a close friend, or swerving to avoid a car accident to the “capital T” traumas of sexual assault, an upending natural disaster, or a life-threatening illness—Johnson explains how the nervous system both protects us from immediate harm and creates reverberations that ripple through a lifetime. In this practical, empowering guide, Johnson shows readers how to metabolize these nervous system responses, allowing everyone to come home to their deepest, most intuitive and whole selves. Following her supportive advice, readers will learn how to move from wholeness, tapping into the innate wisdom of their senses, soothing frayed nerves and reconnecting with their “animal selves.” While we cannot cure the painful cultural rifts inflicting our society, there is a path forward—through our bodies. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>Kimberly Ann Johnson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Apr 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063071094.mp3" length="1411736" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501819</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063071094.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501819">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501819</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Call of the Wild: How We Heal Trauma, Awaken Our Own Power, and Use It For Good
Author: Kimberly Ann Johnson
Narrator: Kimberly Ann Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 18 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
From trauma educator and somatic guide Kimberly Ann Johnson comes a cutting-edge guide for tapping into the wisdom and resilience of the body to rewire the nervous system, heal from trauma, and live fully. In an increasingly polarized world where trauma is often publicly renegotiated, our nervous systems are on high alert. From skyrocketing rates of depression and anxiety to physical illnesses such as autoimmune diseases and digestive disorders, many women today find themselves living out of alignment with their bodies. Kimberly Johnson is a somatic practitioner, birth doula, and postpartum educator who specializes in helping women recover from all forms of trauma. In her work, she’s seen the same themes play out time and again. In a culture that prioritizes executive function and “mind over matter,” many women are suffering from deeply unresolved pain that causes mental and physical stagnation and illness. In Call of the Wild, Johnson offers an eye-opening look at this epidemic as well as an informative view of the human nervous system and how it responds to difficult events. From the “small t” traumas of getting ghosted, experiencing a fall-out with a close friend, or swerving to avoid a car accident to the “capital T” traumas of sexual assault, an upending natural disaster, or a life-threatening illness—Johnson explains how the nervous system both protects us from immediate harm and creates reverberations that ripple through a lifetime. In this practical, empowering guide, Johnson shows readers how to metabolize these nervous system responses, allowing everyone to come home to their deepest, most intuitive and whole selves. Following her supportive advice, readers will learn how to move from wholeness, tapping into the innate wisdom of their senses, soothing frayed nerves and reconnecting with their “animal selves.” While we cannot cure the painful cultural rifts inflicting our society, there is a path forward—through our bodies. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501819">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501819</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Call of the Wild: How We Heal Trauma, Awaken Our Own Power, and Use It For Good
Author: Kimberly Ann Johnson
Narrator: Kimberly Ann Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 18 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
From trauma educator and somatic guide Kimberly Ann Johnson comes a cutting-edge guide for tapping into the wisdom and resilience of the body to rewire the nervous system, heal from trauma, and live fully. In an increasingly polarized world where trauma is often publicly renegotiated, our nervous systems are on high alert. From skyrocketing rates of depression and anxiety to physical illnesses such as autoimmune diseases and digestive disorders, many women today find themselves living out of alignment with their bodies. Kimberly Johnson is a somatic practitioner, birth doula, and postpartum educator who specializes in helping women recover from all forms of trauma. In her work, she’s seen the same themes play out time and again. In a culture that prioritizes executive function and “mind over matter,” many women are suffering from deeply unresolved pain that causes mental and physical stagnation and illness. In Call of the Wild, Johnson offers an eye-opening look at this epidemic as well as an informative view of the human nervous system and how it responds to difficult events. From the “small t” traumas of getting ghosted, experiencing a fall-out with a close friend, or swerving to avoid a car accident to the “capital T” traumas of sexual assault, an upending natural disaster, or a life-threatening illness—Johnson explains how the nervous system both protects us from immediate harm and creates reverberations that ripple through a lifetime. In this practical, empowering guide, Johnson shows readers how to metabolize these nervous system responses, allowing everyone to come home to their deepest, most intuitive and whole selves. Following her supportive advice, readers will learn how to move from wholeness, tapping into the innate wisdom of their senses, soothing frayed nerves and reconnecting with their “animal selves.” While we cannot cure the painful cultural rifts inflicting our society, there is a path forward—through our bodies. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>25 Best Ways To Stop Smoking by Dick Sutphen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501750</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501750">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501750</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 25 Best Ways To Stop Smoking
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 59 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Smoking is a psychological and physiological addiction that ruins the quality of your life while cutting it short. But there are support techniques that can assist you to quit, once and for all. You can realize your desire of becoming and remaining a nonsmoker now.Track 1: 25 Best Ways To Stop Smoking -Dick Sutphen investigates the latest theories and practices and has gathered information from international sources. The life-changing advice on Track 1 offers 25 of the most powerful, proven ways on exactly what you need to do and how to do it.Track 2: Subliminal Goal Imprinting To Stop Smoking -You can play this track anywhere-while driving or doing other things. The unique bi-level programming will be accepted by your subconscious mind. Also, use Track 2 as  ultra-powerful Sleep Programming. Instructions for using Track 2 are at the end of Track 1.</description>
      <author>Dick Sutphen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Nov 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781401963897.mp3" length="909485" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501750</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781401963897.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501750">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501750</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 25 Best Ways To Stop Smoking
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 59 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Smoking is a psychological and physiological addiction that ruins the quality of your life while cutting it short. But there are support techniques that can assist you to quit, once and for all. You can realize your desire of becoming and remaining a nonsmoker now.Track 1: 25 Best Ways To Stop Smoking -Dick Sutphen investigates the latest theories and practices and has gathered information from international sources. The life-changing advice on Track 1 offers 25 of the most powerful, proven ways on exactly what you need to do and how to do it.Track 2: Subliminal Goal Imprinting To Stop Smoking -You can play this track anywhere-while driving or doing other things. The unique bi-level programming will be accepted by your subconscious mind. Also, use Track 2 as  ultra-powerful Sleep Programming. Instructions for using Track 2 are at the end of Track 1.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501750">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501750</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 25 Best Ways To Stop Smoking
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 59 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Smoking is a psychological and physiological addiction that ruins the quality of your life while cutting it short. But there are support techniques that can assist you to quit, once and for all. You can realize your desire of becoming and remaining a nonsmoker now.Track 1: 25 Best Ways To Stop Smoking -Dick Sutphen investigates the latest theories and practices and has gathered information from international sources. The life-changing advice on Track 1 offers 25 of the most powerful, proven ways on exactly what you need to do and how to do it.Track 2: Subliminal Goal Imprinting To Stop Smoking -You can play this track anywhere-while driving or doing other things. The unique bi-level programming will be accepted by your subconscious mind. Also, use Track 2 as  ultra-powerful Sleep Programming. Instructions for using Track 2 are at the end of Track 1.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Show Your Anxiety Who&amp;#039;s Boss: A Three-Step CBT Program to Help You Reduce Anxious Thoughts and Worry by Joel Minden PhD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501609</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501609">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501609</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Show Your Anxiety Who&amp;#039;s Boss: A Three-Step CBT Program to Help You Reduce Anxious Thoughts and Worry
Author: Joel Minden PhD
Narrator: Daniel Henning
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 2 minutes
Release date: April  6, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Stand up to anxiety and take back control! Is anxiety running your life? Does it dictate where you go, what you do, or who you spend time with? Does it keep you trapped in a bubble of fear and panic? Anxiety can happen anytime, anywhere—that&amp;#039;s why you need simple, in-the-moment skills to stay grounded when worry takes hold. This user-friendly guide will help you gain the upper hand on anxiety, and stop avoiding the people, places, and things that make you anxious—and start living the life you were meant to live.   In Show Your Anxiety Who&amp;#039;s Boss, you&amp;#039;ll find a practical and direct three-step approach grounded in cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) to help you respond to anxious thoughts, respond effectively to future challenges, and make peace with uncertainty. If you&amp;#039;re ready to live a full and vital life without anxiety constantly getting in the way, this straightforward guide will show you how to get back on track.   With this powerful book, you&amp;#039;ll learn how to: ● Make useful predictions, instead of anxious fictions ● Take action and overcome avoidance ● Accept and redirect anxious or negative thoughts</description>
      <author>Joel Minden PhD</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Apr 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666117301.mp3" length="7762765" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501609</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666117301.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501609">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501609</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Show Your Anxiety Who&amp;#039;s Boss: A Three-Step CBT Program to Help You Reduce Anxious Thoughts and Worry
Author: Joel Minden PhD
Narrator: Daniel Henning
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 2 minutes
Release date: April  6, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Stand up to anxiety and take back control! Is anxiety running your life? Does it dictate where you go, what you do, or who you spend time with? Does it keep you trapped in a bubble of fear and panic? Anxiety can happen anytime, anywhere—that&amp;#039;s why you need simple, in-the-moment skills to stay grounded when worry takes hold. This user-friendly guide will help you gain the upper hand on anxiety, and stop avoiding the people, places, and things that make you anxious—and start living the life you were meant to live.   In Show Your Anxiety Who&amp;#039;s Boss, you&amp;#039;ll find a practical and direct three-step approach grounded in cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) to help you respond to anxious thoughts, respond effectively to future challenges, and make peace with uncertainty. If you&amp;#039;re ready to live a full and vital life without anxiety constantly getting in the way, this straightforward guide will show you how to get back on track.   With this powerful book, you&amp;#039;ll learn how to: ● Make useful predictions, instead of anxious fictions ● Take action and overcome avoidance ● Accept and redirect anxious or negative thoughts</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501609">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501609</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Show Your Anxiety Who&amp;#039;s Boss: A Three-Step CBT Program to Help You Reduce Anxious Thoughts and Worry
Author: Joel Minden PhD
Narrator: Daniel Henning
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 2 minutes
Release date: April  6, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Stand up to anxiety and take back control! Is anxiety running your life? Does it dictate where you go, what you do, or who you spend time with? Does it keep you trapped in a bubble of fear and panic? Anxiety can happen anytime, anywhere—that&amp;#039;s why you need simple, in-the-moment skills to stay grounded when worry takes hold. This user-friendly guide will help you gain the upper hand on anxiety, and stop avoiding the people, places, and things that make you anxious—and start living the life you were meant to live.   In Show Your Anxiety Who&amp;#039;s Boss, you&amp;#039;ll find a practical and direct three-step approach grounded in cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) to help you respond to anxious thoughts, respond effectively to future challenges, and make peace with uncertainty. If you&amp;#039;re ready to live a full and vital life without anxiety constantly getting in the way, this straightforward guide will show you how to get back on track.   With this powerful book, you&amp;#039;ll learn how to: ● Make useful predictions, instead of anxious fictions ● Take action and overcome avoidance ● Accept and redirect anxious or negative thoughts</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Arsenal of Hope: Tactics for Taking on PTSD, Together by Jen Satterly, Holly Lorincz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501583</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501583">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501583</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Arsenal of Hope: Tactics for Taking on PTSD, Together
Author: Jen Satterly, Holly Lorincz
Narrator: Rachel Perry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 4 minutes
Release date: April  6, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
A guide that empowers family members combating post-traumatic stress on the home front, offering hope, purpose, and tangible solutions. This book provides definitions and real-life examples of complex PTSD and complex secondary PTSD (seen in a rapidly rising number of spouses and children), and the problems that arise when untreated. Arsenal of Hope aims to help soldiers, first responders, their families, and civilians with trauma—including those dealing with COVID-19 chaos or death. Jen Satterly is a certified coach and respected authority on PTSD, having been embedded with Special Operations during large scale military training missions and married to a Delta Force Command Sgt. Major. As a cofounder of a nonprofit for warriors and their families to heal after the trauma of war, her stories, research, realistic advice, and sometimes humor, are told through a military lens. Written with award-winning collaborative writer Holly Lorincz, Satterly uses her firsthand knowledge and medical expertise to deal with each issue. Most importantly, she illustrates how to change and create habits to circumvent the symptoms of post-traumatic stress.</description>
      <author>Jen Satterly, Holly Lorincz</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Apr 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666112580.mp3" length="7852142" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501583</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666112580.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501583">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501583</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Arsenal of Hope: Tactics for Taking on PTSD, Together
Author: Jen Satterly, Holly Lorincz
Narrator: Rachel Perry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 4 minutes
Release date: April  6, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
A guide that empowers family members combating post-traumatic stress on the home front, offering hope, purpose, and tangible solutions. This book provides definitions and real-life examples of complex PTSD and complex secondary PTSD (seen in a rapidly rising number of spouses and children), and the problems that arise when untreated. Arsenal of Hope aims to help soldiers, first responders, their families, and civilians with trauma—including those dealing with COVID-19 chaos or death. Jen Satterly is a certified coach and respected authority on PTSD, having been embedded with Special Operations during large scale military training missions and married to a Delta Force Command Sgt. Major. As a cofounder of a nonprofit for warriors and their families to heal after the trauma of war, her stories, research, realistic advice, and sometimes humor, are told through a military lens. Written with award-winning collaborative writer Holly Lorincz, Satterly uses her firsthand knowledge and medical expertise to deal with each issue. Most importantly, she illustrates how to change and create habits to circumvent the symptoms of post-traumatic stress.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501583">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501583</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Arsenal of Hope: Tactics for Taking on PTSD, Together
Author: Jen Satterly, Holly Lorincz
Narrator: Rachel Perry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 4 minutes
Release date: April  6, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
A guide that empowers family members combating post-traumatic stress on the home front, offering hope, purpose, and tangible solutions. This book provides definitions and real-life examples of complex PTSD and complex secondary PTSD (seen in a rapidly rising number of spouses and children), and the problems that arise when untreated. Arsenal of Hope aims to help soldiers, first responders, their families, and civilians with trauma—including those dealing with COVID-19 chaos or death. Jen Satterly is a certified coach and respected authority on PTSD, having been embedded with Special Operations during large scale military training missions and married to a Delta Force Command Sgt. Major. As a cofounder of a nonprofit for warriors and their families to heal after the trauma of war, her stories, research, realistic advice, and sometimes humor, are told through a military lens. Written with award-winning collaborative writer Holly Lorincz, Satterly uses her firsthand knowledge and medical expertise to deal with each issue. Most importantly, she illustrates how to change and create habits to circumvent the symptoms of post-traumatic stress.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Anxiety Reset: A Life-Changing Approach to Overcoming Fear, Stress, Worry, Panic Attacks, OCD and More by Gregory L. Jantz, Keith Wall</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501527</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501527">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501527</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Anxiety Reset: A Life-Changing Approach to Overcoming Fear, Stress, Worry, Panic Attacks, OCD and More
Author: Gregory L. Jantz, Keith Wall
Narrator: Tim H. Dixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 17 minutes
Release date: March  9, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Individualized solutions for conquering anxiety from acclaimed mental health expert Dr. Gregory Jantz.  If you or someone you love has lost hope of ever getting free from occasional, persistent, or overwhelming anxiety, take heart. The Anxiety Reset offers a fresh, personalized plan for overcoming the fears that are robbing you of joy and peace. In this compassionate guide, you will discover:  - Your anxiety type and triggers - Common myths about anxiety - Hidden causes and catalysts of anxiety and what to do about them - The pros and cons of medication and possible alternatives - How to develop your optimism muscle - How to eat for better emotional health - How to get started on a personal anxiety reset plan  Combining the most up-to-date scientific research, real-life stories, and practical strategies, The Anxiety Reset empowers you to understand and overcome the fears that have been holding you back.</description>
      <author>Gregory L. Jantz, Keith Wall</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Mar 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781496455956.mp3" length="1419340" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501527</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781496455956.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501527">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501527</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Anxiety Reset: A Life-Changing Approach to Overcoming Fear, Stress, Worry, Panic Attacks, OCD and More
Author: Gregory L. Jantz, Keith Wall
Narrator: Tim H. Dixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 17 minutes
Release date: March  9, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Individualized solutions for conquering anxiety from acclaimed mental health expert Dr. Gregory Jantz.  If you or someone you love has lost hope of ever getting free from occasional, persistent, or overwhelming anxiety, take heart. The Anxiety Reset offers a fresh, personalized plan for overcoming the fears that are robbing you of joy and peace. In this compassionate guide, you will discover:  - Your anxiety type and triggers - Common myths about anxiety - Hidden causes and catalysts of anxiety and what to do about them - The pros and cons of medication and possible alternatives - How to develop your optimism muscle - How to eat for better emotional health - How to get started on a personal anxiety reset plan  Combining the most up-to-date scientific research, real-life stories, and practical strategies, The Anxiety Reset empowers you to understand and overcome the fears that have been holding you back.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501527">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501527</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Anxiety Reset: A Life-Changing Approach to Overcoming Fear, Stress, Worry, Panic Attacks, OCD and More
Author: Gregory L. Jantz, Keith Wall
Narrator: Tim H. Dixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 17 minutes
Release date: March  9, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Individualized solutions for conquering anxiety from acclaimed mental health expert Dr. Gregory Jantz.  If you or someone you love has lost hope of ever getting free from occasional, persistent, or overwhelming anxiety, take heart. The Anxiety Reset offers a fresh, personalized plan for overcoming the fears that are robbing you of joy and peace. In this compassionate guide, you will discover:  - Your anxiety type and triggers - Common myths about anxiety - Hidden causes and catalysts of anxiety and what to do about them - The pros and cons of medication and possible alternatives - How to develop your optimism muscle - How to eat for better emotional health - How to get started on a personal anxiety reset plan  Combining the most up-to-date scientific research, real-life stories, and practical strategies, The Anxiety Reset empowers you to understand and overcome the fears that have been holding you back.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Your Guide to Miscarriage and Pregnancy Loss: Hope and Healing When You&amp;#039;re No Longer Expecting by Dr. Kate White Md</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501022</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501022">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501022</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Your Guide to Miscarriage and Pregnancy Loss: Hope and Healing When You&amp;#039;re No Longer Expecting
Author: Dr. Kate White Md
Narrator: Samara Naeymi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 39 minutes
Release date: October 19, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
More than a quarter of pregnancies end in miscarriage. Experiencing this loss, you may wonder why it happened, what happens next and what it means for your future. You may also feel incredibly alone. For more than 20 years, Dr. Kate has taken care of those navigating the physical and emotional pain of pregnancy loss. After experiencing two miscarriages of her own, she wrote Your Guide to Miscarriage &amp;amp; Pregnancy Loss to offer others the same compassionate conversation she has with her patients. In this book, Dr. Kate joins you on the journey of pregnancy loss. Whether you’re experiencing a first or second trimester miscarriage, stillbirth, ectopic pregnancy, or another kind of loss, she takes you through the process of diagnosis, treatment and recovery. Through her own story and the stories of her patients, you will find a community of people who have walked this path. And with Dr. Kate’s guidance, you’ll find what often is missing during the healing process: answers, understanding and hope.</description>
      <author>Dr. Kate White Md</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Oct 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705023259.mp3" length="1390206" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501022</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705023259.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501022">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501022</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Your Guide to Miscarriage and Pregnancy Loss: Hope and Healing When You&amp;#039;re No Longer Expecting
Author: Dr. Kate White Md
Narrator: Samara Naeymi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 39 minutes
Release date: October 19, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
More than a quarter of pregnancies end in miscarriage. Experiencing this loss, you may wonder why it happened, what happens next and what it means for your future. You may also feel incredibly alone. For more than 20 years, Dr. Kate has taken care of those navigating the physical and emotional pain of pregnancy loss. After experiencing two miscarriages of her own, she wrote Your Guide to Miscarriage &amp;amp; Pregnancy Loss to offer others the same compassionate conversation she has with her patients. In this book, Dr. Kate joins you on the journey of pregnancy loss. Whether you’re experiencing a first or second trimester miscarriage, stillbirth, ectopic pregnancy, or another kind of loss, she takes you through the process of diagnosis, treatment and recovery. Through her own story and the stories of her patients, you will find a community of people who have walked this path. And with Dr. Kate’s guidance, you’ll find what often is missing during the healing process: answers, understanding and hope.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501022">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501022</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Your Guide to Miscarriage and Pregnancy Loss: Hope and Healing When You&amp;#039;re No Longer Expecting
Author: Dr. Kate White Md
Narrator: Samara Naeymi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 39 minutes
Release date: October 19, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
More than a quarter of pregnancies end in miscarriage. Experiencing this loss, you may wonder why it happened, what happens next and what it means for your future. You may also feel incredibly alone. For more than 20 years, Dr. Kate has taken care of those navigating the physical and emotional pain of pregnancy loss. After experiencing two miscarriages of her own, she wrote Your Guide to Miscarriage &amp;amp; Pregnancy Loss to offer others the same compassionate conversation she has with her patients. In this book, Dr. Kate joins you on the journey of pregnancy loss. Whether you’re experiencing a first or second trimester miscarriage, stillbirth, ectopic pregnancy, or another kind of loss, she takes you through the process of diagnosis, treatment and recovery. Through her own story and the stories of her patients, you will find a community of people who have walked this path. And with Dr. Kate’s guidance, you’ll find what often is missing during the healing process: answers, understanding and hope.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tired Teens: Understanding and Conquering Chronic Fatigue and POTS by Philip R. Fischer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501013</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501013">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501013</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Tired Teens: Understanding and Conquering Chronic Fatigue and POTS
Author: Philip R. Fischer
Narrator: Adam Grupper
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 5 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
So many teenagers today feel tired. Some causes of excessive tiredness, like lack of sleep and improper sleep hygiene, can be easy to remedy. However, other causes, like digestiveproblems, hormonal changes, and postural orthostatic tachycardia syndrome (POTS), may require more serious care. If your teen has been struggling with fatigue and lack of energy for months, you know it can be miserable. And discouraging. In Tired Teens, Dr. Fischer explains how to identify thewarning signs and symptoms of chronic fatigue in teens, helping you determine if your teen’s excessive tiredness is simply a symptom of a busy schedule or the result of an unexpected disorder, like autonomic dysfunction and POTS. The book provides expert advice on receiving an evaluation and a diagnosis for adolescent fatigue, and outlines different treatment plans available to those diagnosedwith chronic fatigue and POTS. Along the way, Dr. Fischer’s expertise is accompanied by real-life stories of POTS and practical input from nurses who work alongside him. In Dr. Fischer’s careful and compassionate words, you’ll find hope for true healing and the potential for a complete and lasting recovery.</description>
      <author>Philip R. Fischer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Jul 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705021514.mp3" length="1300856" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501013</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705021514.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501013">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501013</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Tired Teens: Understanding and Conquering Chronic Fatigue and POTS
Author: Philip R. Fischer
Narrator: Adam Grupper
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 5 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
So many teenagers today feel tired. Some causes of excessive tiredness, like lack of sleep and improper sleep hygiene, can be easy to remedy. However, other causes, like digestiveproblems, hormonal changes, and postural orthostatic tachycardia syndrome (POTS), may require more serious care. If your teen has been struggling with fatigue and lack of energy for months, you know it can be miserable. And discouraging. In Tired Teens, Dr. Fischer explains how to identify thewarning signs and symptoms of chronic fatigue in teens, helping you determine if your teen’s excessive tiredness is simply a symptom of a busy schedule or the result of an unexpected disorder, like autonomic dysfunction and POTS. The book provides expert advice on receiving an evaluation and a diagnosis for adolescent fatigue, and outlines different treatment plans available to those diagnosedwith chronic fatigue and POTS. Along the way, Dr. Fischer’s expertise is accompanied by real-life stories of POTS and practical input from nurses who work alongside him. In Dr. Fischer’s careful and compassionate words, you’ll find hope for true healing and the potential for a complete and lasting recovery.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501013">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501013</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Tired Teens: Understanding and Conquering Chronic Fatigue and POTS
Author: Philip R. Fischer
Narrator: Adam Grupper
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 5 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
So many teenagers today feel tired. Some causes of excessive tiredness, like lack of sleep and improper sleep hygiene, can be easy to remedy. However, other causes, like digestiveproblems, hormonal changes, and postural orthostatic tachycardia syndrome (POTS), may require more serious care. If your teen has been struggling with fatigue and lack of energy for months, you know it can be miserable. And discouraging. In Tired Teens, Dr. Fischer explains how to identify thewarning signs and symptoms of chronic fatigue in teens, helping you determine if your teen’s excessive tiredness is simply a symptom of a busy schedule or the result of an unexpected disorder, like autonomic dysfunction and POTS. The book provides expert advice on receiving an evaluation and a diagnosis for adolescent fatigue, and outlines different treatment plans available to those diagnosedwith chronic fatigue and POTS. Along the way, Dr. Fischer’s expertise is accompanied by real-life stories of POTS and practical input from nurses who work alongside him. In Dr. Fischer’s careful and compassionate words, you’ll find hope for true healing and the potential for a complete and lasting recovery.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Trauma by Nick Polizzi, Pedram Shojai</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500609</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500609">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500609</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Trauma
Author: Nick Polizzi, Pedram Shojai
Narrator: Adam Sims
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 54 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
You are not doomed to be trapped by your trauma.Trauma is unresolved pain. It hums in the background of our lives and robs us of the joy, faith, peace, and love we fully deserve.In their groundbreaking book, Pedram Shojai, OMD, New York Times best-selling author of The Urban Monk and The Art of Stopping Time, and Nick Polizzi, author of The Sacred Science, take you on a journey that encompasses:- A clear understanding of trauma, where it comes from, and how it affects every part of your life- An exploration of modern and ancient therapies and practices for healing- Real-life tragedies turning into stories of triumph, hope, and survivalDrawn from the wisdom and insights of the world&amp;#039;s top doctors, therapists, and experts, Trauma will show you that no matter what you have endured, how long you have carried it, or how deeply embedded it is, you can be free from pain and suffering. Your road to recovery and whole-body healing is before you, and with it the richer and more profound connections that you seek with yourself and your loved ones.</description>
      <author>Nick Polizzi, Pedram Shojai</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Feb 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781401959548.mp3" length="868655" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500609</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781401959548.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500609">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500609</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Trauma
Author: Nick Polizzi, Pedram Shojai
Narrator: Adam Sims
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 54 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
You are not doomed to be trapped by your trauma.Trauma is unresolved pain. It hums in the background of our lives and robs us of the joy, faith, peace, and love we fully deserve.In their groundbreaking book, Pedram Shojai, OMD, New York Times best-selling author of The Urban Monk and The Art of Stopping Time, and Nick Polizzi, author of The Sacred Science, take you on a journey that encompasses:- A clear understanding of trauma, where it comes from, and how it affects every part of your life- An exploration of modern and ancient therapies and practices for healing- Real-life tragedies turning into stories of triumph, hope, and survivalDrawn from the wisdom and insights of the world&amp;#039;s top doctors, therapists, and experts, Trauma will show you that no matter what you have endured, how long you have carried it, or how deeply embedded it is, you can be free from pain and suffering. Your road to recovery and whole-body healing is before you, and with it the richer and more profound connections that you seek with yourself and your loved ones.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500609">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500609</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Trauma
Author: Nick Polizzi, Pedram Shojai
Narrator: Adam Sims
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 54 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
You are not doomed to be trapped by your trauma.Trauma is unresolved pain. It hums in the background of our lives and robs us of the joy, faith, peace, and love we fully deserve.In their groundbreaking book, Pedram Shojai, OMD, New York Times best-selling author of The Urban Monk and The Art of Stopping Time, and Nick Polizzi, author of The Sacred Science, take you on a journey that encompasses:- A clear understanding of trauma, where it comes from, and how it affects every part of your life- An exploration of modern and ancient therapies and practices for healing- Real-life tragedies turning into stories of triumph, hope, and survivalDrawn from the wisdom and insights of the world&amp;#039;s top doctors, therapists, and experts, Trauma will show you that no matter what you have endured, how long you have carried it, or how deeply embedded it is, you can be free from pain and suffering. Your road to recovery and whole-body healing is before you, and with it the richer and more profound connections that you seek with yourself and your loved ones.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Overcoming Addiction Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Craving Mind and Addiction and Recovery by Bernard Finley, Claude Wilfern</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500263</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500263">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500263</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Overcoming Addiction Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Craving Mind and Addiction and Recovery
Author: Bernard Finley, Claude Wilfern
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 51 minutes
Release date: January 25, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Overcoming Addiction Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Craving Mind and Addiction and Recovery If you have recognized that you have an addiction and are looking for ways to break the habit, this is a great step towards finally stopping your addiction. Like most people, you probably didn’t think you would get addicted when you started. You may have thought you were just trying it or only doing it to have a little bit of fun but when it’s time to stop, you realized you can’t quit. You’re hooked. And before you know it, it has taken over your whole life affecting your family, your work, and everything in between.  The great news is anyone can quit. True that it would be a challenging road ahead but it is doable. This bundle will teach you the most effective and useful tools that can help you break your addiction habits and finally overcome them for good This 2 in 1 bundle will include the following audiobooks: 1. Craving Mind: The Ultimate Guide on How to Stop Your Addiction, Discover The Proven Ways You Can Break Your Addicting Habits and Overcome Your Addiction For Good 2. Addiction and Recovery: The Ultimate Guide on How to Beat Drug Addiction, Learn Proven Methods on How You Can Overcome Your Addiction and Finally Live a Drug-Free Life Get this Overcoming Addiction 2 in 1 Bundle today!</description>
      <author>Bernard Finley, Claude Wilfern</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Jan 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662171321.mp3" length="709880" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500263</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662171321.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500263">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500263</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Overcoming Addiction Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Craving Mind and Addiction and Recovery
Author: Bernard Finley, Claude Wilfern
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 51 minutes
Release date: January 25, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Overcoming Addiction Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Craving Mind and Addiction and Recovery If you have recognized that you have an addiction and are looking for ways to break the habit, this is a great step towards finally stopping your addiction. Like most people, you probably didn’t think you would get addicted when you started. You may have thought you were just trying it or only doing it to have a little bit of fun but when it’s time to stop, you realized you can’t quit. You’re hooked. And before you know it, it has taken over your whole life affecting your family, your work, and everything in between.  The great news is anyone can quit. True that it would be a challenging road ahead but it is doable. This bundle will teach you the most effective and useful tools that can help you break your addiction habits and finally overcome them for good This 2 in 1 bundle will include the following audiobooks: 1. Craving Mind: The Ultimate Guide on How to Stop Your Addiction, Discover The Proven Ways You Can Break Your Addicting Habits and Overcome Your Addiction For Good 2. Addiction and Recovery: The Ultimate Guide on How to Beat Drug Addiction, Learn Proven Methods on How You Can Overcome Your Addiction and Finally Live a Drug-Free Life Get this Overcoming Addiction 2 in 1 Bundle today!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500263">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500263</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Overcoming Addiction Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Craving Mind and Addiction and Recovery
Author: Bernard Finley, Claude Wilfern
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 51 minutes
Release date: January 25, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Overcoming Addiction Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Craving Mind and Addiction and Recovery If you have recognized that you have an addiction and are looking for ways to break the habit, this is a great step towards finally stopping your addiction. Like most people, you probably didn’t think you would get addicted when you started. You may have thought you were just trying it or only doing it to have a little bit of fun but when it’s time to stop, you realized you can’t quit. You’re hooked. And before you know it, it has taken over your whole life affecting your family, your work, and everything in between.  The great news is anyone can quit. True that it would be a challenging road ahead but it is doable. This bundle will teach you the most effective and useful tools that can help you break your addiction habits and finally overcome them for good This 2 in 1 bundle will include the following audiobooks: 1. Craving Mind: The Ultimate Guide on How to Stop Your Addiction, Discover The Proven Ways You Can Break Your Addicting Habits and Overcome Your Addiction For Good 2. Addiction and Recovery: The Ultimate Guide on How to Beat Drug Addiction, Learn Proven Methods on How You Can Overcome Your Addiction and Finally Live a Drug-Free Life Get this Overcoming Addiction 2 in 1 Bundle today!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Craving Mind: The Ultimate Guide on How to Stop Your Addiction, Discover The Proven Ways You Can Break Your Addicting Habits and Overcome Your Addiction For Good by Bernard Finley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500251</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500251">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500251</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Craving Mind: The Ultimate Guide on How to Stop Your Addiction, Discover The Proven Ways You Can Break Your Addicting Habits and Overcome Your Addiction For Good
Author: Bernard Finley
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 32 minutes
Release date: January 25, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Craving Mind: The Ultimate Guide on How to Stop Your Addiction, Discover The Proven Ways You Can Break Your Addicting Habits and Overcome Your Addiction For Good If you have recognized that you have an addiction and are looking for ways to break the habit, this is a great step towards finally stopping your addiction. Like most people, you probably didn’t think you would get addicted when you started. You may have thought you were just trying it or only doing it to have a little bit of fun but when it’s time to stop, you realized you can’t quit. You’re hooked. And before you know it, it has taken over your whole life affecting your family, your work, and everything in between.  The great news is anyone can quit. True that it would be a challenging road ahead but it is doable. This audiobook will teach you the most effective and useful tools that can help you break your addiction habits and finally overcome them for good. This audiobook will discuss the following: Addiction Basics, Acknowledge the Addiction, Be Rational and Don’t Deny, Get Coping Skills. What Are Your Triggers, Lifestyle Changes, Be Accountable, Have to Support In Place, Reward Accomplishments, and many more! When you realize that your addictive behavior becomes excessive to the point of creating conflict in all aspects of your life, it is really time to quit. It may be a difficult road but the reward at the end will be infinitely better. If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</description>
      <author>Bernard Finley</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Jan 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662171307.mp3" length="722755" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500251</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662171307.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500251">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500251</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Craving Mind: The Ultimate Guide on How to Stop Your Addiction, Discover The Proven Ways You Can Break Your Addicting Habits and Overcome Your Addiction For Good
Author: Bernard Finley
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 32 minutes
Release date: January 25, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Craving Mind: The Ultimate Guide on How to Stop Your Addiction, Discover The Proven Ways You Can Break Your Addicting Habits and Overcome Your Addiction For Good If you have recognized that you have an addiction and are looking for ways to break the habit, this is a great step towards finally stopping your addiction. Like most people, you probably didn’t think you would get addicted when you started. You may have thought you were just trying it or only doing it to have a little bit of fun but when it’s time to stop, you realized you can’t quit. You’re hooked. And before you know it, it has taken over your whole life affecting your family, your work, and everything in between.  The great news is anyone can quit. True that it would be a challenging road ahead but it is doable. This audiobook will teach you the most effective and useful tools that can help you break your addiction habits and finally overcome them for good. This audiobook will discuss the following: Addiction Basics, Acknowledge the Addiction, Be Rational and Don’t Deny, Get Coping Skills. What Are Your Triggers, Lifestyle Changes, Be Accountable, Have to Support In Place, Reward Accomplishments, and many more! When you realize that your addictive behavior becomes excessive to the point of creating conflict in all aspects of your life, it is really time to quit. It may be a difficult road but the reward at the end will be infinitely better. If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500251">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500251</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Craving Mind: The Ultimate Guide on How to Stop Your Addiction, Discover The Proven Ways You Can Break Your Addicting Habits and Overcome Your Addiction For Good
Author: Bernard Finley
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 32 minutes
Release date: January 25, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Craving Mind: The Ultimate Guide on How to Stop Your Addiction, Discover The Proven Ways You Can Break Your Addicting Habits and Overcome Your Addiction For Good If you have recognized that you have an addiction and are looking for ways to break the habit, this is a great step towards finally stopping your addiction. Like most people, you probably didn’t think you would get addicted when you started. You may have thought you were just trying it or only doing it to have a little bit of fun but when it’s time to stop, you realized you can’t quit. You’re hooked. And before you know it, it has taken over your whole life affecting your family, your work, and everything in between.  The great news is anyone can quit. True that it would be a challenging road ahead but it is doable. This audiobook will teach you the most effective and useful tools that can help you break your addiction habits and finally overcome them for good. This audiobook will discuss the following: Addiction Basics, Acknowledge the Addiction, Be Rational and Don’t Deny, Get Coping Skills. What Are Your Triggers, Lifestyle Changes, Be Accountable, Have to Support In Place, Reward Accomplishments, and many more! When you realize that your addictive behavior becomes excessive to the point of creating conflict in all aspects of your life, it is really time to quit. It may be a difficult road but the reward at the end will be infinitely better. If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Addiction and Recovery: The Ultimate Guide on How to Beat Drug Addiction, Learn Proven Methods on How You Can Overcome Your Addiction and Finally Live a Drug-Free Life by Claude Wilfern</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500242</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500242">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500242</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Addiction and Recovery: The Ultimate Guide on How to Beat Drug Addiction, Learn Proven Methods on How You Can Overcome Your Addiction and Finally Live a Drug-Free Life
Author: Claude Wilfern
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 26 minutes
Release date: January 25, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Addiction and Recovery: The Ultimate Guide on How to Beat Drug Addiction, Learn Proven Methods on How You Can Overcome Your Addiction and Finally Live a Drug-Free Life Are you ready to deal with your drug problem? Being addicted to drugs is a difficult and complicated situation and has actually been classified as a disorder due to obsessive thinking in consuming drugs. Addiction affects the brain and its effect on decision-making and learning is partly a reason why many have trouble overcoming it. It’s important to realize that it takes more than willpower to overcome it. But recovery is not impossible and many have done it. If you have no idea how to start, this audiobook will show you how.  This audiobook will teach you the important information you need to know about drugs, drug addiction, and the different ways to overcome it. You will learn different treatments and methods available to help you fight your addiction. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: Background Info On Drugs, Psychological Treatments Statistics, Rehab, Hypnosis, Affirmations, and many more! For many people struggling with addiction, the hardest step is often the first one and that is recognizing that you have an addiction problem. If you were already looking into this audiobook, this is an encouraging step because you realized the problem already and have acknowledged it. You are now looking for ways to overcome it and this audiobook would be a great guide for you. . Scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</description>
      <author>Claude Wilfern</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Jan 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662171192.mp3" length="753347" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500242</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662171192.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500242">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500242</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Addiction and Recovery: The Ultimate Guide on How to Beat Drug Addiction, Learn Proven Methods on How You Can Overcome Your Addiction and Finally Live a Drug-Free Life
Author: Claude Wilfern
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 26 minutes
Release date: January 25, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Addiction and Recovery: The Ultimate Guide on How to Beat Drug Addiction, Learn Proven Methods on How You Can Overcome Your Addiction and Finally Live a Drug-Free Life Are you ready to deal with your drug problem? Being addicted to drugs is a difficult and complicated situation and has actually been classified as a disorder due to obsessive thinking in consuming drugs. Addiction affects the brain and its effect on decision-making and learning is partly a reason why many have trouble overcoming it. It’s important to realize that it takes more than willpower to overcome it. But recovery is not impossible and many have done it. If you have no idea how to start, this audiobook will show you how.  This audiobook will teach you the important information you need to know about drugs, drug addiction, and the different ways to overcome it. You will learn different treatments and methods available to help you fight your addiction. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: Background Info On Drugs, Psychological Treatments Statistics, Rehab, Hypnosis, Affirmations, and many more! For many people struggling with addiction, the hardest step is often the first one and that is recognizing that you have an addiction problem. If you were already looking into this audiobook, this is an encouraging step because you realized the problem already and have acknowledged it. You are now looking for ways to overcome it and this audiobook would be a great guide for you. . Scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500242">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500242</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Addiction and Recovery: The Ultimate Guide on How to Beat Drug Addiction, Learn Proven Methods on How You Can Overcome Your Addiction and Finally Live a Drug-Free Life
Author: Claude Wilfern
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 26 minutes
Release date: January 25, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Addiction and Recovery: The Ultimate Guide on How to Beat Drug Addiction, Learn Proven Methods on How You Can Overcome Your Addiction and Finally Live a Drug-Free Life Are you ready to deal with your drug problem? Being addicted to drugs is a difficult and complicated situation and has actually been classified as a disorder due to obsessive thinking in consuming drugs. Addiction affects the brain and its effect on decision-making and learning is partly a reason why many have trouble overcoming it. It’s important to realize that it takes more than willpower to overcome it. But recovery is not impossible and many have done it. If you have no idea how to start, this audiobook will show you how.  This audiobook will teach you the important information you need to know about drugs, drug addiction, and the different ways to overcome it. You will learn different treatments and methods available to help you fight your addiction. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: Background Info On Drugs, Psychological Treatments Statistics, Rehab, Hypnosis, Affirmations, and many more! For many people struggling with addiction, the hardest step is often the first one and that is recognizing that you have an addiction problem. If you were already looking into this audiobook, this is an encouraging step because you realized the problem already and have acknowledged it. You are now looking for ways to overcome it and this audiobook would be a great guide for you. . Scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Metabolical: The Lure and the Lies of Processed Food, Nutrition, and Modern Medicine by Robert H. Lustig</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499907</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499907">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499907</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Metabolical: The Lure and the Lies of Processed Food, Nutrition, and Modern Medicine
Author: Robert H. Lustig
Narrator: Charles Constant
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 3 minutes
Release date: May  4, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 18 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.14 of Total 7
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
The New York Times bestselling author of Fat Chance explains the eight pathologies that underlie all chronic disease, documents how processed food has impacted them to ruin our health, economy, and environment over the past 50 years, and proposes an urgent manifesto and strategy to cure both us and the planet. Dr. Robert Lustig, a pediatric neuroendocrinologist who has long been on the cutting edge of medicine and science, challenges our current healthcare paradigm which has gone off the rails under the influence of Big Food, Big Pharma, and Big Government. You can’t solve a problem if you don’t know what the problem is. One of Lustig’s singular gifts as a communicator is his ability to “connect the dots” for the general reader, in order to unpack the scientific data and concepts behind his arguments, as he tells the “real story of food” and “the story of real food.”  Metabolical weaves the interconnected strands of nutrition, health/disease, medicine, environment, and society into a completely new fabric by proving on a scientific basis a series of iconoclastic revelations, among them:  - Medicine for chronic disease treats symptoms, not the disease itself - You can diagnose your own biochemical profile  - Chronic diseases are not &amp;#039;&amp;#039;druggable,&amp;#039;&amp;#039; but they are &amp;#039;&amp;#039;foodable&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  - Processed food isn’t just toxic, it’s addictive - The war between vegan and keto is a false war—the combatants are on the same side - Big Food, Big Pharma, and Big Government are on the other side Making the case that food is the only lever we have to effect biochemical change to improve our health, Lustig explains what to eat based on two novel criteria: protect the liver, and feed the gut. He insists that if we do not fix our food and change the way we eat, we will continue to court chronic disease, bankrupt healthcare, and threaten the planet. But there is hope: this book explains what’s needed to fix all three. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>Robert H. Lustig</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 May 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063027756.mp3" length="1357829" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499907</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063027756.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499907">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499907</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Metabolical: The Lure and the Lies of Processed Food, Nutrition, and Modern Medicine
Author: Robert H. Lustig
Narrator: Charles Constant
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 3 minutes
Release date: May  4, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 18 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.14 of Total 7
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
The New York Times bestselling author of Fat Chance explains the eight pathologies that underlie all chronic disease, documents how processed food has impacted them to ruin our health, economy, and environment over the past 50 years, and proposes an urgent manifesto and strategy to cure both us and the planet. Dr. Robert Lustig, a pediatric neuroendocrinologist who has long been on the cutting edge of medicine and science, challenges our current healthcare paradigm which has gone off the rails under the influence of Big Food, Big Pharma, and Big Government. You can’t solve a problem if you don’t know what the problem is. One of Lustig’s singular gifts as a communicator is his ability to “connect the dots” for the general reader, in order to unpack the scientific data and concepts behind his arguments, as he tells the “real story of food” and “the story of real food.”  Metabolical weaves the interconnected strands of nutrition, health/disease, medicine, environment, and society into a completely new fabric by proving on a scientific basis a series of iconoclastic revelations, among them:  - Medicine for chronic disease treats symptoms, not the disease itself - You can diagnose your own biochemical profile  - Chronic diseases are not &amp;#039;&amp;#039;druggable,&amp;#039;&amp;#039; but they are &amp;#039;&amp;#039;foodable&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  - Processed food isn’t just toxic, it’s addictive - The war between vegan and keto is a false war—the combatants are on the same side - Big Food, Big Pharma, and Big Government are on the other side Making the case that food is the only lever we have to effect biochemical change to improve our health, Lustig explains what to eat based on two novel criteria: protect the liver, and feed the gut. He insists that if we do not fix our food and change the way we eat, we will continue to court chronic disease, bankrupt healthcare, and threaten the planet. But there is hope: this book explains what’s needed to fix all three. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499907">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499907</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Metabolical: The Lure and the Lies of Processed Food, Nutrition, and Modern Medicine
Author: Robert H. Lustig
Narrator: Charles Constant
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 3 minutes
Release date: May  4, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 18 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.14 of Total 7
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
The New York Times bestselling author of Fat Chance explains the eight pathologies that underlie all chronic disease, documents how processed food has impacted them to ruin our health, economy, and environment over the past 50 years, and proposes an urgent manifesto and strategy to cure both us and the planet. Dr. Robert Lustig, a pediatric neuroendocrinologist who has long been on the cutting edge of medicine and science, challenges our current healthcare paradigm which has gone off the rails under the influence of Big Food, Big Pharma, and Big Government. You can’t solve a problem if you don’t know what the problem is. One of Lustig’s singular gifts as a communicator is his ability to “connect the dots” for the general reader, in order to unpack the scientific data and concepts behind his arguments, as he tells the “real story of food” and “the story of real food.”  Metabolical weaves the interconnected strands of nutrition, health/disease, medicine, environment, and society into a completely new fabric by proving on a scientific basis a series of iconoclastic revelations, among them:  - Medicine for chronic disease treats symptoms, not the disease itself - You can diagnose your own biochemical profile  - Chronic diseases are not &amp;#039;&amp;#039;druggable,&amp;#039;&amp;#039; but they are &amp;#039;&amp;#039;foodable&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  - Processed food isn’t just toxic, it’s addictive - The war between vegan and keto is a false war—the combatants are on the same side - Big Food, Big Pharma, and Big Government are on the other side Making the case that food is the only lever we have to effect biochemical change to improve our health, Lustig explains what to eat based on two novel criteria: protect the liver, and feed the gut. He insists that if we do not fix our food and change the way we eat, we will continue to court chronic disease, bankrupt healthcare, and threaten the planet. But there is hope: this book explains what’s needed to fix all three. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Vagus Nerve by Jessie Jean</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499588</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499588">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499588</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Vagus Nerve
Author: Jessie Jean
Narrator: Jack R. James, Benjamin Williams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 40 minutes
Release date: January 20, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Unlock your body&amp;#039;s natural healing abilities and discover how to get rid of mental disorders with this definitive guide to stimulating the Vagus Nerve! Do you often struggle with bouts of intense anxiety and panic attacks that just wouldn&amp;#039;t let up, no matter what you do? Is stress slowly killing you and taking the joy out of life? Are you suffering from brain fog, productivity decline and creative blocks? If you answered yes to any of these questions, then keep reading. In this guide, Jessie Jean hands you the blueprint to utilizing the vagus nerve to activate the body&amp;#039;s self-healing processes and help you deal with mental disorders and health challenges such as inflammation and gut sensitivity. Among the insights contained in the Vagus Nerve, you&amp;#039;re going to learn: Everything you need to know about the vagus nerve, from anatomy to functions Why the vagus nerve might be one of the most important parts of the human nervous system 6 surefire signs that you or someone you know is suffering from vagus nerve dysfunction Two powerful breathing exercises to help you stimulate your vagus nerve for health and wellness How to get rid of symptoms of depression by stimulating the vagus nerve Effective techniques to help you take care of your vagus nerve and improve quality of life A crash guide to science-backed ways to &amp;#039;hack&amp;#039; your nervous system with the vagus nerve How to activate the parasympathetic calming response to help you deal with anxiety and panic attacks ...and more! Presented as an audio book means that you can listen to it any time, whether on a commute to work in your car, while at home, at work or walking the dog. Filled with powerful insights and highly practical advice, this guide will show you all you need to know to effectively deal with pesky neurological issues and under</description>
      <author>Jessie Jean</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Jan 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662170362.mp3" length="1532861" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499588</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662170362.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499588">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499588</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Vagus Nerve
Author: Jessie Jean
Narrator: Jack R. James, Benjamin Williams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 40 minutes
Release date: January 20, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Unlock your body&amp;#039;s natural healing abilities and discover how to get rid of mental disorders with this definitive guide to stimulating the Vagus Nerve! Do you often struggle with bouts of intense anxiety and panic attacks that just wouldn&amp;#039;t let up, no matter what you do? Is stress slowly killing you and taking the joy out of life? Are you suffering from brain fog, productivity decline and creative blocks? If you answered yes to any of these questions, then keep reading. In this guide, Jessie Jean hands you the blueprint to utilizing the vagus nerve to activate the body&amp;#039;s self-healing processes and help you deal with mental disorders and health challenges such as inflammation and gut sensitivity. Among the insights contained in the Vagus Nerve, you&amp;#039;re going to learn: Everything you need to know about the vagus nerve, from anatomy to functions Why the vagus nerve might be one of the most important parts of the human nervous system 6 surefire signs that you or someone you know is suffering from vagus nerve dysfunction Two powerful breathing exercises to help you stimulate your vagus nerve for health and wellness How to get rid of symptoms of depression by stimulating the vagus nerve Effective techniques to help you take care of your vagus nerve and improve quality of life A crash guide to science-backed ways to &amp;#039;hack&amp;#039; your nervous system with the vagus nerve How to activate the parasympathetic calming response to help you deal with anxiety and panic attacks ...and more! Presented as an audio book means that you can listen to it any time, whether on a commute to work in your car, while at home, at work or walking the dog. Filled with powerful insights and highly practical advice, this guide will show you all you need to know to effectively deal with pesky neurological issues and under</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499588">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499588</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Vagus Nerve
Author: Jessie Jean
Narrator: Jack R. James, Benjamin Williams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 40 minutes
Release date: January 20, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Unlock your body&amp;#039;s natural healing abilities and discover how to get rid of mental disorders with this definitive guide to stimulating the Vagus Nerve! Do you often struggle with bouts of intense anxiety and panic attacks that just wouldn&amp;#039;t let up, no matter what you do? Is stress slowly killing you and taking the joy out of life? Are you suffering from brain fog, productivity decline and creative blocks? If you answered yes to any of these questions, then keep reading. In this guide, Jessie Jean hands you the blueprint to utilizing the vagus nerve to activate the body&amp;#039;s self-healing processes and help you deal with mental disorders and health challenges such as inflammation and gut sensitivity. Among the insights contained in the Vagus Nerve, you&amp;#039;re going to learn: Everything you need to know about the vagus nerve, from anatomy to functions Why the vagus nerve might be one of the most important parts of the human nervous system 6 surefire signs that you or someone you know is suffering from vagus nerve dysfunction Two powerful breathing exercises to help you stimulate your vagus nerve for health and wellness How to get rid of symptoms of depression by stimulating the vagus nerve Effective techniques to help you take care of your vagus nerve and improve quality of life A crash guide to science-backed ways to &amp;#039;hack&amp;#039; your nervous system with the vagus nerve How to activate the parasympathetic calming response to help you deal with anxiety and panic attacks ...and more! Presented as an audio book means that you can listen to it any time, whether on a commute to work in your car, while at home, at work or walking the dog. Filled with powerful insights and highly practical advice, this guide will show you all you need to know to effectively deal with pesky neurological issues and under</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Skin Care Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle, Beautiful Skin Project and Natural Beauty Skin Care by Kelly Laran, Laurelle Denver</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499558</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499558">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499558</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Skin Care Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle, Beautiful Skin Project and Natural Beauty Skin Care
Author: Kelly Laran, Laurelle Denver
Narrator: Tanya Neihardt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 14 minutes
Release date: December 18, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Skin Care Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle, Beautiful Skin Project and Natural Beauty Skin Care Are you worried about your skin? Do you suffer from lifeless and dull skin? If your answers are yes, this audiobook is perfect for you as it would help you solve the problem you have with your skin. Some people think it is difficult to achieve beautiful and glowing skin. There are also too many products out there that some people get overwhelmed and just give up from the start. But most products also have too many chemicals that can be harsh for the skin so it is beneficial to look into natural and organic products that are much gentler on the skin. Achieving beautiful skin can easily be acquired if you put in the effort and make the commitment.  This bundle will teach you everything you need to know about proper skincare so you can achieve beautiful and sultry skin. You will learn everything from products to the diet that you have to maintain. You will also learn about organic products in case you are looking into products with not many chemicals but are still as good in making sure your skin is beautiful. You will learn the best practices and useful tips on how to have perfect and glowing skin. This two-in-one bundle series includes the following audiobooks: 1. Beautiful Skin Project: The Essential Guide to Beautiful Skin from Within, Discover all the Proven Ways and Useful Tips on How to Have Beautiful and Glowing Skin 2. Natural Beauty Skin Care: The Ultimate Guide to Organic Skin Care, Discover How and Why Organic Skin Care is The Best Way to Take Care of Your Skin to Achieve Natural Beauty Get your copy of Skin Care 2 in 1 Bundle today!</description>
      <author>Kelly Laran, Laurelle Denver</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 18 Dec 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662170164.mp3" length="1316046" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499558</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662170164.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499558">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499558</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Skin Care Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle, Beautiful Skin Project and Natural Beauty Skin Care
Author: Kelly Laran, Laurelle Denver
Narrator: Tanya Neihardt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 14 minutes
Release date: December 18, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Skin Care Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle, Beautiful Skin Project and Natural Beauty Skin Care Are you worried about your skin? Do you suffer from lifeless and dull skin? If your answers are yes, this audiobook is perfect for you as it would help you solve the problem you have with your skin. Some people think it is difficult to achieve beautiful and glowing skin. There are also too many products out there that some people get overwhelmed and just give up from the start. But most products also have too many chemicals that can be harsh for the skin so it is beneficial to look into natural and organic products that are much gentler on the skin. Achieving beautiful skin can easily be acquired if you put in the effort and make the commitment.  This bundle will teach you everything you need to know about proper skincare so you can achieve beautiful and sultry skin. You will learn everything from products to the diet that you have to maintain. You will also learn about organic products in case you are looking into products with not many chemicals but are still as good in making sure your skin is beautiful. You will learn the best practices and useful tips on how to have perfect and glowing skin. This two-in-one bundle series includes the following audiobooks: 1. Beautiful Skin Project: The Essential Guide to Beautiful Skin from Within, Discover all the Proven Ways and Useful Tips on How to Have Beautiful and Glowing Skin 2. Natural Beauty Skin Care: The Ultimate Guide to Organic Skin Care, Discover How and Why Organic Skin Care is The Best Way to Take Care of Your Skin to Achieve Natural Beauty Get your copy of Skin Care 2 in 1 Bundle today!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499558">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499558</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Skin Care Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle, Beautiful Skin Project and Natural Beauty Skin Care
Author: Kelly Laran, Laurelle Denver
Narrator: Tanya Neihardt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 14 minutes
Release date: December 18, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Skin Care Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle, Beautiful Skin Project and Natural Beauty Skin Care Are you worried about your skin? Do you suffer from lifeless and dull skin? If your answers are yes, this audiobook is perfect for you as it would help you solve the problem you have with your skin. Some people think it is difficult to achieve beautiful and glowing skin. There are also too many products out there that some people get overwhelmed and just give up from the start. But most products also have too many chemicals that can be harsh for the skin so it is beneficial to look into natural and organic products that are much gentler on the skin. Achieving beautiful skin can easily be acquired if you put in the effort and make the commitment.  This bundle will teach you everything you need to know about proper skincare so you can achieve beautiful and sultry skin. You will learn everything from products to the diet that you have to maintain. You will also learn about organic products in case you are looking into products with not many chemicals but are still as good in making sure your skin is beautiful. You will learn the best practices and useful tips on how to have perfect and glowing skin. This two-in-one bundle series includes the following audiobooks: 1. Beautiful Skin Project: The Essential Guide to Beautiful Skin from Within, Discover all the Proven Ways and Useful Tips on How to Have Beautiful and Glowing Skin 2. Natural Beauty Skin Care: The Ultimate Guide to Organic Skin Care, Discover How and Why Organic Skin Care is The Best Way to Take Care of Your Skin to Achieve Natural Beauty Get your copy of Skin Care 2 in 1 Bundle today!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fighting and Preventing Cancer Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: The Metabolic Approach to Cancer and Cancer Secrets by Micah Grant, Jocelyn Bluner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499557</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499557">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499557</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fighting and Preventing Cancer Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: The Metabolic Approach to Cancer and Cancer Secrets
Author: Micah Grant, Jocelyn Bluner
Narrator: Tanya Neihardt, Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 10 minutes
Release date: January 19, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Fighting and Preventing Cancer Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: The Metabolic Approach to Cancer and Cancer Secrets Hearing that you or your loved one has cancer is one of the most terrifying things that can happen to you. According to Cancer.org, 1 in every 6 deaths worldwide was caused by Cancer. This is more than AIDS, Tuberculosis, and Malaria combined. It is the second-leading cause of death worldwide. The numbers are terrifying and I&amp;#039;m sure it makes you want to understand more about cancer, its causes, and what you can do to prevent it. The good news is, at least 42% of these newly diagnosed cancers are avoidable. So it is crucial you learn what you can do to help you and your loved ones avoid cancer. This bundle aims to give you the easiest guide you can have to overcome or prevent cancer. It will teach you the information you need about all the underlying causes of cancer so you will know how to prevent them. One of the audiobooks in this bundle will discuss Colon Cancer specifically.  This two-in-one bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. The Metabolic Approach to Cancer: The Ultimate Guide To Fighting Off Cancer, Learn Useful Tips and Effective Ways to Keep Cancer at Bay 2. Cancer Secrets: The Complete Health Guide to Colon Cancer, Learn Everything About the Diagnosis and Treatment for this Silent Killer in Order to Protect Yourself Get this Fighting and Preventing Cancer 2 in 1 Bundle today!</description>
      <author>Micah Grant, Jocelyn Bluner</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Jan 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662169847.mp3" length="1195022" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499557</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662169847.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499557">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499557</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fighting and Preventing Cancer Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: The Metabolic Approach to Cancer and Cancer Secrets
Author: Micah Grant, Jocelyn Bluner
Narrator: Tanya Neihardt, Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 10 minutes
Release date: January 19, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Fighting and Preventing Cancer Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: The Metabolic Approach to Cancer and Cancer Secrets Hearing that you or your loved one has cancer is one of the most terrifying things that can happen to you. According to Cancer.org, 1 in every 6 deaths worldwide was caused by Cancer. This is more than AIDS, Tuberculosis, and Malaria combined. It is the second-leading cause of death worldwide. The numbers are terrifying and I&amp;#039;m sure it makes you want to understand more about cancer, its causes, and what you can do to prevent it. The good news is, at least 42% of these newly diagnosed cancers are avoidable. So it is crucial you learn what you can do to help you and your loved ones avoid cancer. This bundle aims to give you the easiest guide you can have to overcome or prevent cancer. It will teach you the information you need about all the underlying causes of cancer so you will know how to prevent them. One of the audiobooks in this bundle will discuss Colon Cancer specifically.  This two-in-one bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. The Metabolic Approach to Cancer: The Ultimate Guide To Fighting Off Cancer, Learn Useful Tips and Effective Ways to Keep Cancer at Bay 2. Cancer Secrets: The Complete Health Guide to Colon Cancer, Learn Everything About the Diagnosis and Treatment for this Silent Killer in Order to Protect Yourself Get this Fighting and Preventing Cancer 2 in 1 Bundle today!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499557">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499557</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fighting and Preventing Cancer Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: The Metabolic Approach to Cancer and Cancer Secrets
Author: Micah Grant, Jocelyn Bluner
Narrator: Tanya Neihardt, Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 10 minutes
Release date: January 19, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Fighting and Preventing Cancer Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: The Metabolic Approach to Cancer and Cancer Secrets Hearing that you or your loved one has cancer is one of the most terrifying things that can happen to you. According to Cancer.org, 1 in every 6 deaths worldwide was caused by Cancer. This is more than AIDS, Tuberculosis, and Malaria combined. It is the second-leading cause of death worldwide. The numbers are terrifying and I&amp;#039;m sure it makes you want to understand more about cancer, its causes, and what you can do to prevent it. The good news is, at least 42% of these newly diagnosed cancers are avoidable. So it is crucial you learn what you can do to help you and your loved ones avoid cancer. This bundle aims to give you the easiest guide you can have to overcome or prevent cancer. It will teach you the information you need about all the underlying causes of cancer so you will know how to prevent them. One of the audiobooks in this bundle will discuss Colon Cancer specifically.  This two-in-one bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. The Metabolic Approach to Cancer: The Ultimate Guide To Fighting Off Cancer, Learn Useful Tips and Effective Ways to Keep Cancer at Bay 2. Cancer Secrets: The Complete Health Guide to Colon Cancer, Learn Everything About the Diagnosis and Treatment for this Silent Killer in Order to Protect Yourself Get this Fighting and Preventing Cancer 2 in 1 Bundle today!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hope Over Anxiety: The Essential Guide on How to Overcome Anxiety, Learn the Methods on How to Stop the Feelings of Anxiety and Fear and Take Back Control of Your Life by Melyssa Yorick</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499550</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499550">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499550</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hope Over Anxiety: The Essential Guide on How to Overcome Anxiety, Learn the Methods on How to Stop the Feelings of Anxiety and Fear and Take Back Control of Your Life
Author: Melyssa Yorick
Narrator: Courage
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 54 minutes
Release date: January 15, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Hope Over Anxiety: The Essential Guide on How to Overcome Anxiety, Learn the Methods on How to Stop the Feelings of Anxiety and Fear and Take Back Control of Your Life Feelings of worry and fear are a normal part of everyday life. They are normal emotions we go through every day. But if these emotions become your default emotion and it has become so common for you that they have started to impact your life negatively, then this is no longer normal. You might be suffering from anxiety disorder already. Statistics show that anxiety is the most common disorder in the US that affects 40 million adults. It is said to be more prevalent among women.  This audiobook will teach you how you can manage your anxiety and regain control of your life. You will learn lessons and steps that can help you overcome the many aspects of your anxiety. You will discover the best approach on how to break the cycle of fear and worry that most often causes your anxiety.  In this audiobook, the following topics will be discussed: - Understanding Anxiety - Determining Your Type of Anxiety - Practicing Mindfulness to Overcome Anxiety - How to Use Breathing Techniques to Stop Anxiety - How to Manage Your Thoughts to Control Anxiety - How to Manage Your Activities to Reduce Anxiety - Ways to Find Instant Calm and Overcome Anxiety - Getting in Tune with Your Thoughts and Feelings - The Importance of Sleep When Trying to Stop Anxiety and Worry - Changing Your Lifestyle to Regain Control of Your Life Persistent anxiety can be overwhelming and when experienced every day, it can be debilitating. But treating anxiety is possible and there are steps you can do to manage your symptoms.  If you want to discover more on how you can overcome your anxiety, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now.</description>
      <author>Melyssa Yorick</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 15 Jan 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662169649.mp3" length="808676" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499550</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662169649.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499550">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499550</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hope Over Anxiety: The Essential Guide on How to Overcome Anxiety, Learn the Methods on How to Stop the Feelings of Anxiety and Fear and Take Back Control of Your Life
Author: Melyssa Yorick
Narrator: Courage
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 54 minutes
Release date: January 15, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Hope Over Anxiety: The Essential Guide on How to Overcome Anxiety, Learn the Methods on How to Stop the Feelings of Anxiety and Fear and Take Back Control of Your Life Feelings of worry and fear are a normal part of everyday life. They are normal emotions we go through every day. But if these emotions become your default emotion and it has become so common for you that they have started to impact your life negatively, then this is no longer normal. You might be suffering from anxiety disorder already. Statistics show that anxiety is the most common disorder in the US that affects 40 million adults. It is said to be more prevalent among women.  This audiobook will teach you how you can manage your anxiety and regain control of your life. You will learn lessons and steps that can help you overcome the many aspects of your anxiety. You will discover the best approach on how to break the cycle of fear and worry that most often causes your anxiety.  In this audiobook, the following topics will be discussed: - Understanding Anxiety - Determining Your Type of Anxiety - Practicing Mindfulness to Overcome Anxiety - How to Use Breathing Techniques to Stop Anxiety - How to Manage Your Thoughts to Control Anxiety - How to Manage Your Activities to Reduce Anxiety - Ways to Find Instant Calm and Overcome Anxiety - Getting in Tune with Your Thoughts and Feelings - The Importance of Sleep When Trying to Stop Anxiety and Worry - Changing Your Lifestyle to Regain Control of Your Life Persistent anxiety can be overwhelming and when experienced every day, it can be debilitating. But treating anxiety is possible and there are steps you can do to manage your symptoms.  If you want to discover more on how you can overcome your anxiety, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499550">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499550</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hope Over Anxiety: The Essential Guide on How to Overcome Anxiety, Learn the Methods on How to Stop the Feelings of Anxiety and Fear and Take Back Control of Your Life
Author: Melyssa Yorick
Narrator: Courage
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 54 minutes
Release date: January 15, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Hope Over Anxiety: The Essential Guide on How to Overcome Anxiety, Learn the Methods on How to Stop the Feelings of Anxiety and Fear and Take Back Control of Your Life Feelings of worry and fear are a normal part of everyday life. They are normal emotions we go through every day. But if these emotions become your default emotion and it has become so common for you that they have started to impact your life negatively, then this is no longer normal. You might be suffering from anxiety disorder already. Statistics show that anxiety is the most common disorder in the US that affects 40 million adults. It is said to be more prevalent among women.  This audiobook will teach you how you can manage your anxiety and regain control of your life. You will learn lessons and steps that can help you overcome the many aspects of your anxiety. You will discover the best approach on how to break the cycle of fear and worry that most often causes your anxiety.  In this audiobook, the following topics will be discussed: - Understanding Anxiety - Determining Your Type of Anxiety - Practicing Mindfulness to Overcome Anxiety - How to Use Breathing Techniques to Stop Anxiety - How to Manage Your Thoughts to Control Anxiety - How to Manage Your Activities to Reduce Anxiety - Ways to Find Instant Calm and Overcome Anxiety - Getting in Tune with Your Thoughts and Feelings - The Importance of Sleep When Trying to Stop Anxiety and Worry - Changing Your Lifestyle to Regain Control of Your Life Persistent anxiety can be overwhelming and when experienced every day, it can be debilitating. But treating anxiety is possible and there are steps you can do to manage your symptoms.  If you want to discover more on how you can overcome your anxiety, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rise and Shine: Recover from burnout and get back to your best by Leanne Spencer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499493</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499493">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499493</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rise and Shine: Recover from burnout and get back to your best
Author: Leanne Spencer
Narrator: Leanne Spencer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 41 minutes
Release date: January 22, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you feel that your work/life balance is making you ill? Are stress-related problems, chronic sickness, anxiety or depression affecting your ability to show up and do your job? Maybe you&amp;#039;re worried that your current lifestyle might be selling off your future health. Perhaps you&amp;#039;re already suffering from burnout. The good news is you can, and will, recover if you stop now, listen to this audiobook and take action. In Rise and Shine, Leanne Spencer shares her expertise and experience to show you how to spot the signs of professional burnout, recover, and go on to enjoy a happier, healthier life and career. Listen to this audiobook and you will be able to: Gain inspiration from real stories of people who have bounced back from burnout Apply tried and tested techniques designed to help you make a full recovery Adopt a balanced lifestyle built around healthspan not lifespan This audiobook is a must for any man or woman in a senior position and high-pressure environment. Whether you&amp;#039;re just starting to see the tell-tale signs of burnout, or are already suffering it&amp;#039;s crippling effects, this audiobook will help you to get clarity about where you currently are in life, and take the steps necessary to make a successful recovery.</description>
      <author>Leanne Spencer</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Jan 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781781335277.mp3" length="823491" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499493</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781781335277.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499493">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499493</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rise and Shine: Recover from burnout and get back to your best
Author: Leanne Spencer
Narrator: Leanne Spencer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 41 minutes
Release date: January 22, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you feel that your work/life balance is making you ill? Are stress-related problems, chronic sickness, anxiety or depression affecting your ability to show up and do your job? Maybe you&amp;#039;re worried that your current lifestyle might be selling off your future health. Perhaps you&amp;#039;re already suffering from burnout. The good news is you can, and will, recover if you stop now, listen to this audiobook and take action. In Rise and Shine, Leanne Spencer shares her expertise and experience to show you how to spot the signs of professional burnout, recover, and go on to enjoy a happier, healthier life and career. Listen to this audiobook and you will be able to: Gain inspiration from real stories of people who have bounced back from burnout Apply tried and tested techniques designed to help you make a full recovery Adopt a balanced lifestyle built around healthspan not lifespan This audiobook is a must for any man or woman in a senior position and high-pressure environment. Whether you&amp;#039;re just starting to see the tell-tale signs of burnout, or are already suffering it&amp;#039;s crippling effects, this audiobook will help you to get clarity about where you currently are in life, and take the steps necessary to make a successful recovery.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499493">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499493</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rise and Shine: Recover from burnout and get back to your best
Author: Leanne Spencer
Narrator: Leanne Spencer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 41 minutes
Release date: January 22, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you feel that your work/life balance is making you ill? Are stress-related problems, chronic sickness, anxiety or depression affecting your ability to show up and do your job? Maybe you&amp;#039;re worried that your current lifestyle might be selling off your future health. Perhaps you&amp;#039;re already suffering from burnout. The good news is you can, and will, recover if you stop now, listen to this audiobook and take action. In Rise and Shine, Leanne Spencer shares her expertise and experience to show you how to spot the signs of professional burnout, recover, and go on to enjoy a happier, healthier life and career. Listen to this audiobook and you will be able to: Gain inspiration from real stories of people who have bounced back from burnout Apply tried and tested techniques designed to help you make a full recovery Adopt a balanced lifestyle built around healthspan not lifespan This audiobook is a must for any man or woman in a senior position and high-pressure environment. Whether you&amp;#039;re just starting to see the tell-tale signs of burnout, or are already suffering it&amp;#039;s crippling effects, this audiobook will help you to get clarity about where you currently are in life, and take the steps necessary to make a successful recovery.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>It&amp;#039;s Probably Nothing: The Stress-Less Guide to Dealing with Health Anxiety, Wellness Fads, and Overhyped Headlines by Casey Gueren</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499478</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499478">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499478</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: It&amp;#039;s Probably Nothing: The Stress-Less Guide to Dealing with Health Anxiety, Wellness Fads, and Overhyped Headlines
Author: Casey Gueren
Narrator: Casey Gueren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 27 minutes
Release date: October  5, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
From stress-induced symptom searching and &amp;quot;miracle cures&amp;quot; to the wellness fads filling your social media timeline, health journalist Casey Gueren digs into why we&amp;#039;re so anxious about our health and how to separate medical facts from fiction. Surrounded by “health hacks” and clickbait headlines, it’s easy to feel overwhelmed and underprepared when it comes to taking care of your health. But despite what the wellness industry told you, you don’t need another cleanse, detox, or supplement—you need a crash course in separating hype from health. In It&amp;#039;s Probably Nothing you’ll find a health journalist’s tools and tips to. . .   - Fine-tune your B.S. detector and spot the wellness industry’s sneaky tricks - Get answers to your health questions without spiraling down search holes - Manage health stress and learn to listen to your body (just enough) - Decode the latest overhyped health headlines - Find compassionate, evidence-based care that works for you - And so much more  Packed with illuminating information, funny personal anecdotes, concrete strategies for coping, quotes from dozens of medical experts, and a foreword by New York Times-bestselling author of The Vagina Bible Dr. Jen Gunter, this book is the perfect companion for navigating our wellness-obsessed world with a little less stress and a lot more information.</description>
      <author>Casey Gueren</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Oct 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549112096.mp3" length="884638" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499478</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549112096.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499478">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499478</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: It&amp;#039;s Probably Nothing: The Stress-Less Guide to Dealing with Health Anxiety, Wellness Fads, and Overhyped Headlines
Author: Casey Gueren
Narrator: Casey Gueren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 27 minutes
Release date: October  5, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
From stress-induced symptom searching and &amp;quot;miracle cures&amp;quot; to the wellness fads filling your social media timeline, health journalist Casey Gueren digs into why we&amp;#039;re so anxious about our health and how to separate medical facts from fiction. Surrounded by “health hacks” and clickbait headlines, it’s easy to feel overwhelmed and underprepared when it comes to taking care of your health. But despite what the wellness industry told you, you don’t need another cleanse, detox, or supplement—you need a crash course in separating hype from health. In It&amp;#039;s Probably Nothing you’ll find a health journalist’s tools and tips to. . .   - Fine-tune your B.S. detector and spot the wellness industry’s sneaky tricks - Get answers to your health questions without spiraling down search holes - Manage health stress and learn to listen to your body (just enough) - Decode the latest overhyped health headlines - Find compassionate, evidence-based care that works for you - And so much more  Packed with illuminating information, funny personal anecdotes, concrete strategies for coping, quotes from dozens of medical experts, and a foreword by New York Times-bestselling author of The Vagina Bible Dr. Jen Gunter, this book is the perfect companion for navigating our wellness-obsessed world with a little less stress and a lot more information.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499478">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499478</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: It&amp;#039;s Probably Nothing: The Stress-Less Guide to Dealing with Health Anxiety, Wellness Fads, and Overhyped Headlines
Author: Casey Gueren
Narrator: Casey Gueren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 27 minutes
Release date: October  5, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
From stress-induced symptom searching and &amp;quot;miracle cures&amp;quot; to the wellness fads filling your social media timeline, health journalist Casey Gueren digs into why we&amp;#039;re so anxious about our health and how to separate medical facts from fiction. Surrounded by “health hacks” and clickbait headlines, it’s easy to feel overwhelmed and underprepared when it comes to taking care of your health. But despite what the wellness industry told you, you don’t need another cleanse, detox, or supplement—you need a crash course in separating hype from health. In It&amp;#039;s Probably Nothing you’ll find a health journalist’s tools and tips to. . .   - Fine-tune your B.S. detector and spot the wellness industry’s sneaky tricks - Get answers to your health questions without spiraling down search holes - Manage health stress and learn to listen to your body (just enough) - Decode the latest overhyped health headlines - Find compassionate, evidence-based care that works for you - And so much more  Packed with illuminating information, funny personal anecdotes, concrete strategies for coping, quotes from dozens of medical experts, and a foreword by New York Times-bestselling author of The Vagina Bible Dr. Jen Gunter, this book is the perfect companion for navigating our wellness-obsessed world with a little less stress and a lot more information.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Viruses, Pandemics, and Immunity by Andrey S. Shaw, Arup K. Chakraborty</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499380</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499380">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499380</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Viruses, Pandemics, and Immunity
Author: Andrey S. Shaw, Arup K. Chakraborty
Narrator: Donald Corren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 47 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Throughout history, humans have contended with pandemics, but the devastation wrought by them had been largely forgotten by the twenty-first century. Now, the enormous human and economic toll of the rapidly spreading COVID-19 disease offers a vivid reminder that infectious disease pandemics are one of the greatest existential threats to humanity. This book provides an accessible explanation of how viruses emerge to cause pandemics, how our immune system combats them, and how diagnostic tests, vaccines, and antiviral therapies work-concepts that provide the foundation for our public health policies.  THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT.</description>
      <author>Andrey S. Shaw, Arup K. Chakraborty</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Feb 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705028261.mp3" length="1448164" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499380</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705028261.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499380">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499380</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Viruses, Pandemics, and Immunity
Author: Andrey S. Shaw, Arup K. Chakraborty
Narrator: Donald Corren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 47 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Throughout history, humans have contended with pandemics, but the devastation wrought by them had been largely forgotten by the twenty-first century. Now, the enormous human and economic toll of the rapidly spreading COVID-19 disease offers a vivid reminder that infectious disease pandemics are one of the greatest existential threats to humanity. This book provides an accessible explanation of how viruses emerge to cause pandemics, how our immune system combats them, and how diagnostic tests, vaccines, and antiviral therapies work-concepts that provide the foundation for our public health policies.  THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499380">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499380</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Viruses, Pandemics, and Immunity
Author: Andrey S. Shaw, Arup K. Chakraborty
Narrator: Donald Corren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 47 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Throughout history, humans have contended with pandemics, but the devastation wrought by them had been largely forgotten by the twenty-first century. Now, the enormous human and economic toll of the rapidly spreading COVID-19 disease offers a vivid reminder that infectious disease pandemics are one of the greatest existential threats to humanity. This book provides an accessible explanation of how viruses emerge to cause pandemics, how our immune system combats them, and how diagnostic tests, vaccines, and antiviral therapies work-concepts that provide the foundation for our public health policies.  THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rewire Your OCD Brain: Powerful Neuroscience-Based Skills to Break Free from Obsessive Thoughts and Fears by William H. Youngs PhD, Catherine M. Pittman PhD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499291</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499291">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499291</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rewire Your OCD Brain: Powerful Neuroscience-Based Skills to Break Free from Obsessive Thoughts and Fears
Author: William H. Youngs PhD, Catherine M. Pittman PhD
Narrator: Kitty Hendrix
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 30 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Rewire the brain processes that cause obsessions and compulsions—and take back your life! If you&amp;#039;ve ever wondered why you seem to get trapped in an endless cycle of obsessive, compulsive thoughts, you don&amp;#039;t have to wonder anymore. Grounded in cutting-edge neuroscience and evidence-based cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT), Rewire Your OCD Brain will show you how and why your brain gets stuck in a loop of obsessive thinking, uncertainty, and worry; and offers the tools you need to short-circuit this response and get your symptoms under control—for good. Written by clinical psychologist Catherine Pittman and clinical neuropsychologist William Youngs, this groundbreaking book will show how neurological functions in your brain lead to obsessions, compulsions, and anxiety. You&amp;#039;ll also find tons of proven-effective coping strategies to help you manage your worst symptoms. The brain is powerful, and the more you work to change the way you respond to obsessive thoughts, the more resilient you&amp;#039;ll become. If you&amp;#039;re ready to rewire the brain processes that lie at the root of your obsessive thoughts, this book has everything you need to get started today.</description>
      <author>William H. Youngs PhD, Catherine M. Pittman PhD</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Jun 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705299180.mp3" length="8371414" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499291</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705299180.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499291">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499291</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rewire Your OCD Brain: Powerful Neuroscience-Based Skills to Break Free from Obsessive Thoughts and Fears
Author: William H. Youngs PhD, Catherine M. Pittman PhD
Narrator: Kitty Hendrix
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 30 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Rewire the brain processes that cause obsessions and compulsions—and take back your life! If you&amp;#039;ve ever wondered why you seem to get trapped in an endless cycle of obsessive, compulsive thoughts, you don&amp;#039;t have to wonder anymore. Grounded in cutting-edge neuroscience and evidence-based cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT), Rewire Your OCD Brain will show you how and why your brain gets stuck in a loop of obsessive thinking, uncertainty, and worry; and offers the tools you need to short-circuit this response and get your symptoms under control—for good. Written by clinical psychologist Catherine Pittman and clinical neuropsychologist William Youngs, this groundbreaking book will show how neurological functions in your brain lead to obsessions, compulsions, and anxiety. You&amp;#039;ll also find tons of proven-effective coping strategies to help you manage your worst symptoms. The brain is powerful, and the more you work to change the way you respond to obsessive thoughts, the more resilient you&amp;#039;ll become. If you&amp;#039;re ready to rewire the brain processes that lie at the root of your obsessive thoughts, this book has everything you need to get started today.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499291">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499291</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rewire Your OCD Brain: Powerful Neuroscience-Based Skills to Break Free from Obsessive Thoughts and Fears
Author: William H. Youngs PhD, Catherine M. Pittman PhD
Narrator: Kitty Hendrix
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 30 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Rewire the brain processes that cause obsessions and compulsions—and take back your life! If you&amp;#039;ve ever wondered why you seem to get trapped in an endless cycle of obsessive, compulsive thoughts, you don&amp;#039;t have to wonder anymore. Grounded in cutting-edge neuroscience and evidence-based cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT), Rewire Your OCD Brain will show you how and why your brain gets stuck in a loop of obsessive thinking, uncertainty, and worry; and offers the tools you need to short-circuit this response and get your symptoms under control—for good. Written by clinical psychologist Catherine Pittman and clinical neuropsychologist William Youngs, this groundbreaking book will show how neurological functions in your brain lead to obsessions, compulsions, and anxiety. You&amp;#039;ll also find tons of proven-effective coping strategies to help you manage your worst symptoms. The brain is powerful, and the more you work to change the way you respond to obsessive thoughts, the more resilient you&amp;#039;ll become. If you&amp;#039;re ready to rewire the brain processes that lie at the root of your obsessive thoughts, this book has everything you need to get started today.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The New Rules of Aging Well: A Simple Program for Immune Resilience, Strength, and Vitality by Danielle Claro, Frank Lipman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499247</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499247">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499247</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The New Rules of Aging Well: A Simple Program for Immune Resilience, Strength, and Vitality
Author: Danielle Claro, Frank Lipman
Narrator: Lj Gasner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 34 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;quot;Essential reading for COVID times. . . . The tool we all need right now: a smart, straightforward guide that speaks directly to the question: How can I build a strong immune system? The book is packed with clear, actionable advice for building a strong immune system, losing weight, feeling younger and aging beautifully.&amp;quot;  -Yahoo! Life  Frank Lipman, MD, is a leader in wellness and integrative and functional medicine, and The New Rules of Aging Well contains everything he teaches his patients-and then some-about reversing the so-called &amp;quot;symptoms of aging.&amp;quot; Symptoms like feeling lousy and looking puffy are absolutely not a given of aging. They&amp;#039;re warning signs that you need to change your lifestyle. It&amp;#039;s your lifestyle choices, not your genes, that have a tremendous impact on how you age, and here you&amp;#039;ll learn how to make the best choices in order to look younger and feel better all around.  Through clearly titled and easy-to-digest entries covering the new rules to know, you&amp;#039;ll learn that &amp;quot;The Most Effective Antiaging Mechanism Is Eating Less&amp;quot; and that &amp;quot;Night Eating Makes You Fat&amp;quot;; whether &amp;quot;16-Hour Fasting&amp;quot; is worth all the hype; that &amp;quot;Sugar Is the Worst Food You Can Put in Your Body;&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;Sleep More and Sleep Better&amp;quot; and to &amp;quot;Eat Mushrooms for Longevity&amp;quot;; about &amp;quot;Common Meds That Shouldn&amp;#039;t Be Common&amp;quot;; that &amp;quot;Bone Broth Heals Holes in the Gut&amp;quot;; and the mantra &amp;quot;Do No Harm.&amp;quot;  And what happens when you follow the rules? An increased health span, where you&amp;#039;ll look great and feel energetic, happy, sexy, agile, and strong.  THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT.</description>
      <author>Danielle Claro, Frank Lipman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Oct 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781649040077.mp3" length="882263" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499247</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781649040077.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499247">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499247</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The New Rules of Aging Well: A Simple Program for Immune Resilience, Strength, and Vitality
Author: Danielle Claro, Frank Lipman
Narrator: Lj Gasner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 34 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;quot;Essential reading for COVID times. . . . The tool we all need right now: a smart, straightforward guide that speaks directly to the question: How can I build a strong immune system? The book is packed with clear, actionable advice for building a strong immune system, losing weight, feeling younger and aging beautifully.&amp;quot;  -Yahoo! Life  Frank Lipman, MD, is a leader in wellness and integrative and functional medicine, and The New Rules of Aging Well contains everything he teaches his patients-and then some-about reversing the so-called &amp;quot;symptoms of aging.&amp;quot; Symptoms like feeling lousy and looking puffy are absolutely not a given of aging. They&amp;#039;re warning signs that you need to change your lifestyle. It&amp;#039;s your lifestyle choices, not your genes, that have a tremendous impact on how you age, and here you&amp;#039;ll learn how to make the best choices in order to look younger and feel better all around.  Through clearly titled and easy-to-digest entries covering the new rules to know, you&amp;#039;ll learn that &amp;quot;The Most Effective Antiaging Mechanism Is Eating Less&amp;quot; and that &amp;quot;Night Eating Makes You Fat&amp;quot;; whether &amp;quot;16-Hour Fasting&amp;quot; is worth all the hype; that &amp;quot;Sugar Is the Worst Food You Can Put in Your Body;&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;Sleep More and Sleep Better&amp;quot; and to &amp;quot;Eat Mushrooms for Longevity&amp;quot;; about &amp;quot;Common Meds That Shouldn&amp;#039;t Be Common&amp;quot;; that &amp;quot;Bone Broth Heals Holes in the Gut&amp;quot;; and the mantra &amp;quot;Do No Harm.&amp;quot;  And what happens when you follow the rules? An increased health span, where you&amp;#039;ll look great and feel energetic, happy, sexy, agile, and strong.  THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499247">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499247</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The New Rules of Aging Well: A Simple Program for Immune Resilience, Strength, and Vitality
Author: Danielle Claro, Frank Lipman
Narrator: Lj Gasner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 34 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;quot;Essential reading for COVID times. . . . The tool we all need right now: a smart, straightforward guide that speaks directly to the question: How can I build a strong immune system? The book is packed with clear, actionable advice for building a strong immune system, losing weight, feeling younger and aging beautifully.&amp;quot;  -Yahoo! Life  Frank Lipman, MD, is a leader in wellness and integrative and functional medicine, and The New Rules of Aging Well contains everything he teaches his patients-and then some-about reversing the so-called &amp;quot;symptoms of aging.&amp;quot; Symptoms like feeling lousy and looking puffy are absolutely not a given of aging. They&amp;#039;re warning signs that you need to change your lifestyle. It&amp;#039;s your lifestyle choices, not your genes, that have a tremendous impact on how you age, and here you&amp;#039;ll learn how to make the best choices in order to look younger and feel better all around.  Through clearly titled and easy-to-digest entries covering the new rules to know, you&amp;#039;ll learn that &amp;quot;The Most Effective Antiaging Mechanism Is Eating Less&amp;quot; and that &amp;quot;Night Eating Makes You Fat&amp;quot;; whether &amp;quot;16-Hour Fasting&amp;quot; is worth all the hype; that &amp;quot;Sugar Is the Worst Food You Can Put in Your Body;&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;Sleep More and Sleep Better&amp;quot; and to &amp;quot;Eat Mushrooms for Longevity&amp;quot;; about &amp;quot;Common Meds That Shouldn&amp;#039;t Be Common&amp;quot;; that &amp;quot;Bone Broth Heals Holes in the Gut&amp;quot;; and the mantra &amp;quot;Do No Harm.&amp;quot;  And what happens when you follow the rules? An increased health span, where you&amp;#039;ll look great and feel energetic, happy, sexy, agile, and strong.  THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cancer-Free with Food by Liana Werner-Gray</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498689</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498689">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498689</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cancer-Free with Food
Author: Liana Werner-Gray
Narrator: Liana Werner-Gray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 33 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Supported by the powerhouse team behind The Truth About Cancer, best-selling natural-health author Liana Werner-Gray offers a simple yet comprehensive guide to nutrition for those who have been diagnosed with cancer. You&amp;#039;ve been diagnosed with cancer, and all you want is a simple guide of what to eat and what to avoid to support your health during this difficult time--The Cancer Diet is for you! Liana Werner-Gray offers simple, nutrient-rich recipes that utilize foods proven to boost the immune system and offer you a better chance of healing. The information in this book is supportive of any treatment path; Liana will show you how nutrition can be used on its own or in conjunction with chemotherapy, radiation, surgery, or alternative therapies. 1+ gluten-free, soy-free, refined sugar-free, and dairy-free recipes that you can easily remember and will want to use every day. Recipe options will fit a keto diet, vegan diet, and paleo diet. With this comprehensive guide, you&amp;#039;ll feel informed about all the available treatment options so you can choose the right ones for you as you put together your cancer-healing plan.This audio product contains a PDF with supporting material, and the PDF is available to download</description>
      <author>Liana Werner-Gray</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Feb 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781401964429.mp3" length="901276" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498689</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781401964429.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498689">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498689</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cancer-Free with Food
Author: Liana Werner-Gray
Narrator: Liana Werner-Gray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 33 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Supported by the powerhouse team behind The Truth About Cancer, best-selling natural-health author Liana Werner-Gray offers a simple yet comprehensive guide to nutrition for those who have been diagnosed with cancer. You&amp;#039;ve been diagnosed with cancer, and all you want is a simple guide of what to eat and what to avoid to support your health during this difficult time--The Cancer Diet is for you! Liana Werner-Gray offers simple, nutrient-rich recipes that utilize foods proven to boost the immune system and offer you a better chance of healing. The information in this book is supportive of any treatment path; Liana will show you how nutrition can be used on its own or in conjunction with chemotherapy, radiation, surgery, or alternative therapies. 1+ gluten-free, soy-free, refined sugar-free, and dairy-free recipes that you can easily remember and will want to use every day. Recipe options will fit a keto diet, vegan diet, and paleo diet. With this comprehensive guide, you&amp;#039;ll feel informed about all the available treatment options so you can choose the right ones for you as you put together your cancer-healing plan.This audio product contains a PDF with supporting material, and the PDF is available to download</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498689">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498689</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cancer-Free with Food
Author: Liana Werner-Gray
Narrator: Liana Werner-Gray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 33 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Supported by the powerhouse team behind The Truth About Cancer, best-selling natural-health author Liana Werner-Gray offers a simple yet comprehensive guide to nutrition for those who have been diagnosed with cancer. You&amp;#039;ve been diagnosed with cancer, and all you want is a simple guide of what to eat and what to avoid to support your health during this difficult time--The Cancer Diet is for you! Liana Werner-Gray offers simple, nutrient-rich recipes that utilize foods proven to boost the immune system and offer you a better chance of healing. The information in this book is supportive of any treatment path; Liana will show you how nutrition can be used on its own or in conjunction with chemotherapy, radiation, surgery, or alternative therapies. 1+ gluten-free, soy-free, refined sugar-free, and dairy-free recipes that you can easily remember and will want to use every day. Recipe options will fit a keto diet, vegan diet, and paleo diet. With this comprehensive guide, you&amp;#039;ll feel informed about all the available treatment options so you can choose the right ones for you as you put together your cancer-healing plan.This audio product contains a PDF with supporting material, and the PDF is available to download</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Brighter Future Sleep Programming by Dick Sutphen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498685</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498685">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498685</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Brighter Future Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime and experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You deserve love, happiness, and prosperity.You accept that it&amp;#039;s all right to be powerful and successful. It&amp;#039;s all right for life to be easy and joyful.You cast away your fear-based emotions.You manifest abundance. You are clear about what you want.Wake up in the morning refreshed and poised to step boldly into a brighter future as the master of your own life.</description>
      <author>Dick Sutphen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Dec 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781401964504.mp3" length="862791" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498685</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781401964504.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498685">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498685</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Brighter Future Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime and experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You deserve love, happiness, and prosperity.You accept that it&amp;#039;s all right to be powerful and successful. It&amp;#039;s all right for life to be easy and joyful.You cast away your fear-based emotions.You manifest abundance. You are clear about what you want.Wake up in the morning refreshed and poised to step boldly into a brighter future as the master of your own life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498685">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498685</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Brighter Future Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime and experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You deserve love, happiness, and prosperity.You accept that it&amp;#039;s all right to be powerful and successful. It&amp;#039;s all right for life to be easy and joyful.You cast away your fear-based emotions.You manifest abundance. You are clear about what you want.Wake up in the morning refreshed and poised to step boldly into a brighter future as the master of your own life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tomorrow Is a New Beginning Sleep Programming by Dick Sutphen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498686</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498686">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498686</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Tomorrow Is a New Beginning Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to encourage you to fulfill your commitments to yourself and others-today, not tomorrow. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You expedite what needs to be done, and you finish what you start. You accept this. You do it.You do what you say you&amp;#039;ll do. You refuse to put things off.Every day, in every way, you take more control of your life.You divide big jobs into workable steps, which you handle one step at a time.You are persistent, ambitious, and determined. You can do anything you set your mind to.You are strong-willed, and you get the job done.You strive until you&amp;#039;ve accomplished your goals.Wake up in the morning refreshed and motivated to do what needs doing right now.</description>
      <author>Dick Sutphen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Dec 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781401964719.mp3" length="846463" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498686</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781401964719.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498686">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498686</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Tomorrow Is a New Beginning Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to encourage you to fulfill your commitments to yourself and others-today, not tomorrow. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You expedite what needs to be done, and you finish what you start. You accept this. You do it.You do what you say you&amp;#039;ll do. You refuse to put things off.Every day, in every way, you take more control of your life.You divide big jobs into workable steps, which you handle one step at a time.You are persistent, ambitious, and determined. You can do anything you set your mind to.You are strong-willed, and you get the job done.You strive until you&amp;#039;ve accomplished your goals.Wake up in the morning refreshed and motivated to do what needs doing right now.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498686">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498686</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Tomorrow Is a New Beginning Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to encourage you to fulfill your commitments to yourself and others-today, not tomorrow. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You expedite what needs to be done, and you finish what you start. You accept this. You do it.You do what you say you&amp;#039;ll do. You refuse to put things off.Every day, in every way, you take more control of your life.You divide big jobs into workable steps, which you handle one step at a time.You are persistent, ambitious, and determined. You can do anything you set your mind to.You are strong-willed, and you get the job done.You strive until you&amp;#039;ve accomplished your goals.Wake up in the morning refreshed and motivated to do what needs doing right now.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stop Procrastinating Sleep Programming by Dick Sutphen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498687</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498687">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498687</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stop Procrastinating Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to encourage you to fulfill your commitments to yourself and others-today, not tomorrow. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You expedite what needs to be done, and you finish what you start. You accept this. You do it.You do what you say you&amp;#039;ll do. You refuse to put things off.Every day, in every way, you take more control of your life.You divide big jobs into workable steps, which you handle one step at a time.You are persistent, ambitious, and determined. You can do anything you set your mind to.You are strong-willed, and you get the job done.You strive until you&amp;#039;ve accomplished your goals.Wake up in the morning refreshed and motivated to do what needs doing right now.</description>
      <author>Dick Sutphen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Dec 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781401964702.mp3" length="861266" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498687</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781401964702.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498687">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498687</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stop Procrastinating Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to encourage you to fulfill your commitments to yourself and others-today, not tomorrow. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You expedite what needs to be done, and you finish what you start. You accept this. You do it.You do what you say you&amp;#039;ll do. You refuse to put things off.Every day, in every way, you take more control of your life.You divide big jobs into workable steps, which you handle one step at a time.You are persistent, ambitious, and determined. You can do anything you set your mind to.You are strong-willed, and you get the job done.You strive until you&amp;#039;ve accomplished your goals.Wake up in the morning refreshed and motivated to do what needs doing right now.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498687">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498687</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stop Procrastinating Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to encourage you to fulfill your commitments to yourself and others-today, not tomorrow. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You expedite what needs to be done, and you finish what you start. You accept this. You do it.You do what you say you&amp;#039;ll do. You refuse to put things off.Every day, in every way, you take more control of your life.You divide big jobs into workable steps, which you handle one step at a time.You are persistent, ambitious, and determined. You can do anything you set your mind to.You are strong-willed, and you get the job done.You strive until you&amp;#039;ve accomplished your goals.Wake up in the morning refreshed and motivated to do what needs doing right now.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sleep Off Pounds Sleep Programming by Dick Sutphen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498683</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498683">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498683</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sleep Off Pounds Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to support healthy, intelligent weight loss. You&amp;#039;ll be guided to stick to your diet, eat only at mealtime, and draw upon the regulating power of your mind to assist you in fulfilling your health goals. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You take the necessary steps to support your weight-loss goals: Eat healthy foods. Eat more fiber. Manage stress.You now take control of your body and your life, and every day you become thinner and healthier.You have the willpower to support an intelligent diet, and it works for you.You lose weight, and it makes you feel good about yourself.You reject negative thoughts about your weight goals. Positive thoughts work. You think positive.You focus your energy on losing weight, and it happens. It does.Wake up in the morning refreshed and motivated to shed your extra pounds as the suggestions now become your waking reality.</description>
      <author>Dick Sutphen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Dec 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781401964696.mp3" length="863893" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498683</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781401964696.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498683">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498683</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sleep Off Pounds Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to support healthy, intelligent weight loss. You&amp;#039;ll be guided to stick to your diet, eat only at mealtime, and draw upon the regulating power of your mind to assist you in fulfilling your health goals. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You take the necessary steps to support your weight-loss goals: Eat healthy foods. Eat more fiber. Manage stress.You now take control of your body and your life, and every day you become thinner and healthier.You have the willpower to support an intelligent diet, and it works for you.You lose weight, and it makes you feel good about yourself.You reject negative thoughts about your weight goals. Positive thoughts work. You think positive.You focus your energy on losing weight, and it happens. It does.Wake up in the morning refreshed and motivated to shed your extra pounds as the suggestions now become your waking reality.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498683">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498683</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sleep Off Pounds Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to support healthy, intelligent weight loss. You&amp;#039;ll be guided to stick to your diet, eat only at mealtime, and draw upon the regulating power of your mind to assist you in fulfilling your health goals. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You take the necessary steps to support your weight-loss goals: Eat healthy foods. Eat more fiber. Manage stress.You now take control of your body and your life, and every day you become thinner and healthier.You have the willpower to support an intelligent diet, and it works for you.You lose weight, and it makes you feel good about yourself.You reject negative thoughts about your weight goals. Positive thoughts work. You think positive.You focus your energy on losing weight, and it happens. It does.Wake up in the morning refreshed and motivated to shed your extra pounds as the suggestions now become your waking reality.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Reinventing Yourself Sleep Programming by Dick Sutphen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498684</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498684">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498684</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Reinventing Yourself Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to support you in mastering key skills and competencies that can empower a new you. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: Goals give you purpose. You organize your time and energy to support your values and purpose.You make quiet time to get to know, accept, and love yourself. You nurture yourself.You visualize the future you desire, and you create it-and it&amp;#039;s yours.You become the person that you desire to be. You become all that you are capable of being.You are adaptive to change. You are changing, and you flow with the changes.You accept that you are always growing, changing, evolving. And it works for you.Wake up in the morning refreshed and ready embody your growth potential as you reinvent yourself in your waking reality.</description>
      <author>Dick Sutphen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Dec 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781401964672.mp3" length="851555" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498684</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781401964672.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498684">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498684</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Reinventing Yourself Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to support you in mastering key skills and competencies that can empower a new you. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: Goals give you purpose. You organize your time and energy to support your values and purpose.You make quiet time to get to know, accept, and love yourself. You nurture yourself.You visualize the future you desire, and you create it-and it&amp;#039;s yours.You become the person that you desire to be. You become all that you are capable of being.You are adaptive to change. You are changing, and you flow with the changes.You accept that you are always growing, changing, evolving. And it works for you.Wake up in the morning refreshed and ready embody your growth potential as you reinvent yourself in your waking reality.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498684">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498684</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Reinventing Yourself Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to support you in mastering key skills and competencies that can empower a new you. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: Goals give you purpose. You organize your time and energy to support your values and purpose.You make quiet time to get to know, accept, and love yourself. You nurture yourself.You visualize the future you desire, and you create it-and it&amp;#039;s yours.You become the person that you desire to be. You become all that you are capable of being.You are adaptive to change. You are changing, and you flow with the changes.You accept that you are always growing, changing, evolving. And it works for you.Wake up in the morning refreshed and ready embody your growth potential as you reinvent yourself in your waking reality.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Metaphysical Affirmations Sleep Programming by Dick Sutphen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498681</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498681">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498681</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Metaphysical Affirmations Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to help you embrace Universal laws and important metaphysical concepts. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You know that where your attention goes your energy flows.You focus your attention upon positive, loving things.All answers can be found in your higher mind.You attract what you feel worthy of receiving.You deserve the best life has to offer.You have the power and ability to become all that you are capable of being.You detach from negativity and allow it to flow through you without affecting you.You let go and let God and live only love.Wake up in the morning refreshed and with the Universal energy and the knowledge that you are a fully enlightened soul-a being of pure love</description>
      <author>Dick Sutphen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Dec 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781401964658.mp3" length="895891" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498681</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781401964658.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498681">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498681</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Metaphysical Affirmations Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to help you embrace Universal laws and important metaphysical concepts. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You know that where your attention goes your energy flows.You focus your attention upon positive, loving things.All answers can be found in your higher mind.You attract what you feel worthy of receiving.You deserve the best life has to offer.You have the power and ability to become all that you are capable of being.You detach from negativity and allow it to flow through you without affecting you.You let go and let God and live only love.Wake up in the morning refreshed and with the Universal energy and the knowledge that you are a fully enlightened soul-a being of pure love</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498681">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498681</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Metaphysical Affirmations Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to help you embrace Universal laws and important metaphysical concepts. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You know that where your attention goes your energy flows.You focus your attention upon positive, loving things.All answers can be found in your higher mind.You attract what you feel worthy of receiving.You deserve the best life has to offer.You have the power and ability to become all that you are capable of being.You detach from negativity and allow it to flow through you without affecting you.You let go and let God and live only love.Wake up in the morning refreshed and with the Universal energy and the knowledge that you are a fully enlightened soul-a being of pure love</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Project Charisma Sleep Programming by Dick Sutphen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498682</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498682">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498682</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Project Charisma Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to allow yourself to radiate an inner warmth and friendliness and attract perfect love into your life. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You now create the space in your life for perfect love.You project openness, warmth, sensitivity, and vulnerability, which attracts others.You are self-assured and independent, and you project self-confidence to everyone you meet.You focus the power of your subconscious and superconscious mind upon drawing the perfect lover into your life.Wake up in the morning refreshed, with an aura of newfound confidence and charisma-ready to manifest the ideal love relationship into your reality.</description>
      <author>Dick Sutphen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Dec 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781401964665.mp3" length="856948" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498682</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781401964665.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498682">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498682</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Project Charisma Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to allow yourself to radiate an inner warmth and friendliness and attract perfect love into your life. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You now create the space in your life for perfect love.You project openness, warmth, sensitivity, and vulnerability, which attracts others.You are self-assured and independent, and you project self-confidence to everyone you meet.You focus the power of your subconscious and superconscious mind upon drawing the perfect lover into your life.Wake up in the morning refreshed, with an aura of newfound confidence and charisma-ready to manifest the ideal love relationship into your reality.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498682">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498682</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Project Charisma Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to allow yourself to radiate an inner warmth and friendliness and attract perfect love into your life. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You now create the space in your life for perfect love.You project openness, warmth, sensitivity, and vulnerability, which attracts others.You are self-assured and independent, and you project self-confidence to everyone you meet.You focus the power of your subconscious and superconscious mind upon drawing the perfect lover into your life.Wake up in the morning refreshed, with an aura of newfound confidence and charisma-ready to manifest the ideal love relationship into your reality.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Learning Acceleration Sleep Programming by Dick Sutphen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498679</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498679">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498679</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Learning Acceleration Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to help you not only learn faster but remember what you learn. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You are quick to learn and understand.You easily assimilate complicated information. Your mind has no limits. You now unleash your unlimited potential to learn rapidly.With minimum study, you maximize learning ability.You triple your learning speed. You focus your energy and concentration to accelerate learning.Wake up in the morning refreshed and inspired to put the power of you mind to use in your life-as high-speed learning becomes your new reality.</description>
      <author>Dick Sutphen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Dec 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781401964634.mp3" length="900094" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498679</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781401964634.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498679">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498679</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Learning Acceleration Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to help you not only learn faster but remember what you learn. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You are quick to learn and understand.You easily assimilate complicated information. Your mind has no limits. You now unleash your unlimited potential to learn rapidly.With minimum study, you maximize learning ability.You triple your learning speed. You focus your energy and concentration to accelerate learning.Wake up in the morning refreshed and inspired to put the power of you mind to use in your life-as high-speed learning becomes your new reality.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498679">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498679</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Learning Acceleration Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to help you not only learn faster but remember what you learn. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You are quick to learn and understand.You easily assimilate complicated information. Your mind has no limits. You now unleash your unlimited potential to learn rapidly.With minimum study, you maximize learning ability.You triple your learning speed. You focus your energy and concentration to accelerate learning.Wake up in the morning refreshed and inspired to put the power of you mind to use in your life-as high-speed learning becomes your new reality.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Live Only Love Sleep Programming by Dick Sutphen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498680</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498680">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498680</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Live Only Love Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to rise above fear-based emotions and allow love to flow through you and from you. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You respond to others with unconditional love.Your thoughts are free of fear, guilt, and judgment.You are a channel for the light.You experience the light, become the light, radiate the light, and invoke the blessing of the Source of the light.You remain centered at all times: physically relaxed, emotionally calm, mentally focused, and spiritually aware.You manifest love.Wake up in the morning refreshed and with greater consciousness as you create a reality in which you really do live only love.</description>
      <author>Dick Sutphen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Dec 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781401964641.mp3" length="856504" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498680</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781401964641.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498680">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498680</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Live Only Love Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to rise above fear-based emotions and allow love to flow through you and from you. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You respond to others with unconditional love.Your thoughts are free of fear, guilt, and judgment.You are a channel for the light.You experience the light, become the light, radiate the light, and invoke the blessing of the Source of the light.You remain centered at all times: physically relaxed, emotionally calm, mentally focused, and spiritually aware.You manifest love.Wake up in the morning refreshed and with greater consciousness as you create a reality in which you really do live only love.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498680">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498680</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Live Only Love Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to rise above fear-based emotions and allow love to flow through you and from you. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You respond to others with unconditional love.Your thoughts are free of fear, guilt, and judgment.You are a channel for the light.You experience the light, become the light, radiate the light, and invoke the blessing of the Source of the light.You remain centered at all times: physically relaxed, emotionally calm, mentally focused, and spiritually aware.You manifest love.Wake up in the morning refreshed and with greater consciousness as you create a reality in which you really do live only love.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Be Assertive Sleep Programming by Dick Sutphen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498677</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498677">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498677</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Be Assertive Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to direct your time and energy toward manifesting your desires and achieving your personal and professional goals. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You do what you need to do to accomplish your goals.You control your thoughts and thus your actions.You are assertive and feel good about yourself.You commit to your goals. You do a job one step at a time until it&amp;#039;s done.Wake up in the morning refreshed and armed with a self-disciplined, goal-oriented outlook as the suggestions become your waking reality.</description>
      <author>Dick Sutphen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Dec 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781401964535.mp3" length="874530" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498677</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781401964535.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498677">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498677</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Be Assertive Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to direct your time and energy toward manifesting your desires and achieving your personal and professional goals. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You do what you need to do to accomplish your goals.You control your thoughts and thus your actions.You are assertive and feel good about yourself.You commit to your goals. You do a job one step at a time until it&amp;#039;s done.Wake up in the morning refreshed and armed with a self-disciplined, goal-oriented outlook as the suggestions become your waking reality.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498677">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498677</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Be Assertive Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to direct your time and energy toward manifesting your desires and achieving your personal and professional goals. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You do what you need to do to accomplish your goals.You control your thoughts and thus your actions.You are assertive and feel good about yourself.You commit to your goals. You do a job one step at a time until it&amp;#039;s done.Wake up in the morning refreshed and armed with a self-disciplined, goal-oriented outlook as the suggestions become your waking reality.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cope with Chaos Sleep Programming by Dick Sutphen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498678</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498678">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498678</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cope with Chaos Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to learn thrive on chaos and find opportunities in it, even as the world becomes increasingly frenzied and fragmented. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You can function in chaos as easily as you once functioned in a more structured world.You no longer resist what is . . . you learn to live with the absence of the familiar order.You easily establish a temporary order that allows you to think, make decisions, maneuver, and function in chaos.You openly embrace the opportunities to be found in chaos.Wake up in the morning refreshed, centered, ready to harness the power of chaos-and use it to your advantage in this increasingly fractured and frenzied world.</description>
      <author>Dick Sutphen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Dec 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781401964559.mp3" length="861271" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498678</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781401964559.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498678">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498678</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cope with Chaos Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to learn thrive on chaos and find opportunities in it, even as the world becomes increasingly frenzied and fragmented. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You can function in chaos as easily as you once functioned in a more structured world.You no longer resist what is . . . you learn to live with the absence of the familiar order.You easily establish a temporary order that allows you to think, make decisions, maneuver, and function in chaos.You openly embrace the opportunities to be found in chaos.Wake up in the morning refreshed, centered, ready to harness the power of chaos-and use it to your advantage in this increasingly fractured and frenzied world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498678">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498678</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cope with Chaos Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to learn thrive on chaos and find opportunities in it, even as the world becomes increasingly frenzied and fragmented. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You can function in chaos as easily as you once functioned in a more structured world.You no longer resist what is . . . you learn to live with the absence of the familiar order.You easily establish a temporary order that allows you to think, make decisions, maneuver, and function in chaos.You openly embrace the opportunities to be found in chaos.Wake up in the morning refreshed, centered, ready to harness the power of chaos-and use it to your advantage in this increasingly fractured and frenzied world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Anything Is Possible Sleep Programming by Dick Sutphen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498675</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498675">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498675</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anything Is Possible Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to remind yourself that anything is indeed possible. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You can do what you want and need to do, and you do it. You see positive opportunities in everything you experience, and you use them to create the life you want to live. You direct your time and energy to manifest your desires. You make things happen. Anything is possible. You know it. You accept it. You look forward to challenges and know you&amp;#039;re a winner.Wake up in the morning refreshed and poised to step boldly into a brighter future of limitless possibility as the suggestions become your waking reality.</description>
      <author>Dick Sutphen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Dec 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781401964511.mp3" length="861236" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498675</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781401964511.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498675">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498675</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anything Is Possible Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to remind yourself that anything is indeed possible. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You can do what you want and need to do, and you do it. You see positive opportunities in everything you experience, and you use them to create the life you want to live. You direct your time and energy to manifest your desires. You make things happen. Anything is possible. You know it. You accept it. You look forward to challenges and know you&amp;#039;re a winner.Wake up in the morning refreshed and poised to step boldly into a brighter future of limitless possibility as the suggestions become your waking reality.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498675">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498675</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anything Is Possible Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to remind yourself that anything is indeed possible. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You can do what you want and need to do, and you do it. You see positive opportunities in everything you experience, and you use them to create the life you want to live. You direct your time and energy to manifest your desires. You make things happen. Anything is possible. You know it. You accept it. You look forward to challenges and know you&amp;#039;re a winner.Wake up in the morning refreshed and poised to step boldly into a brighter future of limitless possibility as the suggestions become your waking reality.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Banish Boredom Sleep Programming by Dick Sutphen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498676</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498676">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498676</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Banish Boredom Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to banish boredom and create the exciting life you want to live. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You seek out life challenges and meet them with a happy heart. You do.You do what you really like to do in life.Your life now becomes exciting.You establish goals, accomplish them, and change your life in positive, life-affirming ways.Wake up in the morning refreshed and ready to begin participating in life, follow your heart, and manifest situations that will make each day exciting!</description>
      <author>Dick Sutphen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Dec 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781401964528.mp3" length="871922" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498676</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781401964528.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498676">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498676</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Banish Boredom Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to banish boredom and create the exciting life you want to live. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You seek out life challenges and meet them with a happy heart. You do.You do what you really like to do in life.Your life now becomes exciting.You establish goals, accomplish them, and change your life in positive, life-affirming ways.Wake up in the morning refreshed and ready to begin participating in life, follow your heart, and manifest situations that will make each day exciting!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498676">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498676</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Banish Boredom Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to banish boredom and create the exciting life you want to live. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You seek out life challenges and meet them with a happy heart. You do.You do what you really like to do in life.Your life now becomes exciting.You establish goals, accomplish them, and change your life in positive, life-affirming ways.Wake up in the morning refreshed and ready to begin participating in life, follow your heart, and manifest situations that will make each day exciting!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Go to Sleep Quickly Sleep Programming by Dick Sutphen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498673</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498673">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498673</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Go to Sleep Quickly Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to help you immediately drift off to sleep and experience deep, restorative rest. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You fall asleep easily, and you sleep through the night. You accept this. You do it.You go to sleep now. Sleep now.Every night you find it easier and easier to fall asleep and stay asleep.You are now relaxed all over in every way.All tension is gone from your body and mind, and you continue to become more and more relaxed and at peace with yourself, the world, and everyone in it.Wake up in the morning refreshed and replenished after a rejuvenating night of peaceful slumber.</description>
      <author>Dick Sutphen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Dec 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781401964597.mp3" length="856268" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498673</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781401964597.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498673">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498673</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Go to Sleep Quickly Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to help you immediately drift off to sleep and experience deep, restorative rest. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You fall asleep easily, and you sleep through the night. You accept this. You do it.You go to sleep now. Sleep now.Every night you find it easier and easier to fall asleep and stay asleep.You are now relaxed all over in every way.All tension is gone from your body and mind, and you continue to become more and more relaxed and at peace with yourself, the world, and everyone in it.Wake up in the morning refreshed and replenished after a rejuvenating night of peaceful slumber.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498673">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498673</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Go to Sleep Quickly Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to help you immediately drift off to sleep and experience deep, restorative rest. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You fall asleep easily, and you sleep through the night. You accept this. You do it.You go to sleep now. Sleep now.Every night you find it easier and easier to fall asleep and stay asleep.You are now relaxed all over in every way.All tension is gone from your body and mind, and you continue to become more and more relaxed and at peace with yourself, the world, and everyone in it.Wake up in the morning refreshed and replenished after a rejuvenating night of peaceful slumber.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Self-Discipline Sleep Programming by Dick Sutphen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498674</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498674">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498674</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Self-Discipline Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to direct your time and energy toward manifesting your desires and achieving your personal and professional goals. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You do what you need to do to accomplish your goals.You control your thoughts and thus your actions.You are assertive and feel good about yourself.You commit to your goals. You do a job one step at a time until it&amp;#039;s done.Wake up in the morning refreshed and armed with a self-disciplined, goal-oriented outlook as the suggestions become your waking reality.</description>
      <author>Dick Sutphen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Dec 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781401964689.mp3" length="856319" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498674</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781401964689.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498674">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498674</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Self-Discipline Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to direct your time and energy toward manifesting your desires and achieving your personal and professional goals. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You do what you need to do to accomplish your goals.You control your thoughts and thus your actions.You are assertive and feel good about yourself.You commit to your goals. You do a job one step at a time until it&amp;#039;s done.Wake up in the morning refreshed and armed with a self-disciplined, goal-oriented outlook as the suggestions become your waking reality.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498674">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498674</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Self-Discipline Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to direct your time and energy toward manifesting your desires and achieving your personal and professional goals. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You do what you need to do to accomplish your goals.You control your thoughts and thus your actions.You are assertive and feel good about yourself.You commit to your goals. You do a job one step at a time until it&amp;#039;s done.Wake up in the morning refreshed and armed with a self-disciplined, goal-oriented outlook as the suggestions become your waking reality.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Great Memory Sleep Programming by Dick Sutphen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498671</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498671">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498671</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Great Memory Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to help you sharpen your concentration and recall and develop a great memory. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: Your memory is improving because you have given memory development a priority in your life. You accept this.You remember everything you want to remember.Every time you desire to remember a name, an idea, or a fact, you purposely charge it with energy, and tell yourself to remember. And you do it.You have thousands of times the brainpower required to remember everything you desire to remember.Wake up in the morning refreshed and with full access to the unlimited power of your mind to &amp;#039;upgrade&amp;#039; your memory.</description>
      <author>Dick Sutphen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Dec 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781401964603.mp3" length="861820" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498671</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781401964603.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498671">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498671</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Great Memory Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to help you sharpen your concentration and recall and develop a great memory. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: Your memory is improving because you have given memory development a priority in your life. You accept this.You remember everything you want to remember.Every time you desire to remember a name, an idea, or a fact, you purposely charge it with energy, and tell yourself to remember. And you do it.You have thousands of times the brainpower required to remember everything you desire to remember.Wake up in the morning refreshed and with full access to the unlimited power of your mind to &amp;#039;upgrade&amp;#039; your memory.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498671">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498671</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Great Memory Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to help you sharpen your concentration and recall and develop a great memory. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: Your memory is improving because you have given memory development a priority in your life. You accept this.You remember everything you want to remember.Every time you desire to remember a name, an idea, or a fact, you purposely charge it with energy, and tell yourself to remember. And you do it.You have thousands of times the brainpower required to remember everything you desire to remember.Wake up in the morning refreshed and with full access to the unlimited power of your mind to &amp;#039;upgrade&amp;#039; your memory.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Increase Your Income Sleep Programming by Dick Sutphen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498672</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498672">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498672</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Increase Your Income Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to focus your energy on making more money, and use your imagination to create ways to generate wealth. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You are open and receptive to making large amounts of money.You feel good making money.You can accomplish anything you set your mind to.You now take total control of your life, and you accomplish your goals.You are a self-confident winner who creates unlimited monetary abundance.Wake up in the morning refreshed and primed to discover new avenues for increasing your income as the suggestions become your waking reality.</description>
      <author>Dick Sutphen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Dec 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781401964627.mp3" length="880479" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498672</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781401964627.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498672">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498672</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Increase Your Income Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to focus your energy on making more money, and use your imagination to create ways to generate wealth. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You are open and receptive to making large amounts of money.You feel good making money.You can accomplish anything you set your mind to.You now take total control of your life, and you accomplish your goals.You are a self-confident winner who creates unlimited monetary abundance.Wake up in the morning refreshed and primed to discover new avenues for increasing your income as the suggestions become your waking reality.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498672">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498672</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Increase Your Income Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to focus your energy on making more money, and use your imagination to create ways to generate wealth. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You are open and receptive to making large amounts of money.You feel good making money.You can accomplish anything you set your mind to.You now take total control of your life, and you accomplish your goals.You are a self-confident winner who creates unlimited monetary abundance.Wake up in the morning refreshed and primed to discover new avenues for increasing your income as the suggestions become your waking reality.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Get Well Sleep Programming by Dick Sutphen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498669</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498669">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498669</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Get Well Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to accelerate healing and restore wellness to your body and mind. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You focus the unlimited power of your mind upon healing your body.Every cell in your body is filled with the Divine healing light.Perfect health is your Divine right.Every breath you take contains positive healing energy.The blue healing ray of the Universal light is entering your crown chakra and healing your body and mind.Wake up in the morning refreshed and suffused with the light of healing energy as you exercise your Divine right to choose perfect health.</description>
      <author>Dick Sutphen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Dec 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781401964580.mp3" length="867502" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498669</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781401964580.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498669">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498669</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Get Well Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to accelerate healing and restore wellness to your body and mind. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You focus the unlimited power of your mind upon healing your body.Every cell in your body is filled with the Divine healing light.Perfect health is your Divine right.Every breath you take contains positive healing energy.The blue healing ray of the Universal light is entering your crown chakra and healing your body and mind.Wake up in the morning refreshed and suffused with the light of healing energy as you exercise your Divine right to choose perfect health.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498669">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498669</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Get Well Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to accelerate healing and restore wellness to your body and mind. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You focus the unlimited power of your mind upon healing your body.Every cell in your body is filled with the Divine healing light.Perfect health is your Divine right.Every breath you take contains positive healing energy.The blue healing ray of the Universal light is entering your crown chakra and healing your body and mind.Wake up in the morning refreshed and suffused with the light of healing energy as you exercise your Divine right to choose perfect health.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>I Am Fine the Way I Am Sleep Programming by Dick Sutphen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498670</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498670">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498670</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: I Am Fine the Way I Am Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to accept and approve of yourself, release your fears, and manifest your desires. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: Your sense of peace doesn&amp;#039;t depend upon anyone else.You rise above the need to impress others.You are confident and secure in yourself. Where you are now is perfect for your growth.You now release the past and embrace the future.You forgive yourself and others for what happened in the past.You accept that you are fine the way you are because you are faithful to your very best self.Wake up in the morning refreshed with an enhanced sense of worthiness and deeper self-love as the suggestions become your waking reality.</description>
      <author>Dick Sutphen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Dec 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781401964610.mp3" length="847065" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498670</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781401964610.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498670">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498670</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: I Am Fine the Way I Am Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to accept and approve of yourself, release your fears, and manifest your desires. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: Your sense of peace doesn&amp;#039;t depend upon anyone else.You rise above the need to impress others.You are confident and secure in yourself. Where you are now is perfect for your growth.You now release the past and embrace the future.You forgive yourself and others for what happened in the past.You accept that you are fine the way you are because you are faithful to your very best self.Wake up in the morning refreshed with an enhanced sense of worthiness and deeper self-love as the suggestions become your waking reality.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498670">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498670</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: I Am Fine the Way I Am Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to accept and approve of yourself, release your fears, and manifest your desires. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: Your sense of peace doesn&amp;#039;t depend upon anyone else.You rise above the need to impress others.You are confident and secure in yourself. Where you are now is perfect for your growth.You now release the past and embrace the future.You forgive yourself and others for what happened in the past.You accept that you are fine the way you are because you are faithful to your very best self.Wake up in the morning refreshed with an enhanced sense of worthiness and deeper self-love as the suggestions become your waking reality.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Find Your Purpose Sleep Programming by Dick Sutphen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498668</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498668">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498668</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Find Your Purpose Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to discover your true purpose in life. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: Everything speaks to you when you are receptive.Awareness comes from many sources, and every day, in every way, you become more aware of what it is you are here on Earth to do.You attain awareness in your dreams. You dream about your earthly purpose, and you remember your dreams upon awakening.You now find your path, your direction . . . and in finding it, you become clear on your intent, and you act.Wake up in the morning refreshed, emotionally calm, mentally focused, and spiritually aware of your purpose, and how to fulfill it.</description>
      <author>Dick Sutphen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Dec 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781401964573.mp3" length="883229" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498668</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781401964573.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498668">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498668</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Find Your Purpose Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to discover your true purpose in life. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: Everything speaks to you when you are receptive.Awareness comes from many sources, and every day, in every way, you become more aware of what it is you are here on Earth to do.You attain awareness in your dreams. You dream about your earthly purpose, and you remember your dreams upon awakening.You now find your path, your direction . . . and in finding it, you become clear on your intent, and you act.Wake up in the morning refreshed, emotionally calm, mentally focused, and spiritually aware of your purpose, and how to fulfill it.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498668">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498668</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Find Your Purpose Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to discover your true purpose in life. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: Everything speaks to you when you are receptive.Awareness comes from many sources, and every day, in every way, you become more aware of what it is you are here on Earth to do.You attain awareness in your dreams. You dream about your earthly purpose, and you remember your dreams upon awakening.You now find your path, your direction . . . and in finding it, you become clear on your intent, and you act.Wake up in the morning refreshed, emotionally calm, mentally focused, and spiritually aware of your purpose, and how to fulfill it.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Be Relaxed &amp;amp; Stress-Free Sleep Programming by Dick Sutphen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498666</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498666">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498666</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Be Relaxed &amp;amp; Stress-Free Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to develop your ability to detach from worldly pressures and retreat to a calm inner space. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You handle your responsibilities with harmonious ease.You peacefully accept the things you cannot change and change the things you can.You accept other people as they are.A quietness of spirit permeates your body and mind. You accept this.You retain a calm, optimistic outlook.You feel powerful and in total control.Wake up in the morning refreshed, balanced, harmonious, and stress-free as the suggestions become your reality.</description>
      <author>Dick Sutphen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Dec 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781401964542.mp3" length="863568" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498666</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781401964542.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498666">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498666</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Be Relaxed &amp;amp; Stress-Free Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to develop your ability to detach from worldly pressures and retreat to a calm inner space. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You handle your responsibilities with harmonious ease.You peacefully accept the things you cannot change and change the things you can.You accept other people as they are.A quietness of spirit permeates your body and mind. You accept this.You retain a calm, optimistic outlook.You feel powerful and in total control.Wake up in the morning refreshed, balanced, harmonious, and stress-free as the suggestions become your reality.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498666">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498666</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Be Relaxed &amp;amp; Stress-Free Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime to develop your ability to detach from worldly pressures and retreat to a calm inner space. Experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You handle your responsibilities with harmonious ease.You peacefully accept the things you cannot change and change the things you can.You accept other people as they are.A quietness of spirit permeates your body and mind. You accept this.You retain a calm, optimistic outlook.You feel powerful and in total control.Wake up in the morning refreshed, balanced, harmonious, and stress-free as the suggestions become your reality.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Find Answers in Your Dreams Sleep Programming by Dick Sutphen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498667</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498667">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498667</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Find Answers in Your Dreams Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Right now you are looking for answers, and tonight you can find them in your dreams. Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime and experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You will dream solutions. You will.You absolutely have the power and ability to obtain positive, practical answers in your dreams.You will receive solutions in vivid dreams and remember them when you awaken.You access the unlimited power of your subconscious and superconscious mind to find dream solutions for your waking life.Wake up in the morning refreshed and ready to apply the answers you received in your dreams to your waking reality.</description>
      <author>Dick Sutphen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Dec 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781401964566.mp3" length="885703" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498667</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781401964566.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498667">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498667</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Find Answers in Your Dreams Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Right now you are looking for answers, and tonight you can find them in your dreams. Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime and experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You will dream solutions. You will.You absolutely have the power and ability to obtain positive, practical answers in your dreams.You will receive solutions in vivid dreams and remember them when you awaken.You access the unlimited power of your subconscious and superconscious mind to find dream solutions for your waking life.Wake up in the morning refreshed and ready to apply the answers you received in your dreams to your waking reality.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498667">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498667</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Find Answers in Your Dreams Sleep Programming
Author: Dick Sutphen
Narrator: Dick Sutphen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Program your subconscious mind for success and happiness as you sleep using the power of suggestion.Right now you are looking for answers, and tonight you can find them in your dreams. Play this audio by acclaimed hypnotherapist Dick Sutphen at bedtime and experience six minutes of full-body relaxation followed by over an hour of paced and repeated suggestions. Each suggestion is designed to be assimilated naturally into your brain and lay the foundation for a resilient, abundant, joyful mindset.As you sink deeply into REM sleep, you will internalize positive messages like: You will dream solutions. You will.You absolutely have the power and ability to obtain positive, practical answers in your dreams.You will receive solutions in vivid dreams and remember them when you awaken.You access the unlimited power of your subconscious and superconscious mind to find dream solutions for your waking life.Wake up in the morning refreshed and ready to apply the answers you received in your dreams to your waking reality.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Healed: How Cancer Gave Me a New Life  by Neelam Kumar, Manisha Koirala</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498577</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498577">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498577</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Healed: How Cancer Gave Me a New Life 
Author: Neelam Kumar, Manisha Koirala
Narrator: Aishwarya Singh
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 3 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Healed   is the powerful, moving and deeply personal story of actor Manisha Koirala&amp;#039;s   battle against ovarian cancer. From her treatment in the US and the wonderful   care provided by the oncologists there to how she rebuilt her life once she   returned home, the book takes us on an emotional roller-coaster ride through   her many fears and struggles and shows how she eventually came out   triumphant.  Today, as she completes six years of being cancer-free, she shares her   story-one marked by apprehensions, disappointments and uncertainties-and the   lessons she learnt along the way. Through her journey, she unravels cancer   for us and inspires us to not buckle under its fear, but emerge alive,   kicking and victorious.</description>
      <author>Neelam Kumar, Manisha Koirala</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Nov 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780143497486.mp3" length="2361318" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498577</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780143497486.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498577">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498577</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Healed: How Cancer Gave Me a New Life 
Author: Neelam Kumar, Manisha Koirala
Narrator: Aishwarya Singh
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 3 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Healed   is the powerful, moving and deeply personal story of actor Manisha Koirala&amp;#039;s   battle against ovarian cancer. From her treatment in the US and the wonderful   care provided by the oncologists there to how she rebuilt her life once she   returned home, the book takes us on an emotional roller-coaster ride through   her many fears and struggles and shows how she eventually came out   triumphant.  Today, as she completes six years of being cancer-free, she shares her   story-one marked by apprehensions, disappointments and uncertainties-and the   lessons she learnt along the way. Through her journey, she unravels cancer   for us and inspires us to not buckle under its fear, but emerge alive,   kicking and victorious.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498577">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498577</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Healed: How Cancer Gave Me a New Life 
Author: Neelam Kumar, Manisha Koirala
Narrator: Aishwarya Singh
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 3 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Healed   is the powerful, moving and deeply personal story of actor Manisha Koirala&amp;#039;s   battle against ovarian cancer. From her treatment in the US and the wonderful   care provided by the oncologists there to how she rebuilt her life once she   returned home, the book takes us on an emotional roller-coaster ride through   her many fears and struggles and shows how she eventually came out   triumphant.  Today, as she completes six years of being cancer-free, she shares her   story-one marked by apprehensions, disappointments and uncertainties-and the   lessons she learnt along the way. Through her journey, she unravels cancer   for us and inspires us to not buckle under its fear, but emerge alive,   kicking and victorious.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Metabolismo Radical by Ann Louise Gittleman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498472</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498472">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498472</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Metabolismo Radical
Author: Ann Louise Gittleman
Narrator: Gabriela Ramírez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 8 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
El plan definitivo e integrador para activar tu metabolismo, perder peso y transformar tu salud en sólo 21 días.  ¿Estás listo para una pérdida de peso y una salud radicales?   ¿Sientes que las dietas paleo y cetogénica no funcionan para ti? ¿Crees que tu edad o tus problemas hormonales son un obstáculo para conseguir la salud y el cuerpo que deseas? La pionera de la medicina nutricional, Ann Louise Gittleman -autora bestseller de The New York Times con más de 1 millón de copias vendidas en Estados Unidos- reta una vez más a la medicina convencional al revelarnos el secreto para restaurar y reavivar nuestro metabolismo: una dieta de &amp;#039;remodelación celular&amp;#039; con cinco Reglas radicales para reactivar tu energía celular interna, una Depuración intensiva radical de cuatro días y un Reinicio radical de 21 días, que encenderán tus secuencias de desintoxicación y tu metabolismo al tiempo que te muestran cómo poner freno al envejecimiento. En este libro descubrirás:  -El vínculo poco conocido entre la vesícula biliar y la tiroides el cual, si no se aborda, seguirá saboteando tus intentos de perder peso.  -La verdadera razón por la cual las dietas keto y paleo fallan a largo plazo.  -Las 5 grasas &amp;#039;prohibidas&amp;#039; y los sabores &amp;#039;olvidados&amp;#039; que te devolverán la fe en la nutrición saludable.  -Qué alimentos son la clave para eliminar tus antojos, prevenir la pérdida muscular, aumentar la velocidad de tu metabolismo, estimular tus mitocondrias y fortificar tus membranas celulares.  -Cómo evitar problemas de vesícula biliar, diabetes tipo ii y otras condiciones devastadoras.  Prepárate para un cambio radical en tu salud e inicia el camino hacia una vida llena de energía, un estado de ánimo equilibrado, una piel más sana y una inmunidad más potente, con el último libro sobre pérdida de peso que necesitarás.</description>
      <author>Ann Louise Gittleman</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Jan 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9786073194303.mp3" length="1473308" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498472</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9786073194303.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498472">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498472</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Metabolismo Radical
Author: Ann Louise Gittleman
Narrator: Gabriela Ramírez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 8 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
El plan definitivo e integrador para activar tu metabolismo, perder peso y transformar tu salud en sólo 21 días.  ¿Estás listo para una pérdida de peso y una salud radicales?   ¿Sientes que las dietas paleo y cetogénica no funcionan para ti? ¿Crees que tu edad o tus problemas hormonales son un obstáculo para conseguir la salud y el cuerpo que deseas? La pionera de la medicina nutricional, Ann Louise Gittleman -autora bestseller de The New York Times con más de 1 millón de copias vendidas en Estados Unidos- reta una vez más a la medicina convencional al revelarnos el secreto para restaurar y reavivar nuestro metabolismo: una dieta de &amp;#039;remodelación celular&amp;#039; con cinco Reglas radicales para reactivar tu energía celular interna, una Depuración intensiva radical de cuatro días y un Reinicio radical de 21 días, que encenderán tus secuencias de desintoxicación y tu metabolismo al tiempo que te muestran cómo poner freno al envejecimiento. En este libro descubrirás:  -El vínculo poco conocido entre la vesícula biliar y la tiroides el cual, si no se aborda, seguirá saboteando tus intentos de perder peso.  -La verdadera razón por la cual las dietas keto y paleo fallan a largo plazo.  -Las 5 grasas &amp;#039;prohibidas&amp;#039; y los sabores &amp;#039;olvidados&amp;#039; que te devolverán la fe en la nutrición saludable.  -Qué alimentos son la clave para eliminar tus antojos, prevenir la pérdida muscular, aumentar la velocidad de tu metabolismo, estimular tus mitocondrias y fortificar tus membranas celulares.  -Cómo evitar problemas de vesícula biliar, diabetes tipo ii y otras condiciones devastadoras.  Prepárate para un cambio radical en tu salud e inicia el camino hacia una vida llena de energía, un estado de ánimo equilibrado, una piel más sana y una inmunidad más potente, con el último libro sobre pérdida de peso que necesitarás.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498472">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498472</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Metabolismo Radical
Author: Ann Louise Gittleman
Narrator: Gabriela Ramírez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 8 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
El plan definitivo e integrador para activar tu metabolismo, perder peso y transformar tu salud en sólo 21 días.  ¿Estás listo para una pérdida de peso y una salud radicales?   ¿Sientes que las dietas paleo y cetogénica no funcionan para ti? ¿Crees que tu edad o tus problemas hormonales son un obstáculo para conseguir la salud y el cuerpo que deseas? La pionera de la medicina nutricional, Ann Louise Gittleman -autora bestseller de The New York Times con más de 1 millón de copias vendidas en Estados Unidos- reta una vez más a la medicina convencional al revelarnos el secreto para restaurar y reavivar nuestro metabolismo: una dieta de &amp;#039;remodelación celular&amp;#039; con cinco Reglas radicales para reactivar tu energía celular interna, una Depuración intensiva radical de cuatro días y un Reinicio radical de 21 días, que encenderán tus secuencias de desintoxicación y tu metabolismo al tiempo que te muestran cómo poner freno al envejecimiento. En este libro descubrirás:  -El vínculo poco conocido entre la vesícula biliar y la tiroides el cual, si no se aborda, seguirá saboteando tus intentos de perder peso.  -La verdadera razón por la cual las dietas keto y paleo fallan a largo plazo.  -Las 5 grasas &amp;#039;prohibidas&amp;#039; y los sabores &amp;#039;olvidados&amp;#039; que te devolverán la fe en la nutrición saludable.  -Qué alimentos son la clave para eliminar tus antojos, prevenir la pérdida muscular, aumentar la velocidad de tu metabolismo, estimular tus mitocondrias y fortificar tus membranas celulares.  -Cómo evitar problemas de vesícula biliar, diabetes tipo ii y otras condiciones devastadoras.  Prepárate para un cambio radical en tu salud e inicia el camino hacia una vida llena de energía, un estado de ánimo equilibrado, una piel más sana y una inmunidad más potente, con el último libro sobre pérdida de peso que necesitarás.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>COVID-19 and World Order: The Future of Conflict, Competition, and Cooperation by Hal Brands, Francis J. Gavin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498441</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498441">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498441</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: COVID-19 and World Order: The Future of Conflict, Competition, and Cooperation
Author: Hal Brands, Francis J. Gavin
Narrator: Mike Lenz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 45 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic has killed hundreds of thousands of people and infected millions while also devastating the world economy. The consequences of the pandemic, however, go much further: they threaten the fabric of national and international politics around the world. As Henry Kissinger warned, &amp;#039;The coronavirus epidemic will forever alter the world order.&amp;#039;  What will be the consequences of the pandemic, and what will a post-COVID world order look like? No institution is better suited to address these issues than Johns Hopkins University, which has convened experts from within and outside of the university to discuss world order after COVID-19. In a series of essays, international experts in public health and medicine, economics, international security, technology, ethics, democracy, and governance imagine a bold new vision for our future.  THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT.</description>
      <author>Hal Brands, Francis J. Gavin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Mar 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705293287.mp3" length="8288206" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498441</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705293287.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>17:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498441">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498441</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: COVID-19 and World Order: The Future of Conflict, Competition, and Cooperation
Author: Hal Brands, Francis J. Gavin
Narrator: Mike Lenz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 45 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic has killed hundreds of thousands of people and infected millions while also devastating the world economy. The consequences of the pandemic, however, go much further: they threaten the fabric of national and international politics around the world. As Henry Kissinger warned, &amp;#039;The coronavirus epidemic will forever alter the world order.&amp;#039;  What will be the consequences of the pandemic, and what will a post-COVID world order look like? No institution is better suited to address these issues than Johns Hopkins University, which has convened experts from within and outside of the university to discuss world order after COVID-19. In a series of essays, international experts in public health and medicine, economics, international security, technology, ethics, democracy, and governance imagine a bold new vision for our future.  THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498441">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498441</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: COVID-19 and World Order: The Future of Conflict, Competition, and Cooperation
Author: Hal Brands, Francis J. Gavin
Narrator: Mike Lenz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 45 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic has killed hundreds of thousands of people and infected millions while also devastating the world economy. The consequences of the pandemic, however, go much further: they threaten the fabric of national and international politics around the world. As Henry Kissinger warned, &amp;#039;The coronavirus epidemic will forever alter the world order.&amp;#039;  What will be the consequences of the pandemic, and what will a post-COVID world order look like? No institution is better suited to address these issues than Johns Hopkins University, which has convened experts from within and outside of the university to discuss world order after COVID-19. In a series of essays, international experts in public health and medicine, economics, international security, technology, ethics, democracy, and governance imagine a bold new vision for our future.  THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Undoing Depression: What Therapy Doesn&amp;#039;t Teach You and Medication Can&amp;#039;t Give You by Richard O&amp;#039;connor</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498204</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498204">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498204</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Undoing Depression: What Therapy Doesn&amp;#039;t Teach You and Medication Can&amp;#039;t Give You
Author: Richard O&amp;#039;connor
Narrator: Allan Robertson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 35 minutes
Release date: September 28, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
The bestselling approachable guide that has inspired thousands of readers to manage or overcome depression — fully revised and updated for life in the 21st century. Depression rates around the world have skyrocketed in the 20‑plus years since Richard O&amp;#039;Connor first published his classic book on living with and overcoming depression. Nearly 40 million American adults suffer from the condition, which affects nearly every aspect of life, from relationships, to job performance, physical health, productivity, and, of course, overall happiness. And in an increasingly stressful and overwhelming world, it&amp;#039;s more important than ever to understand the causes and effects of depression, and what we can do to overcome it.    In this fully revised and updated edition — which includes updated information on the power of mindfulness, the relationship between depression and other diseases, the risks and side effects of medication, depression’s effect on thinking, and the benefits of exercise — Dr. O&amp;#039;Connor explains that, like heart disease and other physical conditions, depression is fueled by complex and interrelated factors: genetic, biochemical, environmental. But Dr. O&amp;#039;Connor focuses on an additional factor that is often overlooked: our own habits. Unwittingly we get good at depression. We learn how to hide it, and how to work around it. We may even achieve great things, but with constant struggle rather than satisfaction. Relying on these methods to make it through each day, we deprive ourselves of true recovery, of deep joy and healthy emotion.   Undoing Depression teaches us how to replace depressive patterns with a new and more effective set of skills. We already know how to &amp;quot;do&amp;quot; depression—and we can learn how to undo it. With a truly holistic approach that synthesizes the best of the many schools of thought about this painful disease, and a critical eye toward medications, O&amp;#039;Connor offers new hope—and new life—for sufferers of depression.</description>
      <author>Richard O&amp;#039;connor</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Sep 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549108488.mp3" length="879193" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498204</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549108488.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498204">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498204</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Undoing Depression: What Therapy Doesn&amp;#039;t Teach You and Medication Can&amp;#039;t Give You
Author: Richard O&amp;#039;connor
Narrator: Allan Robertson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 35 minutes
Release date: September 28, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
The bestselling approachable guide that has inspired thousands of readers to manage or overcome depression — fully revised and updated for life in the 21st century. Depression rates around the world have skyrocketed in the 20‑plus years since Richard O&amp;#039;Connor first published his classic book on living with and overcoming depression. Nearly 40 million American adults suffer from the condition, which affects nearly every aspect of life, from relationships, to job performance, physical health, productivity, and, of course, overall happiness. And in an increasingly stressful and overwhelming world, it&amp;#039;s more important than ever to understand the causes and effects of depression, and what we can do to overcome it.    In this fully revised and updated edition — which includes updated information on the power of mindfulness, the relationship between depression and other diseases, the risks and side effects of medication, depression’s effect on thinking, and the benefits of exercise — Dr. O&amp;#039;Connor explains that, like heart disease and other physical conditions, depression is fueled by complex and interrelated factors: genetic, biochemical, environmental. But Dr. O&amp;#039;Connor focuses on an additional factor that is often overlooked: our own habits. Unwittingly we get good at depression. We learn how to hide it, and how to work around it. We may even achieve great things, but with constant struggle rather than satisfaction. Relying on these methods to make it through each day, we deprive ourselves of true recovery, of deep joy and healthy emotion.   Undoing Depression teaches us how to replace depressive patterns with a new and more effective set of skills. We already know how to &amp;quot;do&amp;quot; depression—and we can learn how to undo it. With a truly holistic approach that synthesizes the best of the many schools of thought about this painful disease, and a critical eye toward medications, O&amp;#039;Connor offers new hope—and new life—for sufferers of depression.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498204">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498204</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Undoing Depression: What Therapy Doesn&amp;#039;t Teach You and Medication Can&amp;#039;t Give You
Author: Richard O&amp;#039;connor
Narrator: Allan Robertson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 35 minutes
Release date: September 28, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
The bestselling approachable guide that has inspired thousands of readers to manage or overcome depression — fully revised and updated for life in the 21st century. Depression rates around the world have skyrocketed in the 20‑plus years since Richard O&amp;#039;Connor first published his classic book on living with and overcoming depression. Nearly 40 million American adults suffer from the condition, which affects nearly every aspect of life, from relationships, to job performance, physical health, productivity, and, of course, overall happiness. And in an increasingly stressful and overwhelming world, it&amp;#039;s more important than ever to understand the causes and effects of depression, and what we can do to overcome it.    In this fully revised and updated edition — which includes updated information on the power of mindfulness, the relationship between depression and other diseases, the risks and side effects of medication, depression’s effect on thinking, and the benefits of exercise — Dr. O&amp;#039;Connor explains that, like heart disease and other physical conditions, depression is fueled by complex and interrelated factors: genetic, biochemical, environmental. But Dr. O&amp;#039;Connor focuses on an additional factor that is often overlooked: our own habits. Unwittingly we get good at depression. We learn how to hide it, and how to work around it. We may even achieve great things, but with constant struggle rather than satisfaction. Relying on these methods to make it through each day, we deprive ourselves of true recovery, of deep joy and healthy emotion.   Undoing Depression teaches us how to replace depressive patterns with a new and more effective set of skills. We already know how to &amp;quot;do&amp;quot; depression—and we can learn how to undo it. With a truly holistic approach that synthesizes the best of the many schools of thought about this painful disease, and a critical eye toward medications, O&amp;#039;Connor offers new hope—and new life—for sufferers of depression.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Anxiety-Free with Food by Liana Werner-Gray</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498030</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498030">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498030</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anxiety-Free with Food
Author: Liana Werner-Gray
Narrator: Liana Werner-Gray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 13 minutes
Release date: December 29, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Eat your way to calm . . .If you&amp;#039;re feeling anxious, stressed, or depressed, you&amp;#039;re not alone. The world may be in turmoil-but inside, we can feel unwavering peace. We can support our mental and physical health by avoiding anxiety-inducing ingredients and choosing foods and supplements that support our microbiome, address nutritional deficiencies, and balance our hormones.Liana Werner-Gray, nutritionist and author of The Earth Diet and Cancer-Free with Food, offers this simple guide to all the scientifically backed, nutrient-rich foods and supplements you need to support your emotional wellness. She offers 1+ delicious gluten-free, soy-free, refined sugar-free, and dairy-free recipes that both nourish the body and support optimal brain function. With Liana&amp;#039;s easy strategies based on nutritional neuroscience, you&amp;#039;ll feel empowered to take control of your mental well-being.Remember, life is meant to be enjoyed. Let your first step toward an anxiety-free life start with your next meal!This audio product contains a PDF with supporting material, and the PDF is available to download.</description>
      <author>Liana Werner-Gray</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Dec 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781401961756.mp3" length="764962" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498030</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781401961756.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498030">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498030</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anxiety-Free with Food
Author: Liana Werner-Gray
Narrator: Liana Werner-Gray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 13 minutes
Release date: December 29, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Eat your way to calm . . .If you&amp;#039;re feeling anxious, stressed, or depressed, you&amp;#039;re not alone. The world may be in turmoil-but inside, we can feel unwavering peace. We can support our mental and physical health by avoiding anxiety-inducing ingredients and choosing foods and supplements that support our microbiome, address nutritional deficiencies, and balance our hormones.Liana Werner-Gray, nutritionist and author of The Earth Diet and Cancer-Free with Food, offers this simple guide to all the scientifically backed, nutrient-rich foods and supplements you need to support your emotional wellness. She offers 1+ delicious gluten-free, soy-free, refined sugar-free, and dairy-free recipes that both nourish the body and support optimal brain function. With Liana&amp;#039;s easy strategies based on nutritional neuroscience, you&amp;#039;ll feel empowered to take control of your mental well-being.Remember, life is meant to be enjoyed. Let your first step toward an anxiety-free life start with your next meal!This audio product contains a PDF with supporting material, and the PDF is available to download.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498030">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498030</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anxiety-Free with Food
Author: Liana Werner-Gray
Narrator: Liana Werner-Gray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 13 minutes
Release date: December 29, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Eat your way to calm . . .If you&amp;#039;re feeling anxious, stressed, or depressed, you&amp;#039;re not alone. The world may be in turmoil-but inside, we can feel unwavering peace. We can support our mental and physical health by avoiding anxiety-inducing ingredients and choosing foods and supplements that support our microbiome, address nutritional deficiencies, and balance our hormones.Liana Werner-Gray, nutritionist and author of The Earth Diet and Cancer-Free with Food, offers this simple guide to all the scientifically backed, nutrient-rich foods and supplements you need to support your emotional wellness. She offers 1+ delicious gluten-free, soy-free, refined sugar-free, and dairy-free recipes that both nourish the body and support optimal brain function. With Liana&amp;#039;s easy strategies based on nutritional neuroscience, you&amp;#039;ll feel empowered to take control of your mental well-being.Remember, life is meant to be enjoyed. Let your first step toward an anxiety-free life start with your next meal!This audio product contains a PDF with supporting material, and the PDF is available to download.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Moody: The Hidden Power of Hormones by Amy Thomson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498015</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498015">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498015</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Moody: The Hidden Power of Hormones
Author: Amy Thomson
Narrator: Gesella Ohaka
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 49 minutes
Release date: March  4, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  There is a secret inside you which, once you understand it fully, has the capacity to unlock untold potential. Once you learn the science of your hormones, you will be able to harness it forever. Hormones were something Amy Thomson, founder and CEO of leading women&amp;#039;s health app and tech service Moody, never paid attention to, until one day her periods stopped and what had been an inconvenience each month became a barometer for her body&amp;#039;s health and mental happiness. When she discovered that her hormonal burnout was driven by stress, she quit her job and focused on trying to understand how her body worked, to establish why and how she had pushed herself too far.  In this guide, Amy shares the research and science behind how our hormones work for twenty-first-century survival, how understanding them can help you build better and healthier routines, and why the systems and cycles inside us are an invisible but powerful force. With insights from nutritionists, gynaecologists, endocrinologists, personal trainers and others, Moody provides a holistic and practical blueprint for understanding your hormones and optimising your life around them. Praise for Moody &amp;#039;Amy&amp;#039;s book is everything I should have learned at school. It is a reminder to empower ourselves, in a world that still sadly lacks so much knowledge around women&amp;#039;s health, by getting to know our own bodies more intimately - with the help of technology built by women&amp;#039; Emma Gannon &amp;#039;Moody is a fascinating and friendly guide for you to understand you better.&amp;#039; Melissa Hemsley &amp;#039;Knowledge is power and this book equips you with the power to unlock potential and happiness.&amp;#039; Poppy Jamie, author of Happy Not Perfect &amp;#039;As a woman, medical doctor and scientist I found Moody hugely illuminating&amp;#039; Dr Tara Swart © Amy Thomson 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</description>
      <author>Amy Thomson</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Mar 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781473595804.mp3" length="1278973" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498015</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781473595804.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498015">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498015</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Moody: The Hidden Power of Hormones
Author: Amy Thomson
Narrator: Gesella Ohaka
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 49 minutes
Release date: March  4, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  There is a secret inside you which, once you understand it fully, has the capacity to unlock untold potential. Once you learn the science of your hormones, you will be able to harness it forever. Hormones were something Amy Thomson, founder and CEO of leading women&amp;#039;s health app and tech service Moody, never paid attention to, until one day her periods stopped and what had been an inconvenience each month became a barometer for her body&amp;#039;s health and mental happiness. When she discovered that her hormonal burnout was driven by stress, she quit her job and focused on trying to understand how her body worked, to establish why and how she had pushed herself too far.  In this guide, Amy shares the research and science behind how our hormones work for twenty-first-century survival, how understanding them can help you build better and healthier routines, and why the systems and cycles inside us are an invisible but powerful force. With insights from nutritionists, gynaecologists, endocrinologists, personal trainers and others, Moody provides a holistic and practical blueprint for understanding your hormones and optimising your life around them. Praise for Moody &amp;#039;Amy&amp;#039;s book is everything I should have learned at school. It is a reminder to empower ourselves, in a world that still sadly lacks so much knowledge around women&amp;#039;s health, by getting to know our own bodies more intimately - with the help of technology built by women&amp;#039; Emma Gannon &amp;#039;Moody is a fascinating and friendly guide for you to understand you better.&amp;#039; Melissa Hemsley &amp;#039;Knowledge is power and this book equips you with the power to unlock potential and happiness.&amp;#039; Poppy Jamie, author of Happy Not Perfect &amp;#039;As a woman, medical doctor and scientist I found Moody hugely illuminating&amp;#039; Dr Tara Swart © Amy Thomson 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498015">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498015</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Moody: The Hidden Power of Hormones
Author: Amy Thomson
Narrator: Gesella Ohaka
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 49 minutes
Release date: March  4, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  There is a secret inside you which, once you understand it fully, has the capacity to unlock untold potential. Once you learn the science of your hormones, you will be able to harness it forever. Hormones were something Amy Thomson, founder and CEO of leading women&amp;#039;s health app and tech service Moody, never paid attention to, until one day her periods stopped and what had been an inconvenience each month became a barometer for her body&amp;#039;s health and mental happiness. When she discovered that her hormonal burnout was driven by stress, she quit her job and focused on trying to understand how her body worked, to establish why and how she had pushed herself too far.  In this guide, Amy shares the research and science behind how our hormones work for twenty-first-century survival, how understanding them can help you build better and healthier routines, and why the systems and cycles inside us are an invisible but powerful force. With insights from nutritionists, gynaecologists, endocrinologists, personal trainers and others, Moody provides a holistic and practical blueprint for understanding your hormones and optimising your life around them. Praise for Moody &amp;#039;Amy&amp;#039;s book is everything I should have learned at school. It is a reminder to empower ourselves, in a world that still sadly lacks so much knowledge around women&amp;#039;s health, by getting to know our own bodies more intimately - with the help of technology built by women&amp;#039; Emma Gannon &amp;#039;Moody is a fascinating and friendly guide for you to understand you better.&amp;#039; Melissa Hemsley &amp;#039;Knowledge is power and this book equips you with the power to unlock potential and happiness.&amp;#039; Poppy Jamie, author of Happy Not Perfect &amp;#039;As a woman, medical doctor and scientist I found Moody hugely illuminating&amp;#039; Dr Tara Swart © Amy Thomson 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Cancer Problem: Malignancy in Nineteenth-Century Britain by Agnes Arnold-Forster</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498002</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498002">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498002</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Cancer Problem: Malignancy in Nineteenth-Century Britain
Author: Agnes Arnold-Forster
Narrator: Cat Gould
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 8 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
The Cancer Problem offers the first medical, cultural, and social history of cancer in nineteenth-century Britain. It begins by looking at a community of doctors and patients who lived and worked in the streets surrounding the Middlesex Hospital in London. It follows in their footsteps as they walked the labyrinthine lanes and passages that branched off Tottenham Court Road; then, through seven chapters, its focus expands to successively include the rivers, lakes, and forests of England, the mountains, poverty, and hunger of the four nations of the British Isles, the reluctant and resistant inhabitants of the British Empire, and the networks of scientists and doctors spread across Europe and North America. The Cancer Problem: Malignancy in Nineteenth-Century Britain argues that it was in the nineteenth century that cancer acquired the unique emotional, symbolic, and politicized status it maintains today. Through an interrogation of the construction, deployment, and emotional consequences of the disease&amp;#039;s incurability, this book reframes our conceptualization of the relationship between medicine and modern life and reshapes our understanding of chronic and incurable maladies, both past and present.</description>
      <author>Agnes Arnold-Forster</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Mar 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696603379.mp3" length="8447793" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498002</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696603379.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498002">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498002</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Cancer Problem: Malignancy in Nineteenth-Century Britain
Author: Agnes Arnold-Forster
Narrator: Cat Gould
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 8 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
The Cancer Problem offers the first medical, cultural, and social history of cancer in nineteenth-century Britain. It begins by looking at a community of doctors and patients who lived and worked in the streets surrounding the Middlesex Hospital in London. It follows in their footsteps as they walked the labyrinthine lanes and passages that branched off Tottenham Court Road; then, through seven chapters, its focus expands to successively include the rivers, lakes, and forests of England, the mountains, poverty, and hunger of the four nations of the British Isles, the reluctant and resistant inhabitants of the British Empire, and the networks of scientists and doctors spread across Europe and North America. The Cancer Problem: Malignancy in Nineteenth-Century Britain argues that it was in the nineteenth century that cancer acquired the unique emotional, symbolic, and politicized status it maintains today. Through an interrogation of the construction, deployment, and emotional consequences of the disease&amp;#039;s incurability, this book reframes our conceptualization of the relationship between medicine and modern life and reshapes our understanding of chronic and incurable maladies, both past and present.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498002">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498002</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Cancer Problem: Malignancy in Nineteenth-Century Britain
Author: Agnes Arnold-Forster
Narrator: Cat Gould
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 8 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
The Cancer Problem offers the first medical, cultural, and social history of cancer in nineteenth-century Britain. It begins by looking at a community of doctors and patients who lived and worked in the streets surrounding the Middlesex Hospital in London. It follows in their footsteps as they walked the labyrinthine lanes and passages that branched off Tottenham Court Road; then, through seven chapters, its focus expands to successively include the rivers, lakes, and forests of England, the mountains, poverty, and hunger of the four nations of the British Isles, the reluctant and resistant inhabitants of the British Empire, and the networks of scientists and doctors spread across Europe and North America. The Cancer Problem: Malignancy in Nineteenth-Century Britain argues that it was in the nineteenth century that cancer acquired the unique emotional, symbolic, and politicized status it maintains today. Through an interrogation of the construction, deployment, and emotional consequences of the disease&amp;#039;s incurability, this book reframes our conceptualization of the relationship between medicine and modern life and reshapes our understanding of chronic and incurable maladies, both past and present.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Night the Lights Went Out: A Memoir of Life After Brain Damage by Drew Magary</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497883</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497883">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497883</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Night the Lights Went Out: A Memoir of Life After Brain Damage
Author: Drew Magary
Narrator: Eileen Noonan, Sean Kinen, Joseph Castillo-Midyett, Sean Patrick Hopkins, Brittany Pressley, Drew Magary, Soneela Nankani, Cassandra Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 53 minutes
Release date: October 12, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
A fascinating, darkly funny comeback story of learning to live with a broken mind after a near-fatal traumatic brain injury—from the acclaimed author of The Hike “Drew Magary has produced a remarkable account of his journey, one that is filled with terror, tenderness, beauty, and grace.”—David Grann, bestselling author of Killers of the Flower Moon  Drew Magary, fan-favorite Defector and former Deadspin columnist, is known for his acerbic takes and his surprisingly nuanced chronicling of his own life. But in The Night the Lights Went Out, he finds himself far out of his depths. On the night of the 2018 Deadspin Awards, he suffered a mysterious fall that caused him to smash his head so hard on a cement floor that he cracked his skull in three places and suffered a catastrophic brain hemorrhage. For two weeks, he remained in a coma. The world was gone to him, and him to it.  In his long recovery from his injury, including understanding what his family and friends went through as he lay there dying, coming to terms with his now permanent disabilities, and trying to find some lesson in this cosmic accident, he leaned on the one sure thing that he knows and that didn&amp;#039;t leave him—his writing. Drew takes a deep dive into what it meant to be a bystander to his own death and figuring out who this new Drew is: a Drew that doesn&amp;#039;t walk as well, doesn&amp;#039;t taste or smell or see or hear as well, and a Drew that is often failing as a husband and a father as he bounces between grumpiness, irritability, and existential fury. But what&amp;#039;s a good comeback story without heartbreak? Eager to get back what he lost, Drew experiences an awakening of a whole other kind in this incredibly funny, medically illuminating, and heartfelt memoir.</description>
      <author>Drew Magary</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Oct 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593453391.mp3" length="2508082" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497883</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593453391.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497883">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497883</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Night the Lights Went Out: A Memoir of Life After Brain Damage
Author: Drew Magary
Narrator: Eileen Noonan, Sean Kinen, Joseph Castillo-Midyett, Sean Patrick Hopkins, Brittany Pressley, Drew Magary, Soneela Nankani, Cassandra Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 53 minutes
Release date: October 12, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
A fascinating, darkly funny comeback story of learning to live with a broken mind after a near-fatal traumatic brain injury—from the acclaimed author of The Hike “Drew Magary has produced a remarkable account of his journey, one that is filled with terror, tenderness, beauty, and grace.”—David Grann, bestselling author of Killers of the Flower Moon  Drew Magary, fan-favorite Defector and former Deadspin columnist, is known for his acerbic takes and his surprisingly nuanced chronicling of his own life. But in The Night the Lights Went Out, he finds himself far out of his depths. On the night of the 2018 Deadspin Awards, he suffered a mysterious fall that caused him to smash his head so hard on a cement floor that he cracked his skull in three places and suffered a catastrophic brain hemorrhage. For two weeks, he remained in a coma. The world was gone to him, and him to it.  In his long recovery from his injury, including understanding what his family and friends went through as he lay there dying, coming to terms with his now permanent disabilities, and trying to find some lesson in this cosmic accident, he leaned on the one sure thing that he knows and that didn&amp;#039;t leave him—his writing. Drew takes a deep dive into what it meant to be a bystander to his own death and figuring out who this new Drew is: a Drew that doesn&amp;#039;t walk as well, doesn&amp;#039;t taste or smell or see or hear as well, and a Drew that is often failing as a husband and a father as he bounces between grumpiness, irritability, and existential fury. But what&amp;#039;s a good comeback story without heartbreak? Eager to get back what he lost, Drew experiences an awakening of a whole other kind in this incredibly funny, medically illuminating, and heartfelt memoir.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497883">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497883</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Night the Lights Went Out: A Memoir of Life After Brain Damage
Author: Drew Magary
Narrator: Eileen Noonan, Sean Kinen, Joseph Castillo-Midyett, Sean Patrick Hopkins, Brittany Pressley, Drew Magary, Soneela Nankani, Cassandra Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 53 minutes
Release date: October 12, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
A fascinating, darkly funny comeback story of learning to live with a broken mind after a near-fatal traumatic brain injury—from the acclaimed author of The Hike “Drew Magary has produced a remarkable account of his journey, one that is filled with terror, tenderness, beauty, and grace.”—David Grann, bestselling author of Killers of the Flower Moon  Drew Magary, fan-favorite Defector and former Deadspin columnist, is known for his acerbic takes and his surprisingly nuanced chronicling of his own life. But in The Night the Lights Went Out, he finds himself far out of his depths. On the night of the 2018 Deadspin Awards, he suffered a mysterious fall that caused him to smash his head so hard on a cement floor that he cracked his skull in three places and suffered a catastrophic brain hemorrhage. For two weeks, he remained in a coma. The world was gone to him, and him to it.  In his long recovery from his injury, including understanding what his family and friends went through as he lay there dying, coming to terms with his now permanent disabilities, and trying to find some lesson in this cosmic accident, he leaned on the one sure thing that he knows and that didn&amp;#039;t leave him—his writing. Drew takes a deep dive into what it meant to be a bystander to his own death and figuring out who this new Drew is: a Drew that doesn&amp;#039;t walk as well, doesn&amp;#039;t taste or smell or see or hear as well, and a Drew that is often failing as a husband and a father as he bounces between grumpiness, irritability, and existential fury. But what&amp;#039;s a good comeback story without heartbreak? Eager to get back what he lost, Drew experiences an awakening of a whole other kind in this incredibly funny, medically illuminating, and heartfelt memoir.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Art of Transforming Nightmares: Harness the Creative and Healing Power of Bad Dreams, Sleep Paralysis, and Recurring Nightmares by Clare R. Johnson PhD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497739</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497739">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497739</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Art of Transforming Nightmares: Harness the Creative and Healing Power of Bad Dreams, Sleep Paralysis, and Recurring Nightmares
Author: Clare R. Johnson PhD
Narrator: Corrie James
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 54 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Learn how to transform your nightmares into healing, creative, and spiritual gifts The Art of Transforming Nightmares is a friendly, hands-on guide to help you tap into the immensely rich gifts that bad dreams offer up when we work with them in healing ways. Dr. Clare Johnson, world-leading expert on lucid dreaming, shares her best practical tips for overcoming nightmares and a unique Nightmare Solution Quiz that identifies your personal sleeper-dreamer type so you can fast-track to the transformative techniques that work best for you. With over forty practices and fifteen tailor-made nightmare solution programs, this guidebook helps you set up your own unique program for transforming your dreamlife. It shares practical tools to reduce nightmare frequency, manage sleep paralysis, resolve distressing dreams, and release fear. You&amp;#039;ll tap into the deep wisdom of your unconscious mind and discover how to transform your night of sleep into a beautiful, healing refuge so that you wake up energized and ready to lead a life of happiness and wonder.</description>
      <author>Clare R. Johnson PhD</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Apr 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666108903.mp3" length="7939517" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497739</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666108903.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497739">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497739</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Art of Transforming Nightmares: Harness the Creative and Healing Power of Bad Dreams, Sleep Paralysis, and Recurring Nightmares
Author: Clare R. Johnson PhD
Narrator: Corrie James
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 54 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Learn how to transform your nightmares into healing, creative, and spiritual gifts The Art of Transforming Nightmares is a friendly, hands-on guide to help you tap into the immensely rich gifts that bad dreams offer up when we work with them in healing ways. Dr. Clare Johnson, world-leading expert on lucid dreaming, shares her best practical tips for overcoming nightmares and a unique Nightmare Solution Quiz that identifies your personal sleeper-dreamer type so you can fast-track to the transformative techniques that work best for you. With over forty practices and fifteen tailor-made nightmare solution programs, this guidebook helps you set up your own unique program for transforming your dreamlife. It shares practical tools to reduce nightmare frequency, manage sleep paralysis, resolve distressing dreams, and release fear. You&amp;#039;ll tap into the deep wisdom of your unconscious mind and discover how to transform your night of sleep into a beautiful, healing refuge so that you wake up energized and ready to lead a life of happiness and wonder.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497739">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497739</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Art of Transforming Nightmares: Harness the Creative and Healing Power of Bad Dreams, Sleep Paralysis, and Recurring Nightmares
Author: Clare R. Johnson PhD
Narrator: Corrie James
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 54 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Learn how to transform your nightmares into healing, creative, and spiritual gifts The Art of Transforming Nightmares is a friendly, hands-on guide to help you tap into the immensely rich gifts that bad dreams offer up when we work with them in healing ways. Dr. Clare Johnson, world-leading expert on lucid dreaming, shares her best practical tips for overcoming nightmares and a unique Nightmare Solution Quiz that identifies your personal sleeper-dreamer type so you can fast-track to the transformative techniques that work best for you. With over forty practices and fifteen tailor-made nightmare solution programs, this guidebook helps you set up your own unique program for transforming your dreamlife. It shares practical tools to reduce nightmare frequency, manage sleep paralysis, resolve distressing dreams, and release fear. You&amp;#039;ll tap into the deep wisdom of your unconscious mind and discover how to transform your night of sleep into a beautiful, healing refuge so that you wake up energized and ready to lead a life of happiness and wonder.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Anxiety For Dummies: 3rd Edition by Laura L. Smith PhD, Charles H. Elliott PhD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497701</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497701">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497701</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anxiety For Dummies: 3rd Edition
Author: Laura L. Smith PhD, Charles H. Elliott PhD
Narrator: Barry Abrams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 7 minutes
Release date: March 16, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Manage anxiety—and start living your life! If you feel like your life is spinning out of control, you&amp;#039;re definitely not alone! While anxiety is a natural reaction to stress, for some of us, it can become all-consuming—and ultimately debilitating. Thankfully, there is plenty you can do to combat anxiety with the help of this approachable guide. Inside, find out how adopting proven techniques like pinpointing triggers, improving health and eating habits, and learning to let go can help you effectively and deliberately manage your worries—and take back control of your life. This book will help you: recognize symptoms; know useful vs. toxic anxiety; examine the causes of your anxiety; develop the practice of mindful acceptance; help your kids with their anxiety; block the blues; face your fears; and adopt anxiety-reducing habits.</description>
      <author>Laura L. Smith PhD, Charles H. Elliott PhD</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Mar 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666105285.mp3" length="7296710" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497701</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666105285.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497701">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497701</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anxiety For Dummies: 3rd Edition
Author: Laura L. Smith PhD, Charles H. Elliott PhD
Narrator: Barry Abrams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 7 minutes
Release date: March 16, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Manage anxiety—and start living your life! If you feel like your life is spinning out of control, you&amp;#039;re definitely not alone! While anxiety is a natural reaction to stress, for some of us, it can become all-consuming—and ultimately debilitating. Thankfully, there is plenty you can do to combat anxiety with the help of this approachable guide. Inside, find out how adopting proven techniques like pinpointing triggers, improving health and eating habits, and learning to let go can help you effectively and deliberately manage your worries—and take back control of your life. This book will help you: recognize symptoms; know useful vs. toxic anxiety; examine the causes of your anxiety; develop the practice of mindful acceptance; help your kids with their anxiety; block the blues; face your fears; and adopt anxiety-reducing habits.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497701">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497701</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anxiety For Dummies: 3rd Edition
Author: Laura L. Smith PhD, Charles H. Elliott PhD
Narrator: Barry Abrams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 7 minutes
Release date: March 16, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Manage anxiety—and start living your life! If you feel like your life is spinning out of control, you&amp;#039;re definitely not alone! While anxiety is a natural reaction to stress, for some of us, it can become all-consuming—and ultimately debilitating. Thankfully, there is plenty you can do to combat anxiety with the help of this approachable guide. Inside, find out how adopting proven techniques like pinpointing triggers, improving health and eating habits, and learning to let go can help you effectively and deliberately manage your worries—and take back control of your life. This book will help you: recognize symptoms; know useful vs. toxic anxiety; examine the causes of your anxiety; develop the practice of mindful acceptance; help your kids with their anxiety; block the blues; face your fears; and adopt anxiety-reducing habits.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Strengthen Your Immunity Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle, Super Immunity, The Autoimmune Solution by Daisy Everley, Sean Hinrich</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497575</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497575">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497575</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Strengthen Your Immunity Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle, Super Immunity, The Autoimmune Solution
Author: Daisy Everley, Sean Hinrich
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 54 minutes
Release date: January  5, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Strengthen Your Immunity Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle, Super Immunity, The Autoimmune Solution It is quite scary to get sick these days because of the CoronaVirus. When before, one would not think twice about a common cough and cold, now it can get a bit more disconcerting because you’re afraid you might be infected with the virus. This is the reason why it’s very important to boost your immune system.  If you don&amp;#039;t have a well-functioning immune system, you are more prone to develop illnesses or diseases. Even a common cold or minor wounds would be difficult to heal if you are immuno-compromised. That&amp;#039;s why it is always important to maintain a healthy immune system. You can also take steps in order to make sure you&amp;#039;re fortifying your immune system and that is to eat food that can boost your immune system.  This bundle will give you all the information about your immune system and how to protect it. You will learn how it works, and the best practices to boost your immune system. It will teach you about the right foods that you can eat to boost your immunity. You will learn what you should be adding to your daily diet in order to remain healthy. You will also learn how these foods can help your body fight disease and sickness. You will also discover how to combine these foods so you can create the perfect immunity-boosting diet for a longer and healthier life.  This two-in-one bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Super Immunity: The Ultimate Guide to Immune Food Solutions, Learn All About the Food and Diet That Can Boost Your Immune System for Good Health and Long Life 2. The Autoimmune Solution: The Essential Guide On How to Boost Your Immune System, Learn the Effective Ways to Protect Yourself from CoronaVirus and Other Illnesses Get your copy of Strengthen Your Immunity 2 in 1 Bundle today!</description>
      <author>Daisy Everley, Sean Hinrich</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Jan 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662168253.mp3" length="1219086" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497575</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662168253.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497575">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497575</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Strengthen Your Immunity Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle, Super Immunity, The Autoimmune Solution
Author: Daisy Everley, Sean Hinrich
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 54 minutes
Release date: January  5, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Strengthen Your Immunity Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle, Super Immunity, The Autoimmune Solution It is quite scary to get sick these days because of the CoronaVirus. When before, one would not think twice about a common cough and cold, now it can get a bit more disconcerting because you’re afraid you might be infected with the virus. This is the reason why it’s very important to boost your immune system.  If you don&amp;#039;t have a well-functioning immune system, you are more prone to develop illnesses or diseases. Even a common cold or minor wounds would be difficult to heal if you are immuno-compromised. That&amp;#039;s why it is always important to maintain a healthy immune system. You can also take steps in order to make sure you&amp;#039;re fortifying your immune system and that is to eat food that can boost your immune system.  This bundle will give you all the information about your immune system and how to protect it. You will learn how it works, and the best practices to boost your immune system. It will teach you about the right foods that you can eat to boost your immunity. You will learn what you should be adding to your daily diet in order to remain healthy. You will also learn how these foods can help your body fight disease and sickness. You will also discover how to combine these foods so you can create the perfect immunity-boosting diet for a longer and healthier life.  This two-in-one bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Super Immunity: The Ultimate Guide to Immune Food Solutions, Learn All About the Food and Diet That Can Boost Your Immune System for Good Health and Long Life 2. The Autoimmune Solution: The Essential Guide On How to Boost Your Immune System, Learn the Effective Ways to Protect Yourself from CoronaVirus and Other Illnesses Get your copy of Strengthen Your Immunity 2 in 1 Bundle today!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497575">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497575</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Strengthen Your Immunity Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle, Super Immunity, The Autoimmune Solution
Author: Daisy Everley, Sean Hinrich
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 54 minutes
Release date: January  5, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Strengthen Your Immunity Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle, Super Immunity, The Autoimmune Solution It is quite scary to get sick these days because of the CoronaVirus. When before, one would not think twice about a common cough and cold, now it can get a bit more disconcerting because you’re afraid you might be infected with the virus. This is the reason why it’s very important to boost your immune system.  If you don&amp;#039;t have a well-functioning immune system, you are more prone to develop illnesses or diseases. Even a common cold or minor wounds would be difficult to heal if you are immuno-compromised. That&amp;#039;s why it is always important to maintain a healthy immune system. You can also take steps in order to make sure you&amp;#039;re fortifying your immune system and that is to eat food that can boost your immune system.  This bundle will give you all the information about your immune system and how to protect it. You will learn how it works, and the best practices to boost your immune system. It will teach you about the right foods that you can eat to boost your immunity. You will learn what you should be adding to your daily diet in order to remain healthy. You will also learn how these foods can help your body fight disease and sickness. You will also discover how to combine these foods so you can create the perfect immunity-boosting diet for a longer and healthier life.  This two-in-one bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Super Immunity: The Ultimate Guide to Immune Food Solutions, Learn All About the Food and Diet That Can Boost Your Immune System for Good Health and Long Life 2. The Autoimmune Solution: The Essential Guide On How to Boost Your Immune System, Learn the Effective Ways to Protect Yourself from CoronaVirus and Other Illnesses Get your copy of Strengthen Your Immunity 2 in 1 Bundle today!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Metabolic Approach to Cancer: The Ultimate Guide To Fighting Off Cancer, Learn Useful Tips and Effective Ways to Keep Cancer at Bay by Jocelyn Bluner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497565</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497565">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497565</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Metabolic Approach to Cancer: The Ultimate Guide To Fighting Off Cancer, Learn Useful Tips and Effective Ways to Keep Cancer at Bay
Author: Jocelyn Bluner
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 36 minutes
Release date: January 11, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
The Metabolic Approach to Cancer: The Ultimate Guide To Fighting Off Cancer, Learn Useful Tips and Effective Ways to Keep Cancer at Bay  Hearing that you or your loved one has cancer is one of the most terrifying things that can happen to you. According to cancer.org, more than 1.8 million new cancer cases are expected to be diagnosed in 2020. The numbers are terrifying and I&amp;#039;m sure it makes you want to understand more about cancer, its causes, and what you can do to prevent it. The good news is, at least 42% of these newly diagnosed cancers are avoidable. So it is crucial you learn what you can do to help you and your loved ones avoid cancer. This audiobook aims to give you the easiest guide you can have to overcome or prevent cancer. It will teach you the information you need about all the underlying causes of cancer so you will know how to prevent them. You will learn how to correct those causes and be able to take action to overcome cancer. This audiobook will teach you about the following: - Foods You Must Include - Fiber Is Your Friend - Chemicals Are Not Your Friend - Put Down The Smokes - Add Lycopene - Get Better Sleep - SunBurns Are Bad - A Few Less Drinks - Drop Those Extra Pounds - Be Proactive Almost everyone knows someone that had cancer or had a loved one that had cancer. It is a disease that touches a lot of lives. Most forms of cancer can be prevented if we just know all the information. If you want to equip yourself with all the necessary knowledge to prevent and fight cancer, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now.</description>
      <author>Jocelyn Bluner</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Jan 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662168130.mp3" length="1202961" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497565</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662168130.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497565">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497565</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Metabolic Approach to Cancer: The Ultimate Guide To Fighting Off Cancer, Learn Useful Tips and Effective Ways to Keep Cancer at Bay
Author: Jocelyn Bluner
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 36 minutes
Release date: January 11, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
The Metabolic Approach to Cancer: The Ultimate Guide To Fighting Off Cancer, Learn Useful Tips and Effective Ways to Keep Cancer at Bay  Hearing that you or your loved one has cancer is one of the most terrifying things that can happen to you. According to cancer.org, more than 1.8 million new cancer cases are expected to be diagnosed in 2020. The numbers are terrifying and I&amp;#039;m sure it makes you want to understand more about cancer, its causes, and what you can do to prevent it. The good news is, at least 42% of these newly diagnosed cancers are avoidable. So it is crucial you learn what you can do to help you and your loved ones avoid cancer. This audiobook aims to give you the easiest guide you can have to overcome or prevent cancer. It will teach you the information you need about all the underlying causes of cancer so you will know how to prevent them. You will learn how to correct those causes and be able to take action to overcome cancer. This audiobook will teach you about the following: - Foods You Must Include - Fiber Is Your Friend - Chemicals Are Not Your Friend - Put Down The Smokes - Add Lycopene - Get Better Sleep - SunBurns Are Bad - A Few Less Drinks - Drop Those Extra Pounds - Be Proactive Almost everyone knows someone that had cancer or had a loved one that had cancer. It is a disease that touches a lot of lives. Most forms of cancer can be prevented if we just know all the information. If you want to equip yourself with all the necessary knowledge to prevent and fight cancer, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497565">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497565</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Metabolic Approach to Cancer: The Ultimate Guide To Fighting Off Cancer, Learn Useful Tips and Effective Ways to Keep Cancer at Bay
Author: Jocelyn Bluner
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 36 minutes
Release date: January 11, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
The Metabolic Approach to Cancer: The Ultimate Guide To Fighting Off Cancer, Learn Useful Tips and Effective Ways to Keep Cancer at Bay  Hearing that you or your loved one has cancer is one of the most terrifying things that can happen to you. According to cancer.org, more than 1.8 million new cancer cases are expected to be diagnosed in 2020. The numbers are terrifying and I&amp;#039;m sure it makes you want to understand more about cancer, its causes, and what you can do to prevent it. The good news is, at least 42% of these newly diagnosed cancers are avoidable. So it is crucial you learn what you can do to help you and your loved ones avoid cancer. This audiobook aims to give you the easiest guide you can have to overcome or prevent cancer. It will teach you the information you need about all the underlying causes of cancer so you will know how to prevent them. You will learn how to correct those causes and be able to take action to overcome cancer. This audiobook will teach you about the following: - Foods You Must Include - Fiber Is Your Friend - Chemicals Are Not Your Friend - Put Down The Smokes - Add Lycopene - Get Better Sleep - SunBurns Are Bad - A Few Less Drinks - Drop Those Extra Pounds - Be Proactive Almost everyone knows someone that had cancer or had a loved one that had cancer. It is a disease that touches a lot of lives. Most forms of cancer can be prevented if we just know all the information. If you want to equip yourself with all the necessary knowledge to prevent and fight cancer, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>You Bet Your Life: From Blood Transfusions to Mass Vaccination, the Long and Risky History of Medical Innovation by Paul A. Offit</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497471</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497471">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497471</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: You Bet Your Life: From Blood Transfusions to Mass Vaccination, the Long and Risky History of Medical Innovation
Author: Paul A. Offit
Narrator: James Noel Hoban
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 0 minutes
Release date: September 21, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
One of America’s top physicians traces the history of risk in medicine—with powerful lessons for today    Every medical decision—whether to have chemotherapy, an X-ray, or surgery—is a risk, no matter which way you choose. In You Bet Your Life, physician Paul A. Offit argues that, from the first blood transfusions four hundred years ago to the hunt for a COVID-19 vaccine, risk has been essential to the discovery of new treatments. More importantly, understanding the risks is crucial to whether, as a society or as individuals, we accept them.   Told in Offit’s vigorous and rigorous style, You Bet Your Life is an entertaining history of medicine. But it also lays bare the tortured relationships between intellectual breakthroughs, political realities, and human foibles. Our pandemic year has shown us, with its debates over lockdowns, masks, and vaccines, how easy it is to get everything wrong. You Bet Your Life is an essential read for getting the future a bit more right.</description>
      <author>Paul A. Offit</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Sep 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549109508.mp3" length="882716" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497471</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549109508.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497471">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497471</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: You Bet Your Life: From Blood Transfusions to Mass Vaccination, the Long and Risky History of Medical Innovation
Author: Paul A. Offit
Narrator: James Noel Hoban
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 0 minutes
Release date: September 21, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
One of America’s top physicians traces the history of risk in medicine—with powerful lessons for today    Every medical decision—whether to have chemotherapy, an X-ray, or surgery—is a risk, no matter which way you choose. In You Bet Your Life, physician Paul A. Offit argues that, from the first blood transfusions four hundred years ago to the hunt for a COVID-19 vaccine, risk has been essential to the discovery of new treatments. More importantly, understanding the risks is crucial to whether, as a society or as individuals, we accept them.   Told in Offit’s vigorous and rigorous style, You Bet Your Life is an entertaining history of medicine. But it also lays bare the tortured relationships between intellectual breakthroughs, political realities, and human foibles. Our pandemic year has shown us, with its debates over lockdowns, masks, and vaccines, how easy it is to get everything wrong. You Bet Your Life is an essential read for getting the future a bit more right.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497471">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497471</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: You Bet Your Life: From Blood Transfusions to Mass Vaccination, the Long and Risky History of Medical Innovation
Author: Paul A. Offit
Narrator: James Noel Hoban
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 0 minutes
Release date: September 21, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
One of America’s top physicians traces the history of risk in medicine—with powerful lessons for today    Every medical decision—whether to have chemotherapy, an X-ray, or surgery—is a risk, no matter which way you choose. In You Bet Your Life, physician Paul A. Offit argues that, from the first blood transfusions four hundred years ago to the hunt for a COVID-19 vaccine, risk has been essential to the discovery of new treatments. More importantly, understanding the risks is crucial to whether, as a society or as individuals, we accept them.   Told in Offit’s vigorous and rigorous style, You Bet Your Life is an entertaining history of medicine. But it also lays bare the tortured relationships between intellectual breakthroughs, political realities, and human foibles. Our pandemic year has shown us, with its debates over lockdowns, masks, and vaccines, how easy it is to get everything wrong. You Bet Your Life is an essential read for getting the future a bit more right.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Back and Neck Health: Mayo Clinic Guide to Treating and Preventing Back and Neck Pain by Mohamed Byden</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496852</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496852">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496852</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Back and Neck Health: Mayo Clinic Guide to Treating and Preventing Back and Neck Pain
Author: Mohamed Byden
Narrator: Graham Winton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 47 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
“Back and neck conditions can be treated, often without surgery. Find out how you can enjoy the more active lifestyle you seek.”Back and neck pain are common complaints. When you think of all of the work that your back and neck do each day—constantly moving, bending and twisting as you go about yourday-to-day activities—it’s not surprising that problems develop. But just as doing too much can put your back and neck at risk, so can doing too little. Decreased physical activity is a major contributor to poor spinal health. It’s estimated that more than 80% of American adults will experience at least one bout of back pain during their lifetimes, and as many as one-third of adults are bothered by neckpain. Relief of back and neck pain is among the top reasons people see their primary care providers. Back and Neck Health looks at common back and neck conditions and what can cause them. The book also discusses different ways to treat back and neck pain, including selfcare at home, several interventional approaches and different types of surgery. The final chapter focuses on lifestyle strategies to help keep your spine strong and healthy. The book is based on the advice of leading Mayo Clinic doctors and medical staff who treat individuals with back and neck problems on a daily basis. Their message is that youdon’t have to live in pain. Back and neck conditions can be treated, often without surgery. Find out how you can enjoy the more active lifestyle you seek.</description>
      <author>Mohamed Byden</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Feb 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705021507.mp3" length="1253437" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496852</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705021507.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496852">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496852</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Back and Neck Health: Mayo Clinic Guide to Treating and Preventing Back and Neck Pain
Author: Mohamed Byden
Narrator: Graham Winton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 47 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
“Back and neck conditions can be treated, often without surgery. Find out how you can enjoy the more active lifestyle you seek.”Back and neck pain are common complaints. When you think of all of the work that your back and neck do each day—constantly moving, bending and twisting as you go about yourday-to-day activities—it’s not surprising that problems develop. But just as doing too much can put your back and neck at risk, so can doing too little. Decreased physical activity is a major contributor to poor spinal health. It’s estimated that more than 80% of American adults will experience at least one bout of back pain during their lifetimes, and as many as one-third of adults are bothered by neckpain. Relief of back and neck pain is among the top reasons people see their primary care providers. Back and Neck Health looks at common back and neck conditions and what can cause them. The book also discusses different ways to treat back and neck pain, including selfcare at home, several interventional approaches and different types of surgery. The final chapter focuses on lifestyle strategies to help keep your spine strong and healthy. The book is based on the advice of leading Mayo Clinic doctors and medical staff who treat individuals with back and neck problems on a daily basis. Their message is that youdon’t have to live in pain. Back and neck conditions can be treated, often without surgery. Find out how you can enjoy the more active lifestyle you seek.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496852">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496852</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Back and Neck Health: Mayo Clinic Guide to Treating and Preventing Back and Neck Pain
Author: Mohamed Byden
Narrator: Graham Winton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 47 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
“Back and neck conditions can be treated, often without surgery. Find out how you can enjoy the more active lifestyle you seek.”Back and neck pain are common complaints. When you think of all of the work that your back and neck do each day—constantly moving, bending and twisting as you go about yourday-to-day activities—it’s not surprising that problems develop. But just as doing too much can put your back and neck at risk, so can doing too little. Decreased physical activity is a major contributor to poor spinal health. It’s estimated that more than 80% of American adults will experience at least one bout of back pain during their lifetimes, and as many as one-third of adults are bothered by neckpain. Relief of back and neck pain is among the top reasons people see their primary care providers. Back and Neck Health looks at common back and neck conditions and what can cause them. The book also discusses different ways to treat back and neck pain, including selfcare at home, several interventional approaches and different types of surgery. The final chapter focuses on lifestyle strategies to help keep your spine strong and healthy. The book is based on the advice of leading Mayo Clinic doctors and medical staff who treat individuals with back and neck problems on a daily basis. Their message is that youdon’t have to live in pain. Back and neck conditions can be treated, often without surgery. Find out how you can enjoy the more active lifestyle you seek.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Inner Game of Stress: The Ultimate Guide on Coping With Stress, Learn How Effective Methods to Eliminate Stress So You Can Think With a Clear Mind by Lori Hughes</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496784</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496784">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496784</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Inner Game of Stress: The Ultimate Guide on Coping With Stress, Learn How Effective Methods to Eliminate Stress So You Can Think With a Clear Mind
Author: Lori Hughes
Narrator: Tanya Neihardt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 54 minutes
Release date: December 23, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Inner Game of Stress: The Ultimate Guide on Coping With Stress, Learn How Effective Methods to Eliminate Stress So You Can Think With a Clear Mind Stress has become such a normal part of most people’s lives that some have become used to and have learned to live with it even if it is causing harmful effects on their physical, mental, and emotional health. According to studies, stress is said to be the number one cause of unhappiness. Too much stress is preventing people from enjoying anything in their lives.  This audiobook will teach you all the important information about stress, its causes and symptoms, and how it affects a person. You will learn how to recognize which area of your life is causing you the stress so you will learn how to deal with it. You will learn effective ways to manage and eliminate stress from your life.  This audiobook will discuss the following topics:  - What is Stress? - The Different Types of Stress - Factors that Lead to Stress - The Effects of Stress - How to Abolish Stress - How to Avoid Stress Not all stress is bad because there are times where stress can act as a motivator for you to do a better job. But most stress has negative effects on individuals. If you want to learn everything about stress and how you can deal with it, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</description>
      <author>Lori Hughes</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 Dec 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662166792.mp3" length="1386171" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496784</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662166792.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496784">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496784</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Inner Game of Stress: The Ultimate Guide on Coping With Stress, Learn How Effective Methods to Eliminate Stress So You Can Think With a Clear Mind
Author: Lori Hughes
Narrator: Tanya Neihardt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 54 minutes
Release date: December 23, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Inner Game of Stress: The Ultimate Guide on Coping With Stress, Learn How Effective Methods to Eliminate Stress So You Can Think With a Clear Mind Stress has become such a normal part of most people’s lives that some have become used to and have learned to live with it even if it is causing harmful effects on their physical, mental, and emotional health. According to studies, stress is said to be the number one cause of unhappiness. Too much stress is preventing people from enjoying anything in their lives.  This audiobook will teach you all the important information about stress, its causes and symptoms, and how it affects a person. You will learn how to recognize which area of your life is causing you the stress so you will learn how to deal with it. You will learn effective ways to manage and eliminate stress from your life.  This audiobook will discuss the following topics:  - What is Stress? - The Different Types of Stress - Factors that Lead to Stress - The Effects of Stress - How to Abolish Stress - How to Avoid Stress Not all stress is bad because there are times where stress can act as a motivator for you to do a better job. But most stress has negative effects on individuals. If you want to learn everything about stress and how you can deal with it, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496784">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496784</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Inner Game of Stress: The Ultimate Guide on Coping With Stress, Learn How Effective Methods to Eliminate Stress So You Can Think With a Clear Mind
Author: Lori Hughes
Narrator: Tanya Neihardt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 54 minutes
Release date: December 23, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Inner Game of Stress: The Ultimate Guide on Coping With Stress, Learn How Effective Methods to Eliminate Stress So You Can Think With a Clear Mind Stress has become such a normal part of most people’s lives that some have become used to and have learned to live with it even if it is causing harmful effects on their physical, mental, and emotional health. According to studies, stress is said to be the number one cause of unhappiness. Too much stress is preventing people from enjoying anything in their lives.  This audiobook will teach you all the important information about stress, its causes and symptoms, and how it affects a person. You will learn how to recognize which area of your life is causing you the stress so you will learn how to deal with it. You will learn effective ways to manage and eliminate stress from your life.  This audiobook will discuss the following topics:  - What is Stress? - The Different Types of Stress - Factors that Lead to Stress - The Effects of Stress - How to Abolish Stress - How to Avoid Stress Not all stress is bad because there are times where stress can act as a motivator for you to do a better job. But most stress has negative effects on individuals. If you want to learn everything about stress and how you can deal with it, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cancer Secrets: The Complete Health Guide to Colon Cancer, Learn Everything About the Diagnosis and Treatment for this Silent Killer in Order to Protect Yourself by Micah Grant</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496772</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496772">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496772</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cancer Secrets: The Complete Health Guide to Colon Cancer, Learn Everything About the Diagnosis and Treatment for this Silent Killer in Order to Protect Yourself
Author: Micah Grant
Narrator: Tanya Neihardt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 34 minutes
Release date: January 10, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Cancer Secrets: The Complete Health Guide to Colon Cancer, Learn Everything About the Diagnosis and Treatment for this Silent Killer in Order to Protect Yourself  According to Cancer.org, 1 in every 6 deaths worldwide was caused by Cancer. This is more than AIDS, Tuberculosis, and Malaria combine. It is the second-leading cause of death worldwide. Cancer is the umbrella name given to hundreds of diseases and disorders. It is a disease characterized by the unchecked division of abnormal cells in your organs. If this type of growth is found in your colon, then this is diagnosed as colon cancer.  In the US, Colorectal (colon and rectum) cancer is the second most common cause of cancer deaths. In 2019, there were more than 50,000 deaths caused by this type of cancer. But the good news is this is one of the most preventable common cancers.  This audiobook, it will teach you everything you need to know about Colon cancer: what it is, what possibly causes it as well as treatments available. You would also hear from someone who has experienced colon cancer.  In-depth, this audiobook will discuss the following topics: - What is Colon Cancer? - What Contributes to Colon Cancer - Colon Cancer and Genetics - How to Test for Colon Cancer - Treatments for Colon Cancer - Grape Seed Extract and Colon Cancer - Statistics on Colon Cancer - Women and Colon Cancer - Side Effects of Colon Cancer Chemotherapy - Colon Cancer Prevention - Stage and Treatment - Colon Cleansing and Colon Cancer - Colon Cancer and Missing Hormones - Vitamin D and Colon Cancer - Colon Cancer and Race - Laetrile: Another False Hope - How Colon Cancer Affects Families - Colon Cancer Support Groups - How Emotions Affect Your Colon Cancer Treatment - A True Life Colon Cancer Experience - Children&amp;#039;s Colon To know more about Colon Cancer, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now and see how it could possibly save your life!</description>
      <author>Micah Grant</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 10 Jan 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662167744.mp3" length="1393504" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496772</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662167744.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496772">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496772</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cancer Secrets: The Complete Health Guide to Colon Cancer, Learn Everything About the Diagnosis and Treatment for this Silent Killer in Order to Protect Yourself
Author: Micah Grant
Narrator: Tanya Neihardt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 34 minutes
Release date: January 10, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Cancer Secrets: The Complete Health Guide to Colon Cancer, Learn Everything About the Diagnosis and Treatment for this Silent Killer in Order to Protect Yourself  According to Cancer.org, 1 in every 6 deaths worldwide was caused by Cancer. This is more than AIDS, Tuberculosis, and Malaria combine. It is the second-leading cause of death worldwide. Cancer is the umbrella name given to hundreds of diseases and disorders. It is a disease characterized by the unchecked division of abnormal cells in your organs. If this type of growth is found in your colon, then this is diagnosed as colon cancer.  In the US, Colorectal (colon and rectum) cancer is the second most common cause of cancer deaths. In 2019, there were more than 50,000 deaths caused by this type of cancer. But the good news is this is one of the most preventable common cancers.  This audiobook, it will teach you everything you need to know about Colon cancer: what it is, what possibly causes it as well as treatments available. You would also hear from someone who has experienced colon cancer.  In-depth, this audiobook will discuss the following topics: - What is Colon Cancer? - What Contributes to Colon Cancer - Colon Cancer and Genetics - How to Test for Colon Cancer - Treatments for Colon Cancer - Grape Seed Extract and Colon Cancer - Statistics on Colon Cancer - Women and Colon Cancer - Side Effects of Colon Cancer Chemotherapy - Colon Cancer Prevention - Stage and Treatment - Colon Cleansing and Colon Cancer - Colon Cancer and Missing Hormones - Vitamin D and Colon Cancer - Colon Cancer and Race - Laetrile: Another False Hope - How Colon Cancer Affects Families - Colon Cancer Support Groups - How Emotions Affect Your Colon Cancer Treatment - A True Life Colon Cancer Experience - Children&amp;#039;s Colon To know more about Colon Cancer, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now and see how it could possibly save your life!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496772">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496772</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cancer Secrets: The Complete Health Guide to Colon Cancer, Learn Everything About the Diagnosis and Treatment for this Silent Killer in Order to Protect Yourself
Author: Micah Grant
Narrator: Tanya Neihardt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 34 minutes
Release date: January 10, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Cancer Secrets: The Complete Health Guide to Colon Cancer, Learn Everything About the Diagnosis and Treatment for this Silent Killer in Order to Protect Yourself  According to Cancer.org, 1 in every 6 deaths worldwide was caused by Cancer. This is more than AIDS, Tuberculosis, and Malaria combine. It is the second-leading cause of death worldwide. Cancer is the umbrella name given to hundreds of diseases and disorders. It is a disease characterized by the unchecked division of abnormal cells in your organs. If this type of growth is found in your colon, then this is diagnosed as colon cancer.  In the US, Colorectal (colon and rectum) cancer is the second most common cause of cancer deaths. In 2019, there were more than 50,000 deaths caused by this type of cancer. But the good news is this is one of the most preventable common cancers.  This audiobook, it will teach you everything you need to know about Colon cancer: what it is, what possibly causes it as well as treatments available. You would also hear from someone who has experienced colon cancer.  In-depth, this audiobook will discuss the following topics: - What is Colon Cancer? - What Contributes to Colon Cancer - Colon Cancer and Genetics - How to Test for Colon Cancer - Treatments for Colon Cancer - Grape Seed Extract and Colon Cancer - Statistics on Colon Cancer - Women and Colon Cancer - Side Effects of Colon Cancer Chemotherapy - Colon Cancer Prevention - Stage and Treatment - Colon Cleansing and Colon Cancer - Colon Cancer and Missing Hormones - Vitamin D and Colon Cancer - Colon Cancer and Race - Laetrile: Another False Hope - How Colon Cancer Affects Families - Colon Cancer Support Groups - How Emotions Affect Your Colon Cancer Treatment - A True Life Colon Cancer Experience - Children&amp;#039;s Colon To know more about Colon Cancer, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now and see how it could possibly save your life!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Super Immunity: The Ultimate Guide to Immune Food Solutions, Learn All About the Food and Diet That Can Boost Your Immune System for Good Health and Long Life by Daisy Everley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496770</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496770">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496770</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Super Immunity: The Ultimate Guide to Immune Food Solutions, Learn All About the Food and Diet That Can Boost Your Immune System for Good Health and Long Life
Author: Daisy Everley
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 34 minutes
Release date: December 23, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Super Immunity: The Ultimate Guide to Immune Food Solutions, Learn All About the Food and Diet That Can Boost Your Immune System for Good Health and Long Life If you don&amp;#039;t have a well-functioning immune system, you are more prone to develop illnesses or diseases. Even a common cold or minor wounds would be difficult to heal if you are immuno-compromised. That&amp;#039;s why it is always important to maintain a healthy immune system. You can also take steps in order to make sure you&amp;#039;re fortifying your immune system and that is to eat food that can boost your immune system.  This audiobook will teach you about the right foods that you can eat to boost your immunity. You will learn what you should be adding to your daily diet in order to remain healthy. You will also learn how these foods can help your body fight disease and sickness. You will also discover how to combine these foods so you can create the perfect immunity-boosting diet for a longer and healthier life.  This audiobook will discuss the following topics: The Immunity Problem - An Overview Nutrition For Your Immune System Phytochemicals and Immunity Antioxidants and Immune Health Polysaccharides - Improve Your Wellbeing Plant Foods and Their Cancer Fighting Properties Omega-3 Helps to Fight Disease Prebiotics and the Gut Top 10 Immunity Boosting Foods to Add to Your Diet You will realize that incorporating immunity-boosting foods in your diet is really easier than you imagined. You just have to be aware which exactly are these foods so you can start including them in your diet. If you want to know more about all the food that can help boost your immunity system and help you fight off diseases, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now.</description>
      <author>Daisy Everley</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 Dec 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662166679.mp3" length="1232918" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496770</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662166679.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496770">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496770</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Super Immunity: The Ultimate Guide to Immune Food Solutions, Learn All About the Food and Diet That Can Boost Your Immune System for Good Health and Long Life
Author: Daisy Everley
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 34 minutes
Release date: December 23, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Super Immunity: The Ultimate Guide to Immune Food Solutions, Learn All About the Food and Diet That Can Boost Your Immune System for Good Health and Long Life If you don&amp;#039;t have a well-functioning immune system, you are more prone to develop illnesses or diseases. Even a common cold or minor wounds would be difficult to heal if you are immuno-compromised. That&amp;#039;s why it is always important to maintain a healthy immune system. You can also take steps in order to make sure you&amp;#039;re fortifying your immune system and that is to eat food that can boost your immune system.  This audiobook will teach you about the right foods that you can eat to boost your immunity. You will learn what you should be adding to your daily diet in order to remain healthy. You will also learn how these foods can help your body fight disease and sickness. You will also discover how to combine these foods so you can create the perfect immunity-boosting diet for a longer and healthier life.  This audiobook will discuss the following topics: The Immunity Problem - An Overview Nutrition For Your Immune System Phytochemicals and Immunity Antioxidants and Immune Health Polysaccharides - Improve Your Wellbeing Plant Foods and Their Cancer Fighting Properties Omega-3 Helps to Fight Disease Prebiotics and the Gut Top 10 Immunity Boosting Foods to Add to Your Diet You will realize that incorporating immunity-boosting foods in your diet is really easier than you imagined. You just have to be aware which exactly are these foods so you can start including them in your diet. If you want to know more about all the food that can help boost your immunity system and help you fight off diseases, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496770">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496770</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Super Immunity: The Ultimate Guide to Immune Food Solutions, Learn All About the Food and Diet That Can Boost Your Immune System for Good Health and Long Life
Author: Daisy Everley
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 34 minutes
Release date: December 23, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Super Immunity: The Ultimate Guide to Immune Food Solutions, Learn All About the Food and Diet That Can Boost Your Immune System for Good Health and Long Life If you don&amp;#039;t have a well-functioning immune system, you are more prone to develop illnesses or diseases. Even a common cold or minor wounds would be difficult to heal if you are immuno-compromised. That&amp;#039;s why it is always important to maintain a healthy immune system. You can also take steps in order to make sure you&amp;#039;re fortifying your immune system and that is to eat food that can boost your immune system.  This audiobook will teach you about the right foods that you can eat to boost your immunity. You will learn what you should be adding to your daily diet in order to remain healthy. You will also learn how these foods can help your body fight disease and sickness. You will also discover how to combine these foods so you can create the perfect immunity-boosting diet for a longer and healthier life.  This audiobook will discuss the following topics: The Immunity Problem - An Overview Nutrition For Your Immune System Phytochemicals and Immunity Antioxidants and Immune Health Polysaccharides - Improve Your Wellbeing Plant Foods and Their Cancer Fighting Properties Omega-3 Helps to Fight Disease Prebiotics and the Gut Top 10 Immunity Boosting Foods to Add to Your Diet You will realize that incorporating immunity-boosting foods in your diet is really easier than you imagined. You just have to be aware which exactly are these foods so you can start including them in your diet. If you want to know more about all the food that can help boost your immunity system and help you fight off diseases, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Autoimmune Solution: The Essential Guide On How to Boost Your Immune System, Learn the Effective Ways to Protect Yourself from Coronavirus and Other Illnesses by Sean Hinrich</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496762</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496762">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496762</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Autoimmune Solution: The Essential Guide On How to Boost Your Immune System, Learn the Effective Ways to Protect Yourself from Coronavirus and Other Illnesses
Author: Sean Hinrich
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 27 minutes
Release date: December 23, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
The Autoimmune Solution: The Essential Guide On How to Boost Your Immune System, Learn the Effective Ways to Protect Yourself from CoronaVirus and Other Illnesses It is quite scary to get sick these days because of the CoronaVirus. When before, one would not think twice about a common cough and cold, now it can get a bit more disconcerting because you’re afraid you might be infected with the virus. This is the reason why it’s very important to boost your immune system. Your immune system is important for fighting off diseases. Your general lifestyle affects the health of your immune system so if you want to improve it, you need to be prepared to make some changes in your life. This audiobook will give you all the information about your immune system and how to protect it. You will learn how it works, and the best practices to boost your immune system. You will learn about the right kind of diet and exercise, and why detoxifying your body plays a big role in boosting your immune system. You will learn the following topics and many more: This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Why You Need to Boost Your Immune System - How Your Immune System Works - Avoid These Things To Protect Your Immune System - Immune System Boosting Foods - Supplements to Bolster Your Immune System - Reducing Stress to Keep Immune System Levels High - Exercise and Sleep - Detoxify Your Body For a Stronger Immune System - Using Essential Oils to Boost Your Immune System - Best Practices to Boost Your Immune System There are a lot of things you can do to protect and boost your immune system and this audiobook will show you everything. To learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now.</description>
      <author>Sean Hinrich</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 Dec 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662166655.mp3" length="1236244" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496762</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662166655.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496762">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496762</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Autoimmune Solution: The Essential Guide On How to Boost Your Immune System, Learn the Effective Ways to Protect Yourself from Coronavirus and Other Illnesses
Author: Sean Hinrich
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 27 minutes
Release date: December 23, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
The Autoimmune Solution: The Essential Guide On How to Boost Your Immune System, Learn the Effective Ways to Protect Yourself from CoronaVirus and Other Illnesses It is quite scary to get sick these days because of the CoronaVirus. When before, one would not think twice about a common cough and cold, now it can get a bit more disconcerting because you’re afraid you might be infected with the virus. This is the reason why it’s very important to boost your immune system. Your immune system is important for fighting off diseases. Your general lifestyle affects the health of your immune system so if you want to improve it, you need to be prepared to make some changes in your life. This audiobook will give you all the information about your immune system and how to protect it. You will learn how it works, and the best practices to boost your immune system. You will learn about the right kind of diet and exercise, and why detoxifying your body plays a big role in boosting your immune system. You will learn the following topics and many more: This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Why You Need to Boost Your Immune System - How Your Immune System Works - Avoid These Things To Protect Your Immune System - Immune System Boosting Foods - Supplements to Bolster Your Immune System - Reducing Stress to Keep Immune System Levels High - Exercise and Sleep - Detoxify Your Body For a Stronger Immune System - Using Essential Oils to Boost Your Immune System - Best Practices to Boost Your Immune System There are a lot of things you can do to protect and boost your immune system and this audiobook will show you everything. To learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496762">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496762</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Autoimmune Solution: The Essential Guide On How to Boost Your Immune System, Learn the Effective Ways to Protect Yourself from Coronavirus and Other Illnesses
Author: Sean Hinrich
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 27 minutes
Release date: December 23, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
The Autoimmune Solution: The Essential Guide On How to Boost Your Immune System, Learn the Effective Ways to Protect Yourself from CoronaVirus and Other Illnesses It is quite scary to get sick these days because of the CoronaVirus. When before, one would not think twice about a common cough and cold, now it can get a bit more disconcerting because you’re afraid you might be infected with the virus. This is the reason why it’s very important to boost your immune system. Your immune system is important for fighting off diseases. Your general lifestyle affects the health of your immune system so if you want to improve it, you need to be prepared to make some changes in your life. This audiobook will give you all the information about your immune system and how to protect it. You will learn how it works, and the best practices to boost your immune system. You will learn about the right kind of diet and exercise, and why detoxifying your body plays a big role in boosting your immune system. You will learn the following topics and many more: This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Why You Need to Boost Your Immune System - How Your Immune System Works - Avoid These Things To Protect Your Immune System - Immune System Boosting Foods - Supplements to Bolster Your Immune System - Reducing Stress to Keep Immune System Levels High - Exercise and Sleep - Detoxify Your Body For a Stronger Immune System - Using Essential Oils to Boost Your Immune System - Best Practices to Boost Your Immune System There are a lot of things you can do to protect and boost your immune system and this audiobook will show you everything. To learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>We&amp;#039;re All Freaking Out (and Why We Don&amp;#039;t Need To): Finding Freedom from Your Anxious Thoughts and Feelings by David Marvin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495522</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495522">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495522</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: We&amp;#039;re All Freaking Out (and Why We Don&amp;#039;t Need To): Finding Freedom from Your Anxious Thoughts and Feelings
Author: David Marvin
Narrator: David Marvin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 29 minutes
Release date: October  5, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Free yourself from anxiety by discovering and applying principles given by God to lead us away from panic and toward peace.    “These pages will feel like a lifeline for the anxious, overwhelmed, and burned out.”—Jennie Allen, New York Times bestselling author of Get Out of Your Head If you’ve ever felt overwhelmed by panic, fear, worry, or anxiety, you’re not alone. A part of the human experience often involves anxious feelings that paralyze us, keep us up at night, rob us of our ability to live in the moment, and pretty much suck the life out of us. But this doesn’t have to be the case. You can stop freaking out.     Sound too good to be true? It is true. In fact, it’s a promise from God himself.     At least 366 times, the Bible commands us to not fear. God loves us and doesn’t want us to be ruled by anxiety. Not surprisingly, most people don’t understand what the Bible actually teaches about anxiety, fear, and worry. Consider this book a practical resource to help you connect the dots between your anxiety and what God has to say about defeating it. As you are about to discover, you really can stop freaking out.</description>
      <author>David Marvin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Oct 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593417478.mp3" length="2804395" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495522</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593417478.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495522">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495522</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: We&amp;#039;re All Freaking Out (and Why We Don&amp;#039;t Need To): Finding Freedom from Your Anxious Thoughts and Feelings
Author: David Marvin
Narrator: David Marvin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 29 minutes
Release date: October  5, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Free yourself from anxiety by discovering and applying principles given by God to lead us away from panic and toward peace.    “These pages will feel like a lifeline for the anxious, overwhelmed, and burned out.”—Jennie Allen, New York Times bestselling author of Get Out of Your Head If you’ve ever felt overwhelmed by panic, fear, worry, or anxiety, you’re not alone. A part of the human experience often involves anxious feelings that paralyze us, keep us up at night, rob us of our ability to live in the moment, and pretty much suck the life out of us. But this doesn’t have to be the case. You can stop freaking out.     Sound too good to be true? It is true. In fact, it’s a promise from God himself.     At least 366 times, the Bible commands us to not fear. God loves us and doesn’t want us to be ruled by anxiety. Not surprisingly, most people don’t understand what the Bible actually teaches about anxiety, fear, and worry. Consider this book a practical resource to help you connect the dots between your anxiety and what God has to say about defeating it. As you are about to discover, you really can stop freaking out.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495522">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495522</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: We&amp;#039;re All Freaking Out (and Why We Don&amp;#039;t Need To): Finding Freedom from Your Anxious Thoughts and Feelings
Author: David Marvin
Narrator: David Marvin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 29 minutes
Release date: October  5, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Free yourself from anxiety by discovering and applying principles given by God to lead us away from panic and toward peace.    “These pages will feel like a lifeline for the anxious, overwhelmed, and burned out.”—Jennie Allen, New York Times bestselling author of Get Out of Your Head If you’ve ever felt overwhelmed by panic, fear, worry, or anxiety, you’re not alone. A part of the human experience often involves anxious feelings that paralyze us, keep us up at night, rob us of our ability to live in the moment, and pretty much suck the life out of us. But this doesn’t have to be the case. You can stop freaking out.     Sound too good to be true? It is true. In fact, it’s a promise from God himself.     At least 366 times, the Bible commands us to not fear. God loves us and doesn’t want us to be ruled by anxiety. Not surprisingly, most people don’t understand what the Bible actually teaches about anxiety, fear, and worry. Consider this book a practical resource to help you connect the dots between your anxiety and what God has to say about defeating it. As you are about to discover, you really can stop freaking out.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stop Anxiety: The Ultimate Guide to Overcoming Anxiety, Learn the Proven Methods and Practices on How to Stop Struggling with Anxiety and Start Living Your Best Life by Florian Helms</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495346</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495346">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495346</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stop Anxiety: The Ultimate Guide to Overcoming Anxiety, Learn the Proven Methods and Practices on How to Stop Struggling with Anxiety and Start Living Your Best Life
Author: Florian Helms
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 22 minutes
Release date: December 18, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Stop Anxiety: The Ultimate Guide to Overcoming Anxiety, Learn the Proven Methods and Practices on How to Stop Struggling with Anxiety and Start Living Your Best Life Anxiety disorders are the most common mental illness in the US. Roughly 40 million people suffer from it every year. It is also not uncommon for depression to be linked to anxiety and nearly half of those suffering from depression also suffer from anxiety disorders. But this is highly treatable and if you suffer from anxiety, you need not suffer forever. This audiobook will teach you effective ways on how to overcome anxiety. Anxiety is a combination of your genetic composition, environment, and coping mechanisms but you must never forget that you have control over your situation. In this audiobook, you will learn how to fight your anxiety using alternative ways and without the use of any drugs or professional help. You will discover how to rearrange your mental and emotional mindset to overcome anxiety.  This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Do a Self-Audit - Prioritize Your List - Categorize Your Anxiety Challenges - Believe That You Can Overcome - The Future Begins With You - Taking Hold of the Past - Overcoming Exaggerated Memories - Practice Mindfulness - Practice Makes Perfect - Best Practices for All-Natural, Self-Directed Anxiety Solutions To learn more, download your copy of Stop Anxiety today!</description>
      <author>Florian Helms</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 18 Dec 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662165139.mp3" length="1103079" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495346</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662165139.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495346">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495346</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stop Anxiety: The Ultimate Guide to Overcoming Anxiety, Learn the Proven Methods and Practices on How to Stop Struggling with Anxiety and Start Living Your Best Life
Author: Florian Helms
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 22 minutes
Release date: December 18, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Stop Anxiety: The Ultimate Guide to Overcoming Anxiety, Learn the Proven Methods and Practices on How to Stop Struggling with Anxiety and Start Living Your Best Life Anxiety disorders are the most common mental illness in the US. Roughly 40 million people suffer from it every year. It is also not uncommon for depression to be linked to anxiety and nearly half of those suffering from depression also suffer from anxiety disorders. But this is highly treatable and if you suffer from anxiety, you need not suffer forever. This audiobook will teach you effective ways on how to overcome anxiety. Anxiety is a combination of your genetic composition, environment, and coping mechanisms but you must never forget that you have control over your situation. In this audiobook, you will learn how to fight your anxiety using alternative ways and without the use of any drugs or professional help. You will discover how to rearrange your mental and emotional mindset to overcome anxiety.  This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Do a Self-Audit - Prioritize Your List - Categorize Your Anxiety Challenges - Believe That You Can Overcome - The Future Begins With You - Taking Hold of the Past - Overcoming Exaggerated Memories - Practice Mindfulness - Practice Makes Perfect - Best Practices for All-Natural, Self-Directed Anxiety Solutions To learn more, download your copy of Stop Anxiety today!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495346">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495346</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stop Anxiety: The Ultimate Guide to Overcoming Anxiety, Learn the Proven Methods and Practices on How to Stop Struggling with Anxiety and Start Living Your Best Life
Author: Florian Helms
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 22 minutes
Release date: December 18, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Stop Anxiety: The Ultimate Guide to Overcoming Anxiety, Learn the Proven Methods and Practices on How to Stop Struggling with Anxiety and Start Living Your Best Life Anxiety disorders are the most common mental illness in the US. Roughly 40 million people suffer from it every year. It is also not uncommon for depression to be linked to anxiety and nearly half of those suffering from depression also suffer from anxiety disorders. But this is highly treatable and if you suffer from anxiety, you need not suffer forever. This audiobook will teach you effective ways on how to overcome anxiety. Anxiety is a combination of your genetic composition, environment, and coping mechanisms but you must never forget that you have control over your situation. In this audiobook, you will learn how to fight your anxiety using alternative ways and without the use of any drugs or professional help. You will discover how to rearrange your mental and emotional mindset to overcome anxiety.  This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Do a Self-Audit - Prioritize Your List - Categorize Your Anxiety Challenges - Believe That You Can Overcome - The Future Begins With You - Taking Hold of the Past - Overcoming Exaggerated Memories - Practice Mindfulness - Practice Makes Perfect - Best Practices for All-Natural, Self-Directed Anxiety Solutions To learn more, download your copy of Stop Anxiety today!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Natural Beauty Skin Care: The Ultimate Guide to Organic Skin Care, Discover How and Why Organic Skin Care is The Best Way to Take Care of Your Skin to Achieve Natural Beauty by Kelly Laran</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495342</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495342">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495342</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Natural Beauty Skin Care: The Ultimate Guide to Organic Skin Care, Discover How and Why Organic Skin Care is The Best Way to Take Care of Your Skin to Achieve Natural Beauty
Author: Kelly Laran
Narrator: Tanya Neihardt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 41 minutes
Release date: December 18, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Natural Beauty Skin Care: The Ultimate Guide to Organic Skin Care, Discover How and Why Organic Skin Care is The Best Way to Take Care of Your Skin to Achieve Natural Beauty  Beauty means different things to different people. However, due to the advent of social media and advertising showing photoshopped women with impossible beauty standards, it has warped our perception of what true beauty is all about. It has also impacted our self-esteem, confidence and overall health and happiness which is becoming a serious problem. It is better to have a type of beauty that is natural and comes from being truly healthy and happy. This audiobook will show you how to chase after organic beauty and how it would change the way you think about appearance and your grooming. You will learn what makes something &amp;#039;organic&amp;#039; and how to mix new products yourself. You will discover the real benefits of organic beauty products and also the potential harm of non-organic products. You will learn that organic products not only nourish your skin but can improve your overall health as well. This audiobook will discuss the following: - Why Go Organic (And What It Means) - Organic Skin Care - Nutrition and Rejuvenation - Skin Problems - Organic Make-Up - Organic Health With Toothpaste and Shampoo People are naturally drawn to someone who has a certain glow about them. When you naturally look and feel great. you will see the difference. You would look healthier and more vibrant.  If you want to learn more information on how you can take care of your skin the organic way, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now.</description>
      <author>Kelly Laran</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 18 Dec 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662165054.mp3" length="1352568" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495342</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662165054.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495342">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495342</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Natural Beauty Skin Care: The Ultimate Guide to Organic Skin Care, Discover How and Why Organic Skin Care is The Best Way to Take Care of Your Skin to Achieve Natural Beauty
Author: Kelly Laran
Narrator: Tanya Neihardt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 41 minutes
Release date: December 18, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Natural Beauty Skin Care: The Ultimate Guide to Organic Skin Care, Discover How and Why Organic Skin Care is The Best Way to Take Care of Your Skin to Achieve Natural Beauty  Beauty means different things to different people. However, due to the advent of social media and advertising showing photoshopped women with impossible beauty standards, it has warped our perception of what true beauty is all about. It has also impacted our self-esteem, confidence and overall health and happiness which is becoming a serious problem. It is better to have a type of beauty that is natural and comes from being truly healthy and happy. This audiobook will show you how to chase after organic beauty and how it would change the way you think about appearance and your grooming. You will learn what makes something &amp;#039;organic&amp;#039; and how to mix new products yourself. You will discover the real benefits of organic beauty products and also the potential harm of non-organic products. You will learn that organic products not only nourish your skin but can improve your overall health as well. This audiobook will discuss the following: - Why Go Organic (And What It Means) - Organic Skin Care - Nutrition and Rejuvenation - Skin Problems - Organic Make-Up - Organic Health With Toothpaste and Shampoo People are naturally drawn to someone who has a certain glow about them. When you naturally look and feel great. you will see the difference. You would look healthier and more vibrant.  If you want to learn more information on how you can take care of your skin the organic way, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495342">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495342</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Natural Beauty Skin Care: The Ultimate Guide to Organic Skin Care, Discover How and Why Organic Skin Care is The Best Way to Take Care of Your Skin to Achieve Natural Beauty
Author: Kelly Laran
Narrator: Tanya Neihardt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 41 minutes
Release date: December 18, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Natural Beauty Skin Care: The Ultimate Guide to Organic Skin Care, Discover How and Why Organic Skin Care is The Best Way to Take Care of Your Skin to Achieve Natural Beauty  Beauty means different things to different people. However, due to the advent of social media and advertising showing photoshopped women with impossible beauty standards, it has warped our perception of what true beauty is all about. It has also impacted our self-esteem, confidence and overall health and happiness which is becoming a serious problem. It is better to have a type of beauty that is natural and comes from being truly healthy and happy. This audiobook will show you how to chase after organic beauty and how it would change the way you think about appearance and your grooming. You will learn what makes something &amp;#039;organic&amp;#039; and how to mix new products yourself. You will discover the real benefits of organic beauty products and also the potential harm of non-organic products. You will learn that organic products not only nourish your skin but can improve your overall health as well. This audiobook will discuss the following: - Why Go Organic (And What It Means) - Organic Skin Care - Nutrition and Rejuvenation - Skin Problems - Organic Make-Up - Organic Health With Toothpaste and Shampoo People are naturally drawn to someone who has a certain glow about them. When you naturally look and feel great. you will see the difference. You would look healthier and more vibrant.  If you want to learn more information on how you can take care of your skin the organic way, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>End Anxiety: The Essential Guide on How to Overcome Anxiety and Live Stress Free, Discover The Proven Methods on How to Reduce the Stress in Your Life by Lucy Isaacs</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495340</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495340">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495340</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: End Anxiety: The Essential Guide on How to Overcome Anxiety and Live Stress Free, Discover The Proven Methods on How to Reduce the Stress in Your Life
Author: Lucy Isaacs
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 53 minutes
Release date: December 17, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
End Anxiety: The Essential Guide on How to Overcome Anxiety and Live Stress Free, Discover The Proven Methods on How to Reduce the Stress in Your Life Stress and anxiety are a normal part of life and in small doses, it shouldn’t be a problem. Some form of stress can even help motivate you to be more productive. However, if stress is causing you severe anxiety, it could cause physical and psychological illnesses such as infection, heart disease, or depression. This audiobook will teach you all the tricks and tips on how to reduce your stress and anxiety. You will learn different tools on how to cope up with stress and useful tips on effective stress management. You will discover how the right lifestyle can help eliminate stress.  This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Why Are We So Stressed Out - Blocking Behaviors Keeping Your Stress Alive - Stress or Anxiety - Panic Attacks and How to Deal With Them - Calm Yourself with Visualization - Using Music to Beat Stress - Self-Hypnosis for Stress - Stress Management - Just Say No! - Take A Break - Relaxing at Work If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</description>
      <author>Lucy Isaacs</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Dec 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662165016.mp3" length="1222616" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495340</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662165016.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495340">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495340</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: End Anxiety: The Essential Guide on How to Overcome Anxiety and Live Stress Free, Discover The Proven Methods on How to Reduce the Stress in Your Life
Author: Lucy Isaacs
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 53 minutes
Release date: December 17, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
End Anxiety: The Essential Guide on How to Overcome Anxiety and Live Stress Free, Discover The Proven Methods on How to Reduce the Stress in Your Life Stress and anxiety are a normal part of life and in small doses, it shouldn’t be a problem. Some form of stress can even help motivate you to be more productive. However, if stress is causing you severe anxiety, it could cause physical and psychological illnesses such as infection, heart disease, or depression. This audiobook will teach you all the tricks and tips on how to reduce your stress and anxiety. You will learn different tools on how to cope up with stress and useful tips on effective stress management. You will discover how the right lifestyle can help eliminate stress.  This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Why Are We So Stressed Out - Blocking Behaviors Keeping Your Stress Alive - Stress or Anxiety - Panic Attacks and How to Deal With Them - Calm Yourself with Visualization - Using Music to Beat Stress - Self-Hypnosis for Stress - Stress Management - Just Say No! - Take A Break - Relaxing at Work If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495340">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495340</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: End Anxiety: The Essential Guide on How to Overcome Anxiety and Live Stress Free, Discover The Proven Methods on How to Reduce the Stress in Your Life
Author: Lucy Isaacs
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 53 minutes
Release date: December 17, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
End Anxiety: The Essential Guide on How to Overcome Anxiety and Live Stress Free, Discover The Proven Methods on How to Reduce the Stress in Your Life Stress and anxiety are a normal part of life and in small doses, it shouldn’t be a problem. Some form of stress can even help motivate you to be more productive. However, if stress is causing you severe anxiety, it could cause physical and psychological illnesses such as infection, heart disease, or depression. This audiobook will teach you all the tricks and tips on how to reduce your stress and anxiety. You will learn different tools on how to cope up with stress and useful tips on effective stress management. You will discover how the right lifestyle can help eliminate stress.  This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Why Are We So Stressed Out - Blocking Behaviors Keeping Your Stress Alive - Stress or Anxiety - Panic Attacks and How to Deal With Them - Calm Yourself with Visualization - Using Music to Beat Stress - Self-Hypnosis for Stress - Stress Management - Just Say No! - Take A Break - Relaxing at Work If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Crazy for You: Breaking the Spell of Sex and Love Addiction by Kerry Cohen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495292</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495292">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495292</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Crazy for You: Breaking the Spell of Sex and Love Addiction
Author: Kerry Cohen
Narrator: Anna Caputo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 29 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
A psychologist and bestselling author redefines love and sex addiction as a spectrum disorder, and offers a new approach for healing.   For anyone who has wondered Why does everyone else seem to be able to make romantic relationships work, and I can’t? What’s wrong with me? Why is love so hard? Psychologist and bestselling memoirist Kerry Cohen is all too familiar with the questions she often hears from her clients—and has asked herself. Even though sex and love are some of the most universal, sought-after experiences we have, many of us lack the tools and understanding to approach them in a healthy way. Without knowing it, many people struggling with sex and love actually fall somewhere on the spectrum of sex and love addiction (SLA).   Sex and love addiction is still wildly misunderstood. It’s shrouded in secrecy and shame, and many counselors lack the training to address it—leaving people who need help without resources. Yet SLA isn’t a binary of you are or you aren’t, rather, it’s a spectrum. Kerry Cohen knows this all too well as both a therapist and someone who identifies on the SLA spectrum. Based on research and her own clinical experience, Crazy for You dives into SLA and provides an inclusive framework for understanding relationships, along with practical exercises and advice for self-assessment, discovery, and healing:  - Part one explains the sex and love addiction spectrum, helping you determine where you fall on it and how you got there - Part two introduces strategies for breaking the spell of sex and love addiction, like behavior modifications and self-awareness techniques - Part three teaches you how to navigate healthy, safe, and fulfilling relationships</description>
      <author>Kerry Cohen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Oct 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549109232.mp3" length="832983" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495292</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549109232.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495292">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495292</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Crazy for You: Breaking the Spell of Sex and Love Addiction
Author: Kerry Cohen
Narrator: Anna Caputo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 29 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
A psychologist and bestselling author redefines love and sex addiction as a spectrum disorder, and offers a new approach for healing.   For anyone who has wondered Why does everyone else seem to be able to make romantic relationships work, and I can’t? What’s wrong with me? Why is love so hard? Psychologist and bestselling memoirist Kerry Cohen is all too familiar with the questions she often hears from her clients—and has asked herself. Even though sex and love are some of the most universal, sought-after experiences we have, many of us lack the tools and understanding to approach them in a healthy way. Without knowing it, many people struggling with sex and love actually fall somewhere on the spectrum of sex and love addiction (SLA).   Sex and love addiction is still wildly misunderstood. It’s shrouded in secrecy and shame, and many counselors lack the training to address it—leaving people who need help without resources. Yet SLA isn’t a binary of you are or you aren’t, rather, it’s a spectrum. Kerry Cohen knows this all too well as both a therapist and someone who identifies on the SLA spectrum. Based on research and her own clinical experience, Crazy for You dives into SLA and provides an inclusive framework for understanding relationships, along with practical exercises and advice for self-assessment, discovery, and healing:  - Part one explains the sex and love addiction spectrum, helping you determine where you fall on it and how you got there - Part two introduces strategies for breaking the spell of sex and love addiction, like behavior modifications and self-awareness techniques - Part three teaches you how to navigate healthy, safe, and fulfilling relationships</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495292">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495292</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Crazy for You: Breaking the Spell of Sex and Love Addiction
Author: Kerry Cohen
Narrator: Anna Caputo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 29 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
A psychologist and bestselling author redefines love and sex addiction as a spectrum disorder, and offers a new approach for healing.   For anyone who has wondered Why does everyone else seem to be able to make romantic relationships work, and I can’t? What’s wrong with me? Why is love so hard? Psychologist and bestselling memoirist Kerry Cohen is all too familiar with the questions she often hears from her clients—and has asked herself. Even though sex and love are some of the most universal, sought-after experiences we have, many of us lack the tools and understanding to approach them in a healthy way. Without knowing it, many people struggling with sex and love actually fall somewhere on the spectrum of sex and love addiction (SLA).   Sex and love addiction is still wildly misunderstood. It’s shrouded in secrecy and shame, and many counselors lack the training to address it—leaving people who need help without resources. Yet SLA isn’t a binary of you are or you aren’t, rather, it’s a spectrum. Kerry Cohen knows this all too well as both a therapist and someone who identifies on the SLA spectrum. Based on research and her own clinical experience, Crazy for You dives into SLA and provides an inclusive framework for understanding relationships, along with practical exercises and advice for self-assessment, discovery, and healing:  - Part one explains the sex and love addiction spectrum, helping you determine where you fall on it and how you got there - Part two introduces strategies for breaking the spell of sex and love addiction, like behavior modifications and self-awareness techniques - Part three teaches you how to navigate healthy, safe, and fulfilling relationships</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Traumatized: Identify, Understand, and Cope with PTSD and Emotional Stress by Kati Morton</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495286</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495286">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495286</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Traumatized: Identify, Understand, and Cope with PTSD and Emotional Stress
Author: Kati Morton
Narrator: Kati Morton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 33 minutes
Release date: September  7, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.63 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
We hear the terms trauma and PTSD more and more. Yet many people still believe that trauma can only result from experiences that are particularly extreme. But trauma is an emotional response that can stem from a wide variety of upsetting experiences, leaving us feeling anxious, weighed down by negative emotions or memories, or feeling like we lack security.    As a licensed therapist, Kati Morton addresses this challenge: If we don’t have an understanding of trauma and how it’s defined, how can we work to overcome it? The urgency of meeting this challenge increases at a time when we are bombarded with a constant flow of frightening stories—about global pandemics, ecological disasters, riots, and mass shootings—that can trigger our emotional stress. We must find a balance between staying connected to the world on social media while avoiding the false facts, hate-filled comments, and passive-aggressive posts and accounts that feed negative thoughts. In Traumatized, Morton shares a unique perspective on trauma in the modern age, including:  - Tips to be more mindful of what we do and who we follow online, which is the key to improving our relationship with social media and stop spreading the trauma - Helpful therapeutic techniques to heal from childhood trauma - Skills to identify transgenerational trauma and begin to break harmful cycles in your home - Whether to seek therapy or counseling. Ultimately, you’ll learn how to identify and cope with your triggers, pay attention to how platforms and accounts can harm your mental health, and find the tools to manage what you can see online.</description>
      <author>Kati Morton</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Sep 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549106439.mp3" length="794749" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495286</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549106439.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495286">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495286</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Traumatized: Identify, Understand, and Cope with PTSD and Emotional Stress
Author: Kati Morton
Narrator: Kati Morton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 33 minutes
Release date: September  7, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.63 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
We hear the terms trauma and PTSD more and more. Yet many people still believe that trauma can only result from experiences that are particularly extreme. But trauma is an emotional response that can stem from a wide variety of upsetting experiences, leaving us feeling anxious, weighed down by negative emotions or memories, or feeling like we lack security.    As a licensed therapist, Kati Morton addresses this challenge: If we don’t have an understanding of trauma and how it’s defined, how can we work to overcome it? The urgency of meeting this challenge increases at a time when we are bombarded with a constant flow of frightening stories—about global pandemics, ecological disasters, riots, and mass shootings—that can trigger our emotional stress. We must find a balance between staying connected to the world on social media while avoiding the false facts, hate-filled comments, and passive-aggressive posts and accounts that feed negative thoughts. In Traumatized, Morton shares a unique perspective on trauma in the modern age, including:  - Tips to be more mindful of what we do and who we follow online, which is the key to improving our relationship with social media and stop spreading the trauma - Helpful therapeutic techniques to heal from childhood trauma - Skills to identify transgenerational trauma and begin to break harmful cycles in your home - Whether to seek therapy or counseling. Ultimately, you’ll learn how to identify and cope with your triggers, pay attention to how platforms and accounts can harm your mental health, and find the tools to manage what you can see online.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495286">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495286</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Traumatized: Identify, Understand, and Cope with PTSD and Emotional Stress
Author: Kati Morton
Narrator: Kati Morton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 33 minutes
Release date: September  7, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.63 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
We hear the terms trauma and PTSD more and more. Yet many people still believe that trauma can only result from experiences that are particularly extreme. But trauma is an emotional response that can stem from a wide variety of upsetting experiences, leaving us feeling anxious, weighed down by negative emotions or memories, or feeling like we lack security.    As a licensed therapist, Kati Morton addresses this challenge: If we don’t have an understanding of trauma and how it’s defined, how can we work to overcome it? The urgency of meeting this challenge increases at a time when we are bombarded with a constant flow of frightening stories—about global pandemics, ecological disasters, riots, and mass shootings—that can trigger our emotional stress. We must find a balance between staying connected to the world on social media while avoiding the false facts, hate-filled comments, and passive-aggressive posts and accounts that feed negative thoughts. In Traumatized, Morton shares a unique perspective on trauma in the modern age, including:  - Tips to be more mindful of what we do and who we follow online, which is the key to improving our relationship with social media and stop spreading the trauma - Helpful therapeutic techniques to heal from childhood trauma - Skills to identify transgenerational trauma and begin to break harmful cycles in your home - Whether to seek therapy or counseling. Ultimately, you’ll learn how to identify and cope with your triggers, pay attention to how platforms and accounts can harm your mental health, and find the tools to manage what you can see online.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Mi hijo, mi maestro. Una historia de amor y dolor jamás contada by Isabel Gemio</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494741</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494741">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494741</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Mi hijo, mi maestro. Una historia de amor y dolor jamás contada
Author: Isabel Gemio
Narrator: Por Confirmar
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 56 minutes
Release date: June 11, 2019
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Dos palabras cambiaron mi vida para siempre: distrofia muscular. Mi hijo estaba enfermo y su enfermedad era una de las más crueles que existían. Pero la vida seguía y debía esforzarme por vivirla de la mejor forma posible. Gustavo se lo merecía&amp;#039;. &amp;#039;Con el tiempo he sabido que mi hijo es mi maestro, el Buda que cada día me demuestra el significado del presente, la verdadera dimensión de las cosas que importan y del amor. Gustavo es mi héroe, el héroe más real y valiente que conozco&amp;#039;. Una estremecedora historia de amor y dolor que Isabel Gemio cuenta por primera vez. Este libro es el homenaje de una madre valiente a un hijo enfermo. Una madre que cuenta con sinceridad cómo se vive cada día con un mal cruel, injusto e incontrolable, y un hijo que, a pesar de estar condenado a una &amp;#039;quietud de hierro&amp;#039;, no pierde la paciencia ni se rebela contra el mundo, sino que sigue adelante con su mente libre y tira con alegría de todo su entorno. Al desgarrador testimonio de Isabel Gemio se unen otras voces de madres con historias similares y de especialistas que ayudan a comprender una realidad, de por sí difícil, que es preciso combatir con fuerza y, sobre todo, con mucho amor. Grabado en español ibérico (España).</description>
      <author>Isabel Gemio</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jun 2019 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789178652235.mp3" length="739976" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494741</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789178652235.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494741">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494741</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Mi hijo, mi maestro. Una historia de amor y dolor jamás contada
Author: Isabel Gemio
Narrator: Por Confirmar
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 56 minutes
Release date: June 11, 2019
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Dos palabras cambiaron mi vida para siempre: distrofia muscular. Mi hijo estaba enfermo y su enfermedad era una de las más crueles que existían. Pero la vida seguía y debía esforzarme por vivirla de la mejor forma posible. Gustavo se lo merecía&amp;#039;. &amp;#039;Con el tiempo he sabido que mi hijo es mi maestro, el Buda que cada día me demuestra el significado del presente, la verdadera dimensión de las cosas que importan y del amor. Gustavo es mi héroe, el héroe más real y valiente que conozco&amp;#039;. Una estremecedora historia de amor y dolor que Isabel Gemio cuenta por primera vez. Este libro es el homenaje de una madre valiente a un hijo enfermo. Una madre que cuenta con sinceridad cómo se vive cada día con un mal cruel, injusto e incontrolable, y un hijo que, a pesar de estar condenado a una &amp;#039;quietud de hierro&amp;#039;, no pierde la paciencia ni se rebela contra el mundo, sino que sigue adelante con su mente libre y tira con alegría de todo su entorno. Al desgarrador testimonio de Isabel Gemio se unen otras voces de madres con historias similares y de especialistas que ayudan a comprender una realidad, de por sí difícil, que es preciso combatir con fuerza y, sobre todo, con mucho amor. Grabado en español ibérico (España).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494741">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494741</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Mi hijo, mi maestro. Una historia de amor y dolor jamás contada
Author: Isabel Gemio
Narrator: Por Confirmar
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 56 minutes
Release date: June 11, 2019
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Dos palabras cambiaron mi vida para siempre: distrofia muscular. Mi hijo estaba enfermo y su enfermedad era una de las más crueles que existían. Pero la vida seguía y debía esforzarme por vivirla de la mejor forma posible. Gustavo se lo merecía&amp;#039;. &amp;#039;Con el tiempo he sabido que mi hijo es mi maestro, el Buda que cada día me demuestra el significado del presente, la verdadera dimensión de las cosas que importan y del amor. Gustavo es mi héroe, el héroe más real y valiente que conozco&amp;#039;. Una estremecedora historia de amor y dolor que Isabel Gemio cuenta por primera vez. Este libro es el homenaje de una madre valiente a un hijo enfermo. Una madre que cuenta con sinceridad cómo se vive cada día con un mal cruel, injusto e incontrolable, y un hijo que, a pesar de estar condenado a una &amp;#039;quietud de hierro&amp;#039;, no pierde la paciencia ni se rebela contra el mundo, sino que sigue adelante con su mente libre y tira con alegría de todo su entorno. Al desgarrador testimonio de Isabel Gemio se unen otras voces de madres con historias similares y de especialistas que ayudan a comprender una realidad, de por sí difícil, que es preciso combatir con fuerza y, sobre todo, con mucho amor. Grabado en español ibérico (España).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Sin barreras, sin armarios. Diversidades sexuales. Diversidades humanas by Jesús G. Amago</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494519</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494519">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494519</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Sin barreras, sin armarios. Diversidades sexuales. Diversidades humanas
Author: Jesús G. Amago
Narrator: César Rodríguez, Mariluz Parras
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 51 minutes
Release date: October 16, 2019
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
En una sociedad cada vez más conectada y plural, aún hay quienes a duras penas logran romper la barrera de la invisibilidad. Es el caso de las personas LGTB con diversidad funcional, miembros de dos colectivos llamados a entenderse pero que en contadas ocasiones trabajan juntos para incluir, incorporar y sumar. Esta obra, que aúna ensayo y narrativa, da voz a personas que cabalgan a lomos de esta doble exclusión y aboga por una labor conjunta para lograr una igualdad plena, real y beneficiosa para todos y todas. Jesús G. Amago ha contado con la colaboración de diversos expertos, activistas, terapeutas, sexólogos y psicólogos, que aportan análisis y opiniones informadas basadas en su día a día profesional. Sin barreras, sin armarios es un título imprescindible para cualquier persona interesada en comprender las realidades de la diversidad y descubrir cómo alcanzar la igualdad partiendo del conocimiento, el respeto y la inclusión. Grabado en español ibérico (España).</description>
      <author>Jesús G. Amago</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 16 Oct 2019 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789178752508.mp3" length="753586" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494519</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789178752508.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494519">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494519</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Sin barreras, sin armarios. Diversidades sexuales. Diversidades humanas
Author: Jesús G. Amago
Narrator: César Rodríguez, Mariluz Parras
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 51 minutes
Release date: October 16, 2019
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
En una sociedad cada vez más conectada y plural, aún hay quienes a duras penas logran romper la barrera de la invisibilidad. Es el caso de las personas LGTB con diversidad funcional, miembros de dos colectivos llamados a entenderse pero que en contadas ocasiones trabajan juntos para incluir, incorporar y sumar. Esta obra, que aúna ensayo y narrativa, da voz a personas que cabalgan a lomos de esta doble exclusión y aboga por una labor conjunta para lograr una igualdad plena, real y beneficiosa para todos y todas. Jesús G. Amago ha contado con la colaboración de diversos expertos, activistas, terapeutas, sexólogos y psicólogos, que aportan análisis y opiniones informadas basadas en su día a día profesional. Sin barreras, sin armarios es un título imprescindible para cualquier persona interesada en comprender las realidades de la diversidad y descubrir cómo alcanzar la igualdad partiendo del conocimiento, el respeto y la inclusión. Grabado en español ibérico (España).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494519">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494519</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Sin barreras, sin armarios. Diversidades sexuales. Diversidades humanas
Author: Jesús G. Amago
Narrator: César Rodríguez, Mariluz Parras
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 51 minutes
Release date: October 16, 2019
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
En una sociedad cada vez más conectada y plural, aún hay quienes a duras penas logran romper la barrera de la invisibilidad. Es el caso de las personas LGTB con diversidad funcional, miembros de dos colectivos llamados a entenderse pero que en contadas ocasiones trabajan juntos para incluir, incorporar y sumar. Esta obra, que aúna ensayo y narrativa, da voz a personas que cabalgan a lomos de esta doble exclusión y aboga por una labor conjunta para lograr una igualdad plena, real y beneficiosa para todos y todas. Jesús G. Amago ha contado con la colaboración de diversos expertos, activistas, terapeutas, sexólogos y psicólogos, que aportan análisis y opiniones informadas basadas en su día a día profesional. Sin barreras, sin armarios es un título imprescindible para cualquier persona interesada en comprender las realidades de la diversidad y descubrir cómo alcanzar la igualdad partiendo del conocimiento, el respeto y la inclusión. Grabado en español ibérico (España).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Angry As F*** But No Idea Why? by Justin Lodge</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494154</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494154">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494154</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Angry As F*** But No Idea Why?
Author: Justin Lodge
Narrator: Justin Lodge
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 45 minutes
Release date: October 23, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
It’s time to step-up and harness your anger.  They say ignorance is bliss, but it’s not. Wilful ignorance is killing us. It is killing us violently, relentlessly and without mercy.  Conscious growth is not for the person who believes that the fault lies with someone else, and is seeking to shift the blame.   Conscious growth is not for the person that wants to hide-out and avoid making change.   Conscious growth is not for the person that believes that they already know all the answers.   So what are you going to choose? Are you going to choose intentional conscious growth, or, wilful ignorance? This book is a call to action, to get rid of anger and find your inner peace.   In this book, you will learn:  Why I was emotionally crippled by my family stories of anger, pain and denial  What learned to rapidly and effectively get out of the pit of emotional pain  How I went from burned-out and broke, to living in a new city in a new country working with folks I like, trust and admire in less than six months.  I am a Certified Spiral Practitioner, and I have some amazing transformational tools that have transformed my life, and they can do that for you too. Find out more at https://justinlodge.info</description>
      <author>Justin Lodge</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 23 Oct 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662164132.mp3" length="1261021" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494154</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662164132.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494154">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494154</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Angry As F*** But No Idea Why?
Author: Justin Lodge
Narrator: Justin Lodge
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 45 minutes
Release date: October 23, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
It’s time to step-up and harness your anger.  They say ignorance is bliss, but it’s not. Wilful ignorance is killing us. It is killing us violently, relentlessly and without mercy.  Conscious growth is not for the person who believes that the fault lies with someone else, and is seeking to shift the blame.   Conscious growth is not for the person that wants to hide-out and avoid making change.   Conscious growth is not for the person that believes that they already know all the answers.   So what are you going to choose? Are you going to choose intentional conscious growth, or, wilful ignorance? This book is a call to action, to get rid of anger and find your inner peace.   In this book, you will learn:  Why I was emotionally crippled by my family stories of anger, pain and denial  What learned to rapidly and effectively get out of the pit of emotional pain  How I went from burned-out and broke, to living in a new city in a new country working with folks I like, trust and admire in less than six months.  I am a Certified Spiral Practitioner, and I have some amazing transformational tools that have transformed my life, and they can do that for you too. Find out more at https://justinlodge.info</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494154">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494154</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Angry As F*** But No Idea Why?
Author: Justin Lodge
Narrator: Justin Lodge
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 45 minutes
Release date: October 23, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
It’s time to step-up and harness your anger.  They say ignorance is bliss, but it’s not. Wilful ignorance is killing us. It is killing us violently, relentlessly and without mercy.  Conscious growth is not for the person who believes that the fault lies with someone else, and is seeking to shift the blame.   Conscious growth is not for the person that wants to hide-out and avoid making change.   Conscious growth is not for the person that believes that they already know all the answers.   So what are you going to choose? Are you going to choose intentional conscious growth, or, wilful ignorance? This book is a call to action, to get rid of anger and find your inner peace.   In this book, you will learn:  Why I was emotionally crippled by my family stories of anger, pain and denial  What learned to rapidly and effectively get out of the pit of emotional pain  How I went from burned-out and broke, to living in a new city in a new country working with folks I like, trust and admire in less than six months.  I am a Certified Spiral Practitioner, and I have some amazing transformational tools that have transformed my life, and they can do that for you too. Find out more at https://justinlodge.info</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stop Smoking Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Smoking Solutions, and Smoking and Solutions by Anton Domney, Adam Walburg</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494105</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494105">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494105</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stop Smoking Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Smoking Solutions, and Smoking and Solutions
Author: Anton Domney, Adam Walburg
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 13, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Stop Smoking Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Smoking Solutions, and Smoking and Solutions If you’re thinking about quitting smoking, you’re making the right choice and you should be proud of yourself. But wanting to quit and actually quitting are two different things and sometimes, no matter your resolve to quit, you just can’t stop yourself from puffing away. Quitting depends on whether you actually accept the consequences of smoking or not. The choice is always with you. Scientists have classified smoking as the number one cause of preventable disease and premature death in the world. One in fifteen people dies of lung cancer every minute of every day. It’s responsible for 480,000 deaths per year in the US plus 41,000 deaths from exposure to secondhand smoking. So if you’re smoking, you’re not only risking yourself but those surrounding yourself, especially your family. This bundle will give you some helpful tips and strategies on how to stop smoking and break other bad habits as well. You will understand all about smoking and the reasons why this is easily an addictive habit anyone may have. You will learn effective ways on how to stop smoking and how to stop yourself from relapsing as well. You will know what to expect in the process of quitting and what will happen afterward.  You will discover the benefits as well as healthy habits you can cultivate for a better life.  This two-in-one bundle series includes the following audiobooks: 1. Smoking Solutions: The Ultimate Guide on How to Stop Smoking, Discover Effective Tips on How to Break Your Smoking Habit and Revitalize Your     Body 2. Smoking and Solutions: The Ultimate Guide to Crushing the Smoking Habit, Discover Effective Strategies, and Tips on How to Break the Habit and      Stop Smoking Permanently Get your copy of Stop Smoking Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle today!</description>
      <author>Anton Domney, Adam Walburg</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 13 Dec 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662162862.mp3" length="1208484" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494105</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662162862.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494105">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494105</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stop Smoking Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Smoking Solutions, and Smoking and Solutions
Author: Anton Domney, Adam Walburg
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 13, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Stop Smoking Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Smoking Solutions, and Smoking and Solutions If you’re thinking about quitting smoking, you’re making the right choice and you should be proud of yourself. But wanting to quit and actually quitting are two different things and sometimes, no matter your resolve to quit, you just can’t stop yourself from puffing away. Quitting depends on whether you actually accept the consequences of smoking or not. The choice is always with you. Scientists have classified smoking as the number one cause of preventable disease and premature death in the world. One in fifteen people dies of lung cancer every minute of every day. It’s responsible for 480,000 deaths per year in the US plus 41,000 deaths from exposure to secondhand smoking. So if you’re smoking, you’re not only risking yourself but those surrounding yourself, especially your family. This bundle will give you some helpful tips and strategies on how to stop smoking and break other bad habits as well. You will understand all about smoking and the reasons why this is easily an addictive habit anyone may have. You will learn effective ways on how to stop smoking and how to stop yourself from relapsing as well. You will know what to expect in the process of quitting and what will happen afterward.  You will discover the benefits as well as healthy habits you can cultivate for a better life.  This two-in-one bundle series includes the following audiobooks: 1. Smoking Solutions: The Ultimate Guide on How to Stop Smoking, Discover Effective Tips on How to Break Your Smoking Habit and Revitalize Your     Body 2. Smoking and Solutions: The Ultimate Guide to Crushing the Smoking Habit, Discover Effective Strategies, and Tips on How to Break the Habit and      Stop Smoking Permanently Get your copy of Stop Smoking Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle today!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494105">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494105</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stop Smoking Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Smoking Solutions, and Smoking and Solutions
Author: Anton Domney, Adam Walburg
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: December 13, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Stop Smoking Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Smoking Solutions, and Smoking and Solutions If you’re thinking about quitting smoking, you’re making the right choice and you should be proud of yourself. But wanting to quit and actually quitting are two different things and sometimes, no matter your resolve to quit, you just can’t stop yourself from puffing away. Quitting depends on whether you actually accept the consequences of smoking or not. The choice is always with you. Scientists have classified smoking as the number one cause of preventable disease and premature death in the world. One in fifteen people dies of lung cancer every minute of every day. It’s responsible for 480,000 deaths per year in the US plus 41,000 deaths from exposure to secondhand smoking. So if you’re smoking, you’re not only risking yourself but those surrounding yourself, especially your family. This bundle will give you some helpful tips and strategies on how to stop smoking and break other bad habits as well. You will understand all about smoking and the reasons why this is easily an addictive habit anyone may have. You will learn effective ways on how to stop smoking and how to stop yourself from relapsing as well. You will know what to expect in the process of quitting and what will happen afterward.  You will discover the benefits as well as healthy habits you can cultivate for a better life.  This two-in-one bundle series includes the following audiobooks: 1. Smoking Solutions: The Ultimate Guide on How to Stop Smoking, Discover Effective Tips on How to Break Your Smoking Habit and Revitalize Your     Body 2. Smoking and Solutions: The Ultimate Guide to Crushing the Smoking Habit, Discover Effective Strategies, and Tips on How to Break the Habit and      Stop Smoking Permanently Get your copy of Stop Smoking Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle today!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Beautiful Skin Project: The Essential Guide to Beautiful Skin from Within, Discover all the Proven Ways and Useful Tips on How to Have Beautiful and Glowing Skin by Laurelle Denver</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494086</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494086">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494086</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Beautiful Skin Project: The Essential Guide to Beautiful Skin from Within, Discover all the Proven Ways and Useful Tips on How to Have Beautiful and Glowing Skin
Author: Laurelle Denver
Narrator: Tanya Neihardt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 44 minutes
Release date: December 17, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Beautiful Skin Project: The Essential Guide to Beautiful Skin from Within, Discover all the Proven Ways and Useful Tips on How to Have Beautiful and Glowing Skin Are you worried about your skin? Do you suffer from lifeless and dull skin? If your answers are yes, this audiobook is perfect for you as it would help you solve the problem you have with your skin. Some people think it is difficult to achieve beautiful and glowing skin. There are also too many products out there that some people get overwhelmed and just give up from the start. But achieving beautiful skin can easily be acquired if you put in the effort and make the commitment.  This audiobook will teach you everything you need to know about proper skincare so you can achieve beautiful and sultry skin. You will learn everything from products to the diet that you have to maintain. You will learn the best practices and useful tips on how to have perfect and glowing skin. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Beautiful Skin Basics - Use Cleansing Products Suitable For Your Skin Type - About Moisturizers - About Exfoliation - The Importance of Water and Rest - The Importance of Your Diet For Your Skin Achieving the perfect skin may seem too hard but it is perfectly attainable. This audiobook will be your best guide to achieving sultry and perfect skin. If you want to learn more facts on how to achieve stunning skin, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</description>
      <author>Laurelle Denver</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Dec 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662164897.mp3" length="1342314" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494086</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662164897.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494086">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494086</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Beautiful Skin Project: The Essential Guide to Beautiful Skin from Within, Discover all the Proven Ways and Useful Tips on How to Have Beautiful and Glowing Skin
Author: Laurelle Denver
Narrator: Tanya Neihardt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 44 minutes
Release date: December 17, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Beautiful Skin Project: The Essential Guide to Beautiful Skin from Within, Discover all the Proven Ways and Useful Tips on How to Have Beautiful and Glowing Skin Are you worried about your skin? Do you suffer from lifeless and dull skin? If your answers are yes, this audiobook is perfect for you as it would help you solve the problem you have with your skin. Some people think it is difficult to achieve beautiful and glowing skin. There are also too many products out there that some people get overwhelmed and just give up from the start. But achieving beautiful skin can easily be acquired if you put in the effort and make the commitment.  This audiobook will teach you everything you need to know about proper skincare so you can achieve beautiful and sultry skin. You will learn everything from products to the diet that you have to maintain. You will learn the best practices and useful tips on how to have perfect and glowing skin. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Beautiful Skin Basics - Use Cleansing Products Suitable For Your Skin Type - About Moisturizers - About Exfoliation - The Importance of Water and Rest - The Importance of Your Diet For Your Skin Achieving the perfect skin may seem too hard but it is perfectly attainable. This audiobook will be your best guide to achieving sultry and perfect skin. If you want to learn more facts on how to achieve stunning skin, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494086">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494086</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Beautiful Skin Project: The Essential Guide to Beautiful Skin from Within, Discover all the Proven Ways and Useful Tips on How to Have Beautiful and Glowing Skin
Author: Laurelle Denver
Narrator: Tanya Neihardt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 44 minutes
Release date: December 17, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Beautiful Skin Project: The Essential Guide to Beautiful Skin from Within, Discover all the Proven Ways and Useful Tips on How to Have Beautiful and Glowing Skin Are you worried about your skin? Do you suffer from lifeless and dull skin? If your answers are yes, this audiobook is perfect for you as it would help you solve the problem you have with your skin. Some people think it is difficult to achieve beautiful and glowing skin. There are also too many products out there that some people get overwhelmed and just give up from the start. But achieving beautiful skin can easily be acquired if you put in the effort and make the commitment.  This audiobook will teach you everything you need to know about proper skincare so you can achieve beautiful and sultry skin. You will learn everything from products to the diet that you have to maintain. You will learn the best practices and useful tips on how to have perfect and glowing skin. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Beautiful Skin Basics - Use Cleansing Products Suitable For Your Skin Type - About Moisturizers - About Exfoliation - The Importance of Water and Rest - The Importance of Your Diet For Your Skin Achieving the perfect skin may seem too hard but it is perfectly attainable. This audiobook will be your best guide to achieving sultry and perfect skin. If you want to learn more facts on how to achieve stunning skin, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Das Lebensdingens - Jetzt erst recht! Mit Selbstironie und positiven Gedanken dem Krebs in den Hintern treten. (ungekürzt) by Sandra Polli-Holstein</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494037</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494037">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494037</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Das Lebensdingens - Jetzt erst recht! Mit Selbstironie und positiven Gedanken dem Krebs in den Hintern treten. (ungekürzt)
Author: Sandra Polli-Holstein
Narrator: Sandra Polli-Holstein
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 3 minutes
Release date: December  4, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Das Lebensdingens Eine Geschichte aus und über das Leben. Wie man mit Mut, Lebensfreude und einer guten Portion Selbstironie eine Chemotherapie sowie den ganz normalen Krankenhaus-, Behörden- und Versicherungswahnsinn überleben kann! Ich möchte Menschen, die vor ähnlichen Herausforderungen stehen, helfen, nicht den Mut zu verlieren. Ich habe auf meinem Weg auch viel über mich als Person gelernt und ich freue mich, wenn Sie mich jetzt rückblickend begleiten und ich Ihnen etwas von meiner Lebensfreude abgeben kann. &amp;#039;Am Ende wird alles gut und wenn es nicht gut ist, ist es nicht zu Ende.&amp;#039; Oskar Wilde  Teile der Erlöse werden an die DKMS gespendet.</description>
      <author>Sandra Polli-Holstein</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 04 Dec 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4251703581266.mp3" length="814101" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494037</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4251703581266.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494037">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494037</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Das Lebensdingens - Jetzt erst recht! Mit Selbstironie und positiven Gedanken dem Krebs in den Hintern treten. (ungekürzt)
Author: Sandra Polli-Holstein
Narrator: Sandra Polli-Holstein
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 3 minutes
Release date: December  4, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Das Lebensdingens Eine Geschichte aus und über das Leben. Wie man mit Mut, Lebensfreude und einer guten Portion Selbstironie eine Chemotherapie sowie den ganz normalen Krankenhaus-, Behörden- und Versicherungswahnsinn überleben kann! Ich möchte Menschen, die vor ähnlichen Herausforderungen stehen, helfen, nicht den Mut zu verlieren. Ich habe auf meinem Weg auch viel über mich als Person gelernt und ich freue mich, wenn Sie mich jetzt rückblickend begleiten und ich Ihnen etwas von meiner Lebensfreude abgeben kann. &amp;#039;Am Ende wird alles gut und wenn es nicht gut ist, ist es nicht zu Ende.&amp;#039; Oskar Wilde  Teile der Erlöse werden an die DKMS gespendet.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494037">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494037</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Das Lebensdingens - Jetzt erst recht! Mit Selbstironie und positiven Gedanken dem Krebs in den Hintern treten. (ungekürzt)
Author: Sandra Polli-Holstein
Narrator: Sandra Polli-Holstein
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 3 minutes
Release date: December  4, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Das Lebensdingens Eine Geschichte aus und über das Leben. Wie man mit Mut, Lebensfreude und einer guten Portion Selbstironie eine Chemotherapie sowie den ganz normalen Krankenhaus-, Behörden- und Versicherungswahnsinn überleben kann! Ich möchte Menschen, die vor ähnlichen Herausforderungen stehen, helfen, nicht den Mut zu verlieren. Ich habe auf meinem Weg auch viel über mich als Person gelernt und ich freue mich, wenn Sie mich jetzt rückblickend begleiten und ich Ihnen etwas von meiner Lebensfreude abgeben kann. &amp;#039;Am Ende wird alles gut und wenn es nicht gut ist, ist es nicht zu Ende.&amp;#039; Oskar Wilde  Teile der Erlöse werden an die DKMS gespendet.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Smart People Make Bad Food Choices: The Invisible Influences That Guide Our Thinking by Jack Bobo</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493888</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493888">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493888</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Smart People Make Bad Food Choices: The Invisible Influences That Guide Our Thinking
Author: Jack Bobo
Narrator: Al Kessel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 59 minutes
Release date: June  8, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Our food has never been safer or more abundant and yet consumers have never been more scared. Consumers have never known more about nutrition and never been more obese. The proliferation of healthy snacks and diet books has done nothing to stem the tide of obesity. In fact, for most Americans, making healthy food choices is more difficult than doing their taxes. What are we doing wrong? Why Smart People Make Bad Food Choices explores the hidden influences and mental shortcuts our minds use to process information and how that often leads to unhealthy food choices. Understanding these hidden influences can help us make better decisions. More importantly, we can learn to fear less, and enjoy more, the food we eat.</description>
      <author>Jack Bobo</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Jun 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666104400.mp3" length="8288992" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493888</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666104400.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493888">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493888</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Smart People Make Bad Food Choices: The Invisible Influences That Guide Our Thinking
Author: Jack Bobo
Narrator: Al Kessel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 59 minutes
Release date: June  8, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Our food has never been safer or more abundant and yet consumers have never been more scared. Consumers have never known more about nutrition and never been more obese. The proliferation of healthy snacks and diet books has done nothing to stem the tide of obesity. In fact, for most Americans, making healthy food choices is more difficult than doing their taxes. What are we doing wrong? Why Smart People Make Bad Food Choices explores the hidden influences and mental shortcuts our minds use to process information and how that often leads to unhealthy food choices. Understanding these hidden influences can help us make better decisions. More importantly, we can learn to fear less, and enjoy more, the food we eat.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493888">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493888</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Smart People Make Bad Food Choices: The Invisible Influences That Guide Our Thinking
Author: Jack Bobo
Narrator: Al Kessel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 59 minutes
Release date: June  8, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Our food has never been safer or more abundant and yet consumers have never been more scared. Consumers have never known more about nutrition and never been more obese. The proliferation of healthy snacks and diet books has done nothing to stem the tide of obesity. In fact, for most Americans, making healthy food choices is more difficult than doing their taxes. What are we doing wrong? Why Smart People Make Bad Food Choices explores the hidden influences and mental shortcuts our minds use to process information and how that often leads to unhealthy food choices. Understanding these hidden influences can help us make better decisions. More importantly, we can learn to fear less, and enjoy more, the food we eat.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>American Contagions: Epidemics and the Law from Smallpox to COVID-19 by John Fabian Witt</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493850</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493850">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493850</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Contagions: Epidemics and the Law from Smallpox to COVID-19
Author: John Fabian Witt
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 55 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
A concise history of how American law has shaped-and been shaped by-the experience of contagion, &amp;#039;taking us from the smallpox outbreaks of the colonies to COVID-19. . . . The conclusion [Witt] arrives at is devastating.&amp;#039; -Jennifer Szalai, The New York Times  From yellow fever to smallpox to polio to AIDS to COVID-19, epidemics have prompted Americans to make choices and answer questions about their basic values and their laws. In five concise chapters, historian John Fabian Witt traces the legal history of epidemics, showing how infectious disease has both shaped, and been shaped by, the law. Arguing that throughout American history legal approaches to public health have been liberal for some communities and authoritarian for others, Witt shows us how history&amp;#039;s answers to the major questions brought up by previous epidemics help shape our answers today: What is the relationship between individual liberty and the common good? What is the role of the federal government, and what is the role of the states? Will long-standing traditions of government and law give way to the social imperatives of an epidemic? Will we let the inequities of our mixed tradition continue?  THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT.</description>
      <author>John Fabian Witt</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Feb 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666104929.mp3" length="2855655" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493850</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666104929.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493850">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493850</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Contagions: Epidemics and the Law from Smallpox to COVID-19
Author: John Fabian Witt
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 55 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
A concise history of how American law has shaped-and been shaped by-the experience of contagion, &amp;#039;taking us from the smallpox outbreaks of the colonies to COVID-19. . . . The conclusion [Witt] arrives at is devastating.&amp;#039; -Jennifer Szalai, The New York Times  From yellow fever to smallpox to polio to AIDS to COVID-19, epidemics have prompted Americans to make choices and answer questions about their basic values and their laws. In five concise chapters, historian John Fabian Witt traces the legal history of epidemics, showing how infectious disease has both shaped, and been shaped by, the law. Arguing that throughout American history legal approaches to public health have been liberal for some communities and authoritarian for others, Witt shows us how history&amp;#039;s answers to the major questions brought up by previous epidemics help shape our answers today: What is the relationship between individual liberty and the common good? What is the role of the federal government, and what is the role of the states? Will long-standing traditions of government and law give way to the social imperatives of an epidemic? Will we let the inequities of our mixed tradition continue?  THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493850">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493850</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Contagions: Epidemics and the Law from Smallpox to COVID-19
Author: John Fabian Witt
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 55 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
A concise history of how American law has shaped-and been shaped by-the experience of contagion, &amp;#039;taking us from the smallpox outbreaks of the colonies to COVID-19. . . . The conclusion [Witt] arrives at is devastating.&amp;#039; -Jennifer Szalai, The New York Times  From yellow fever to smallpox to polio to AIDS to COVID-19, epidemics have prompted Americans to make choices and answer questions about their basic values and their laws. In five concise chapters, historian John Fabian Witt traces the legal history of epidemics, showing how infectious disease has both shaped, and been shaped by, the law. Arguing that throughout American history legal approaches to public health have been liberal for some communities and authoritarian for others, Witt shows us how history&amp;#039;s answers to the major questions brought up by previous epidemics help shape our answers today: What is the relationship between individual liberty and the common good? What is the role of the federal government, and what is the role of the states? Will long-standing traditions of government and law give way to the social imperatives of an epidemic? Will we let the inequities of our mixed tradition continue?  THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sleep and Grow Rich by Dr. Gary S. Goodman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493825</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493825">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493825</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sleep and Grow Rich
Author: Dr. Gary S. Goodman
Narrator: Jared Zak
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 39 minutes
Release date: March  2, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Want to be rich? &amp;#039;Then get your sleep!&amp;#039; urges bestselling author, success coach, and Fortune 100 consultant, Dr. Gary S. Goodman. Goodman shows it&amp;#039;s no coincidence that the two richest people on earth endorse the same, &amp;#039;bed-rock&amp;#039; success secret, as have most of the geniuses we celebrate, including Einstein and Edison. Amazon&amp;#039;s Jeff Bezos and Microsoft&amp;#039;s Bill Gates are both clear-eyed about the need for more shut-eye. And they make sure they are getting enough to sustain and grow their incomes. Yet today, in most workplaces, there is a dumb belief system and silent conspiracy to keep you poor, cranky, and sleep deprived. These miseries go together, according to the bestselling author of Sleep &amp;amp; Grow Rich! In this essential book you&amp;#039;ll learn that missing sleep is the culprit behind most occupational burnouts and industrial accidents. More car crashes are attributable to drowsy drivers than drunk drivers. Instead of making you more efficient and productive, robbing yourself of sleep is doing the opposite. Being fully rested and refreshed will make you feel rich, now, and will lead to making the best decisions, while providing you the energy and patience to build wealth and well-being.</description>
      <author>Dr. Gary S. Goodman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Mar 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663710291.mp3" length="7542108" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493825</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663710291.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493825">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493825</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sleep and Grow Rich
Author: Dr. Gary S. Goodman
Narrator: Jared Zak
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 39 minutes
Release date: March  2, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Want to be rich? &amp;#039;Then get your sleep!&amp;#039; urges bestselling author, success coach, and Fortune 100 consultant, Dr. Gary S. Goodman. Goodman shows it&amp;#039;s no coincidence that the two richest people on earth endorse the same, &amp;#039;bed-rock&amp;#039; success secret, as have most of the geniuses we celebrate, including Einstein and Edison. Amazon&amp;#039;s Jeff Bezos and Microsoft&amp;#039;s Bill Gates are both clear-eyed about the need for more shut-eye. And they make sure they are getting enough to sustain and grow their incomes. Yet today, in most workplaces, there is a dumb belief system and silent conspiracy to keep you poor, cranky, and sleep deprived. These miseries go together, according to the bestselling author of Sleep &amp;amp; Grow Rich! In this essential book you&amp;#039;ll learn that missing sleep is the culprit behind most occupational burnouts and industrial accidents. More car crashes are attributable to drowsy drivers than drunk drivers. Instead of making you more efficient and productive, robbing yourself of sleep is doing the opposite. Being fully rested and refreshed will make you feel rich, now, and will lead to making the best decisions, while providing you the energy and patience to build wealth and well-being.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493825">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493825</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sleep and Grow Rich
Author: Dr. Gary S. Goodman
Narrator: Jared Zak
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 39 minutes
Release date: March  2, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Want to be rich? &amp;#039;Then get your sleep!&amp;#039; urges bestselling author, success coach, and Fortune 100 consultant, Dr. Gary S. Goodman. Goodman shows it&amp;#039;s no coincidence that the two richest people on earth endorse the same, &amp;#039;bed-rock&amp;#039; success secret, as have most of the geniuses we celebrate, including Einstein and Edison. Amazon&amp;#039;s Jeff Bezos and Microsoft&amp;#039;s Bill Gates are both clear-eyed about the need for more shut-eye. And they make sure they are getting enough to sustain and grow their incomes. Yet today, in most workplaces, there is a dumb belief system and silent conspiracy to keep you poor, cranky, and sleep deprived. These miseries go together, according to the bestselling author of Sleep &amp;amp; Grow Rich! In this essential book you&amp;#039;ll learn that missing sleep is the culprit behind most occupational burnouts and industrial accidents. More car crashes are attributable to drowsy drivers than drunk drivers. Instead of making you more efficient and productive, robbing yourself of sleep is doing the opposite. Being fully rested and refreshed will make you feel rich, now, and will lead to making the best decisions, while providing you the energy and patience to build wealth and well-being.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Redefining Anxiety by Dr. John Delony</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493785</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493785">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493785</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Redefining Anxiety
Author: Dr. John Delony
Narrator: Dr. John Delony
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 26 minutes
Release date: November 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.58 of Total 12 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Anxiety is real-but it isn&amp;#039;t the end of your story. Dr. John Delony knows what anxiety feels like. He&amp;#039;s walked that dark road himself, but he found light and hope on the other side of it. Bringing together his own journey and two decades of counseling and research, he walks you through: 	The four biggest myths about anxiety and the life-changing truth 	Practical steps you can take today to start getting your life back 	Long-term strategies for healing to help you move forward John will show you that most of what you&amp;#039;ve heard about anxiety is wrong. Things like: 	If you have anxiety, you&amp;#039;re broken and need to be fixed 	Anxiety is a disease that can only be cured with medicine 	Anxiety is caused by your genetics While mental health is complex, our culture has made anxiety into something it&amp;#039;s not. For the majority of people who face anxiety, the truth is simpler than we think: anxiety is an alarm. It&amp;#039;s a signal-nothing more and nothing less. Anxiety is simply our body&amp;#039;s way of telling us something is wrong. If we stop and listen, we can calm the alarm and move forward into healing and hope.</description>
      <author>Dr. John Delony</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Nov 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781942121466.mp3" length="1435623" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493785</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781942121466.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493785">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493785</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Redefining Anxiety
Author: Dr. John Delony
Narrator: Dr. John Delony
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 26 minutes
Release date: November 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.58 of Total 12 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Anxiety is real-but it isn&amp;#039;t the end of your story. Dr. John Delony knows what anxiety feels like. He&amp;#039;s walked that dark road himself, but he found light and hope on the other side of it. Bringing together his own journey and two decades of counseling and research, he walks you through: 	The four biggest myths about anxiety and the life-changing truth 	Practical steps you can take today to start getting your life back 	Long-term strategies for healing to help you move forward John will show you that most of what you&amp;#039;ve heard about anxiety is wrong. Things like: 	If you have anxiety, you&amp;#039;re broken and need to be fixed 	Anxiety is a disease that can only be cured with medicine 	Anxiety is caused by your genetics While mental health is complex, our culture has made anxiety into something it&amp;#039;s not. For the majority of people who face anxiety, the truth is simpler than we think: anxiety is an alarm. It&amp;#039;s a signal-nothing more and nothing less. Anxiety is simply our body&amp;#039;s way of telling us something is wrong. If we stop and listen, we can calm the alarm and move forward into healing and hope.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493785">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493785</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Redefining Anxiety
Author: Dr. John Delony
Narrator: Dr. John Delony
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 26 minutes
Release date: November 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.58 of Total 12 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Anxiety is real-but it isn&amp;#039;t the end of your story. Dr. John Delony knows what anxiety feels like. He&amp;#039;s walked that dark road himself, but he found light and hope on the other side of it. Bringing together his own journey and two decades of counseling and research, he walks you through: 	The four biggest myths about anxiety and the life-changing truth 	Practical steps you can take today to start getting your life back 	Long-term strategies for healing to help you move forward John will show you that most of what you&amp;#039;ve heard about anxiety is wrong. Things like: 	If you have anxiety, you&amp;#039;re broken and need to be fixed 	Anxiety is a disease that can only be cured with medicine 	Anxiety is caused by your genetics While mental health is complex, our culture has made anxiety into something it&amp;#039;s not. For the majority of people who face anxiety, the truth is simpler than we think: anxiety is an alarm. It&amp;#039;s a signal-nothing more and nothing less. Anxiety is simply our body&amp;#039;s way of telling us something is wrong. If we stop and listen, we can calm the alarm and move forward into healing and hope.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Science of Sleep: Stop chasing a good night’s sleep and let it find you by Heather Darwall-Smith</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493583</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493583">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493583</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Science of Sleep: Stop chasing a good night’s sleep and let it find you
Author: Heather Darwall-Smith
Narrator: Jess Nesling
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 20 minutes
Release date: June  3, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Gets to the heart of why sleep can elude us - and what we can do about it. Cut through the sleep-industry clamour and allow yourself to sleep naturally.  Heather Darwall-Smith&amp;#039;s message in this book is simple: don&amp;#039;t panic!  Sleep is the hottest of hot topics. Experts queue up to warn us that lack of sleep, or the wrong kind, will bring down a bewildering array of dire consequences. But how do we keep from being overwhelmed by this deluge of data? What if all this knowledge just feeds anxiety and drives sleep even further from our grasp? Heather Darwall-Smith&amp;#039;s message is simple: don&amp;#039;t panic! Humans are biologically programmed to sleep - and by interrogating the factors that might impede this innate instinct, we can make changes in our lifestyles and find our way back to good sleep. Heather explains the interrelated network of factors - sociological, physiological, neurological, and psychological - that make up our individual sleep habits. When it comes to sleep, it&amp;#039;s never &amp;#039;one size fits all&amp;#039;: your sleep challenges - and solutions - are unique. In-depth answers cut through myths and fads and deliver only the straight science. Why do I constantly wake at 4.30am? Does snoring mean I&amp;#039;ve got a health problem? Will more sleep protect me against dementia? Armed with the facts, you can take control of your choices and transform your sleep habits, one night at a time. Understand and transform your sleep habits, one night at a time. Heather Darwall-Smith is a psychotherapist with an MA from The Karuna Institute. She is now working towards a PGDip in Sleep Science. Heather is the founder of &amp;#039;What is Stress?&amp;#039; - a stress management programme that combines workshops and one-to-one coaching. Alongside her work as Sleep Therapist at The London Sleep Centre, Heather runs a practice in Oxford, UK. © 2021 Heather Darwall-Smith © 2021 DK Audio</description>
      <author>Heather Darwall-Smith</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Jun 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241516041.mp3" length="1385426" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493583</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241516041.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493583">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493583</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Science of Sleep: Stop chasing a good night’s sleep and let it find you
Author: Heather Darwall-Smith
Narrator: Jess Nesling
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 20 minutes
Release date: June  3, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Gets to the heart of why sleep can elude us - and what we can do about it. Cut through the sleep-industry clamour and allow yourself to sleep naturally.  Heather Darwall-Smith&amp;#039;s message in this book is simple: don&amp;#039;t panic!  Sleep is the hottest of hot topics. Experts queue up to warn us that lack of sleep, or the wrong kind, will bring down a bewildering array of dire consequences. But how do we keep from being overwhelmed by this deluge of data? What if all this knowledge just feeds anxiety and drives sleep even further from our grasp? Heather Darwall-Smith&amp;#039;s message is simple: don&amp;#039;t panic! Humans are biologically programmed to sleep - and by interrogating the factors that might impede this innate instinct, we can make changes in our lifestyles and find our way back to good sleep. Heather explains the interrelated network of factors - sociological, physiological, neurological, and psychological - that make up our individual sleep habits. When it comes to sleep, it&amp;#039;s never &amp;#039;one size fits all&amp;#039;: your sleep challenges - and solutions - are unique. In-depth answers cut through myths and fads and deliver only the straight science. Why do I constantly wake at 4.30am? Does snoring mean I&amp;#039;ve got a health problem? Will more sleep protect me against dementia? Armed with the facts, you can take control of your choices and transform your sleep habits, one night at a time. Understand and transform your sleep habits, one night at a time. Heather Darwall-Smith is a psychotherapist with an MA from The Karuna Institute. She is now working towards a PGDip in Sleep Science. Heather is the founder of &amp;#039;What is Stress?&amp;#039; - a stress management programme that combines workshops and one-to-one coaching. Alongside her work as Sleep Therapist at The London Sleep Centre, Heather runs a practice in Oxford, UK. © 2021 Heather Darwall-Smith © 2021 DK Audio</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493583">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493583</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Science of Sleep: Stop chasing a good night’s sleep and let it find you
Author: Heather Darwall-Smith
Narrator: Jess Nesling
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 20 minutes
Release date: June  3, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Gets to the heart of why sleep can elude us - and what we can do about it. Cut through the sleep-industry clamour and allow yourself to sleep naturally.  Heather Darwall-Smith&amp;#039;s message in this book is simple: don&amp;#039;t panic!  Sleep is the hottest of hot topics. Experts queue up to warn us that lack of sleep, or the wrong kind, will bring down a bewildering array of dire consequences. But how do we keep from being overwhelmed by this deluge of data? What if all this knowledge just feeds anxiety and drives sleep even further from our grasp? Heather Darwall-Smith&amp;#039;s message is simple: don&amp;#039;t panic! Humans are biologically programmed to sleep - and by interrogating the factors that might impede this innate instinct, we can make changes in our lifestyles and find our way back to good sleep. Heather explains the interrelated network of factors - sociological, physiological, neurological, and psychological - that make up our individual sleep habits. When it comes to sleep, it&amp;#039;s never &amp;#039;one size fits all&amp;#039;: your sleep challenges - and solutions - are unique. In-depth answers cut through myths and fads and deliver only the straight science. Why do I constantly wake at 4.30am? Does snoring mean I&amp;#039;ve got a health problem? Will more sleep protect me against dementia? Armed with the facts, you can take control of your choices and transform your sleep habits, one night at a time. Understand and transform your sleep habits, one night at a time. Heather Darwall-Smith is a psychotherapist with an MA from The Karuna Institute. She is now working towards a PGDip in Sleep Science. Heather is the founder of &amp;#039;What is Stress?&amp;#039; - a stress management programme that combines workshops and one-to-one coaching. Alongside her work as Sleep Therapist at The London Sleep Centre, Heather runs a practice in Oxford, UK. © 2021 Heather Darwall-Smith © 2021 DK Audio</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Getting It Done When You&amp;#039;re Depressed: 50 Strategies for Keeping Your Life on Track by Julie A. Fast, John Preston</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493580</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493580">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493580</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Getting It Done When You&amp;#039;re Depressed: 50 Strategies for Keeping Your Life on Track
Author: Julie A. Fast, John Preston
Narrator: Stephanie Cannon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 16 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Don&amp;#039;t let depression get in the way of the life you want to live! Many people suffer from depression on a daily basis. The hard part is learning to live with it. Getting up and getting moving can seem like an insurmountable chore. You know you need to be productive but your brain just won&amp;#039;t cooperate. Getting It Done When You&amp;#039;re Depressed offers 50 strategies to break the cycle of inactivity that so often accompanies depression. These strategies are practical and easily applicable for anyone trying to lead a lifetime of productivity, regardless of your mood. In this revised edition, you&amp;#039;ll find these strategies and more: - Feel the depression--and do it anyway. - Generate creativity. - Allow time for positive results. - Know when your brain is lying to you. - Tips on differenciating depression from bipolar disorder. It&amp;#039;s time to come out from under your depression brain fog, create a daily structure, and feel great about yourself and your abilities again! © 2021 Julie A. Fast; John D. Preston © 2021 DK Audio</description>
      <author>Julie A. Fast, John Preston</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Jan 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241526989.mp3" length="1191098" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493580</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241526989.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493580">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493580</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Getting It Done When You&amp;#039;re Depressed: 50 Strategies for Keeping Your Life on Track
Author: Julie A. Fast, John Preston
Narrator: Stephanie Cannon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 16 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Don&amp;#039;t let depression get in the way of the life you want to live! Many people suffer from depression on a daily basis. The hard part is learning to live with it. Getting up and getting moving can seem like an insurmountable chore. You know you need to be productive but your brain just won&amp;#039;t cooperate. Getting It Done When You&amp;#039;re Depressed offers 50 strategies to break the cycle of inactivity that so often accompanies depression. These strategies are practical and easily applicable for anyone trying to lead a lifetime of productivity, regardless of your mood. In this revised edition, you&amp;#039;ll find these strategies and more: - Feel the depression--and do it anyway. - Generate creativity. - Allow time for positive results. - Know when your brain is lying to you. - Tips on differenciating depression from bipolar disorder. It&amp;#039;s time to come out from under your depression brain fog, create a daily structure, and feel great about yourself and your abilities again! © 2021 Julie A. Fast; John D. Preston © 2021 DK Audio</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493580">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493580</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Getting It Done When You&amp;#039;re Depressed: 50 Strategies for Keeping Your Life on Track
Author: Julie A. Fast, John Preston
Narrator: Stephanie Cannon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 16 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Don&amp;#039;t let depression get in the way of the life you want to live! Many people suffer from depression on a daily basis. The hard part is learning to live with it. Getting up and getting moving can seem like an insurmountable chore. You know you need to be productive but your brain just won&amp;#039;t cooperate. Getting It Done When You&amp;#039;re Depressed offers 50 strategies to break the cycle of inactivity that so often accompanies depression. These strategies are practical and easily applicable for anyone trying to lead a lifetime of productivity, regardless of your mood. In this revised edition, you&amp;#039;ll find these strategies and more: - Feel the depression--and do it anyway. - Generate creativity. - Allow time for positive results. - Know when your brain is lying to you. - Tips on differenciating depression from bipolar disorder. It&amp;#039;s time to come out from under your depression brain fog, create a daily structure, and feel great about yourself and your abilities again! © 2021 Julie A. Fast; John D. Preston © 2021 DK Audio</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dying for Success by Richard Dixon</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493432</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493432">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493432</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dying for Success
Author: Richard Dixon
Narrator: Richard Dixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 1 minute
Release date: December  3, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Just when you think nothing more can go wrong….In 1999 I died aged 34. Life had already been unusually tough but everything happens for a reason. My book “Dying for Success” is a motivational and inspirational memoir mixed with experiential learning for self- help. My life reads like a heart attack having experienced fabulous peaks and life changing troughs, few people in the world who have actually died can describe the experience. I was of course revived but told I would never walk again due to a life changing disability caused whilst in hospital. Having lost a Blue Chip career, I was now a divorced disabled man, unemployed, bringing up two young children alone whilst suffering from PTSD and depression, courtesy of the trauma. Could life get any worse? Yes it could and it did!  So, how did I come back from this and become a successful entrepreneur and coach wanting to help people? This is a roller coaster story which seems like fiction but is all true. I’ll show you determination, mindset, motivation and inspiration which are necessary means required to achieve true success. Finally, as I’ve already said, everything happens for a reason. Are you ready?</description>
      <author>Richard Dixon</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Dec 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662161667.mp3" length="1460147" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493432</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662161667.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493432">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493432</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dying for Success
Author: Richard Dixon
Narrator: Richard Dixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 1 minute
Release date: December  3, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Just when you think nothing more can go wrong….In 1999 I died aged 34. Life had already been unusually tough but everything happens for a reason. My book “Dying for Success” is a motivational and inspirational memoir mixed with experiential learning for self- help. My life reads like a heart attack having experienced fabulous peaks and life changing troughs, few people in the world who have actually died can describe the experience. I was of course revived but told I would never walk again due to a life changing disability caused whilst in hospital. Having lost a Blue Chip career, I was now a divorced disabled man, unemployed, bringing up two young children alone whilst suffering from PTSD and depression, courtesy of the trauma. Could life get any worse? Yes it could and it did!  So, how did I come back from this and become a successful entrepreneur and coach wanting to help people? This is a roller coaster story which seems like fiction but is all true. I’ll show you determination, mindset, motivation and inspiration which are necessary means required to achieve true success. Finally, as I’ve already said, everything happens for a reason. Are you ready?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493432">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493432</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dying for Success
Author: Richard Dixon
Narrator: Richard Dixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 1 minute
Release date: December  3, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Just when you think nothing more can go wrong….In 1999 I died aged 34. Life had already been unusually tough but everything happens for a reason. My book “Dying for Success” is a motivational and inspirational memoir mixed with experiential learning for self- help. My life reads like a heart attack having experienced fabulous peaks and life changing troughs, few people in the world who have actually died can describe the experience. I was of course revived but told I would never walk again due to a life changing disability caused whilst in hospital. Having lost a Blue Chip career, I was now a divorced disabled man, unemployed, bringing up two young children alone whilst suffering from PTSD and depression, courtesy of the trauma. Could life get any worse? Yes it could and it did!  So, how did I come back from this and become a successful entrepreneur and coach wanting to help people? This is a roller coaster story which seems like fiction but is all true. I’ll show you determination, mindset, motivation and inspiration which are necessary means required to achieve true success. Finally, as I’ve already said, everything happens for a reason. Are you ready?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bedtime Stories For Kids: A Collection Of Short Stories For Kids. Help Children Fall Asleep Fast And Have A Relaxing Night’s Sleep With Beautiful Dreams. Extended Version by Alexa Wood</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493417</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493417">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493417</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bedtime Stories For Kids: A Collection Of Short Stories For Kids. Help Children Fall Asleep Fast And Have A Relaxing Night’s Sleep With Beautiful Dreams. Extended Version
Author: Alexa Wood
Narrator: Isabella Risoni &amp;amp; Mike Wayne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 33 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you looking for a fun, soothing way to bond with your kids?  Does your child have difficulty falling asleep?  Do you want to calm your child down, improve their vocabulary, and listening skills?  If yes, then this little collection of spellbinding stories for kids can help you. These stories put you into the perspective of the main character, placing you directly into the landscape and action of the story, for a first-hand, invigorating experience.  You can see and experience everything for yourself, in order to learn more about yourself and your abilities by the time you return to your daily life.  Sleep stories are relaxing classic tales and works of literature that are engineered to help you fall asleep faster and stay sleeping through the night.  You&amp;#039;ll deeply relax your body and mind. In this audiobook you’ll discover stories like: •	Poor Little Kyle •	The Tortoise that never gave up •	The brave Little Panda •	A happy Zoo Day •	The Brave •	The Three Pigs •	The Lone Wolf •	Anna and the wicked wood lady And many other stories… Your children will be delighted to hear these stories written especially for them. You will never have problems again and you will never have to read stories to your children again. So, what are you waiting for?  You will thank yourself later for choosing to listen to this audiobook . Download this audiobook and improve your life.</description>
      <author>Alexa Wood</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 17 Oct 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662159831.mp3" length="1313082" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493417</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662159831.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493417">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493417</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bedtime Stories For Kids: A Collection Of Short Stories For Kids. Help Children Fall Asleep Fast And Have A Relaxing Night’s Sleep With Beautiful Dreams. Extended Version
Author: Alexa Wood
Narrator: Isabella Risoni &amp;amp; Mike Wayne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 33 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you looking for a fun, soothing way to bond with your kids?  Does your child have difficulty falling asleep?  Do you want to calm your child down, improve their vocabulary, and listening skills?  If yes, then this little collection of spellbinding stories for kids can help you. These stories put you into the perspective of the main character, placing you directly into the landscape and action of the story, for a first-hand, invigorating experience.  You can see and experience everything for yourself, in order to learn more about yourself and your abilities by the time you return to your daily life.  Sleep stories are relaxing classic tales and works of literature that are engineered to help you fall asleep faster and stay sleeping through the night.  You&amp;#039;ll deeply relax your body and mind. In this audiobook you’ll discover stories like: •	Poor Little Kyle •	The Tortoise that never gave up •	The brave Little Panda •	A happy Zoo Day •	The Brave •	The Three Pigs •	The Lone Wolf •	Anna and the wicked wood lady And many other stories… Your children will be delighted to hear these stories written especially for them. You will never have problems again and you will never have to read stories to your children again. So, what are you waiting for?  You will thank yourself later for choosing to listen to this audiobook . Download this audiobook and improve your life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493417">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493417</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bedtime Stories For Kids: A Collection Of Short Stories For Kids. Help Children Fall Asleep Fast And Have A Relaxing Night’s Sleep With Beautiful Dreams. Extended Version
Author: Alexa Wood
Narrator: Isabella Risoni &amp;amp; Mike Wayne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 33 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you looking for a fun, soothing way to bond with your kids?  Does your child have difficulty falling asleep?  Do you want to calm your child down, improve their vocabulary, and listening skills?  If yes, then this little collection of spellbinding stories for kids can help you. These stories put you into the perspective of the main character, placing you directly into the landscape and action of the story, for a first-hand, invigorating experience.  You can see and experience everything for yourself, in order to learn more about yourself and your abilities by the time you return to your daily life.  Sleep stories are relaxing classic tales and works of literature that are engineered to help you fall asleep faster and stay sleeping through the night.  You&amp;#039;ll deeply relax your body and mind. In this audiobook you’ll discover stories like: •	Poor Little Kyle •	The Tortoise that never gave up •	The brave Little Panda •	A happy Zoo Day •	The Brave •	The Three Pigs •	The Lone Wolf •	Anna and the wicked wood lady And many other stories… Your children will be delighted to hear these stories written especially for them. You will never have problems again and you will never have to read stories to your children again. So, what are you waiting for?  You will thank yourself later for choosing to listen to this audiobook . Download this audiobook and improve your life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Skin Problems and Solutions Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle, Eczema Detox and Healing Psoriasis by And Rachelle Harlan, J.N. Harper</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493400</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493400">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493400</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Skin Problems and Solutions Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle, Eczema Detox and Healing Psoriasis
Author: And Rachelle Harlan, J.N. Harper
Narrator: Victoria Pearson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 55 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Skin Problems and Solutions Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle, Eczema Detox and Healing Psoriasis Two of the most common skin diseases these days are eczema and psoriasis. Millions of Americans are suffering from these skin diseases which can be painful, itchy, and altogether unpleasant to look at.  Eczema is a term that refers to a group of conditions that makes your skin itch, inflamed, and irritated. Statistics show that eczema affects about 30 million Americans and 1 in 10 individuals develop eczema in their lifetime. Itch is usually the number one issue of people who suffer from eczema because it can be severe and unbearable and this would most often lead to rashes. Psoriasis on the other hand affects an estimated 8 million Americans today. Psoriasis is a skin disease that causes red, itchy, scaly, or bumpy patches that usually occur in the scalp, elbows, knees, and trunk. This bundle will teach you everything about eczema and psoriasis. It will teach you all the important information you should know about them so you will know how to manage it. You will discover how it can be treated so you can reduce the symptoms. You will learn how you can manage the itch and inflammation. It will also show you the lifestyle change you need to do in order to contain the symptoms. This two-in-one bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Eczema Detox: The Ultimate Guide on How to Cure Eczema Naturally, Discover the Tips on How to Get Rid of Eczema Permanently and Improve     Your Quality of Life 2. Healing Psoriasis: The Ultimate Guide on How to Cure Psoriasis Naturally, Discover All the Natural Treatments For Psoriasis and Psoriatic Arthritis Get your copy of Skin Problems and Solutions 2 in 1 Bundle today!</description>
      <author>And Rachelle Harlan, J.N. Harper</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Nov 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662160219.mp3" length="1181245" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493400</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662160219.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493400">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493400</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Skin Problems and Solutions Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle, Eczema Detox and Healing Psoriasis
Author: And Rachelle Harlan, J.N. Harper
Narrator: Victoria Pearson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 55 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Skin Problems and Solutions Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle, Eczema Detox and Healing Psoriasis Two of the most common skin diseases these days are eczema and psoriasis. Millions of Americans are suffering from these skin diseases which can be painful, itchy, and altogether unpleasant to look at.  Eczema is a term that refers to a group of conditions that makes your skin itch, inflamed, and irritated. Statistics show that eczema affects about 30 million Americans and 1 in 10 individuals develop eczema in their lifetime. Itch is usually the number one issue of people who suffer from eczema because it can be severe and unbearable and this would most often lead to rashes. Psoriasis on the other hand affects an estimated 8 million Americans today. Psoriasis is a skin disease that causes red, itchy, scaly, or bumpy patches that usually occur in the scalp, elbows, knees, and trunk. This bundle will teach you everything about eczema and psoriasis. It will teach you all the important information you should know about them so you will know how to manage it. You will discover how it can be treated so you can reduce the symptoms. You will learn how you can manage the itch and inflammation. It will also show you the lifestyle change you need to do in order to contain the symptoms. This two-in-one bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Eczema Detox: The Ultimate Guide on How to Cure Eczema Naturally, Discover the Tips on How to Get Rid of Eczema Permanently and Improve     Your Quality of Life 2. Healing Psoriasis: The Ultimate Guide on How to Cure Psoriasis Naturally, Discover All the Natural Treatments For Psoriasis and Psoriatic Arthritis Get your copy of Skin Problems and Solutions 2 in 1 Bundle today!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493400">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493400</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Skin Problems and Solutions Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle, Eczema Detox and Healing Psoriasis
Author: And Rachelle Harlan, J.N. Harper
Narrator: Victoria Pearson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 55 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Skin Problems and Solutions Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle, Eczema Detox and Healing Psoriasis Two of the most common skin diseases these days are eczema and psoriasis. Millions of Americans are suffering from these skin diseases which can be painful, itchy, and altogether unpleasant to look at.  Eczema is a term that refers to a group of conditions that makes your skin itch, inflamed, and irritated. Statistics show that eczema affects about 30 million Americans and 1 in 10 individuals develop eczema in their lifetime. Itch is usually the number one issue of people who suffer from eczema because it can be severe and unbearable and this would most often lead to rashes. Psoriasis on the other hand affects an estimated 8 million Americans today. Psoriasis is a skin disease that causes red, itchy, scaly, or bumpy patches that usually occur in the scalp, elbows, knees, and trunk. This bundle will teach you everything about eczema and psoriasis. It will teach you all the important information you should know about them so you will know how to manage it. You will discover how it can be treated so you can reduce the symptoms. You will learn how you can manage the itch and inflammation. It will also show you the lifestyle change you need to do in order to contain the symptoms. This two-in-one bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Eczema Detox: The Ultimate Guide on How to Cure Eczema Naturally, Discover the Tips on How to Get Rid of Eczema Permanently and Improve     Your Quality of Life 2. Healing Psoriasis: The Ultimate Guide on How to Cure Psoriasis Naturally, Discover All the Natural Treatments For Psoriasis and Psoriatic Arthritis Get your copy of Skin Problems and Solutions 2 in 1 Bundle today!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Healing Psoriasis: The Ultimate Guide on How to Cure Psoriasis Naturally, Discover All the Natural Treatments For Psoriasis and Psoriatic Arthritis by Rachelle Harlan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493369</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493369">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493369</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Healing Psoriasis: The Ultimate Guide on How to Cure Psoriasis Naturally, Discover All the Natural Treatments For Psoriasis and Psoriatic Arthritis
Author: Rachelle Harlan
Narrator: Victoria Pearson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 28 minutes
Release date: November 16, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Healing Psoriasis: The Ultimate Guide on How to Cure Psoriasis Naturally, Discover All the Natural Treatments For Psoriasis and Psoriatic Arthritis Psoriasis may not be as popular as other skin diseases but millions are suffering from this disease. In the US, there are an estimated 8 million people that have Psoriasis and worldwide numbers show that an estimated 125 million people are affected by it. Psoriasis is a skin disease that causes red, itchy, scaly or bumpy patches that usually occur in scalp, elbows, knees and trunk. It is a long-term disease that has no known cure but there are lots of ways to manage the symptoms. This audiobook will be examining everything about Psoriasis. It will educate and teach you all the information you need to know about this disease. You will learn what causes it and why people get psoriasis. You will also discover all the available treatment may it be medical or in natural ways.  This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - What is psoriasis? - What causes Psoriasis? - Why Do People Get Psoriasis? - When Does Psoriasis First Develop? - Psoriasis and the Quality of Life - Diagnosis and Medical Treatments for Psoriasis - Medical Treatments for Psoriatic Arthritis - Natural Treatments for Psoriatic Arthritis Although there is no known cure, there are some people who claimed they were able to totally remove all of its symptoms. It is possible to manage the symptoms so that it doesn’t flare up frequently and can eventually fade away. If you or someone you know has Psoriasis and you want to learn how you can manage all its symptoms naturally, scroll up and click “add to cart” now.</description>
      <author>Rachelle Harlan</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Nov 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662160073.mp3" length="1184114" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493369</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662160073.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493369">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493369</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Healing Psoriasis: The Ultimate Guide on How to Cure Psoriasis Naturally, Discover All the Natural Treatments For Psoriasis and Psoriatic Arthritis
Author: Rachelle Harlan
Narrator: Victoria Pearson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 28 minutes
Release date: November 16, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Healing Psoriasis: The Ultimate Guide on How to Cure Psoriasis Naturally, Discover All the Natural Treatments For Psoriasis and Psoriatic Arthritis Psoriasis may not be as popular as other skin diseases but millions are suffering from this disease. In the US, there are an estimated 8 million people that have Psoriasis and worldwide numbers show that an estimated 125 million people are affected by it. Psoriasis is a skin disease that causes red, itchy, scaly or bumpy patches that usually occur in scalp, elbows, knees and trunk. It is a long-term disease that has no known cure but there are lots of ways to manage the symptoms. This audiobook will be examining everything about Psoriasis. It will educate and teach you all the information you need to know about this disease. You will learn what causes it and why people get psoriasis. You will also discover all the available treatment may it be medical or in natural ways.  This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - What is psoriasis? - What causes Psoriasis? - Why Do People Get Psoriasis? - When Does Psoriasis First Develop? - Psoriasis and the Quality of Life - Diagnosis and Medical Treatments for Psoriasis - Medical Treatments for Psoriatic Arthritis - Natural Treatments for Psoriatic Arthritis Although there is no known cure, there are some people who claimed they were able to totally remove all of its symptoms. It is possible to manage the symptoms so that it doesn’t flare up frequently and can eventually fade away. If you or someone you know has Psoriasis and you want to learn how you can manage all its symptoms naturally, scroll up and click “add to cart” now.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493369">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493369</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Healing Psoriasis: The Ultimate Guide on How to Cure Psoriasis Naturally, Discover All the Natural Treatments For Psoriasis and Psoriatic Arthritis
Author: Rachelle Harlan
Narrator: Victoria Pearson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 28 minutes
Release date: November 16, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Healing Psoriasis: The Ultimate Guide on How to Cure Psoriasis Naturally, Discover All the Natural Treatments For Psoriasis and Psoriatic Arthritis Psoriasis may not be as popular as other skin diseases but millions are suffering from this disease. In the US, there are an estimated 8 million people that have Psoriasis and worldwide numbers show that an estimated 125 million people are affected by it. Psoriasis is a skin disease that causes red, itchy, scaly or bumpy patches that usually occur in scalp, elbows, knees and trunk. It is a long-term disease that has no known cure but there are lots of ways to manage the symptoms. This audiobook will be examining everything about Psoriasis. It will educate and teach you all the information you need to know about this disease. You will learn what causes it and why people get psoriasis. You will also discover all the available treatment may it be medical or in natural ways.  This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - What is psoriasis? - What causes Psoriasis? - Why Do People Get Psoriasis? - When Does Psoriasis First Develop? - Psoriasis and the Quality of Life - Diagnosis and Medical Treatments for Psoriasis - Medical Treatments for Psoriatic Arthritis - Natural Treatments for Psoriatic Arthritis Although there is no known cure, there are some people who claimed they were able to totally remove all of its symptoms. It is possible to manage the symptoms so that it doesn’t flare up frequently and can eventually fade away. If you or someone you know has Psoriasis and you want to learn how you can manage all its symptoms naturally, scroll up and click “add to cart” now.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Eczema Detox by J.N. Harper</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493367</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493367">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493367</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Eczema Detox
Author: J.N. Harper
Narrator: Victoria Pearson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 27 minutes
Release date: November 16, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Eczema Detox: The Ultimate Guide on How to Cure Eczema Naturally, Discover the Tips on How to Get Rid of Eczema Permanently and Improve Your Quality of Life Eczema looks different with everyone. Eczema is a term that refers to a group of conditions that makes your skin itch, inflamed and irritated. Statistics show that eczema affects about 30 million Americans and 1 in 10 individuals develop eczema in their lifetime. Itch is usually the number one issue of people who suffer from eczema because it can be severe and unbearable and this would most often lead to rashes. Although there is no known cure, there are a lot of ways that one can manage its symptoms. This audiobook will teach you everything about eczema. It will teach you all the important information you should know about eczema so you will know how to manage it. You will discover how it can be treated so you can reduce the symptoms. You will learn how you can manage the itch and inflammation. It will also show you the lifestyle change you need to do in order to contain the symptoms.  This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - What is Eczema - The Eczema Itch - Eczema and Your Emotions - Eczema and Meditation - Eczema and Skin Hydration - Home Remedies If You Have Eczema - Coping With Eczema Everyday - Allergy-Proof Your Home - Eczema and Children Although eczema has been around for thousands of years, there is still much to be learned about the condition and research is still ongoing. This audiobook is a perfect guide for you to learn everything about the disease and how you can live with it. If you want to learn more about eczema, scroll up and click “add to cart” now.</description>
      <author>J.N. Harper</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Nov 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662160059.mp3" length="1203246" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493367</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662160059.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493367">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493367</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Eczema Detox
Author: J.N. Harper
Narrator: Victoria Pearson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 27 minutes
Release date: November 16, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Eczema Detox: The Ultimate Guide on How to Cure Eczema Naturally, Discover the Tips on How to Get Rid of Eczema Permanently and Improve Your Quality of Life Eczema looks different with everyone. Eczema is a term that refers to a group of conditions that makes your skin itch, inflamed and irritated. Statistics show that eczema affects about 30 million Americans and 1 in 10 individuals develop eczema in their lifetime. Itch is usually the number one issue of people who suffer from eczema because it can be severe and unbearable and this would most often lead to rashes. Although there is no known cure, there are a lot of ways that one can manage its symptoms. This audiobook will teach you everything about eczema. It will teach you all the important information you should know about eczema so you will know how to manage it. You will discover how it can be treated so you can reduce the symptoms. You will learn how you can manage the itch and inflammation. It will also show you the lifestyle change you need to do in order to contain the symptoms.  This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - What is Eczema - The Eczema Itch - Eczema and Your Emotions - Eczema and Meditation - Eczema and Skin Hydration - Home Remedies If You Have Eczema - Coping With Eczema Everyday - Allergy-Proof Your Home - Eczema and Children Although eczema has been around for thousands of years, there is still much to be learned about the condition and research is still ongoing. This audiobook is a perfect guide for you to learn everything about the disease and how you can live with it. If you want to learn more about eczema, scroll up and click “add to cart” now.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493367">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493367</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Eczema Detox
Author: J.N. Harper
Narrator: Victoria Pearson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 27 minutes
Release date: November 16, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Eczema Detox: The Ultimate Guide on How to Cure Eczema Naturally, Discover the Tips on How to Get Rid of Eczema Permanently and Improve Your Quality of Life Eczema looks different with everyone. Eczema is a term that refers to a group of conditions that makes your skin itch, inflamed and irritated. Statistics show that eczema affects about 30 million Americans and 1 in 10 individuals develop eczema in their lifetime. Itch is usually the number one issue of people who suffer from eczema because it can be severe and unbearable and this would most often lead to rashes. Although there is no known cure, there are a lot of ways that one can manage its symptoms. This audiobook will teach you everything about eczema. It will teach you all the important information you should know about eczema so you will know how to manage it. You will discover how it can be treated so you can reduce the symptoms. You will learn how you can manage the itch and inflammation. It will also show you the lifestyle change you need to do in order to contain the symptoms.  This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - What is Eczema - The Eczema Itch - Eczema and Your Emotions - Eczema and Meditation - Eczema and Skin Hydration - Home Remedies If You Have Eczema - Coping With Eczema Everyday - Allergy-Proof Your Home - Eczema and Children Although eczema has been around for thousands of years, there is still much to be learned about the condition and research is still ongoing. This audiobook is a perfect guide for you to learn everything about the disease and how you can live with it. If you want to learn more about eczema, scroll up and click “add to cart” now.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Smoking and Solutions: The Ultimate Guide to Crushing the Smoking Habit, Discover Effective Strategies and Tips on How to Break the Habit and Stop Smoking Permanently by Anton Domney</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493326</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493326">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493326</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Smoking and Solutions: The Ultimate Guide to Crushing the Smoking Habit, Discover Effective Strategies and Tips on How to Break the Habit and Stop Smoking Permanently
Author: Anton Domney
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 46 minutes
Release date: December  4, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Smoking and Solutions: The Ultimate Guide to Crushing the Smoking Habit, Discover Effective Strategies and Tips on How to Break the Habit and Stop Smoking Permanently  If you’re thinking about quitting smoking, you’re making the right choice and you should be proud of yourself. But wanting to quit and actually quitting are two different things and sometimes, no matter your resolve to quit, you just can’t stop yourself from puffing away. Quitting depends on whether you actually accept the consequences of smoking or not. The choice is always with you. Scientists have classified smoking as the number one cause of preventable disease and premature death in the world. One in fifteen people dies of lung cancer every minute of every day.  This audiobook will teach you how to understand smoking and the reasons why this is easily an addictive habit anyone may have. You will learn effective ways on how to stop smoking and how to stop yourself from relapsing as well. You will know what to expect in the process of quitting and what will happen afterward.  This audiobook will discuss the following: - Understanding the Psychology of Smoking - Why You Should Quit Smoking Today - Smoking and Its Ill Effects - Admitting Your Addiction to Smoking - Mentally Prepare Yourself to Quit Smoking - Correlation Between Smoking and Exercising - Quitting Cold Turkey - What Happens After You Quit Smoking - Fighting the Urge - How to Stay Off for Good - Expect the Unexpected - Relapses If you’re still hesitating on whether to quit or not, just remember that this habit not only affects you but the people around you as well. Thousands of people die from exposure to secondhand smoke every year. Your smoking not only puts your life at risk but those of your family and other people around you as well. To learn more on how ways you can finally stop smoking for good, scroll up and click “add to cart” now.</description>
      <author>Anton Domney</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 04 Dec 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662160479.mp3" length="757344" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493326</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662160479.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493326">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493326</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Smoking and Solutions: The Ultimate Guide to Crushing the Smoking Habit, Discover Effective Strategies and Tips on How to Break the Habit and Stop Smoking Permanently
Author: Anton Domney
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 46 minutes
Release date: December  4, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Smoking and Solutions: The Ultimate Guide to Crushing the Smoking Habit, Discover Effective Strategies and Tips on How to Break the Habit and Stop Smoking Permanently  If you’re thinking about quitting smoking, you’re making the right choice and you should be proud of yourself. But wanting to quit and actually quitting are two different things and sometimes, no matter your resolve to quit, you just can’t stop yourself from puffing away. Quitting depends on whether you actually accept the consequences of smoking or not. The choice is always with you. Scientists have classified smoking as the number one cause of preventable disease and premature death in the world. One in fifteen people dies of lung cancer every minute of every day.  This audiobook will teach you how to understand smoking and the reasons why this is easily an addictive habit anyone may have. You will learn effective ways on how to stop smoking and how to stop yourself from relapsing as well. You will know what to expect in the process of quitting and what will happen afterward.  This audiobook will discuss the following: - Understanding the Psychology of Smoking - Why You Should Quit Smoking Today - Smoking and Its Ill Effects - Admitting Your Addiction to Smoking - Mentally Prepare Yourself to Quit Smoking - Correlation Between Smoking and Exercising - Quitting Cold Turkey - What Happens After You Quit Smoking - Fighting the Urge - How to Stay Off for Good - Expect the Unexpected - Relapses If you’re still hesitating on whether to quit or not, just remember that this habit not only affects you but the people around you as well. Thousands of people die from exposure to secondhand smoke every year. Your smoking not only puts your life at risk but those of your family and other people around you as well. To learn more on how ways you can finally stop smoking for good, scroll up and click “add to cart” now.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493326">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493326</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Smoking and Solutions: The Ultimate Guide to Crushing the Smoking Habit, Discover Effective Strategies and Tips on How to Break the Habit and Stop Smoking Permanently
Author: Anton Domney
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 46 minutes
Release date: December  4, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Smoking and Solutions: The Ultimate Guide to Crushing the Smoking Habit, Discover Effective Strategies and Tips on How to Break the Habit and Stop Smoking Permanently  If you’re thinking about quitting smoking, you’re making the right choice and you should be proud of yourself. But wanting to quit and actually quitting are two different things and sometimes, no matter your resolve to quit, you just can’t stop yourself from puffing away. Quitting depends on whether you actually accept the consequences of smoking or not. The choice is always with you. Scientists have classified smoking as the number one cause of preventable disease and premature death in the world. One in fifteen people dies of lung cancer every minute of every day.  This audiobook will teach you how to understand smoking and the reasons why this is easily an addictive habit anyone may have. You will learn effective ways on how to stop smoking and how to stop yourself from relapsing as well. You will know what to expect in the process of quitting and what will happen afterward.  This audiobook will discuss the following: - Understanding the Psychology of Smoking - Why You Should Quit Smoking Today - Smoking and Its Ill Effects - Admitting Your Addiction to Smoking - Mentally Prepare Yourself to Quit Smoking - Correlation Between Smoking and Exercising - Quitting Cold Turkey - What Happens After You Quit Smoking - Fighting the Urge - How to Stay Off for Good - Expect the Unexpected - Relapses If you’re still hesitating on whether to quit or not, just remember that this habit not only affects you but the people around you as well. Thousands of people die from exposure to secondhand smoke every year. Your smoking not only puts your life at risk but those of your family and other people around you as well. To learn more on how ways you can finally stop smoking for good, scroll up and click “add to cart” now.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Smoking Solutions: The Ultimate Guide on How to Stop Smoking, Discover Effective Tips on How to Break Your Smoking Habit and Revitalize Your Body by Adam Walburg</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493319</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493319">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493319</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Smoking Solutions: The Ultimate Guide on How to Stop Smoking, Discover Effective Tips on How to Break Your Smoking Habit and Revitalize Your Body
Author: Adam Walburg
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 41 minutes
Release date: December  4, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Smoking Solutions: The Ultimate Guide on How to Stop Smoking, Discover Effective Tips on How to Break Your Smoking Habit and Revitalize Your Body If you are still thinking twice about quitting smoking, please think again. Smoking is the leading cause of preventable disease, disability and death in the US. It kills up to half of its users. It’s responsible for 480,000 deaths per year in the US plus 41,000 deaths from exposure to secondhand smoking. So if you’re smoking, you’re not only risking yourself but those surrounding yourself, especially your family. Addiction is the main reason why people smoke. It might not be drugs but there is no question regarding the addictive effects of nicotine. This audiobook will give you some helpful tips and strategies on how to stop smoking and break other bad habits as well. You will discover the benefits as well as healthy habits you can cultivate for a better life.  This audiobook will teach you about the following topics: - Beating Nicotine Basics - Nicotine Replacements - Using Self-Hypnosis - Using Support Groups - Using Nutrition - Basics to Breaking Old Habits - Nutritional Tips for Conquering Ciggy Cravings - Benefits of Meditation - Affirmations for Abstinence - Healthy Habits for a Better Life - Importance of Quitting Smoking Today Some people think smoking is an issue they can just deal with later but when you’re smoking, time is actually not on your side. Every cigarette you smoke means you are knowingly putting chemicals that are known to cause cancer inside your body. And not just YOUR body but those surrounding you as well. If you have been thinking about quitting smoking, please make up your mind and do it. Do the necessary steps and keep motivated. You will not regret it.  To learn more on how you can stop smoking and break other bad habits, scroll up and click “add to cart” now.</description>
      <author>Adam Walburg</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 04 Dec 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662160493.mp3" length="726291" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493319</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662160493.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493319">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493319</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Smoking Solutions: The Ultimate Guide on How to Stop Smoking, Discover Effective Tips on How to Break Your Smoking Habit and Revitalize Your Body
Author: Adam Walburg
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 41 minutes
Release date: December  4, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Smoking Solutions: The Ultimate Guide on How to Stop Smoking, Discover Effective Tips on How to Break Your Smoking Habit and Revitalize Your Body If you are still thinking twice about quitting smoking, please think again. Smoking is the leading cause of preventable disease, disability and death in the US. It kills up to half of its users. It’s responsible for 480,000 deaths per year in the US plus 41,000 deaths from exposure to secondhand smoking. So if you’re smoking, you’re not only risking yourself but those surrounding yourself, especially your family. Addiction is the main reason why people smoke. It might not be drugs but there is no question regarding the addictive effects of nicotine. This audiobook will give you some helpful tips and strategies on how to stop smoking and break other bad habits as well. You will discover the benefits as well as healthy habits you can cultivate for a better life.  This audiobook will teach you about the following topics: - Beating Nicotine Basics - Nicotine Replacements - Using Self-Hypnosis - Using Support Groups - Using Nutrition - Basics to Breaking Old Habits - Nutritional Tips for Conquering Ciggy Cravings - Benefits of Meditation - Affirmations for Abstinence - Healthy Habits for a Better Life - Importance of Quitting Smoking Today Some people think smoking is an issue they can just deal with later but when you’re smoking, time is actually not on your side. Every cigarette you smoke means you are knowingly putting chemicals that are known to cause cancer inside your body. And not just YOUR body but those surrounding you as well. If you have been thinking about quitting smoking, please make up your mind and do it. Do the necessary steps and keep motivated. You will not regret it.  To learn more on how you can stop smoking and break other bad habits, scroll up and click “add to cart” now.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493319">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493319</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Smoking Solutions: The Ultimate Guide on How to Stop Smoking, Discover Effective Tips on How to Break Your Smoking Habit and Revitalize Your Body
Author: Adam Walburg
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 41 minutes
Release date: December  4, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Smoking Solutions: The Ultimate Guide on How to Stop Smoking, Discover Effective Tips on How to Break Your Smoking Habit and Revitalize Your Body If you are still thinking twice about quitting smoking, please think again. Smoking is the leading cause of preventable disease, disability and death in the US. It kills up to half of its users. It’s responsible for 480,000 deaths per year in the US plus 41,000 deaths from exposure to secondhand smoking. So if you’re smoking, you’re not only risking yourself but those surrounding yourself, especially your family. Addiction is the main reason why people smoke. It might not be drugs but there is no question regarding the addictive effects of nicotine. This audiobook will give you some helpful tips and strategies on how to stop smoking and break other bad habits as well. You will discover the benefits as well as healthy habits you can cultivate for a better life.  This audiobook will teach you about the following topics: - Beating Nicotine Basics - Nicotine Replacements - Using Self-Hypnosis - Using Support Groups - Using Nutrition - Basics to Breaking Old Habits - Nutritional Tips for Conquering Ciggy Cravings - Benefits of Meditation - Affirmations for Abstinence - Healthy Habits for a Better Life - Importance of Quitting Smoking Today Some people think smoking is an issue they can just deal with later but when you’re smoking, time is actually not on your side. Every cigarette you smoke means you are knowingly putting chemicals that are known to cause cancer inside your body. And not just YOUR body but those surrounding you as well. If you have been thinking about quitting smoking, please make up your mind and do it. Do the necessary steps and keep motivated. You will not regret it.  To learn more on how you can stop smoking and break other bad habits, scroll up and click “add to cart” now.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Ansiedad en las relaciones y superación de la ansiedad by Lilly Andrew</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493293</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493293">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493293</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Ansiedad en las relaciones y superación de la ansiedad
Author: Lilly Andrew
Narrator: Florencia Maza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 34 minutes
Release date: December 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.9 of Total 10
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
¡Detenga la ansiedad en su camino y conviértase en la persona segura, emocionalmente segura y positiva que siempre debe ser! ¿Tienes miedo al cambio o te preocupa que tu pareja te deje algún día? ¿Le sudan las palmas cada vez que su pareja le pide que lleve las cosas al siguiente nivel? ¿Sientes que tu mente gira constantemente y no va a ninguna parte? La ansiedad surge de una sensación de incomodidad al adentrarse en un territorio desconocido. Uno de los mayores errores que comete cuando se trata de lograr lo que quiere en la vida, o de tener éxito en sus relaciones, es poner el listón demasiado bajo. Puede pensar: “Las bajas expectativas son buenas. Son cómodos. Y me impiden correr riesgos peligrosos &amp;#039;. Todos temen lo que no conocen y evitan sentirse incómodos en cualquier oportunidad que tengan. Tan pronto como te llaman para subir de nivel, las dudas sobre ti mismo comienzan a aparecer y se convierten en miedo, lo que te hace retroceder ante una oportunidad que podría cambiar tu vida para mejor, ya sea en el área del trabajo, las relaciones, o la vida diaria. Si bien la estabilidad y la comodidad lo protegen del rechazo y el fracaso a corto plazo, también le impiden crecer verdaderamente a largo plazo. Para que pueda alcanzar sus metas de vida, debe estar preparado para la incomodidad. De lo contrario, permanecerá donde siempre ha estado y se estancará. Y no quieres eso, ¿verdad? ¡Por supuesto que no! ¡Nadie quiere permanecer temeroso, desconfiado, deprimido o celoso!</description>
      <author>Lilly Andrew</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Dec 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662162206.mp3" length="1339091" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493293</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662162206.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493293">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493293</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Ansiedad en las relaciones y superación de la ansiedad
Author: Lilly Andrew
Narrator: Florencia Maza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 34 minutes
Release date: December 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.9 of Total 10
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
¡Detenga la ansiedad en su camino y conviértase en la persona segura, emocionalmente segura y positiva que siempre debe ser! ¿Tienes miedo al cambio o te preocupa que tu pareja te deje algún día? ¿Le sudan las palmas cada vez que su pareja le pide que lleve las cosas al siguiente nivel? ¿Sientes que tu mente gira constantemente y no va a ninguna parte? La ansiedad surge de una sensación de incomodidad al adentrarse en un territorio desconocido. Uno de los mayores errores que comete cuando se trata de lograr lo que quiere en la vida, o de tener éxito en sus relaciones, es poner el listón demasiado bajo. Puede pensar: “Las bajas expectativas son buenas. Son cómodos. Y me impiden correr riesgos peligrosos &amp;#039;. Todos temen lo que no conocen y evitan sentirse incómodos en cualquier oportunidad que tengan. Tan pronto como te llaman para subir de nivel, las dudas sobre ti mismo comienzan a aparecer y se convierten en miedo, lo que te hace retroceder ante una oportunidad que podría cambiar tu vida para mejor, ya sea en el área del trabajo, las relaciones, o la vida diaria. Si bien la estabilidad y la comodidad lo protegen del rechazo y el fracaso a corto plazo, también le impiden crecer verdaderamente a largo plazo. Para que pueda alcanzar sus metas de vida, debe estar preparado para la incomodidad. De lo contrario, permanecerá donde siempre ha estado y se estancará. Y no quieres eso, ¿verdad? ¡Por supuesto que no! ¡Nadie quiere permanecer temeroso, desconfiado, deprimido o celoso!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493293">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493293</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Ansiedad en las relaciones y superación de la ansiedad
Author: Lilly Andrew
Narrator: Florencia Maza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 34 minutes
Release date: December 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.9 of Total 10
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
¡Detenga la ansiedad en su camino y conviértase en la persona segura, emocionalmente segura y positiva que siempre debe ser! ¿Tienes miedo al cambio o te preocupa que tu pareja te deje algún día? ¿Le sudan las palmas cada vez que su pareja le pide que lleve las cosas al siguiente nivel? ¿Sientes que tu mente gira constantemente y no va a ninguna parte? La ansiedad surge de una sensación de incomodidad al adentrarse en un territorio desconocido. Uno de los mayores errores que comete cuando se trata de lograr lo que quiere en la vida, o de tener éxito en sus relaciones, es poner el listón demasiado bajo. Puede pensar: “Las bajas expectativas son buenas. Son cómodos. Y me impiden correr riesgos peligrosos &amp;#039;. Todos temen lo que no conocen y evitan sentirse incómodos en cualquier oportunidad que tengan. Tan pronto como te llaman para subir de nivel, las dudas sobre ti mismo comienzan a aparecer y se convierten en miedo, lo que te hace retroceder ante una oportunidad que podría cambiar tu vida para mejor, ya sea en el área del trabajo, las relaciones, o la vida diaria. Si bien la estabilidad y la comodidad lo protegen del rechazo y el fracaso a corto plazo, también le impiden crecer verdaderamente a largo plazo. Para que pueda alcanzar sus metas de vida, debe estar preparado para la incomodidad. De lo contrario, permanecerá donde siempre ha estado y se estancará. Y no quieres eso, ¿verdad? ¡Por supuesto que no! ¡Nadie quiere permanecer temeroso, desconfiado, deprimido o celoso!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Superar la ansiedad by Lilly Andrew</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493290</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493290">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493290</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Superar la ansiedad
Author: Lilly Andrew
Narrator: Flor Maza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 18 minutes
Release date: December  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.7 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.7 of Total 10
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
¡Conquista permanentemente la ansiedad y libérate de los ataques de pánico y los pensamientos negativos con este práctico manual basado en acciones! ¿Con qué frecuencia quieres esconderte del mundo? Te sientes invisible y, para ser sincero, sería lo mejor porque te sentirías abrumado de otra manera. Cada vez que intentas tener confianza, te equivocas. Hablas rápido y quieres salir de la situación lo antes posible, para que nadie se dé cuenta. Las reuniones de trabajo o familiares te dan escalofríos, e ir a un bar o un evento social es solo un ataque de pánico inmediato que está esperando a suceder, y sientes ansiedad y mariposas en el estómago. Ahora imagina esto: Si hubiera una píldora que pueda ayudarlo a tener confianza instantánea ... Entras en una habitación llena de gente. Tu energía parece tener su propia atracción gravitacional y atrae a todos hacia ti. Quieren una parte de la positividad y la confianza que irradias. Por eso, las oportunidades comienzan a llegar ... Nuevo trabajo, promoción profesional, oportunidades para establecer contactos, viajes, mejores amigos y relaciones románticas. ¡Es como si no tuvieras límites! De repente, toda tu vida está tomando una dirección positiva diferente cada día. Desafortunadamente, esta píldora mágica no existe. Pero, por suerte para ti, los psicólogos, los oradores públicos y los entrenadores de vida han descubierto ciertos patrones universales que te ayudan a liberarte de los pensamientos negativos y los ataques de ansiedad mientras los reemplazan con la confianza y el carisma de las celebridades.</description>
      <author>Lilly Andrew</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Dec 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662162169.mp3" length="1309964" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493290</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662162169.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493290">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493290</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Superar la ansiedad
Author: Lilly Andrew
Narrator: Flor Maza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 18 minutes
Release date: December  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.7 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.7 of Total 10
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
¡Conquista permanentemente la ansiedad y libérate de los ataques de pánico y los pensamientos negativos con este práctico manual basado en acciones! ¿Con qué frecuencia quieres esconderte del mundo? Te sientes invisible y, para ser sincero, sería lo mejor porque te sentirías abrumado de otra manera. Cada vez que intentas tener confianza, te equivocas. Hablas rápido y quieres salir de la situación lo antes posible, para que nadie se dé cuenta. Las reuniones de trabajo o familiares te dan escalofríos, e ir a un bar o un evento social es solo un ataque de pánico inmediato que está esperando a suceder, y sientes ansiedad y mariposas en el estómago. Ahora imagina esto: Si hubiera una píldora que pueda ayudarlo a tener confianza instantánea ... Entras en una habitación llena de gente. Tu energía parece tener su propia atracción gravitacional y atrae a todos hacia ti. Quieren una parte de la positividad y la confianza que irradias. Por eso, las oportunidades comienzan a llegar ... Nuevo trabajo, promoción profesional, oportunidades para establecer contactos, viajes, mejores amigos y relaciones románticas. ¡Es como si no tuvieras límites! De repente, toda tu vida está tomando una dirección positiva diferente cada día. Desafortunadamente, esta píldora mágica no existe. Pero, por suerte para ti, los psicólogos, los oradores públicos y los entrenadores de vida han descubierto ciertos patrones universales que te ayudan a liberarte de los pensamientos negativos y los ataques de ansiedad mientras los reemplazan con la confianza y el carisma de las celebridades.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493290">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493290</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Superar la ansiedad
Author: Lilly Andrew
Narrator: Flor Maza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 18 minutes
Release date: December  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.7 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.7 of Total 10
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
¡Conquista permanentemente la ansiedad y libérate de los ataques de pánico y los pensamientos negativos con este práctico manual basado en acciones! ¿Con qué frecuencia quieres esconderte del mundo? Te sientes invisible y, para ser sincero, sería lo mejor porque te sentirías abrumado de otra manera. Cada vez que intentas tener confianza, te equivocas. Hablas rápido y quieres salir de la situación lo antes posible, para que nadie se dé cuenta. Las reuniones de trabajo o familiares te dan escalofríos, e ir a un bar o un evento social es solo un ataque de pánico inmediato que está esperando a suceder, y sientes ansiedad y mariposas en el estómago. Ahora imagina esto: Si hubiera una píldora que pueda ayudarlo a tener confianza instantánea ... Entras en una habitación llena de gente. Tu energía parece tener su propia atracción gravitacional y atrae a todos hacia ti. Quieren una parte de la positividad y la confianza que irradias. Por eso, las oportunidades comienzan a llegar ... Nuevo trabajo, promoción profesional, oportunidades para establecer contactos, viajes, mejores amigos y relaciones románticas. ¡Es como si no tuvieras límites! De repente, toda tu vida está tomando una dirección positiva diferente cada día. Desafortunadamente, esta píldora mágica no existe. Pero, por suerte para ti, los psicólogos, los oradores públicos y los entrenadores de vida han descubierto ciertos patrones universales que te ayudan a liberarte de los pensamientos negativos y los ataques de ansiedad mientras los reemplazan con la confianza y el carisma de las celebridades.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Superar la Ansiedad en las Relaciones by Lilly Andrew</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493289</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493289">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493289</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Superar la Ansiedad en las Relaciones
Author: Lilly Andrew
Narrator: Florencia Maza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 14 minutes
Release date: December 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
¡Cientos de horas de investigación han revelado cómo eliminar la ansiedad, la negatividad y los celos en una relación y ayudarlos a crecer como pareja! Amas a tu pareja y no puedes esperar a verla. Pero, a veces, sucede algo y te metes en una pelea por cosas pequeñas e insignificantes. Se vuelve agotador y ni siquiera recuerdas por qué discutías en primer lugar. Suena tonto porque amas a esta persona. Pero habrá ocasiones en las que no estés seguro de lo que está pasando entre ustedes dos. Esto no es raro. Debido a la falta de comunicación clara, la negatividad, la ansiedad e incluso los celos pueden colarse sin que te des cuenta. A pesar de ser perfectos el uno para el otro, permitir que todas estas emociones negativas se compongan puede arruinar su relación de forma lenta y segura. En el nuevo libro de Lily Andrew, &amp;#039;Superar la ansiedad en las relaciones&amp;#039;, ella revela cómo detectar todos esos sentimientos negativos y darles la vuelta, para que puedas convertir tu relación en amorosa y enriquecedora. Una en la que ambos puedan apoyarse mutuamente y crecer juntos. Hay patrones específicos que ella notó e ilustró perfectamente, para que puedas detectarlos y eliminarlos con facilidad</description>
      <author>Lilly Andrew</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Dec 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662162183.mp3" length="1360388" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493289</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662162183.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493289">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493289</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Superar la Ansiedad en las Relaciones
Author: Lilly Andrew
Narrator: Florencia Maza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 14 minutes
Release date: December 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
¡Cientos de horas de investigación han revelado cómo eliminar la ansiedad, la negatividad y los celos en una relación y ayudarlos a crecer como pareja! Amas a tu pareja y no puedes esperar a verla. Pero, a veces, sucede algo y te metes en una pelea por cosas pequeñas e insignificantes. Se vuelve agotador y ni siquiera recuerdas por qué discutías en primer lugar. Suena tonto porque amas a esta persona. Pero habrá ocasiones en las que no estés seguro de lo que está pasando entre ustedes dos. Esto no es raro. Debido a la falta de comunicación clara, la negatividad, la ansiedad e incluso los celos pueden colarse sin que te des cuenta. A pesar de ser perfectos el uno para el otro, permitir que todas estas emociones negativas se compongan puede arruinar su relación de forma lenta y segura. En el nuevo libro de Lily Andrew, &amp;#039;Superar la ansiedad en las relaciones&amp;#039;, ella revela cómo detectar todos esos sentimientos negativos y darles la vuelta, para que puedas convertir tu relación en amorosa y enriquecedora. Una en la que ambos puedan apoyarse mutuamente y crecer juntos. Hay patrones específicos que ella notó e ilustró perfectamente, para que puedas detectarlos y eliminarlos con facilidad</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493289">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493289</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Superar la Ansiedad en las Relaciones
Author: Lilly Andrew
Narrator: Florencia Maza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 14 minutes
Release date: December 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
¡Cientos de horas de investigación han revelado cómo eliminar la ansiedad, la negatividad y los celos en una relación y ayudarlos a crecer como pareja! Amas a tu pareja y no puedes esperar a verla. Pero, a veces, sucede algo y te metes en una pelea por cosas pequeñas e insignificantes. Se vuelve agotador y ni siquiera recuerdas por qué discutías en primer lugar. Suena tonto porque amas a esta persona. Pero habrá ocasiones en las que no estés seguro de lo que está pasando entre ustedes dos. Esto no es raro. Debido a la falta de comunicación clara, la negatividad, la ansiedad e incluso los celos pueden colarse sin que te des cuenta. A pesar de ser perfectos el uno para el otro, permitir que todas estas emociones negativas se compongan puede arruinar su relación de forma lenta y segura. En el nuevo libro de Lily Andrew, &amp;#039;Superar la ansiedad en las relaciones&amp;#039;, ella revela cómo detectar todos esos sentimientos negativos y darles la vuelta, para que puedas convertir tu relación en amorosa y enriquecedora. Una en la que ambos puedan apoyarse mutuamente y crecer juntos. Hay patrones específicos que ella notó e ilustró perfectamente, para que puedas detectarlos y eliminarlos con facilidad</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The A-Fib Cure: Get Off Your Medications, Take Control of Your Health, and Add Years to Your Life by Dr. T. Jared Bunch, Dr. John D. Day, Matthew D. Laplante</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493273</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493273">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493273</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The A-Fib Cure: Get Off Your Medications, Take Control of Your Health, and Add Years to Your Life
Author: Dr. T. Jared Bunch, Dr. John D. Day, Matthew D. Laplante
Narrator: Adam Barr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 42 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Atrial fibrillation strikes one in four American adults. Not only do people suffering from this condition suffer from shortness of breath, fatigue, chest discomfort, decreased ability to exercise and do activities of daily living, arrhythmia, and palpitations, but their risk of a stroke, cognitive decline and dementia, heart failure, or premature death also shoots way up. Today, a whole new body of research—one most physicians are unaware of—shows that biomarker and lifestyle optimization may put half the cases of atrial fibrillation into remission without drugs or procedures. And for those in whom these remedies are insufficient or not tolerated, new procedures, in combination with biomarker and lifestyle optimization, may offer lifetime remission from atrial fibrillation and its devastating consequences. In clear, accessible, patient-centric language, Drs. Day and Bunch share their revolutionary approach to treating atrial fibrillation, developed through a combined fifty-three years working with a-fib patients. The effectiveness of their plan has been proven through countless medical studies. And now, in The AFib Cure: Get Off Your Medications, Take Control of Your Health, and Add Years to Your Life, they share that plan with you.</description>
      <author>Dr. T. Jared Bunch, Dr. John D. Day, Matthew D. Laplante</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Feb 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696604635.mp3" length="8327294" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493273</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696604635.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493273">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493273</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The A-Fib Cure: Get Off Your Medications, Take Control of Your Health, and Add Years to Your Life
Author: Dr. T. Jared Bunch, Dr. John D. Day, Matthew D. Laplante
Narrator: Adam Barr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 42 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Atrial fibrillation strikes one in four American adults. Not only do people suffering from this condition suffer from shortness of breath, fatigue, chest discomfort, decreased ability to exercise and do activities of daily living, arrhythmia, and palpitations, but their risk of a stroke, cognitive decline and dementia, heart failure, or premature death also shoots way up. Today, a whole new body of research—one most physicians are unaware of—shows that biomarker and lifestyle optimization may put half the cases of atrial fibrillation into remission without drugs or procedures. And for those in whom these remedies are insufficient or not tolerated, new procedures, in combination with biomarker and lifestyle optimization, may offer lifetime remission from atrial fibrillation and its devastating consequences. In clear, accessible, patient-centric language, Drs. Day and Bunch share their revolutionary approach to treating atrial fibrillation, developed through a combined fifty-three years working with a-fib patients. The effectiveness of their plan has been proven through countless medical studies. And now, in The AFib Cure: Get Off Your Medications, Take Control of Your Health, and Add Years to Your Life, they share that plan with you.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493273">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493273</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The A-Fib Cure: Get Off Your Medications, Take Control of Your Health, and Add Years to Your Life
Author: Dr. T. Jared Bunch, Dr. John D. Day, Matthew D. Laplante
Narrator: Adam Barr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 42 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Atrial fibrillation strikes one in four American adults. Not only do people suffering from this condition suffer from shortness of breath, fatigue, chest discomfort, decreased ability to exercise and do activities of daily living, arrhythmia, and palpitations, but their risk of a stroke, cognitive decline and dementia, heart failure, or premature death also shoots way up. Today, a whole new body of research—one most physicians are unaware of—shows that biomarker and lifestyle optimization may put half the cases of atrial fibrillation into remission without drugs or procedures. And for those in whom these remedies are insufficient or not tolerated, new procedures, in combination with biomarker and lifestyle optimization, may offer lifetime remission from atrial fibrillation and its devastating consequences. In clear, accessible, patient-centric language, Drs. Day and Bunch share their revolutionary approach to treating atrial fibrillation, developed through a combined fifty-three years working with a-fib patients. The effectiveness of their plan has been proven through countless medical studies. And now, in The AFib Cure: Get Off Your Medications, Take Control of Your Health, and Add Years to Your Life, they share that plan with you.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>DASH Diet For Dummies: 2nd Edition by Rosanne Rust MS RDN LDN, Sarah Samaan MD FACC FACP FASE, Cindy Kleckner RDN LD FAND</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493215</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493215">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493215</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: DASH Diet For Dummies: 2nd Edition
Author: Rosanne Rust MS RDN LDN, Sarah Samaan MD FACC FACP FASE, Cindy Kleckner RDN LD FAND
Narrator: Rachel Perry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 41 minutes
Release date: March  9, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Get on track to lower your blood pressure in just two weeks! Written in an easy-to-follow, friendly style by three heart and nutrition experts, DASH Diet For Dummies shows you how increasing fiber, vitamins, and minerals, along with reducing your sodium intake when needed, can lower your blood pressure in just two weeks! Ranked the #1 Best Diet for Healthy Eating as well as #2 Best Diets Overall by U.S. News &amp;amp; World Report, the DASH Diet is specifically aimed at relieving hypertension and is endorsed by the American Heart Association, The National Heart, Blood, and Lung Institute, and the Mayo Clinic—and is also proven to be effective against conditions such as Type 2 diabetes, metabolic syndrome, PCOS, and more. ● Improve heart health with lower blood pressure ● Reduce cholesterol ● Lose weight ● Follow simple, tasty recipes</description>
      <author>Rosanne Rust MS RDN LDN, Sarah Samaan MD FACC FACP FASE, Cindy Kleckner RDN LD FAND</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Mar 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666105223.mp3" length="8243799" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493215</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666105223.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493215">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493215</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: DASH Diet For Dummies: 2nd Edition
Author: Rosanne Rust MS RDN LDN, Sarah Samaan MD FACC FACP FASE, Cindy Kleckner RDN LD FAND
Narrator: Rachel Perry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 41 minutes
Release date: March  9, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Get on track to lower your blood pressure in just two weeks! Written in an easy-to-follow, friendly style by three heart and nutrition experts, DASH Diet For Dummies shows you how increasing fiber, vitamins, and minerals, along with reducing your sodium intake when needed, can lower your blood pressure in just two weeks! Ranked the #1 Best Diet for Healthy Eating as well as #2 Best Diets Overall by U.S. News &amp;amp; World Report, the DASH Diet is specifically aimed at relieving hypertension and is endorsed by the American Heart Association, The National Heart, Blood, and Lung Institute, and the Mayo Clinic—and is also proven to be effective against conditions such as Type 2 diabetes, metabolic syndrome, PCOS, and more. ● Improve heart health with lower blood pressure ● Reduce cholesterol ● Lose weight ● Follow simple, tasty recipes</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493215">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493215</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: DASH Diet For Dummies: 2nd Edition
Author: Rosanne Rust MS RDN LDN, Sarah Samaan MD FACC FACP FASE, Cindy Kleckner RDN LD FAND
Narrator: Rachel Perry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 41 minutes
Release date: March  9, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Get on track to lower your blood pressure in just two weeks! Written in an easy-to-follow, friendly style by three heart and nutrition experts, DASH Diet For Dummies shows you how increasing fiber, vitamins, and minerals, along with reducing your sodium intake when needed, can lower your blood pressure in just two weeks! Ranked the #1 Best Diet for Healthy Eating as well as #2 Best Diets Overall by U.S. News &amp;amp; World Report, the DASH Diet is specifically aimed at relieving hypertension and is endorsed by the American Heart Association, The National Heart, Blood, and Lung Institute, and the Mayo Clinic—and is also proven to be effective against conditions such as Type 2 diabetes, metabolic syndrome, PCOS, and more. ● Improve heart health with lower blood pressure ● Reduce cholesterol ● Lose weight ● Follow simple, tasty recipes</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fertility Breakthrough: Overcoming infertility and recurrent miscarriage when other treatments have failed by Gabriela Rosa Mscm (rhhg) Bhsc (nd)</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492959</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492959">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492959</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fertility Breakthrough: Overcoming infertility and recurrent miscarriage when other treatments have failed
Author: Gabriela Rosa Mscm (rhhg) Bhsc (nd)
Narrator: Gabriela Rosa Mscm (rhhg) Bhsc (nd)
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 51 minutes
Release date: December  9, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Fertility Breakthrough  is an indispensable guide for those who wish to overcome infertility and recurrent miscarriage. World-renowned fertility specialist and Harvard University-awarded scholar, Gabriela Rosa, shares the essential steps required to help you take charge of your results, and give yourself the best possible chance of finally giving birth to the healthy baby of your dreams. The advice in this audiobook has helped thousands of couples overcome infertility and recurrent miscarriage when other treatments have failed.</description>
      <author>Gabriela Rosa Mscm (rhhg) Bhsc (nd)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Dec 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781781335222.mp3" length="842411" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492959</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781781335222.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492959">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492959</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fertility Breakthrough: Overcoming infertility and recurrent miscarriage when other treatments have failed
Author: Gabriela Rosa Mscm (rhhg) Bhsc (nd)
Narrator: Gabriela Rosa Mscm (rhhg) Bhsc (nd)
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 51 minutes
Release date: December  9, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Fertility Breakthrough  is an indispensable guide for those who wish to overcome infertility and recurrent miscarriage. World-renowned fertility specialist and Harvard University-awarded scholar, Gabriela Rosa, shares the essential steps required to help you take charge of your results, and give yourself the best possible chance of finally giving birth to the healthy baby of your dreams. The advice in this audiobook has helped thousands of couples overcome infertility and recurrent miscarriage when other treatments have failed.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492959">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492959</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fertility Breakthrough: Overcoming infertility and recurrent miscarriage when other treatments have failed
Author: Gabriela Rosa Mscm (rhhg) Bhsc (nd)
Narrator: Gabriela Rosa Mscm (rhhg) Bhsc (nd)
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 51 minutes
Release date: December  9, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Fertility Breakthrough  is an indispensable guide for those who wish to overcome infertility and recurrent miscarriage. World-renowned fertility specialist and Harvard University-awarded scholar, Gabriela Rosa, shares the essential steps required to help you take charge of your results, and give yourself the best possible chance of finally giving birth to the healthy baby of your dreams. The advice in this audiobook has helped thousands of couples overcome infertility and recurrent miscarriage when other treatments have failed.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hard Landings: Looking Into the Future for a Child With Autism by Cammie McGovern</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492748</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492748">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492748</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hard Landings: Looking Into the Future for a Child With Autism
Author: Cammie McGovern
Narrator: Cammie McGovern
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 43 minutes
Release date: August 24, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
A game-changing exploration of what the future holds for the first generation of mainstreamed neurodiverse kids that is coming of age. After sleepless nights, intensive research, and twenty-one years of raising a child, Ethan, with autism and intellectual disability, Cammie McGovern is approaching a distinct catch-22. Once Ethan turns twenty-two, he will fall off the &amp;#039;Disability Cliff.&amp;#039; By aging out of the school system, he&amp;#039;ll lose access to most social, educational, and vocational resources. The catch is this: These resources, limited as they may be, have trained Ethan in skills for jobs that don&amp;#039;t exist and a life he can&amp;#039;t have. Here, McGovern expands on her #1 New York Times piece, &amp;#039;Looking into the Future for a Child with Autism,&amp;#039; a future that often appears grim, with statistics like an 85 percent unemployment rate for people with ID. McGovern spent a year traveling the country and looking at the options for work and housing--and to her surprise discovered reasons to be optimistic. She asks the tough questions: What should parents prioritize as they ready their children for adulthood? How do we redefine success for our children? How can we sustain a hopeful attitude while navigating one obstacle after another? As Ethan makes his way into the world, McGovern also looks into the hardest question of all: How can we ensure an independent future when we&amp;#039;re gone? Hard Landings will serve as a renewed beacon of hope for parents who want to ensure the fullest life possible for their child&amp;#039;s future.</description>
      <author>Cammie McGovern</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Aug 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593290668.mp3" length="2767253" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492748</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593290668.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492748">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492748</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hard Landings: Looking Into the Future for a Child With Autism
Author: Cammie McGovern
Narrator: Cammie McGovern
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 43 minutes
Release date: August 24, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
A game-changing exploration of what the future holds for the first generation of mainstreamed neurodiverse kids that is coming of age. After sleepless nights, intensive research, and twenty-one years of raising a child, Ethan, with autism and intellectual disability, Cammie McGovern is approaching a distinct catch-22. Once Ethan turns twenty-two, he will fall off the &amp;#039;Disability Cliff.&amp;#039; By aging out of the school system, he&amp;#039;ll lose access to most social, educational, and vocational resources. The catch is this: These resources, limited as they may be, have trained Ethan in skills for jobs that don&amp;#039;t exist and a life he can&amp;#039;t have. Here, McGovern expands on her #1 New York Times piece, &amp;#039;Looking into the Future for a Child with Autism,&amp;#039; a future that often appears grim, with statistics like an 85 percent unemployment rate for people with ID. McGovern spent a year traveling the country and looking at the options for work and housing--and to her surprise discovered reasons to be optimistic. She asks the tough questions: What should parents prioritize as they ready their children for adulthood? How do we redefine success for our children? How can we sustain a hopeful attitude while navigating one obstacle after another? As Ethan makes his way into the world, McGovern also looks into the hardest question of all: How can we ensure an independent future when we&amp;#039;re gone? Hard Landings will serve as a renewed beacon of hope for parents who want to ensure the fullest life possible for their child&amp;#039;s future.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492748">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492748</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hard Landings: Looking Into the Future for a Child With Autism
Author: Cammie McGovern
Narrator: Cammie McGovern
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 43 minutes
Release date: August 24, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
A game-changing exploration of what the future holds for the first generation of mainstreamed neurodiverse kids that is coming of age. After sleepless nights, intensive research, and twenty-one years of raising a child, Ethan, with autism and intellectual disability, Cammie McGovern is approaching a distinct catch-22. Once Ethan turns twenty-two, he will fall off the &amp;#039;Disability Cliff.&amp;#039; By aging out of the school system, he&amp;#039;ll lose access to most social, educational, and vocational resources. The catch is this: These resources, limited as they may be, have trained Ethan in skills for jobs that don&amp;#039;t exist and a life he can&amp;#039;t have. Here, McGovern expands on her #1 New York Times piece, &amp;#039;Looking into the Future for a Child with Autism,&amp;#039; a future that often appears grim, with statistics like an 85 percent unemployment rate for people with ID. McGovern spent a year traveling the country and looking at the options for work and housing--and to her surprise discovered reasons to be optimistic. She asks the tough questions: What should parents prioritize as they ready their children for adulthood? How do we redefine success for our children? How can we sustain a hopeful attitude while navigating one obstacle after another? As Ethan makes his way into the world, McGovern also looks into the hardest question of all: How can we ensure an independent future when we&amp;#039;re gone? Hard Landings will serve as a renewed beacon of hope for parents who want to ensure the fullest life possible for their child&amp;#039;s future.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Getting It Done When You&amp;#039;re Depressed, Second Edition: 50 Strategies for Keeping Your Life on Track by Julie A. Fast, John Preston</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492743</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492743">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492743</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Getting It Done When You&amp;#039;re Depressed, Second Edition: 50 Strategies for Keeping Your Life on Track
Author: Julie A. Fast, John Preston
Narrator: Stephanie Cannon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 11 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Don&amp;#039;t let depression get in the way of the life you want to live! Many people suffer from depression on a daily basis. The hard part is learning to live with it. Getting up and getting moving can seem like an insurmountable chore. You know you need to be productive but your brain just won&amp;#039;t cooperate. Getting It Done When You&amp;#039;re Depressed offers 50 strategies to break the cycle of inactivity that so often accompanies depression. These strategies are practical and easily applicable for anyone trying to lead a lifetime of productivity, regardless of your mood. In this revised edition, you&amp;#039;ll find these strategies and more: - Feel the depression--and do it anyway. - Generate creativity. - Allow time for positive results. - Know when your brain is lying to you. - Tips on differenciating depression from bipolar disorder. It&amp;#039;s time to come out from under your depression brain fog, create a daily structure, and feel great about yourself and your abilities again! © 2021 Julie A. Fast; John D. Preston © 2021 DK Audio</description>
      <author>Julie A. Fast, John Preston</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jan 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780744045826.mp3" length="2367405" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492743</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780744045826.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492743">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492743</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Getting It Done When You&amp;#039;re Depressed, Second Edition: 50 Strategies for Keeping Your Life on Track
Author: Julie A. Fast, John Preston
Narrator: Stephanie Cannon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 11 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Don&amp;#039;t let depression get in the way of the life you want to live! Many people suffer from depression on a daily basis. The hard part is learning to live with it. Getting up and getting moving can seem like an insurmountable chore. You know you need to be productive but your brain just won&amp;#039;t cooperate. Getting It Done When You&amp;#039;re Depressed offers 50 strategies to break the cycle of inactivity that so often accompanies depression. These strategies are practical and easily applicable for anyone trying to lead a lifetime of productivity, regardless of your mood. In this revised edition, you&amp;#039;ll find these strategies and more: - Feel the depression--and do it anyway. - Generate creativity. - Allow time for positive results. - Know when your brain is lying to you. - Tips on differenciating depression from bipolar disorder. It&amp;#039;s time to come out from under your depression brain fog, create a daily structure, and feel great about yourself and your abilities again! © 2021 Julie A. Fast; John D. Preston © 2021 DK Audio</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492743">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492743</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Getting It Done When You&amp;#039;re Depressed, Second Edition: 50 Strategies for Keeping Your Life on Track
Author: Julie A. Fast, John Preston
Narrator: Stephanie Cannon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 11 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Don&amp;#039;t let depression get in the way of the life you want to live! Many people suffer from depression on a daily basis. The hard part is learning to live with it. Getting up and getting moving can seem like an insurmountable chore. You know you need to be productive but your brain just won&amp;#039;t cooperate. Getting It Done When You&amp;#039;re Depressed offers 50 strategies to break the cycle of inactivity that so often accompanies depression. These strategies are practical and easily applicable for anyone trying to lead a lifetime of productivity, regardless of your mood. In this revised edition, you&amp;#039;ll find these strategies and more: - Feel the depression--and do it anyway. - Generate creativity. - Allow time for positive results. - Know when your brain is lying to you. - Tips on differenciating depression from bipolar disorder. It&amp;#039;s time to come out from under your depression brain fog, create a daily structure, and feel great about yourself and your abilities again! © 2021 Julie A. Fast; John D. Preston © 2021 DK Audio</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Portuguese] - 52 maneiras de preocupar-se menos by Clene Salles</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492202</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492202">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492202</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - 52 maneiras de preocupar-se menos
Author: Clene Salles
Narrator: Walkiria Brito
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 49 minutes
Release date: November 25, 2019
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
* Mais de 2 milhões de exemplares vendidos! Por que as pessoas se preocupam? Ninguém sabe exatamente a razão, mas o fato é que ficamos preocupados com praticamente tudo: com o emprego, com a segurança dos filhos, se o dinheiro será suficiente para o aluguel… Algumas preocupações nos estimulam a buscar soluções, outras vêm carregadas de sentimentos negativos e nos desgastam. Nas páginas seguintes, apresentamos 52 dicas, uma para cada semana do ano, para você lidar melhor com as preocupações do dia-a-dia. Você pode ler o livro do começo ao fim ou abri-lo ao acaso e ler uma das dicas aleatoriamente, bem como refletir sobre as frases de pensadores espalhadas pelo livro. Com mais de 2 milhões de exemplares vendidos, os livrinhos da coleção 52 maneiras foram elaborados com dicas especialmente voltadas para a concretização dos seus objetivos mais importantes. Porque todo mundo quer e merece ficar de bem com a vida!</description>
      <author>Clene Salles</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Nov 2019 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788506086445.mp3" length="867565" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492202</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788506086445.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492202">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492202</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - 52 maneiras de preocupar-se menos
Author: Clene Salles
Narrator: Walkiria Brito
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 49 minutes
Release date: November 25, 2019
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
* Mais de 2 milhões de exemplares vendidos! Por que as pessoas se preocupam? Ninguém sabe exatamente a razão, mas o fato é que ficamos preocupados com praticamente tudo: com o emprego, com a segurança dos filhos, se o dinheiro será suficiente para o aluguel… Algumas preocupações nos estimulam a buscar soluções, outras vêm carregadas de sentimentos negativos e nos desgastam. Nas páginas seguintes, apresentamos 52 dicas, uma para cada semana do ano, para você lidar melhor com as preocupações do dia-a-dia. Você pode ler o livro do começo ao fim ou abri-lo ao acaso e ler uma das dicas aleatoriamente, bem como refletir sobre as frases de pensadores espalhadas pelo livro. Com mais de 2 milhões de exemplares vendidos, os livrinhos da coleção 52 maneiras foram elaborados com dicas especialmente voltadas para a concretização dos seus objetivos mais importantes. Porque todo mundo quer e merece ficar de bem com a vida!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492202">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492202</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - 52 maneiras de preocupar-se menos
Author: Clene Salles
Narrator: Walkiria Brito
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 49 minutes
Release date: November 25, 2019
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
* Mais de 2 milhões de exemplares vendidos! Por que as pessoas se preocupam? Ninguém sabe exatamente a razão, mas o fato é que ficamos preocupados com praticamente tudo: com o emprego, com a segurança dos filhos, se o dinheiro será suficiente para o aluguel… Algumas preocupações nos estimulam a buscar soluções, outras vêm carregadas de sentimentos negativos e nos desgastam. Nas páginas seguintes, apresentamos 52 dicas, uma para cada semana do ano, para você lidar melhor com as preocupações do dia-a-dia. Você pode ler o livro do começo ao fim ou abri-lo ao acaso e ler uma das dicas aleatoriamente, bem como refletir sobre as frases de pensadores espalhadas pelo livro. Com mais de 2 milhões de exemplares vendidos, os livrinhos da coleção 52 maneiras foram elaborados com dicas especialmente voltadas para a concretização dos seus objetivos mais importantes. Porque todo mundo quer e merece ficar de bem com a vida!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Holy Fear: Trading Lesser Fears for the Fear of the Lord by Christina Fox</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491876</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491876">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491876</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Holy Fear: Trading Lesser Fears for the Fear of the Lord
Author: Christina Fox
Narrator: Christina Fox
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 44 minutes
Release date: November 28, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Fear It&amp;#039;s something we are all familiar with and have experienced at some point in our lives. We&amp;#039;ve all feared harm of some kind. Many of us know what it is to fear the unknown future. We may even know the fear of man. Such fears can rule our hearts and direct our choices. They can consume us and steal our joy.  The Bible frequently cautions us against such fears. In fact, &amp;#039;do not fear&amp;#039; is the most frequent command found in Scripture. But there&amp;#039;s another type of fear the Bible mentions that is different from our other fears. And it also contains a command: &amp;#039;fear the Lord.&amp;#039; We find the command throughout the Old and New Testaments. It is an essential component to our faith. Our Savior had a fear of the Lord. Since we are so familiar with fear and the terror we sometimes feel in the face of our fears, we can often misunderstand what it means to fear the Lord.  A Holy Fear unpacks what the &amp;#039;fear of the Lord&amp;#039; means and what it looks like in our lives. It will show examples of such fear in Scripture. It will explore the fruits of fearing the Lord as well as the promises of God to those who fear. And because the Bible teaches that the fear of the Lord disarms and weakens our lesser fears, A Holy Fear will help the reader apply what they are learning to their own heart, helping them turn from their lesser fears to a fear of the Lord.</description>
      <author>Christina Fox</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 28 Nov 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781646891368.mp3" length="1334922" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491876</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781646891368.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491876">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491876</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Holy Fear: Trading Lesser Fears for the Fear of the Lord
Author: Christina Fox
Narrator: Christina Fox
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 44 minutes
Release date: November 28, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Fear It&amp;#039;s something we are all familiar with and have experienced at some point in our lives. We&amp;#039;ve all feared harm of some kind. Many of us know what it is to fear the unknown future. We may even know the fear of man. Such fears can rule our hearts and direct our choices. They can consume us and steal our joy.  The Bible frequently cautions us against such fears. In fact, &amp;#039;do not fear&amp;#039; is the most frequent command found in Scripture. But there&amp;#039;s another type of fear the Bible mentions that is different from our other fears. And it also contains a command: &amp;#039;fear the Lord.&amp;#039; We find the command throughout the Old and New Testaments. It is an essential component to our faith. Our Savior had a fear of the Lord. Since we are so familiar with fear and the terror we sometimes feel in the face of our fears, we can often misunderstand what it means to fear the Lord.  A Holy Fear unpacks what the &amp;#039;fear of the Lord&amp;#039; means and what it looks like in our lives. It will show examples of such fear in Scripture. It will explore the fruits of fearing the Lord as well as the promises of God to those who fear. And because the Bible teaches that the fear of the Lord disarms and weakens our lesser fears, A Holy Fear will help the reader apply what they are learning to their own heart, helping them turn from their lesser fears to a fear of the Lord.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491876">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491876</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Holy Fear: Trading Lesser Fears for the Fear of the Lord
Author: Christina Fox
Narrator: Christina Fox
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 44 minutes
Release date: November 28, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Fear It&amp;#039;s something we are all familiar with and have experienced at some point in our lives. We&amp;#039;ve all feared harm of some kind. Many of us know what it is to fear the unknown future. We may even know the fear of man. Such fears can rule our hearts and direct our choices. They can consume us and steal our joy.  The Bible frequently cautions us against such fears. In fact, &amp;#039;do not fear&amp;#039; is the most frequent command found in Scripture. But there&amp;#039;s another type of fear the Bible mentions that is different from our other fears. And it also contains a command: &amp;#039;fear the Lord.&amp;#039; We find the command throughout the Old and New Testaments. It is an essential component to our faith. Our Savior had a fear of the Lord. Since we are so familiar with fear and the terror we sometimes feel in the face of our fears, we can often misunderstand what it means to fear the Lord.  A Holy Fear unpacks what the &amp;#039;fear of the Lord&amp;#039; means and what it looks like in our lives. It will show examples of such fear in Scripture. It will explore the fruits of fearing the Lord as well as the promises of God to those who fear. And because the Bible teaches that the fear of the Lord disarms and weakens our lesser fears, A Holy Fear will help the reader apply what they are learning to their own heart, helping them turn from their lesser fears to a fear of the Lord.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Food Addiction And Overeating by Julia Hansen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491347</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491347">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491347</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Food Addiction And Overeating
Author: Julia Hansen
Narrator: Eleonor Webb, Alex Sullivan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 47 minutes
Release date: November 27, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you tired being obsessed with food? Do you often lose control over food? Do you vow to be “good” and stick to your diet but then sabotage your weight-loss efforts by eating one of your forbidden foods (pizza, chips, ice cream, or anything with an actual carb)?  So keep reading.. Overeating, binge eating, obesity, anorexia, and bulimia — “Food Addiction and Overeating” tackles the complex, poorly understood issue of food addiction from the perspective of a medical researcher and dozens of survivors. What exactly is food addiction? Is it possible to draw a hard line between indulging cravings for “comfort food” and engaging in substance abuse? For people struggling with food addictions, recognizing their condition remains a frustrating battle. This book offers a whole-person approach that blends practical information on managing stress and regulating emotions without relying on food. If you’re ready to uncover the true cause of your food addiction, you’ll finally be able to embrace a balanced diet and reach the weight that’s right for you. Follow the advice in this book and be free from obsessing about food, calories, and your weight.</description>
      <author>Julia Hansen</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Nov 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662159251.mp3" length="1469775" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491347</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662159251.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491347">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491347</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Food Addiction And Overeating
Author: Julia Hansen
Narrator: Eleonor Webb, Alex Sullivan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 47 minutes
Release date: November 27, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you tired being obsessed with food? Do you often lose control over food? Do you vow to be “good” and stick to your diet but then sabotage your weight-loss efforts by eating one of your forbidden foods (pizza, chips, ice cream, or anything with an actual carb)?  So keep reading.. Overeating, binge eating, obesity, anorexia, and bulimia — “Food Addiction and Overeating” tackles the complex, poorly understood issue of food addiction from the perspective of a medical researcher and dozens of survivors. What exactly is food addiction? Is it possible to draw a hard line between indulging cravings for “comfort food” and engaging in substance abuse? For people struggling with food addictions, recognizing their condition remains a frustrating battle. This book offers a whole-person approach that blends practical information on managing stress and regulating emotions without relying on food. If you’re ready to uncover the true cause of your food addiction, you’ll finally be able to embrace a balanced diet and reach the weight that’s right for you. Follow the advice in this book and be free from obsessing about food, calories, and your weight.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491347">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491347</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Food Addiction And Overeating
Author: Julia Hansen
Narrator: Eleonor Webb, Alex Sullivan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 47 minutes
Release date: November 27, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you tired being obsessed with food? Do you often lose control over food? Do you vow to be “good” and stick to your diet but then sabotage your weight-loss efforts by eating one of your forbidden foods (pizza, chips, ice cream, or anything with an actual carb)?  So keep reading.. Overeating, binge eating, obesity, anorexia, and bulimia — “Food Addiction and Overeating” tackles the complex, poorly understood issue of food addiction from the perspective of a medical researcher and dozens of survivors. What exactly is food addiction? Is it possible to draw a hard line between indulging cravings for “comfort food” and engaging in substance abuse? For people struggling with food addictions, recognizing their condition remains a frustrating battle. This book offers a whole-person approach that blends practical information on managing stress and regulating emotions without relying on food. If you’re ready to uncover the true cause of your food addiction, you’ll finally be able to embrace a balanced diet and reach the weight that’s right for you. Follow the advice in this book and be free from obsessing about food, calories, and your weight.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ultimate Energy: Overcome Fatigue: Health Secrets: Live A Healthier &amp;amp; More Energized Life Now!: 3 in 1 Box Set: Increased Energy, Overcoming Chronic Fatigue &amp;amp; Ultimate Health Secrets by Ace McCloud</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491335</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491335">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491335</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ultimate Energy: Overcome Fatigue: Health Secrets: Live A Healthier &amp;amp; More Energized Life Now!: 3 in 1 Box Set: Increased Energy, Overcoming Chronic Fatigue &amp;amp; Ultimate Health Secrets
Author: Ace McCloud
Narrator: Joshua Mackey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 34 minutes
Release date: November 29, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Ever wonder just how great your life would be if you had more energy?  Are you fed up with feeling tired all the time?  Do you wish you could experience robust health? 3 Audio Books in 1: An unbeatable combination of powerful ways to boost your energy, defeat fatigue, and live a healthy life! Whether you want to (1) get a lot more energy for a vibrant life, (2) beat fatigue and start feeling great again, or (3) increase your overall health, this audio book will teach you everything you need to know. Boost your energy naturally. In this audio book you will find the best energy-boosting foods, supplements, and strategies available. Keep your body and mind functioning at top levels. Learn how to recharge your batteries the right way. Stop wishing for more energy and start doing what really works! Start enjoying life again! Beat chronic fatigue by following a simple plan to strengthen your life force every day. Use proven, natural, and easy-to-follow strategies to identify and eliminate common energy drains and healthfully increase your energy levels. Learn how to restore joy and energy to your life. Let yourself live to the max! Gain proven tools for vibrant living that can last you for the rest of your life! Use the strategies of the pros to give your body the foods it needs in order to heal itself and generate enough energy to sail through your days. Harness your thoughts to boost your health. Better energy and health await you! Live An Energy Charged Life: Buy It Now!</description>
      <author>Ace McCloud</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 29 Nov 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662158858.mp3" length="1330619" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491335</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662158858.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491335">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491335</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ultimate Energy: Overcome Fatigue: Health Secrets: Live A Healthier &amp;amp; More Energized Life Now!: 3 in 1 Box Set: Increased Energy, Overcoming Chronic Fatigue &amp;amp; Ultimate Health Secrets
Author: Ace McCloud
Narrator: Joshua Mackey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 34 minutes
Release date: November 29, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Ever wonder just how great your life would be if you had more energy?  Are you fed up with feeling tired all the time?  Do you wish you could experience robust health? 3 Audio Books in 1: An unbeatable combination of powerful ways to boost your energy, defeat fatigue, and live a healthy life! Whether you want to (1) get a lot more energy for a vibrant life, (2) beat fatigue and start feeling great again, or (3) increase your overall health, this audio book will teach you everything you need to know. Boost your energy naturally. In this audio book you will find the best energy-boosting foods, supplements, and strategies available. Keep your body and mind functioning at top levels. Learn how to recharge your batteries the right way. Stop wishing for more energy and start doing what really works! Start enjoying life again! Beat chronic fatigue by following a simple plan to strengthen your life force every day. Use proven, natural, and easy-to-follow strategies to identify and eliminate common energy drains and healthfully increase your energy levels. Learn how to restore joy and energy to your life. Let yourself live to the max! Gain proven tools for vibrant living that can last you for the rest of your life! Use the strategies of the pros to give your body the foods it needs in order to heal itself and generate enough energy to sail through your days. Harness your thoughts to boost your health. Better energy and health await you! Live An Energy Charged Life: Buy It Now!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491335">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491335</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ultimate Energy: Overcome Fatigue: Health Secrets: Live A Healthier &amp;amp; More Energized Life Now!: 3 in 1 Box Set: Increased Energy, Overcoming Chronic Fatigue &amp;amp; Ultimate Health Secrets
Author: Ace McCloud
Narrator: Joshua Mackey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 34 minutes
Release date: November 29, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Ever wonder just how great your life would be if you had more energy?  Are you fed up with feeling tired all the time?  Do you wish you could experience robust health? 3 Audio Books in 1: An unbeatable combination of powerful ways to boost your energy, defeat fatigue, and live a healthy life! Whether you want to (1) get a lot more energy for a vibrant life, (2) beat fatigue and start feeling great again, or (3) increase your overall health, this audio book will teach you everything you need to know. Boost your energy naturally. In this audio book you will find the best energy-boosting foods, supplements, and strategies available. Keep your body and mind functioning at top levels. Learn how to recharge your batteries the right way. Stop wishing for more energy and start doing what really works! Start enjoying life again! Beat chronic fatigue by following a simple plan to strengthen your life force every day. Use proven, natural, and easy-to-follow strategies to identify and eliminate common energy drains and healthfully increase your energy levels. Learn how to restore joy and energy to your life. Let yourself live to the max! Gain proven tools for vibrant living that can last you for the rest of your life! Use the strategies of the pros to give your body the foods it needs in order to heal itself and generate enough energy to sail through your days. Harness your thoughts to boost your health. Better energy and health await you! Live An Energy Charged Life: Buy It Now!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Acid Reflux: Constipation: Treating Acid Reflux &amp;amp; Relieving Constipation: 2 in 1 Box Set: Treatments For Acid Reflux &amp;amp; Constipation Relief by Ace McCloud</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491331</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491331">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491331</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Acid Reflux: Constipation: Treating Acid Reflux &amp;amp; Relieving Constipation: 2 in 1 Box Set: Treatments For Acid Reflux &amp;amp; Constipation Relief
Author: Ace McCloud
Narrator: Joshua Mackey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 33 minutes
Release date: November 29, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
How long will you suffer needlessly from acid reflux?  Are you tired of the pain, discomfort, and embarrassment of constipation? 2 Audio Books in 1: An unbeatable combination of the best ways to reverse acid reflux and eliminate constipation! Whether you want to stop the burning pain from acid reflux or become “regular” again, this book will teach you everything you need to know. Conquer acid reflux once and for all! The best news of all is that acid reflux is reversible. Identify your own reflux triggers and learn ways around them. Use foods you already have on hand, or items that are readily available, to heal your body. Learn strategies that work to prevent acid flare-ups from occurring when you go to bed. All these natural, down-to-earth strategies can help you successfully stop the burning pain of acid reflux and prepare your entire digestive system to function optimally. Get rid of constipation for good! Constipation can be “eliminated” forever, and usually without resorting to costly medical interventions. By adopting a few simple lifestyle choices, you can set yourself on the road to a healthier and more enjoyable life. Learn how even what you think about can influence the performance of your digestive system. Discover activities that can make a huge difference in your regularity. End the embarrassment of long stays in the bathroom. Take the “strain” out of your life with natural treatments that will have you “regular” in no time. Remove the burn of acid reflux and the discomfort of constipation! Get Healthy: Buy It Now!</description>
      <author>Ace McCloud</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 29 Nov 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662158773.mp3" length="1366455" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491331</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662158773.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491331">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491331</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Acid Reflux: Constipation: Treating Acid Reflux &amp;amp; Relieving Constipation: 2 in 1 Box Set: Treatments For Acid Reflux &amp;amp; Constipation Relief
Author: Ace McCloud
Narrator: Joshua Mackey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 33 minutes
Release date: November 29, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
How long will you suffer needlessly from acid reflux?  Are you tired of the pain, discomfort, and embarrassment of constipation? 2 Audio Books in 1: An unbeatable combination of the best ways to reverse acid reflux and eliminate constipation! Whether you want to stop the burning pain from acid reflux or become “regular” again, this book will teach you everything you need to know. Conquer acid reflux once and for all! The best news of all is that acid reflux is reversible. Identify your own reflux triggers and learn ways around them. Use foods you already have on hand, or items that are readily available, to heal your body. Learn strategies that work to prevent acid flare-ups from occurring when you go to bed. All these natural, down-to-earth strategies can help you successfully stop the burning pain of acid reflux and prepare your entire digestive system to function optimally. Get rid of constipation for good! Constipation can be “eliminated” forever, and usually without resorting to costly medical interventions. By adopting a few simple lifestyle choices, you can set yourself on the road to a healthier and more enjoyable life. Learn how even what you think about can influence the performance of your digestive system. Discover activities that can make a huge difference in your regularity. End the embarrassment of long stays in the bathroom. Take the “strain” out of your life with natural treatments that will have you “regular” in no time. Remove the burn of acid reflux and the discomfort of constipation! Get Healthy: Buy It Now!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491331">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491331</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Acid Reflux: Constipation: Treating Acid Reflux &amp;amp; Relieving Constipation: 2 in 1 Box Set: Treatments For Acid Reflux &amp;amp; Constipation Relief
Author: Ace McCloud
Narrator: Joshua Mackey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 33 minutes
Release date: November 29, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
How long will you suffer needlessly from acid reflux?  Are you tired of the pain, discomfort, and embarrassment of constipation? 2 Audio Books in 1: An unbeatable combination of the best ways to reverse acid reflux and eliminate constipation! Whether you want to stop the burning pain from acid reflux or become “regular” again, this book will teach you everything you need to know. Conquer acid reflux once and for all! The best news of all is that acid reflux is reversible. Identify your own reflux triggers and learn ways around them. Use foods you already have on hand, or items that are readily available, to heal your body. Learn strategies that work to prevent acid flare-ups from occurring when you go to bed. All these natural, down-to-earth strategies can help you successfully stop the burning pain of acid reflux and prepare your entire digestive system to function optimally. Get rid of constipation for good! Constipation can be “eliminated” forever, and usually without resorting to costly medical interventions. By adopting a few simple lifestyle choices, you can set yourself on the road to a healthier and more enjoyable life. Learn how even what you think about can influence the performance of your digestive system. Discover activities that can make a huge difference in your regularity. End the embarrassment of long stays in the bathroom. Take the “strain” out of your life with natural treatments that will have you “regular” in no time. Remove the burn of acid reflux and the discomfort of constipation! Get Healthy: Buy It Now!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Emotions: Forgiveness: Minimalism: 3 Books in 1: Get Control Over Your Emotions, Harness The Healing Power Of Forgiveness &amp;amp; Free Yourself With The Power of Minimalism by Ace McCloud</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491332</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491332">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491332</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Emotions: Forgiveness: Minimalism: 3 Books in 1: Get Control Over Your Emotions, Harness The Healing Power Of Forgiveness &amp;amp; Free Yourself With The Power of Minimalism
Author: Ace McCloud
Narrator: Joshua Mackey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 32 minutes
Release date: November 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Are your emotions out of control?  Are you tired of bearing old emotional wounds?  Does your home offer stress instead of serenity? 3 Audio Books in 1: An unbeatable combination of powerful emotional mastery techniques, the world&amp;#039;s best forgiveness strategies, and how to make your life much better through minimalism! Whether you want to (1) gain mastery over your emotions, (2) let go of grudges and other things that may be distracting you, or (3) live in a peaceful, refreshing environment, this audio book will teach you everything you need to know. Turn your emotions to your advantage. Harness the power of your emotions! Use the energy generated by your emotions to help you think clearly and respond calmly but powerfully. Learn practical strategies to stay in control when negative feelings arise. Never underestimate the power of forgiveness give you a better life! Forgiveness is the process of releasing ourselves from bondage. Discover how you can overcome your anger, drop your hatred, and abandon personal vendettas in order to move on to a healthier and more enjoyable life! Bring order out of chaos and reclaim joy in your surroundings! Follow simple strategies to reduce distracting clutter both in your house and your mind. Arrange your rooms and your relationships so that they energize you. Open up enough space to live a happier and fuller life. Take control of your mind, your emotions, and your environment! Free yourself: Buy It Now!</description>
      <author>Ace McCloud</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 29 Nov 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662158797.mp3" length="1375079" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491332</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662158797.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491332">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491332</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Emotions: Forgiveness: Minimalism: 3 Books in 1: Get Control Over Your Emotions, Harness The Healing Power Of Forgiveness &amp;amp; Free Yourself With The Power of Minimalism
Author: Ace McCloud
Narrator: Joshua Mackey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 32 minutes
Release date: November 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Are your emotions out of control?  Are you tired of bearing old emotional wounds?  Does your home offer stress instead of serenity? 3 Audio Books in 1: An unbeatable combination of powerful emotional mastery techniques, the world&amp;#039;s best forgiveness strategies, and how to make your life much better through minimalism! Whether you want to (1) gain mastery over your emotions, (2) let go of grudges and other things that may be distracting you, or (3) live in a peaceful, refreshing environment, this audio book will teach you everything you need to know. Turn your emotions to your advantage. Harness the power of your emotions! Use the energy generated by your emotions to help you think clearly and respond calmly but powerfully. Learn practical strategies to stay in control when negative feelings arise. Never underestimate the power of forgiveness give you a better life! Forgiveness is the process of releasing ourselves from bondage. Discover how you can overcome your anger, drop your hatred, and abandon personal vendettas in order to move on to a healthier and more enjoyable life! Bring order out of chaos and reclaim joy in your surroundings! Follow simple strategies to reduce distracting clutter both in your house and your mind. Arrange your rooms and your relationships so that they energize you. Open up enough space to live a happier and fuller life. Take control of your mind, your emotions, and your environment! Free yourself: Buy It Now!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491332">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491332</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Emotions: Forgiveness: Minimalism: 3 Books in 1: Get Control Over Your Emotions, Harness The Healing Power Of Forgiveness &amp;amp; Free Yourself With The Power of Minimalism
Author: Ace McCloud
Narrator: Joshua Mackey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 32 minutes
Release date: November 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Are your emotions out of control?  Are you tired of bearing old emotional wounds?  Does your home offer stress instead of serenity? 3 Audio Books in 1: An unbeatable combination of powerful emotional mastery techniques, the world&amp;#039;s best forgiveness strategies, and how to make your life much better through minimalism! Whether you want to (1) gain mastery over your emotions, (2) let go of grudges and other things that may be distracting you, or (3) live in a peaceful, refreshing environment, this audio book will teach you everything you need to know. Turn your emotions to your advantage. Harness the power of your emotions! Use the energy generated by your emotions to help you think clearly and respond calmly but powerfully. Learn practical strategies to stay in control when negative feelings arise. Never underestimate the power of forgiveness give you a better life! Forgiveness is the process of releasing ourselves from bondage. Discover how you can overcome your anger, drop your hatred, and abandon personal vendettas in order to move on to a healthier and more enjoyable life! Bring order out of chaos and reclaim joy in your surroundings! Follow simple strategies to reduce distracting clutter both in your house and your mind. Arrange your rooms and your relationships so that they energize you. Open up enough space to live a happier and fuller life. Take control of your mind, your emotions, and your environment! Free yourself: Buy It Now!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Profound Sleep and Sleep Better 2-in-1 Book Stop Feeling Tired During The Day Because of a Poor Night’s Sleep. Relaxation Techniques and Meditations to Calm Your Mind &amp;amp; Enjoy Pleasurable Nights by Laura Warren</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491318</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491318">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491318</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Profound Sleep and Sleep Better 2-in-1 Book Stop Feeling Tired During The Day Because of a Poor Night’s Sleep. Relaxation Techniques and Meditations to Calm Your Mind &amp;amp; Enjoy Pleasurable Nights
Author: Laura Warren
Narrator: Quinn Peterson, Angel Willis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 7 minutes
Release date: April 23, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you find it hard to fall asleep? Do you often wake up and feel tired as you’ve never been sleeping? Then you need to keep listening… This includes two books: •	Sleep Better Every Night: Prove relaxation methods to quiet the mind and significantly improve your sleep quality in just 7 days. Fall asleep instantly •	Deep Sleep Every Night: Meditation and hypnosis to quiet your mind. Discover secret methods to significantly improve your sleep quality and get a full night’s rest Here&amp;#039;s a short preview of what you&amp;#039;ll discover: •	How to IMMEDIATELY feel relaxed and well rested with our ten guided meditations (Start releasing the stress of your daily life and start falling asleep like a baby!) •	Powerful quotes to get rid of all tension and instantly free your mind. •	How to achieve an untouchable peace of mind with ten hypnosis sessions. •	Twenty highly effective tips to master deep sleep. •	How to increase the length and quality of your sleep with the exact formula. •	Effective tips to remain strong even when facing difficult and stressful situations. •	Life-changing hypnosis sessions to make you experience a complete sense of calm. (Free your mind from constant worry and start feeling good again!) And much, much more… Even if you’ve always experienced insomnia and you’ve failed at every attempt to meditate, with this guide you will be able to identify the best methods to release the stress of your everyday life. If you want to unlock these expert tools and finally unleash the power of your fully rested self, then you should start listening to this audiobook!</description>
      <author>Laura Warren</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Apr 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662158513.mp3" length="1176365" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491318</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662158513.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491318">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491318</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Profound Sleep and Sleep Better 2-in-1 Book Stop Feeling Tired During The Day Because of a Poor Night’s Sleep. Relaxation Techniques and Meditations to Calm Your Mind &amp;amp; Enjoy Pleasurable Nights
Author: Laura Warren
Narrator: Quinn Peterson, Angel Willis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 7 minutes
Release date: April 23, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you find it hard to fall asleep? Do you often wake up and feel tired as you’ve never been sleeping? Then you need to keep listening… This includes two books: •	Sleep Better Every Night: Prove relaxation methods to quiet the mind and significantly improve your sleep quality in just 7 days. Fall asleep instantly •	Deep Sleep Every Night: Meditation and hypnosis to quiet your mind. Discover secret methods to significantly improve your sleep quality and get a full night’s rest Here&amp;#039;s a short preview of what you&amp;#039;ll discover: •	How to IMMEDIATELY feel relaxed and well rested with our ten guided meditations (Start releasing the stress of your daily life and start falling asleep like a baby!) •	Powerful quotes to get rid of all tension and instantly free your mind. •	How to achieve an untouchable peace of mind with ten hypnosis sessions. •	Twenty highly effective tips to master deep sleep. •	How to increase the length and quality of your sleep with the exact formula. •	Effective tips to remain strong even when facing difficult and stressful situations. •	Life-changing hypnosis sessions to make you experience a complete sense of calm. (Free your mind from constant worry and start feeling good again!) And much, much more… Even if you’ve always experienced insomnia and you’ve failed at every attempt to meditate, with this guide you will be able to identify the best methods to release the stress of your everyday life. If you want to unlock these expert tools and finally unleash the power of your fully rested self, then you should start listening to this audiobook!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491318">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491318</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Profound Sleep and Sleep Better 2-in-1 Book Stop Feeling Tired During The Day Because of a Poor Night’s Sleep. Relaxation Techniques and Meditations to Calm Your Mind &amp;amp; Enjoy Pleasurable Nights
Author: Laura Warren
Narrator: Quinn Peterson, Angel Willis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 7 minutes
Release date: April 23, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you find it hard to fall asleep? Do you often wake up and feel tired as you’ve never been sleeping? Then you need to keep listening… This includes two books: •	Sleep Better Every Night: Prove relaxation methods to quiet the mind and significantly improve your sleep quality in just 7 days. Fall asleep instantly •	Deep Sleep Every Night: Meditation and hypnosis to quiet your mind. Discover secret methods to significantly improve your sleep quality and get a full night’s rest Here&amp;#039;s a short preview of what you&amp;#039;ll discover: •	How to IMMEDIATELY feel relaxed and well rested with our ten guided meditations (Start releasing the stress of your daily life and start falling asleep like a baby!) •	Powerful quotes to get rid of all tension and instantly free your mind. •	How to achieve an untouchable peace of mind with ten hypnosis sessions. •	Twenty highly effective tips to master deep sleep. •	How to increase the length and quality of your sleep with the exact formula. •	Effective tips to remain strong even when facing difficult and stressful situations. •	Life-changing hypnosis sessions to make you experience a complete sense of calm. (Free your mind from constant worry and start feeling good again!) And much, much more… Even if you’ve always experienced insomnia and you’ve failed at every attempt to meditate, with this guide you will be able to identify the best methods to release the stress of your everyday life. If you want to unlock these expert tools and finally unleash the power of your fully rested self, then you should start listening to this audiobook!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Obesity Factor: How to Win the Fight Against Obesity and Start Living a Healthy Life by Julia Hansen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491316</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491316">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491316</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Obesity Factor: How to Win the Fight Against Obesity and Start Living a Healthy Life
Author: Julia Hansen
Narrator: Eleonor Webb, Alex Sullivan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 42 minutes
Release date: November 26, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
The best guide for weight loss to say goodbye to cravings and start eating right. Obesity comprises a significant nutritional medical issue in developed and developing nations, which has reached pandemic extents. obesity is characterized as the state of inordinate fat amassing to such a degree, that influences the individual&amp;#039;s wellbeing. The rapidly increased rate of obesity is because of natural factors that impact a hereditarily pathological inclination. The body mass index (BMI) is a universally accepted index to appraise body weight, which permits an examination of prevalence rates around the world. Obesity has been perceived as a significant contributing factor in the development of incessant and serious illnesses, for example, cardiovascular malady, diabetes mellitus type 2, hypertension, stroke, heart failure, dyslipidaemia, uric acid, sleep apnea which is the reason for unexpected death in sleep and different diseases. The primary objective of treatment of obesity is weight loss. Accepting drug as a possibility for the treatment of obesity ought to be a definitive therapeutic tool since it is related with many symptoms. Obesity is a general medical problem which is rapidly increasing and hence should be tended to genuinely. Explicit diet regimen combined with physical activity can accomplish the ideal loss of body fat ratio and are the best and dependable approaches to treat obesity. Press the “Buy Now” button and embrace your new life right now!</description>
      <author>Julia Hansen</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Nov 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662158421.mp3" length="1443525" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491316</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662158421.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491316">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491316</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Obesity Factor: How to Win the Fight Against Obesity and Start Living a Healthy Life
Author: Julia Hansen
Narrator: Eleonor Webb, Alex Sullivan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 42 minutes
Release date: November 26, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
The best guide for weight loss to say goodbye to cravings and start eating right. Obesity comprises a significant nutritional medical issue in developed and developing nations, which has reached pandemic extents. obesity is characterized as the state of inordinate fat amassing to such a degree, that influences the individual&amp;#039;s wellbeing. The rapidly increased rate of obesity is because of natural factors that impact a hereditarily pathological inclination. The body mass index (BMI) is a universally accepted index to appraise body weight, which permits an examination of prevalence rates around the world. Obesity has been perceived as a significant contributing factor in the development of incessant and serious illnesses, for example, cardiovascular malady, diabetes mellitus type 2, hypertension, stroke, heart failure, dyslipidaemia, uric acid, sleep apnea which is the reason for unexpected death in sleep and different diseases. The primary objective of treatment of obesity is weight loss. Accepting drug as a possibility for the treatment of obesity ought to be a definitive therapeutic tool since it is related with many symptoms. Obesity is a general medical problem which is rapidly increasing and hence should be tended to genuinely. Explicit diet regimen combined with physical activity can accomplish the ideal loss of body fat ratio and are the best and dependable approaches to treat obesity. Press the “Buy Now” button and embrace your new life right now!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491316">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491316</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Obesity Factor: How to Win the Fight Against Obesity and Start Living a Healthy Life
Author: Julia Hansen
Narrator: Eleonor Webb, Alex Sullivan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 42 minutes
Release date: November 26, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
The best guide for weight loss to say goodbye to cravings and start eating right. Obesity comprises a significant nutritional medical issue in developed and developing nations, which has reached pandemic extents. obesity is characterized as the state of inordinate fat amassing to such a degree, that influences the individual&amp;#039;s wellbeing. The rapidly increased rate of obesity is because of natural factors that impact a hereditarily pathological inclination. The body mass index (BMI) is a universally accepted index to appraise body weight, which permits an examination of prevalence rates around the world. Obesity has been perceived as a significant contributing factor in the development of incessant and serious illnesses, for example, cardiovascular malady, diabetes mellitus type 2, hypertension, stroke, heart failure, dyslipidaemia, uric acid, sleep apnea which is the reason for unexpected death in sleep and different diseases. The primary objective of treatment of obesity is weight loss. Accepting drug as a possibility for the treatment of obesity ought to be a definitive therapeutic tool since it is related with many symptoms. Obesity is a general medical problem which is rapidly increasing and hence should be tended to genuinely. Explicit diet regimen combined with physical activity can accomplish the ideal loss of body fat ratio and are the best and dependable approaches to treat obesity. Press the “Buy Now” button and embrace your new life right now!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Never Pay the First Bill: And Other Ways to Fight the Health Care System and Win by Marshall Allen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491274</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491274">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491274</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Never Pay the First Bill: And Other Ways to Fight the Health Care System and Win
Author: Marshall Allen
Narrator: Marshall Allen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 17 minutes
Release date: June 22, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
From award-winning ProPublica reporter Marshall Allen, a primer for anyone who wants to fight the predatory health care system--and win. Every year, millions of Americans are overcharged and underserved while the health care industry makes record profits. We know something is wrong, but the layers of bureaucracy designed to discourage complaints make pushing back seem impossible. At least, this is what the health care power players want you to think. Never Pay the First Bill is the guerilla guide to health care the American people and employers need. Drawing on 15 years of investigating the health care industry, reporter Marshall Allen shows how companies and individuals have managed to force medical providers to play fair, and shows how you can, too. He reveals the industry&amp;#039;s pressure points and how companies and individuals have fought overbilling, price gouging, insurance denials, and more to get the care they deserve. Laying out a practical plan for protecting yourself against the system&amp;#039;s predatory practices, Allen offers the inspiration you need and tried-and-true strategies such as: Analyze and contest your medical bills, so you don&amp;#039;t pay more than you should Obtain the billing codes for a procedure in advance Write in an appropriate treatment clause before signing financial documents Get your way by suing in small claims court Few politicians and CEOs have been willing to stand up to the medical industry. It is up to the American people to equip ourselves to fight back for the sake of our families--and everyone else. * This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF which contains sample letters, advice, and more resources from the printed book.</description>
      <author>Marshall Allen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Jun 2021 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593402573.mp3" length="2793909" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491274</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593402573.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491274">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491274</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Never Pay the First Bill: And Other Ways to Fight the Health Care System and Win
Author: Marshall Allen
Narrator: Marshall Allen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 17 minutes
Release date: June 22, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
From award-winning ProPublica reporter Marshall Allen, a primer for anyone who wants to fight the predatory health care system--and win. Every year, millions of Americans are overcharged and underserved while the health care industry makes record profits. We know something is wrong, but the layers of bureaucracy designed to discourage complaints make pushing back seem impossible. At least, this is what the health care power players want you to think. Never Pay the First Bill is the guerilla guide to health care the American people and employers need. Drawing on 15 years of investigating the health care industry, reporter Marshall Allen shows how companies and individuals have managed to force medical providers to play fair, and shows how you can, too. He reveals the industry&amp;#039;s pressure points and how companies and individuals have fought overbilling, price gouging, insurance denials, and more to get the care they deserve. Laying out a practical plan for protecting yourself against the system&amp;#039;s predatory practices, Allen offers the inspiration you need and tried-and-true strategies such as: Analyze and contest your medical bills, so you don&amp;#039;t pay more than you should Obtain the billing codes for a procedure in advance Write in an appropriate treatment clause before signing financial documents Get your way by suing in small claims court Few politicians and CEOs have been willing to stand up to the medical industry. It is up to the American people to equip ourselves to fight back for the sake of our families--and everyone else. * This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF which contains sample letters, advice, and more resources from the printed book.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491274">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491274</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Never Pay the First Bill: And Other Ways to Fight the Health Care System and Win
Author: Marshall Allen
Narrator: Marshall Allen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 17 minutes
Release date: June 22, 2021
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
From award-winning ProPublica reporter Marshall Allen, a primer for anyone who wants to fight the predatory health care system--and win. Every year, millions of Americans are overcharged and underserved while the health care industry makes record profits. We know something is wrong, but the layers of bureaucracy designed to discourage complaints make pushing back seem impossible. At least, this is what the health care power players want you to think. Never Pay the First Bill is the guerilla guide to health care the American people and employers need. Drawing on 15 years of investigating the health care industry, reporter Marshall Allen shows how companies and individuals have managed to force medical providers to play fair, and shows how you can, too. He reveals the industry&amp;#039;s pressure points and how companies and individuals have fought overbilling, price gouging, insurance denials, and more to get the care they deserve. Laying out a practical plan for protecting yourself against the system&amp;#039;s predatory practices, Allen offers the inspiration you need and tried-and-true strategies such as: Analyze and contest your medical bills, so you don&amp;#039;t pay more than you should Obtain the billing codes for a procedure in advance Write in an appropriate treatment clause before signing financial documents Get your way by suing in small claims court Few politicians and CEOs have been willing to stand up to the medical industry. It is up to the American people to equip ourselves to fight back for the sake of our families--and everyone else. * This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF which contains sample letters, advice, and more resources from the printed book.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Overcome Anxiety &amp;amp; Trauma Guided Meditations 2-in-1 Book Breathe, Visualize, Self-Heal and Achieve Mindful Relief with Expert’s Guided Meditations to Overcome Trauma and Anxiety in Weeks by Laura Warren</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490463</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490463">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490463</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Overcome Anxiety &amp;amp; Trauma Guided Meditations 2-in-1 Book Breathe, Visualize, Self-Heal and Achieve Mindful Relief with Expert’s Guided Meditations to Overcome Trauma and Anxiety in Weeks
Author: Laura Warren
Narrator: Quinn Peterson, Angel Willis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 25 minutes
Release date: April 23, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you often feel overwhelmed, anxious, and lost in your overthinking? Do you wish you could stop feeling constantly this tension, but you don’t know how to start? Then you need to keep listening… This includes two books: •	Calm your Anxiety with Guided Meditation: Discover how to reduce your anxiety in just 7 days with self-healing, breathing exercises, visualization, and imagery •	Overcome Trauma with Guided Meditation: Recover from trauma, grief, and depression in weeks with powerful guided meditations Here&amp;#039;s a short preview of what you&amp;#039;ll discover: •	How to induce a sense of calm and reduce anxiety IN AN INSTANT with more than ten guided meditations. (Discover how you can get rid of your stress and negative thoughts using these expert techniques!) •	Different techniques to improve self-awareness and release tension, such as reflection and contemplation sessions. •	Little-known tips to use the power of visualization to relax and reenergize yourself. •	Mindful scanning sessions to unwind and break free from mental stressors.	 •	Powerful guided meditations to release trauma and feel INSTANTLY better again. (Start feeling emotionally and mentally renovated and regain control over your life for a new beginning!) And much, much more… Even if you feel extremely stressed and anxious and you’ve failed at every attempt to meditate, with this guide you will discover the most effective methods to finally be able to release stress and tension, you will develop self-awareness, and immediately feel more energetic and ready to kick start the day. If you want to access these expert techniques and finally transition from ‘on edge’ to ‘on top,’ then you should start listening to this audiobook!</description>
      <author>Laura Warren</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Apr 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662158360.mp3" length="1237152" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490463</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662158360.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490463">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490463</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Overcome Anxiety &amp;amp; Trauma Guided Meditations 2-in-1 Book Breathe, Visualize, Self-Heal and Achieve Mindful Relief with Expert’s Guided Meditations to Overcome Trauma and Anxiety in Weeks
Author: Laura Warren
Narrator: Quinn Peterson, Angel Willis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 25 minutes
Release date: April 23, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you often feel overwhelmed, anxious, and lost in your overthinking? Do you wish you could stop feeling constantly this tension, but you don’t know how to start? Then you need to keep listening… This includes two books: •	Calm your Anxiety with Guided Meditation: Discover how to reduce your anxiety in just 7 days with self-healing, breathing exercises, visualization, and imagery •	Overcome Trauma with Guided Meditation: Recover from trauma, grief, and depression in weeks with powerful guided meditations Here&amp;#039;s a short preview of what you&amp;#039;ll discover: •	How to induce a sense of calm and reduce anxiety IN AN INSTANT with more than ten guided meditations. (Discover how you can get rid of your stress and negative thoughts using these expert techniques!) •	Different techniques to improve self-awareness and release tension, such as reflection and contemplation sessions. •	Little-known tips to use the power of visualization to relax and reenergize yourself. •	Mindful scanning sessions to unwind and break free from mental stressors.	 •	Powerful guided meditations to release trauma and feel INSTANTLY better again. (Start feeling emotionally and mentally renovated and regain control over your life for a new beginning!) And much, much more… Even if you feel extremely stressed and anxious and you’ve failed at every attempt to meditate, with this guide you will discover the most effective methods to finally be able to release stress and tension, you will develop self-awareness, and immediately feel more energetic and ready to kick start the day. If you want to access these expert techniques and finally transition from ‘on edge’ to ‘on top,’ then you should start listening to this audiobook!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490463">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490463</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Overcome Anxiety &amp;amp; Trauma Guided Meditations 2-in-1 Book Breathe, Visualize, Self-Heal and Achieve Mindful Relief with Expert’s Guided Meditations to Overcome Trauma and Anxiety in Weeks
Author: Laura Warren
Narrator: Quinn Peterson, Angel Willis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 25 minutes
Release date: April 23, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you often feel overwhelmed, anxious, and lost in your overthinking? Do you wish you could stop feeling constantly this tension, but you don’t know how to start? Then you need to keep listening… This includes two books: •	Calm your Anxiety with Guided Meditation: Discover how to reduce your anxiety in just 7 days with self-healing, breathing exercises, visualization, and imagery •	Overcome Trauma with Guided Meditation: Recover from trauma, grief, and depression in weeks with powerful guided meditations Here&amp;#039;s a short preview of what you&amp;#039;ll discover: •	How to induce a sense of calm and reduce anxiety IN AN INSTANT with more than ten guided meditations. (Discover how you can get rid of your stress and negative thoughts using these expert techniques!) •	Different techniques to improve self-awareness and release tension, such as reflection and contemplation sessions. •	Little-known tips to use the power of visualization to relax and reenergize yourself. •	Mindful scanning sessions to unwind and break free from mental stressors.	 •	Powerful guided meditations to release trauma and feel INSTANTLY better again. (Start feeling emotionally and mentally renovated and regain control over your life for a new beginning!) And much, much more… Even if you feel extremely stressed and anxious and you’ve failed at every attempt to meditate, with this guide you will discover the most effective methods to finally be able to release stress and tension, you will develop self-awareness, and immediately feel more energetic and ready to kick start the day. If you want to access these expert techniques and finally transition from ‘on edge’ to ‘on top,’ then you should start listening to this audiobook!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sleep: Overcome Fatigue: Energy: 3 Books in 1: Easily Get A Great Night Of Sleep, Eliminate Fatigue From Your Life &amp;amp; Dramatically Increase Your Energy Levels by Ace McCloud</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490453</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490453">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490453</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sleep: Overcome Fatigue: Energy: 3 Books in 1: Easily Get A Great Night Of Sleep, Eliminate Fatigue From Your Life &amp;amp; Dramatically Increase Your Energy Levels
Author: Ace McCloud
Narrator: Joshua Mackey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 48 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Would you love to have better sleep every night?  Ever wonder just how great your life would be if you had more energy? 3 Audio Books in 1: An unbeatable combination of the best ways to sleep soundly and wake rested, powerful ways to overcome fatigue, and world class strategies for boosting energy! Whether you want to (1) start feeling great with better sleeping habits, (2) overcome chronic fatigue, or (3) get a lot more energy for a vibrant life, this audio book will teach you everything you need to know. Destroy insomnia and start sleeping better once and for all! There&amp;#039;s no reason to spend your days in a mental fog and your nights in restless wakefulness. Discover how good it feels to sleep deeply and wake refreshed. Start enjoying life again! Follow proven, natural, and easy-to-follow strategies to identify and eliminate common energy drains, and healthfully increase your energy levels. Beat chronic fatigue by following a simple plan to strengthen your life force every day. Boost your energy naturally. In this audio book you will find the best energy-boosting foods, supplements, and strategies available. There are many ways to keep your body and mind functioning at top levels. Learn how to recharge your batteries the right way. Stop wishing for more energy and start doing what really works! Life is so much more enjoyable when you are taking care of yourself the right way! Get the complete package: Buy It Now!</description>
      <author>Ace McCloud</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Nov 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662157691.mp3" length="1368037" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490453</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662157691.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490453">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490453</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sleep: Overcome Fatigue: Energy: 3 Books in 1: Easily Get A Great Night Of Sleep, Eliminate Fatigue From Your Life &amp;amp; Dramatically Increase Your Energy Levels
Author: Ace McCloud
Narrator: Joshua Mackey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 48 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Would you love to have better sleep every night?  Ever wonder just how great your life would be if you had more energy? 3 Audio Books in 1: An unbeatable combination of the best ways to sleep soundly and wake rested, powerful ways to overcome fatigue, and world class strategies for boosting energy! Whether you want to (1) start feeling great with better sleeping habits, (2) overcome chronic fatigue, or (3) get a lot more energy for a vibrant life, this audio book will teach you everything you need to know. Destroy insomnia and start sleeping better once and for all! There&amp;#039;s no reason to spend your days in a mental fog and your nights in restless wakefulness. Discover how good it feels to sleep deeply and wake refreshed. Start enjoying life again! Follow proven, natural, and easy-to-follow strategies to identify and eliminate common energy drains, and healthfully increase your energy levels. Beat chronic fatigue by following a simple plan to strengthen your life force every day. Boost your energy naturally. In this audio book you will find the best energy-boosting foods, supplements, and strategies available. There are many ways to keep your body and mind functioning at top levels. Learn how to recharge your batteries the right way. Stop wishing for more energy and start doing what really works! Life is so much more enjoyable when you are taking care of yourself the right way! Get the complete package: Buy It Now!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490453">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490453</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sleep: Overcome Fatigue: Energy: 3 Books in 1: Easily Get A Great Night Of Sleep, Eliminate Fatigue From Your Life &amp;amp; Dramatically Increase Your Energy Levels
Author: Ace McCloud
Narrator: Joshua Mackey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 48 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Would you love to have better sleep every night?  Ever wonder just how great your life would be if you had more energy? 3 Audio Books in 1: An unbeatable combination of the best ways to sleep soundly and wake rested, powerful ways to overcome fatigue, and world class strategies for boosting energy! Whether you want to (1) start feeling great with better sleeping habits, (2) overcome chronic fatigue, or (3) get a lot more energy for a vibrant life, this audio book will teach you everything you need to know. Destroy insomnia and start sleeping better once and for all! There&amp;#039;s no reason to spend your days in a mental fog and your nights in restless wakefulness. Discover how good it feels to sleep deeply and wake refreshed. Start enjoying life again! Follow proven, natural, and easy-to-follow strategies to identify and eliminate common energy drains, and healthfully increase your energy levels. Beat chronic fatigue by following a simple plan to strengthen your life force every day. Boost your energy naturally. In this audio book you will find the best energy-boosting foods, supplements, and strategies available. There are many ways to keep your body and mind functioning at top levels. Learn how to recharge your batteries the right way. Stop wishing for more energy and start doing what really works! Life is so much more enjoyable when you are taking care of yourself the right way! Get the complete package: Buy It Now!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Binge Eating: How to Overcome Binge-Eating-Disorders by Developing Long-Term Intuitive Healthy Mindfulness Habits by Julia Hansen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490454</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490454">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490454</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Binge Eating: How to Overcome Binge-Eating-Disorders by Developing Long-Term Intuitive Healthy Mindfulness Habits
Author: Julia Hansen
Narrator: Alex Sullivan, Eleanor Webb
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 3 minutes
Release date: November 25, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Binge eating disorder represents the most common eating disorder on our planet today. Since its formal listing in the DSM V, research has continued to show just how destructive and potentially harmful it is to general health and well-being. Sufferers lose control over their emotions and turn towards food to fill a growing mental and emotional gap. Соvеrіng thе соmmоn ѕіgnѕ оf bіngе еаtіng, аѕ wеll аѕ dеbunkіng mуthѕ аnd unсоvеrіng thе dіffеrеnt kіndѕ оf еаtіng dіѕоrdеrѕ, thіѕ роwеrful bооk аlѕо еxроѕеѕ thе lіnk bеtwееn mеntаl іllnеѕѕ аnd bіngе еаtіng, аnd оffеrѕ а рrоvеn рlаn fоr Віngе Еаtіng rесоvеrу. Іnѕіdе thіѕ соmрrеhеnѕіvе guіdе, уоu&amp;#039;ll dіѕсоvеr:  •	Whаt іѕ bіngе еаtіng, аnd whаt саuѕеѕ іt?  •	Guіdеd Меdіtаtіоn Fоr Оvеrсоmіng Fооd Аddісtіоn •	Ноw tо іdеntіfу оvеrеаtіng, еmоtіоnаl еаtіng, соmрulѕіvе еаtіng, аnd соmfоrt еаtіng. •	Рrасtісаl Wауѕ То Оvеrсоmе Віngе Еаtіng •	Тhе lіnk bеtwееn аnxіеtу, dерrеѕѕіоn, trаumа, РТЅD, аnd bіngе еаtіng. •	Тhе ѕесrеt оf mіndful еаtіng аnd hоw іt саn hеlр уоu. •	How to stop binge eating •	Аnd muсh mоrе... Whеthеr уоu wаnt tо dеvеlор а hеаlthіеr rеlаtіоnѕhір wіth fооd tо lоѕе wеіght, mаnаgе а dіеt- оr lіfеѕtуlе-rеlаtеd іllnеѕѕ оr ѕіmрlу еxреrіеnсе а bеttеr аwаrеnеѕѕ аnd соnnесtіоn аt mеаltіmе, Binge Еаtіng іѕ уоur gо-tо guіdе fоr gеttіng іt dоnе.</description>
      <author>Julia Hansen</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 Nov 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662157899.mp3" length="1484456" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490454</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662157899.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490454">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490454</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Binge Eating: How to Overcome Binge-Eating-Disorders by Developing Long-Term Intuitive Healthy Mindfulness Habits
Author: Julia Hansen
Narrator: Alex Sullivan, Eleanor Webb
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 3 minutes
Release date: November 25, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Binge eating disorder represents the most common eating disorder on our planet today. Since its formal listing in the DSM V, research has continued to show just how destructive and potentially harmful it is to general health and well-being. Sufferers lose control over their emotions and turn towards food to fill a growing mental and emotional gap. Соvеrіng thе соmmоn ѕіgnѕ оf bіngе еаtіng, аѕ wеll аѕ dеbunkіng mуthѕ аnd unсоvеrіng thе dіffеrеnt kіndѕ оf еаtіng dіѕоrdеrѕ, thіѕ роwеrful bооk аlѕо еxроѕеѕ thе lіnk bеtwееn mеntаl іllnеѕѕ аnd bіngе еаtіng, аnd оffеrѕ а рrоvеn рlаn fоr Віngе Еаtіng rесоvеrу. Іnѕіdе thіѕ соmрrеhеnѕіvе guіdе, уоu&amp;#039;ll dіѕсоvеr:  •	Whаt іѕ bіngе еаtіng, аnd whаt саuѕеѕ іt?  •	Guіdеd Меdіtаtіоn Fоr Оvеrсоmіng Fооd Аddісtіоn •	Ноw tо іdеntіfу оvеrеаtіng, еmоtіоnаl еаtіng, соmрulѕіvе еаtіng, аnd соmfоrt еаtіng. •	Рrасtісаl Wауѕ То Оvеrсоmе Віngе Еаtіng •	Тhе lіnk bеtwееn аnxіеtу, dерrеѕѕіоn, trаumа, РТЅD, аnd bіngе еаtіng. •	Тhе ѕесrеt оf mіndful еаtіng аnd hоw іt саn hеlр уоu. •	How to stop binge eating •	Аnd muсh mоrе... Whеthеr уоu wаnt tо dеvеlор а hеаlthіеr rеlаtіоnѕhір wіth fооd tо lоѕе wеіght, mаnаgе а dіеt- оr lіfеѕtуlе-rеlаtеd іllnеѕѕ оr ѕіmрlу еxреrіеnсе а bеttеr аwаrеnеѕѕ аnd соnnесtіоn аt mеаltіmе, Binge Еаtіng іѕ уоur gо-tо guіdе fоr gеttіng іt dоnе.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490454">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490454</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Binge Eating: How to Overcome Binge-Eating-Disorders by Developing Long-Term Intuitive Healthy Mindfulness Habits
Author: Julia Hansen
Narrator: Alex Sullivan, Eleanor Webb
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 3 minutes
Release date: November 25, 2020
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Binge eating disorder represents the most common eating disorder on our planet today. Since its formal listing in the DSM V, research has continued to show just how destructive and potentially harmful it is to general health and well-being. Sufferers lose control over their emotions and turn towards food to fill a growing mental and emotional gap. Соvеrіng thе соmmоn ѕіgnѕ оf bіngе еаtіng, аѕ wеll аѕ dеbunkіng mуthѕ аnd unсоvеrіng thе dіffеrеnt kіndѕ оf еаtіng dіѕоrdеrѕ, thіѕ роwеrful bооk аlѕо еxроѕеѕ thе lіnk bеtwееn mеntаl іllnеѕѕ аnd bіngе еаtіng, аnd оffеrѕ а рrоvеn рlаn fоr Віngе Еаtіng rесоvеrу. Іnѕіdе thіѕ соmрrеhеnѕіvе guіdе, уоu&amp;#039;ll dіѕсоvеr:  •	Whаt іѕ bіngе еаtіng, аnd whаt саuѕеѕ іt?  •	Guіdеd Меdіtаtіоn Fоr Оvеrсоmіng Fооd Аddісtіоn •	Ноw tо іdеntіfу оvеrеаtіng, еmоtіоnаl еаtіng, соmрulѕіvе еаtіng, аnd соmfоrt еаtіng. •	Рrасtісаl Wауѕ То Оvеrсоmе Віngе Еаtіng •	Тhе lіnk bеtwееn аnxіеtу, dерrеѕѕіоn, trаumа, РТЅD, аnd bіngе еаtіng. •	Тhе ѕесrеt оf mіndful еаtіng аnd hоw іt саn hеlр уоu. •	How to stop binge eating •	Аnd muсh mоrе... Whеthеr уоu wаnt tо dеvеlор а hеаlthіеr rеlаtіоnѕhір wіth fооd tо lоѕе wеіght, mаnаgе а dіеt- оr lіfеѕtуlе-rеlаtеd іllnеѕѕ оr ѕіmрlу еxреrіеnсе а bеttеr аwаrеnеѕѕ аnd соnnесtіоn аt mеаltіmе, Binge Еаtіng іѕ уоur gо-tо guіdе fоr gеttіng іt dоnе.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Forgiveness: Gratitude: Happiness: 3 Books in 1: Harness The Healing Power Of Forgiveness, Feel More Joy With Gratitude &amp;amp; Live A Happy Life by Ace McCloud</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490452</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490452">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490452</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Forgiveness: Gratitude: Happiness: 3 Books in 1: Harness The Healing Power Of Forgiveness, Feel More Joy With Gratitude &amp;amp; Live A Happy Life
Author: Ace McCloud
Narrator: Joshua Mackey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 44 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you tired of bearing old emotional wounds?  Do you feel blind to the abundance all around you?  How long has it been since you felt truly happy? 3 Audio Books in 1: An unbeatable combination of the world&amp;#039;s best forgiveness strategies, gratitude boosting techniques, and powerful ways to increase happiness! Whether you want to (1) let go of the past and live in a happy present, (2) eliminate negative feelings and emotions , or (3) live life &amp;#039;the right way&amp;#039; for true happiness, this audio book will teach you everything you need to know. Never underestimate the power of forgiveness to live a better life! Forgiveness is the process of releasing ourselves from bondage. Discover how you can overcome your anger, drop your hatred, and abandon personal vendettas in order to move on to a healthier and more enjoyable life! Deliberately choose gratefulness and bring the color back into your life! Gratitude can transform mere existence into a vibrant life of incredible value. The disciplined practice of gratefulness is powerful enough to displace years of accumulated cynicism and bring true joy into your present-day life. You can be happy every single day! Learn how to set your four basic attitudes toward the positive side of the dial. Balance your inner life so that happiness becomes your default mode, the way you feel generally. Use proven strategies to refill your glass with happiness on a daily basis, so you can maintain your joy over the long term. Take control of your mind and your emotions for a happier life right now! Free yourself: Buy It Now!</description>
      <author>Ace McCloud</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Nov 2020 04:51:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662157752.mp3" length="1322036" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490452</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662157752.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490452">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490452</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Forgiveness: Gratitude: Happiness: 3 Books in 1: Harness The Healing Power Of Forgiveness, Feel More Joy With Gratitude &amp;amp; Live A Happy Life
Author: Ace McCloud
Narrator: Joshua Mackey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 44 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you tired of bearing old emotional wounds?  Do you feel blind to the abundance all around you?  How long has it been since you felt truly happy? 3 Audio Books in 1: An unbeatable combination of the world&amp;#039;s best forgiveness strategies, gratitude boosting techniques, and powerful ways to increase happiness! Whether you want to (1) let go of the past and live in a happy present, (2) eliminate negative feelings and emotions , or (3) live life &amp;#039;the right way&amp;#039; for true happiness, this audio book will teach you everything you need to know. Never underestimate the power of forgiveness to live a better life! Forgiveness is the process of releasing ourselves from bondage. Discover how you can overcome your anger, drop your hatred, and abandon personal vendettas in order to move on to a healthier and more enjoyable life! Deliberately choose gratefulness and bring the color back into your life! Gratitude can transform mere existence into a vibrant life of incredible value. The disciplined practice of gratefulness is powerful enough to displace years of accumulated cynicism and bring true joy into your present-day life. You can be happy every single day! Learn how to set your four basic attitudes toward the positive side of the dial. Balance your inner life so that happiness becomes your default mode, the way you feel generally. Use proven strategies to refill your glass with happiness on a daily basis, so you can maintain your joy over the long term. Take control of your mind and your emotions for a happier life right now! Free yourself: Buy It Now!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490452">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490452</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Forgiveness: Gratitude: Happiness: 3 Books in 1: Harness The Healing Power Of Forgiveness, Feel More Joy With Gratitude &amp;amp; Live A Happy Life
Author: Ace McCloud
Narrator: Joshua Mackey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 44 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Disorders &amp; Diseases
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you tired of bearing old emotional wounds?  Do you feel blind to the abundance all around you?  How long has it been since you felt truly happy? 3 Audio Books in 1: An unbeatable combination of the world&amp;#039;s best forgiveness strategies, gratitude boosting techniques, and powerful ways to increase happiness! Whether you want to (1) let go of the past and live in a happy present, (2) eliminate negative feelings and emotions , or (3) live life &amp;#039;the right way&amp;#039; for true happiness, this audio book will teach you everything you need to know. Never underestimate the power of forgiveness to live a better life! Forgiveness is the process of releasing ourselves from bondage. Discover how you can overcome your anger, drop your hatred, and abandon personal vendettas in order to move on to a healthier and more enjoyable life! Deliberately choose gratefulness and bring the color back into your life! Gratitude can transform mere existence into a vibrant life of incredible value. The disciplined practice of gratefulness is powerful enough to displace years of accumulated cynicism and bring true joy into your present-day life. You can be happy every single day! Learn how to set your four basic attitudes toward the positive side of the dial. Balance your inner life so that happiness becomes your default mode, the way you feel generally. Use proven strategies to refill your glass with happiness on a daily basis, so you can maintain your joy over the long term. Take control of your mind and your emotions for a happier life right now! Free yourself: Buy It Now!</content:encoded>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>
